diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'upstream/archlinux/man1')
426 files changed, 8465 insertions, 6968 deletions
diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/CA.pl.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/CA.pl.1ssl index d437d67a..8955a4ff 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/CA.pl.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/CA.pl.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "CA.PL 1ssl" -.TH CA.PL 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH CA.PL 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/abc2ly.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/abc2ly.1 index 15a4c1a7..137614e2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/abc2ly.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/abc2ly.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH ABC2LY "1" "November 2023" "abc2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH ABC2LY "1" "April 2024" "abc2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME abc2ly \- manual page for abc2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/addr2line.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/addr2line.1 index 93932ab3..4936bdec 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/addr2line.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/addr2line.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ADDR2LINE 1" -.TH ADDR2LINE 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH ADDR2LINE 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ar.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ar.1 index 0257f0cc..a430e35d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ar.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ar.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "AR 1" -.TH AR 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH AR 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/arch-nspawn.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/arch-nspawn.1 index e370c407..ce591d46 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/arch-nspawn.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/arch-nspawn.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: arch-nspawn -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ARCH\-NSPAWN" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "ARCH\-NSPAWN" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" arch-nspawn \- Run a command or OS in a light\-weight namespace container .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,41 +34,43 @@ arch-nspawn \- Run a command or OS in a light\-weight namespace container arch\-nspawn [options] working\-dir [systemd\-nspawn arguments] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -\fIarch\-nspawn\fR is a wrapper around systemd\-nspawn to run command or OS in a namespace container such as a directory including base utilities of a OS\&. It is used to build package(s) in given clean and defined environment\&. +\fIarch\-nspawn\fP is a wrapper around systemd\-nspawn to run command or OS in a +namespace container such as a directory including base utilities of a OS. +It is used to build package(s) in given clean and defined environment. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-C\fR <file> +.sp +\fB\-C\fP <file> .RS 4 Location of a pacman config file .RE -.PP -\fB\-M\fR <file> +.sp +\fB\-M\fP <file> .RS 4 Location of a makepkg config file .RE -.PP -\fB\-c\fR <dir> +.sp +\fB\-c\fP <dir> .RS 4 -Set pacman cache, if no directory is specified the passed pacman\&.conf\(cqs cachedir is used with a fallback to -\fI/etc/pacman\&.conf\fR +Set pacman cache, if no directory is specified the passed pacman.conf\(cqs cachedir is used with a fallback to \fI/etc/pacman.conf\fP .RE -.PP -\fB\-f\fR <file> +.sp +\fB\-f\fP <file> .RS 4 Copy file from the host to the chroot .RE -.PP -\fB\-s\fR +.sp +\fB\-s\fP .RS 4 Do not run setarch .RE -.PP -\fB\-h\fR +.sp +\fB\-h\fP .RS 4 Show this usage message .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/archbuild.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/archbuild.1 index be302faf..bb1448fc 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/archbuild.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/archbuild.1 @@ -1,48 +1,48 @@ '\" t .\" Title: archbuild -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ARCHBUILD" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "ARCHBUILD" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" -archbuild \- a script to build an Arch Linux package inside a clean chroot\&. +archbuild \- a script to build an Arch Linux package inside a clean chroot. .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp archbuild [options] \(em [makechrootpkg args] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -\fIarchbuild\fR is a script to build an Arch Linux package\&. archbuild is part of devtools but should only be used via one of the included symlinks: +\fIarchbuild\fP is a script to build an Arch Linux package. archbuild is part of devtools but should only be used via one of the included symlinks: .sp .RS 4 .ie n \{\ \h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c .\} .el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 .\} extra\-x86_64\-build .RE @@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ extra\-x86_64\-build \h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c .\} .el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 .\} gnome\-unstable\-x86_64\-build .RE @@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ gnome\-unstable\-x86_64\-build \h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c .\} .el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 .\} kde\-unstable\-x86_64\-build .RE @@ -74,8 +74,8 @@ kde\-unstable\-x86_64\-build \h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c .\} .el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 .\} multilib\-build .RE @@ -85,8 +85,8 @@ multilib\-build \h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c .\} .el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 .\} multilib\-staging\-build .RE @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ multilib\-staging\-build \h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c .\} .el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 .\} multilib\-testing\-build .RE @@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ multilib\-testing\-build \h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c .\} .el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 .\} staging\-x86_64\-build .RE @@ -118,36 +118,37 @@ staging\-x86_64\-build \h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c .\} .el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 .\} testing\-x86_64\-build .RE .sp -The symlink used to run it will be inspected by archbuild, to determine which target you want it to use\&. It will load the available pacman configuration from \fIreponame\-arch\&.conf\fR with a fallback to \fIreponame\&.conf\fR from /usr/share/devtools/pacman\&.conf\&.d\&. The makepkg configuration is loaded from \fIrepo\-arch\&.conf\fR with a fallback to \fIreponame\&.conf\fR from /usr/share/devtools/makepkg\&.conf\&.d\&. +The symlink used to run it will be inspected by archbuild, to determine which target you want it to use. It will load the available pacman configuration from \fIreponame\-arch.conf\fP with a fallback to \fIreponame.conf\fP from /usr/share/devtools/pacman.conf.d. The makepkg configuration is loaded from \fIrepo\-arch.conf\fP with a fallback to \fIreponame.conf\fP from /usr/share/devtools/makepkg.conf.d. .sp -It will also load the bind mount configuration from \fImount\&.d/arch\fR in /usr/share/devtools\&. The file format is that each line starting with ro and rw will be used, other lines will be ignored, and the rest of the used line is out/path:in/path preceded by a space as a separator\&. ro means it is a read\-only mount, rw means a read\-write mount\&. +It will also load the bind mount configuration from \fImount.d/arch\fP in /usr/share/devtools. The file format is that each line starting with ro and rw will be used, other lines will be ignored, and the rest of the used line is out/path:in/path preceded by a space as a separator. ro means it is a read\-only mount, rw means a read\-write mount. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-h\fR +.sp +\fB\-h\fP .RS 4 -Output command line options\&. +Output command line options. .RE -.PP -\fB\-c\fR +.sp +\fB\-c\fP .RS 4 -Recreate the chroot before building\&. +Recreate the chroot before building. .RE -.PP -\fB\-r\fR <dir> +.sp +\fB\-r\fP <dir> .RS 4 -Create chroots in this directory\&. +Create chroots in this directory. .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBdevtools\fR(7) +devtools(7) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/archinstall.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/archinstall.1 index b21afc4a..9eaf6b69 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/archinstall.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/archinstall.1 @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +'\" t .\" Man page generated from reStructuredText. . . @@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]] .\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]] .in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u .. -.TH "ARCHINSTALL" "1" "Nov 28, 2023" "" "python-archinstall" +.TH "ARCHINSTALL" "1" "Apr 15, 2024" "" "python-archinstall" .SH NAME archinstall \- archinstall Documentation .nf @@ -77,15 +78,13 @@ To start the installer, run the following in the latest Arch Linux ISO: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX archinstall -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp -Since the \fI\%Guided Installer\fP is the default script, this is the equvilant of running \fBarchinstall guided\fP +Since the \fI\%Guided Installer\fP is the default script, this is the equivalent of running \fBarchinstall guided\fP .sp The guided installation also supports installing with pre\-configured answers to all the guided steps. This can be a quick and convenient way to re\-run one or several installations. .sp @@ -104,11 +103,9 @@ You can always get the latest options for this file with \fBarchinstall \-\-dry\ .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX archinstall \-\-config https://domain.lan/config.json -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -116,8 +113,7 @@ The contents of \fBhttps://domain.lan/config.json\fP: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX { \(dq__separator__\(dq: null, \(dqadditional\-repositories\(dq: [], @@ -277,8 +273,7 @@ The contents of \fBhttps://domain.lan/config.json\fP: \(dqtimezone\(dq: \(dqUTC\(dq, \(dqversion\(dq: \(dq2.6.0\(dq } -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .SS \fB\-\-config\fP options @@ -298,9 +293,8 @@ Scroll to the right in the table to see required options. .UNINDENT .SS JSON options .TS -center; -|l|l|l|l|. -_ +box center; +l|l|l|l. T{ Key T} T{ @@ -376,7 +370,7 @@ disk_encryption T} T{ \fIRead more about under\fP \fI\%Disk Encryption\fP T} T{ -Parameters for disk encryption applied ontop of \fBdisk_config\fP +Parameters for disk encryption applied on top of \fBdisk_config\fP T} T{ No T} @@ -386,7 +380,7 @@ hostname T} T{ \fBstr\fP T} T{ -A string definining your machines hostname on the network \fI(defaults to \(ga\(gaarchinstall\(ga\(ga)\fP +A string defining your machines hostname on the network \fI(defaults to \(ga\(gaarchinstall\(ga\(ga)\fP T} T{ No T} @@ -486,7 +480,7 @@ parallel downloads T} T{ 0\-∞ T} T{ -sets a given number of paralell downloads to be used by \fI\%pacman\fP +sets a given number of parallel downloads to be used by \fI\%pacman\fP T} T{ No T} @@ -540,7 +534,6 @@ sets a timezone for the installed system T} T{ No T} -_ .TE .sp \fBNOTE:\fP @@ -558,20 +551,17 @@ Below is an example of how to set the root password and below that are descripti .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX { \(dq!root\-password\(dq : \(dqSecretSanta2022\(dq } -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .SS \-\-creds options .TS -center; -|l|l|l|l|. -_ +box center; +l|l|l|l. T{ Key T} T{ @@ -608,15 +598,13 @@ T} T{ .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX { \(dqusername\(dq: \(dq<USERNAME>\(dq, \(dq!password\(dq: \(dq<PASSWORD>\(dq, \(dqsudo\(dq: false } -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT T} T{ @@ -624,7 +612,6 @@ List of regular user credentials, see configuration for reference T} T{ Maybe T} -_ .TE .sp \fBNOTE:\fP @@ -652,20 +639,19 @@ More specifically \fI\%timedatectl show\fP cannot perform a proper time sync aga .fi .sp .nf -A \fI\(dqfix\(dq\fP for this is mentioned in the issue above. -That is to configure \fB/etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf\fP and restart \fBsystemd\-timesyncd.service\fP\&. +Restarting \fBsystemd\-timesyncd.service\fP might work but most often you need to configure \fB/etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf\fP to match your network design. .fi .sp .sp \fBNOTE:\fP .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 -A proposal to override the time sync check has been put up for discussion in \fI\%#2144\fP\&. +If you know your time is correct on the machine, you can run \fBarchinstall \-\-skip\-ntp\fP to ignore time sync. .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .SS Missing Nvidia Proprietary Driver \fI\%#2002\fP .nf -In some instances, the nvidia driver might not have all the nessecary packages installed. +In some instances, the nvidia driver might not have all the necessary packages installed. This is due to the kernel selection and/or hardware setups requiring additional packages to work properly. .fi .sp @@ -700,7 +686,7 @@ Subsequently the \fBarchinstall\fP run might operate on a old keyring despite th .sp .nf There is really no way to reliably over time work around this issue in \fBarchinstall\fP\&. -Instead, efforts to the upstream service should be considered the way forward. And/or keys not expiring betwene a sane ammount of ISO\(aqs. +Instead, efforts to the upstream service should be considered the way forward. And/or keys not expiring between a sane amount of ISO\(aqs. .fi .sp .sp @@ -737,11 +723,9 @@ But in spirit of giving the community options, \fBarchinstall\fP supports \fI\%P .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # archinstall \-\-plugin https://archlinux.life/aur\-plugin -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -749,11 +733,9 @@ But in spirit of giving the community options, \fBarchinstall\fP supports \fI\%P .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # archinstall \-\-plugin https://raw.githubusercontent.com/phisch/archinstall\-aur/master/archinstall\-aur.py -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -851,11 +833,9 @@ To install both the library and the archinstall script: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX pacman \-S archinstall -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -866,11 +846,9 @@ The basic concept of PyPi applies using \fIpip\fP\&. .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX pip install archinstall -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .SS Install using source code @@ -882,11 +860,9 @@ For sake of simplicity we will use \fBgit clone\fP in this example. .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX git clone https://github.com/archlinux/archinstall -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -894,11 +870,9 @@ You can either move the folder into your project and simply do .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX import archinstall -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -906,13 +880,11 @@ Or you can PyPa\(aqs \fI\%build\fP and \fI\%installer\fP to install it into pyth .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX $ cd archinstall $ python \-m build . $ python \-m installer dist/*.whl -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .SH PYTHON MODULE @@ -946,23 +918,20 @@ To do this, we\(aqll begin by importing \fBarchinstall\fP in our \(dq\fI\%script .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX import archinstall print(archinstall.disk.device_handler.devices) -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp Now, go ahead and reference the \fI\%Install using source code\fP installation method. -After runnig \fBpython \-m archinstall test_installer\fP it should print something that looks like: +After running \fBpython \-m archinstall test_installer\fP it should print something that looks like: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX [ BDevice( disk=<parted.disk.Disk object at 0x7fbe17156050>, @@ -1006,8 +975,7 @@ After runnig \fBpython \-m archinstall test_installer\fP it should print somethi ] ) ] -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -1044,12 +1012,10 @@ As an example, if a plugin has the following function: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX def on_pacstrap(*packages): ... -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -1081,6 +1047,6 @@ Anything related to \fBinside\fP the installation, will be found in this class. .SH AUTHOR Anton Hvornum .SH COPYRIGHT -2023, Anton Hvornum +2024, Anton Hvornum .\" Generated by docutils manpage writer. . diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/as.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/as.1 index bb7c41ac..18916cdf 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/as.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/as.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "AS 1" -.TH AS 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH AS 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -2633,6 +2633,9 @@ Generate code for Power9 architecture. .IP "\fB\-mpower10, \-mpwr10\fR" 4 .IX Item "-mpower10, -mpwr10" Generate code for Power10 architecture. +.IP "\fB\-mpower11, \-mpwr11\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-mpower11, -mpwr11" +Generate code for Power11 architecture. .IP \fB\-mfuture\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfuture" Generate code for 'future' architecture. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/autopoint.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/autopoint.1 index 47a0700b..5daff008 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/autopoint.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/autopoint.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH AUTOPOINT "1" "November 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.4" "User Commands" +.TH AUTOPOINT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME autopoint \- copies standard gettext infrastructure .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/b2sum.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/b2sum.1 index 3f0366c5..b2046797 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/b2sum.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/b2sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH B2SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH B2SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME b2sum \- compute and check BLAKE2 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The default mode is to print a line with: checksum, a space, a character indicating input mode ('*' for binary, ' ' for text or where binary is insignificant), and name for each FILE. .PP -Note: There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. +There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. .SH AUTHOR Written by Padraig Brady and Samuel Neves. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/base32.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/base32.1 index 3635b4c3..b41fae64 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/base32.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/base32.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASE32 "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH BASE32 "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME base32 \- base32 encode/decode data and print to standard output .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/base64.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/base64.1 index c3f68531..3e820adc 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/base64.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/base64.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASE64 "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH BASE64 "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME base64 \- base64 encode/decode data and print to standard output .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/basename.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/basename.1 index 81f3f61f..53b3efed 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/basename.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/basename.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASENAME "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH BASENAME "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME basename \- strip directory and suffix from filenames .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/basenc.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/basenc.1 index 1634d39e..38128e9b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/basenc.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/basenc.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASENC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH BASENC "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME basenc \- Encode/decode data and print to standard output .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/c++filt.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/c++filt.1 index 95ea125d..190e02f4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/c++filt.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/c++filt.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "C++FILT 1" -.TH C++FILT 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH C++FILT 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cancel.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cancel.1 index 7a917df9..ef510930 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cancel.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cancel.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" cancel man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -90,4 +90,4 @@ Administrators wishing to prevent unauthorized cancellation of jobs via the \fI\ .BR lpstat (1), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/captoinfo.1m b/upstream/archlinux/man1/captoinfo.1m index da859c43..a9d7d9db 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/captoinfo.1m +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/captoinfo.1m @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ '\" t .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2021,2022 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -28,64 +28,76 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.33 2022/02/12 20:07:29 tom Exp $ -.TH captoinfo 1M "" -.ds n 5 -.ds d /usr/share/terminfo +.\" $Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.63 2024/03/23 20:37:25 tom Exp $ +.TH captoinfo 1M 2024-03-23 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" +.ie \n(.g \{\ +.ds `` \(lq +.ds '' \(rq +.\} +.el \{\ +.ie t .ds `` `` +.el .ds `` "" +.ie t .ds '' '' +.el .ds '' "" +.\} .SH NAME -\fBcaptoinfo\fP \- convert a \fItermcap\fP description into a \fIterminfo\fP description +\fB\%captoinfo\fP \- +convert a \fItermcap\fP description into a \fI\%term\%info\fP description .SH SYNOPSIS -\fBcaptoinfo\fR [\fB\-v\fIn\fR \fIwidth\fR] [\fB\-V\fR] [\fB\-1\fR] [\fB\-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfile\fR ... +.B captoinfo +.RI [ tic-option ] +.RI [ file +\&.\|.\|.] +.P +.B "captoinfo \-V" .SH DESCRIPTION -\fBcaptoinfo\fP looks in each given text -\fIfile\fP for \fBtermcap\fP descriptions. -For each -one found, an equivalent \fBterminfo\fP description is written to standard -output. -Termcap \fBtc\fP capabilities are translated directly to terminfo -\fBuse\fP capabilities. +\fB\%captoinfo\fP translates terminal descriptions. +It looks in each given text \fIfile\fP for \fI\%termcap\fP entries and, +for each one found, +writes an equivalent \fI\%\%term\%info\fP description to the standard +output stream. +\fI\%termcap\fP \fBtc\fP capabilities translate to \fI\%\%term\%info\fP +\*(``\fBuse\fP\*('' capabilities. .PP -If no \fIfile\fP is given, then the environment variable \fBTERMCAP\fP is used -for the filename or entry. -If \fBTERMCAP\fP is a full pathname to a file, only -the terminal whose name is specified in the environment variable \fBTERM\fP is -extracted from that file. -If the environment variable \fBTERMCAP\fP is not -set, then the file \fB\*d\fP is read. -.TP 5 -\fB\-v\fP -print out tracing information on standard error as the program runs. -.TP 5 -\fB\-V\fP -print out the version of the program in use on standard error and exit. -.TP 5 -\fB\-1\fP -cause the fields to print out one to a line. -Otherwise, the fields -will be printed several to a line to a maximum width of 60 -characters. -.TP 5 -\fB\-w\fP -change the output to \fIwidth\fP characters. -.SH FILES -.TP 20 -\*d -Compiled terminal description database. -.SH TRANSLATIONS FROM NONSTANDARD CAPABILITIES +If no \fIfile\fPs are specified, +\fB\%captoinfo\fP interprets the content of the environment variable +\fI\%TERMCAP\fP as a file name, +and extracts only the entry for the terminal named in the environment +variable \fITERM\fP from it. +If the environment variable \fI\%TERMCAP\fP is not set, +\fB\%captoinfo\fP reads +.IR \%/etc/termcap . .PP -Some obsolete nonstandard capabilities will automatically be translated -into standard (SVr4/XSI Curses) terminfo capabilities by \fBcaptoinfo\fP. -Whenever one of these automatic translations is done, the program -will issue an notification to stderr, inviting the user to check that -it has not mistakenly translated a completely unknown and random -capability and/or syntax error. +This utility is implemented as a link to \fB\%tic\fP(1M), +with the latter's +.B \-I +option implied. +You can use other \fB\%tic\fP options such as +.BR \-1 , +.BR \-f , +.BR \-v , +.BR \-w , +and +.BR \-x . +The \fB\-V\fP option reports the version of \fI\%ncurses\fP associated +with this program and exits with a successful status. +.SS "Translations from Nonstandard Capabilities" +\fB\%captoinfo\fP translates some obsolete, +nonstandard capabilities into standard +(SVr4/XSI Curses) +\fI\%\%term\%info\fP capabilities. +It issues a diagnostic to the standard error stream for each, +inviting the user to check that it has not mistakenly translated an +unknown or mistyped capability name. .PP -.TS H -c c c c -c c c c -l l l l. -Nonstd Std From Terminfo -name name capability +.\" DWB 3.3 tbl requires the two junk "L" specifiers in the first row. +.TS +center; +Cb S L L +Cb Cb Cb Cb +Cb Cb C Lb. +Name +Obsolete Standard Origin \f(BIterminfo\fP capability _ BO mr AT&T enter_reverse_mode CI vi AT&T cursor_invisible @@ -106,64 +118,72 @@ PS pf XENIX prtr_on PU kP XENIX key_ppage RT @8 XENIX kent UP ku XENIX kcuu1 -KA k; Tek key_f10 -KB F1 Tek key_f11 -KC F2 Tek key_f12 -KD F3 Tek key_f13 -KE F4 Tek key_f14 -KF F5 Tek key_f15 -BC Sb Tek set_background -FC Sf Tek set_foreground -HS mh Iris enter_dim_mode +KA k; Tektronix key_f10 +KB F1 Tektronix key_f11 +KC F2 Tektronix key_f12 +KD F3 Tektronix key_f13 +KE F4 Tektronix key_f14 +KF F5 Tektronix key_f15 +BC Sb Tektronix set_background +FC Sf Tektronix set_foreground +HS mh IRIX enter_dim_mode .TE .PP -XENIX termcap also used to have a set of extension capabilities -for forms drawing, designed to take advantage of the IBM PC -high-half graphics. -They were as follows: +XENIX \fI\%termcap\fP had a set of extension capabilities, +corresponding to box drawing characters of CCSID +(\*(``code page\*('') 437, +as follows. .PP -.TS H -c c -l l. -Cap Graphic +.TS +center; +cb cb +cb l . +\f(BItermcap\fP Name Graphic _ -G2 upper left -G3 lower left -G1 upper right -G4 lower right -GR pointing right -GL pointing left -GU pointing up -GD pointing down +G2 upper left corner +G3 lower left corner +G1 upper right corner +G4 lower right corner +GR tee pointing right +GL tee pointing left +GU tee pointing up +GD tee pointing down GH horizontal line GV vertical line GC intersection -G6 upper left -G7 lower left -G5 upper right -G8 lower right -Gr tee pointing right -Gr tee pointing left -Gu tee pointing up -Gd tee pointing down -Gh horizontal line -Gv vertical line -Gc intersection -GG acs magic cookie count +G6 double upper left corner +G7 double lower left corner +G5 double upper right corner +G8 double lower right corner +Gr double tee pointing right +Gr double tee pointing left +Gu double tee pointing up +Gd double tee pointing down +Gh double horizontal line +Gv double vertical line +Gc double intersection +.\" TODO: There are about 40 box drawing code points in CCSID 437; +.\" were there no XENIX capabilities for the mixed single- and double- +.\" line intersections? +.\" +.\" TODO: GG doesn't seem to fit with the others; explain it. +GG ACS magic cookie count .TE .PP -If the single-line capabilities occur in an entry, they will automatically -be composed into an \fBacsc\fP string. -The double-line capabilities and -\fBGG\fP are discarded with a warning message. +\fB\%captoinfo\fP composes single-line capabilities into an \fBacsc\fP +string, +and discards \fBGG\fP and double-line capabilities with a warning +diagnostic. +.PP +IBM's AIX has a \fI\%\%term\%info\fP facility descended from SVr1 +\fI\%\%term\%info\fP, +but which is incompatible with the SVr4 format. +\fB\%captoinfo\fP translates the following AIX extensions. .PP -IBM's AIX has a terminfo facility descended from SVr1 terminfo but incompatible -with the SVr4 format. -The following AIX extensions are automatically -translated: .TS -c c -l l. +center; +cb cb +l l . IBM XSI _ ksel kslt @@ -174,34 +194,42 @@ font2 s2ds font3 s3ds .TE .PP -Additionally, the AIX \fIbox1\fP capability will be automatically translated to -an \fBacsc\fP string. +Additionally, +this program translates the AIX \fBbox1\fP capability to an \fBacsc\fP +string. .PP -Hewlett-Packard's terminfo library supports two nonstandard terminfo -capabilities \fBmeml\fP (memory lock) and \fBmemu\fP (memory unlock). -These will be discarded with a warning message. -.SH NOTES -This utility is actually a link to \fBtic\fP(1M), running in \fI\-I\fP mode. -You can use other \fBtic\fP options such as \fB\-f\fP and \fB\-x\fP. -.PP -The verbose option is not identical to SVr4's. -Under SVr4, instead of following -the \fB\-v\fP with a trace level n, you repeat it n times. +The HP-UX \fI\%\%term\%info\fP library supports two nonstandard +\fI\%\%term\%info\fP capabilities, +\fBmeml\fP (memory lock) and \fBmemu\fP (memory unlock). +\fB\%captoinfo\fP discards these with a warning message. +.SH FILES +.TP +.I /etc/termcap +default \fI\%termcap\fP terminal capability database .SH PORTABILITY -X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009) describes \fBtic\fP briefly, +X/Open Curses, +Issue 7 (2009) describes \fBtic\fP briefly, but omits this program. -SVr4 systems provide \fBcaptoinfo\fP as a separate application from \fBtic\fP. .PP -NetBSD does not provide this application. -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBinfocmp\fP(1M), -\fBcurses\fP(3X), -\fBterminfo\fP(\*n) +SVr4 systems provide \fB\%captoinfo\fP as a separate application from +\fBtic\fP. +Its +.B \-v +option does not accept a trace level argument +.IR n ; +repeat +.B \-v +.I n +times instead. .PP -This describes \fBncurses\fP -version 6.4 (patch 20230520). -.SH AUTHOR +NetBSD does not provide this application. +.SH AUTHORS Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> and .br -Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net> +Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible\-island.net> +.SH SEE ALSO +\fB\%infocmp\fP(1M), +\fB\%tic\fP(1M), +\fB\%curses\fP(3X), +\fB\%terminfo\fP(5) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cat.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cat.1 index d5d83585..5afad863 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cat.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cat.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CAT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CAT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME cat \- concatenate files and print on the standard output .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/chattr.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/chattr.1 index 1ba1bf18..980be93f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/chattr.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/chattr.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" -*- nroff -*- -.TH CHATTR 1 "February 2023" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.0" +.TH CHATTR 1 "May 2024" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.1" .SH NAME chattr \- change file attributes on a Linux file system .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/chcon.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/chcon.1 index af89d954..adf4b6e6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/chcon.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/chcon.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHCON "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CHCON "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME chcon \- change file security context .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/checkpkg.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/checkpkg.1 index 998b5e05..3e273d6e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/checkpkg.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/checkpkg.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: checkpkg -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CHECKPKG" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "CHECKPKG" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" checkpkg \- Compare the current build package with the repository version .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,33 +34,40 @@ checkpkg \- Compare the current build package with the repository version checkpkg .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Searches for a locally built package corresponding to the PKGBUILD, and downloads the last version of that package from the Pacman repositories\&. It then compares the list of \&.so files provided by each version of the package and outputs if there are soname differences for the new package\&. A directory is also created using mktemp with files containing a file list for both packages and a library list for both packages\&. +Searches for a locally built package corresponding to the PKGBUILD, and +downloads the last version of that package from the Pacman repositories. It +then compares the list of .so files provided by each version of the package and +outputs if there are soname differences for the new package. A directory is +also created using mktemp with files containing a file list for both packages +and a library list for both packages. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-r, \-\-rmdir\fR +.sp +\fB\-r, \-\-rmdir\fP .RS 4 -Remove the temporary directory created to contain the file and library list of both packages\&. +Remove the temporary directory created to contain the file and library list +of both packages. .RE -.PP -\fB\-w, \-\-warn\fR +.sp +\fB\-w, \-\-warn\fP .RS 4 -Print a warning instead of a regular message in case of soname differences\&. +Print a warning instead of a regular message in case of soname differences. .RE -.PP -\fB\-M, \-\-makepkg\-config\fR +.sp +\fB\-M, \-\-makepkg\-config\fP .RS 4 -Set an alternate makepkg configuration file\&. +Set an alternate makepkg configuration file. .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBfind-libprovides\fR(1) +find\-libprovides(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/chgrp.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/chgrp.1 index 8ab8f0d7..5fa61ad7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/chgrp.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/chgrp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHGRP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CHGRP "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME chgrp \- change group ownership .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -32,6 +32,12 @@ affect symbolic links instead of any referenced file (useful only on systems that can change the ownership of a symlink) .TP +\fB\-\-from\fR=\fI\,CURRENT_OWNER\/\fR:CURRENT_GROUP +change the ownership of each file only if +its current owner and/or group match those specified +here. Either may be omitted, in which case a match +is not required for the omitted attribute +.TP \fB\-\-no\-preserve\-root\fR do not treat '/' specially (the default) .TP @@ -39,7 +45,7 @@ do not treat '/' specially (the default) fail to operate recursively on '/' .TP \fB\-\-reference\fR=\fI\,RFILE\/\fR -use RFILE's group rather than specifying a GROUP. +use RFILE's ownership rather than specifying values RFILE is always dereferenced if a symbolic link. .TP \fB\-R\fR, \fB\-\-recursive\fR @@ -47,7 +53,7 @@ operate on files and directories recursively .PP The following options modify how a hierarchy is traversed when the \fB\-R\fR option is also specified. If more than one is specified, only the final -one takes effect. +one takes effect. '\-P' is the default. .TP \fB\-H\fR if a command line argument is a symbolic link @@ -58,7 +64,7 @@ traverse every symbolic link to a directory encountered .TP \fB\-P\fR -do not traverse any symbolic links (default) +do not traverse any symbolic links .TP \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit @@ -79,7 +85,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/chmod.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/chmod.1 index c0869f14..1be2a9ea 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/chmod.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/chmod.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHMOD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CHMOD "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME chmod \- change file mode bits .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -66,17 +66,19 @@ file's group, with the same values; and the fourth for other users not in the file's group, with the same values. .PP .B chmod -never changes the permissions of symbolic links; the +doesn't change the permissions of symbolic links; the .B chmod -system call cannot change their permissions. This is not a problem -since the permissions of symbolic links are never used. +system call cannot change their permissions on most systems, +and most systems ignore permissions of symbolic links. However, for each symbolic link listed on the command line, .B chmod changes the permissions of the pointed-to file. In contrast, .B chmod ignores symbolic links encountered during recursive directory -traversals. +traversals. Options that modify this behavior are described in the +.B OPTIONS +section. .SH "SETUID AND SETGID BITS" .B chmod clears the set-group-ID bit of a @@ -133,6 +135,13 @@ suppress most error messages \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR output a diagnostic for every file processed .TP +\fB\-\-dereference\fR +affect the referent of each symbolic link, +rather than the symbolic link itself +.TP +\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-no\-dereference\fR +affect each symbolic link, rather than the referent +.TP \fB\-\-no\-preserve\-root\fR do not treat '/' specially (the default) .TP @@ -145,6 +154,21 @@ RFILE is always dereferenced if a symbolic link. .TP \fB\-R\fR, \fB\-\-recursive\fR change files and directories recursively +.PP +The following options modify how a hierarchy is traversed when the \fB\-R\fR +option is also specified. If more than one is specified, only the final +one takes effect. '\-H' is the default. +.TP +\fB\-H\fR +if a command line argument is a symbolic link +to a directory, traverse it +.TP +\fB\-L\fR +traverse every symbolic link to a directory +encountered +.TP +\fB\-P\fR +do not traverse any symbolic links .TP \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit @@ -160,7 +184,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/chown.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/chown.1 index aa12977a..c2d87828 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/chown.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/chown.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHOWN "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CHOWN "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME chown \- change file owner and group .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ affect symbolic links instead of any referenced file ownership of a symlink) .TP \fB\-\-from\fR=\fI\,CURRENT_OWNER\/\fR:CURRENT_GROUP -change the owner and/or group of each file only if +change the ownership of each file only if its current owner and/or group match those specified -here. Either may be omitted, in which case a match +here. Either may be omitted, in which case a match is not required for the omitted attribute .TP \fB\-\-no\-preserve\-root\fR @@ -64,15 +64,15 @@ do not treat '/' specially (the default) fail to operate recursively on '/' .TP \fB\-\-reference\fR=\fI\,RFILE\/\fR -use RFILE's owner and group rather than specifying -OWNER:GROUP values. RFILE is always dereferenced. +use RFILE's ownership rather than specifying values +RFILE is always dereferenced if a symbolic link. .TP \fB\-R\fR, \fB\-\-recursive\fR operate on files and directories recursively .PP The following options modify how a hierarchy is traversed when the \fB\-R\fR option is also specified. If more than one is specified, only the final -one takes effect. +one takes effect. '\-P' is the default. .TP \fB\-H\fR if a command line argument is a symbolic link @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ traverse every symbolic link to a directory encountered .TP \fB\-P\fR -do not traverse any symbolic links (default) +do not traverse any symbolic links .TP \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/chroot.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/chroot.1 index d8484db4..c9a744fb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/chroot.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/chroot.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHROOT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CHROOT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME chroot \- run command or interactive shell with special root directory .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cksum.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cksum.1 index 2cd81cc2..376fd7d6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cksum.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cksum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CKSUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CKSUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME cksum \- compute and verify file checksums .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/clear.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/clear.1 index 4784975d..9301043a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/clear.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/clear.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,139 +27,160 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: clear.1,v 1.29 2023/04/09 08:28:00 tom Exp $ -.TH clear 1 "" -.\" these would be fallbacks for DS/DE, -.\" but groff changed the meaning of the macros. -.de NS -.ie n .sp -.el .sp .5 -.ie n .in +4 -.el .in +2 -.nf -.ft C \" Courier -.. -.de NE -.fi -.ft R -.ie n .in -4 -.el .in -2 -.. -.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq -.el .ds `` `` -.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq -.el .ds '' '' +.\" $Id: clear.1,v 1.48 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH clear 1 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" +.ie \n(.g \{\ +.ds `` \(lq +.ds '' \(rq +.ds ' \(aq +.\} +.el \{\ +.ie t .ds `` `` +.el .ds `` "" +.ie t .ds '' '' +.el .ds '' "" +.ie t .ds ' \(aq +.el .ds ' ' +.\} +. .de bP .ie n .IP \(bu 4 .el .IP \(bu 2 .. -.ds n 5 +. .SH NAME -\fBclear\fP \- clear the terminal screen +\fB\%clear\fP \- +clear the terminal screen .SH SYNOPSIS -\fBclear\fR [\fB\-T\fItype\fR] [\fB\-V\fR] [\fB\-x\fR] -.br +.B clear +.RB [ \-x ] +.RB [ \-T\ \c +.IR terminal-type ] +.PP +.B "clear \-V" .SH DESCRIPTION -\fBclear\fP clears your terminal's screen if this is possible, -including the terminal's scrollback buffer -(if the extended \*(``E3\*('' capability is defined). -\fBclear\fP looks in the environment for the terminal type -given by the environment variable \fBTERM\fP, -and then in the -\fBterminfo\fP database to determine how to clear the screen. +\fB\%clear\fP clears your terminal's screen and its scrollback buffer, +if any. +\fB\%clear\fP retrieves the terminal type from the environment +variable \fITERM\fP, +then consults the \fIterminfo\fP terminal capability database entry for +that type to determine how to perform these actions. .PP -\fBclear\fP writes to the standard output. -You can redirect the standard output to a file (which prevents -\fBclear\fP from actually clearing the screen), -and later \fBcat\fP the file to the screen, clearing it at that point. +The capabilities to clear the screen and scrollback buffer are named +\*(``clear\*('' and \*(``E3\*('', respectively. +The latter is a \fIuser-defined capability\fP, +applying an extension mechanism introduced in \fI\%ncurses\fP 5.0 +(1999). .SH OPTIONS -.PP -.TP 5 +\fB\%clear\fP recognizes the following options. +.TP 9 \" "-T type" + 2n .B \-T \fItype\fP -indicates the \fItype\fP of terminal. -Normally this option is -unnecessary, because the default is taken from the environment -variable \fBTERM\fP. -If \fB\-T\fP is specified, then the shell -variables \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLUMNS\fP will also be ignored. +produces instructions suitable for the terminal \fItype\fP. +Normally, +this option is unnecessary, +because the terminal type is inferred from the environment variable +\fITERM\fP. +If this option is specified, +\fB\%clear\fP ignores the environment variables \fILINES\fP and +\fI\%COLUMNS\fP as well. .TP .B \-V -reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits. -The options are as follows: +reports the version of \fI\%ncurses\fP associated with this program and +exits with a successful status. .TP .B \-x -do not attempt to clear the terminal's scrollback buffer -using the extended \*(``E3\*('' capability. +prevents \fB\%clear\fP from attempting to clear the scrollback buffer. +.SH PORTABILITY +Neither IEEE Std 1003.1/The Open Group Base Specifications Issue 7 +(POSIX.1-2008) nor X/Open Curses Issue 7 documents \fB\%clear\fP. +.PP +The latter documents \fBtput\fP, +which could be used to replace this utility either via a shell script or +by an alias +(such as a symbolic link) +to run \fB\%tput\fP as \fB\%clear\fP. .SH HISTORY -A \fBclear\fP command appeared in 2.79BSD dated February 24, 1979. -Later that was provided in Unix 8th edition (1985). +A \fBclear\fP command using the \fItermcap\fP database and library +appeared in 2BSD (1979). +.\" https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=2BSD/src/clear.c +Eighth Edition Unix (1985) later included it. +.PP +The commercial Unix arm of AT&T adapted a different BSD program +(\fBtset\fP) to make a new command, +\fBtput\fP, +and replaced the \fBclear\fP program with a shell script that called +\*(``\fBtput clear\fP\*(''. .PP -AT&T adapted a different BSD program (\fBtset\fP) to make -a new command (\fBtput\fP), -and used this to replace the \fBclear\fP command with a shell script -which calls \fBtput clear\fP, e.g., -.NS -/usr/bin/tput ${1:+-T$1} clear 2> /dev/null +.RS 4 +.EX +/usr/bin/tput ${1:+\-T$1} clear 2> /dev/null exit -.NE +.EE +.RE .PP In 1989, when Keith Bostic revised the BSD \fBtput\fP command -to make it similar to the AT&T \fBtput\fP, -he added a shell script for the \fBclear\fP command: -.NS +to make it similar to AT&T's \fBtput\fP, +he added a \fBclear\fP shell script as well. +.\" https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=Net2/usr/src/usr.bin/\ +.\" tput/clear.sh +.PP +.RS 4 +.EX exec tput clear -.NE +.EE +.RE .PP The remainder of the script in each case is a copyright notice. .PP -The ncurses \fBclear\fP command began in 1995 by adapting the original -BSD \fBclear\fP command (with terminfo, of course). -.PP -The \fBE3\fP extension came later: +In 1995, +\fI\%ncurses\fP's \fBclear\fP began by adapting BSD's original +\fBclear\fP command to use \fIterminfo\fP. +The \fBE3\fP extension came later. .bP -In June 1999, \fBxterm\fP provided an extension to the standard control +In June 1999, \fIxterm\fP provided an extension to the standard control sequence for clearing the screen. Rather than clearing just the visible part of the screen using -.NS -printf '\\033[2J' -.NE +.RS 8 +.PP +.EX +printf \*'\e033[2J\*' +.EE +.RE .IP -one could clear the \fIscrollback\fP using -.NS -printf '\\033[\fB3\fPJ' -.NE +one could clear the scrollback buffer as well by using +.RS 8 +.PP +.EX +printf \*'\e033[\fB3\fPJ\*' +.EE +.RE .IP -This is documented in \fIXTerm Control Sequences\fP as a feature originating -with \fBxterm\fP. +instead. +\*(``XTerm Control Sequences\fP\*('' documents this feature as +originating with \fIxterm\fP. .bP -A few other terminal developers adopted the feature, e.g., PuTTY in 2006. +A few other terminal emulators adopted it, +such as PuTTY in 2006. .bP In April 2011, a Red Hat developer submitted a patch to the Linux kernel, modifying its console driver to do the same thing. -The Linux change, part of the 3.0 release, did not mention \fBxterm\fP, -although it was cited in the Red Hat bug report (#683733) -which led to the change. +Documentation of this change, +appearing in Linux 3.0, +did not mention \fIxterm\fP, +although that program was cited in the Red Hat bug report (#683733) +motivating the feature. .bP -Again, a few other terminal developers adopted the feature. -But the -next relevant step was a change to the \fBclear\fP program in 2013 -to incorporate this extension. +Subsequently, +more terminal developers adopted the feature. +The next relevant step was to change the \fI\%ncurses\fP \fBclear\fP +program in 2013 to incorporate this extension. .bP -In 2013, the \fBE3\fP extension was overlooked in \fBtput\fP with -the \*(``clear\*('' parameter. -That was addressed in 2016 by reorganizing \fBtput\fP to share -its logic with \fBclear\fP and \fBtset\fP. -.SH PORTABILITY -Neither IEEE Std 1003.1/The Open Group Base Specifications Issue 7 -(POSIX.1-2008) nor X/Open Curses Issue 7 documents tset or reset. -.PP -The latter documents \fBtput\fP, which could be used to replace this utility -either via a shell script or by an alias (such as a symbolic link) to -run \fBtput\fP as \fBclear\fP. +In 2013, +the \fBE3\fP capability was not exercised by +\*(``\fB\%tput clear\fP\*(''. +That oversight was addressed in 2016 by reorganizing \fB\%tput\fP to +share its logic with \fB\%clear\fP and \fB\%tset\fP. .SH SEE ALSO -\fBtput\fP(1), -\fBxterm\fP(1), -\fBterminfo\fP(\*n). -.PP -This describes \fBncurses\fP -version 6.4 (patch 20230520). +\fB\%tput\fP(1), +\fB\%xterm\fP(1), +\fB\%terminfo\fP(5) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/comm.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/comm.1 index 92d485ad..c221194c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/comm.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/comm.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH COMM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH COMM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME comm \- compare two sorted files line by line .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ display this help and exit \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit .PP -Note, comparisons honor the rules specified by 'LC_COLLATE'. +Comparisons honor the rules specified by 'LC_COLLATE'. .SH EXAMPLES .TP comm \-12 file1 file2 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/convert-ly.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/convert-ly.1 index 375c4ead..230d7b6d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/convert-ly.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/convert-ly.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH CONVERT-LY "1" "November 2023" "convert-ly 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH CONVERT-LY "1" "April 2024" "convert-ly 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME convert-ly \- manual page for convert-ly 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cp.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cp.1 index 0d15e57d..84b007c2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cp.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CP "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME cp \- copy files and directories .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ hard link files instead of copying always follow symbolic links in SOURCE .TP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR -do not overwrite an existing file (overrides a -\fB\-u\fR or previous \fB\-i\fR option). See also \fB\-\-update\fR +(deprecated) silently skip existing files. +See also \fB\-\-update\fR .TP \fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-no\-dereference\fR never follow symbolic links in SOURCE @@ -107,14 +107,17 @@ treat DEST as a normal file .TP \fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,UPDATE\/\fR] control which existing files are updated; -UPDATE={all,none,older(default)}. See below +UPDATE={all,none,none\-fail,older(default)}. .TP \fB\-u\fR -equivalent to \fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,older\/\fR] +equivalent to \fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,older\/\fR]. See below .TP \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR explain what is being done .TP +\fB\-\-keep\-directory\-symlink\fR +follow existing symlinks to directories +.TP \fB\-x\fR, \fB\-\-one\-file\-system\fR stay on this file system .TP @@ -147,8 +150,10 @@ Use \fB\-\-sparse\fR=\fI\,never\/\fR to inhibit creation of sparse files. UPDATE controls which existing files in the destination are replaced. \&'all' is the default operation when an \fB\-\-update\fR option is not specified, and results in all existing files in the destination being replaced. -\&'none' is similar to the \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR option, in that no files in the -destination are replaced, but also skipped files do not induce a failure. +\&'none' is like the \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR option, in that no files in the +destination are replaced, and skipped files do not induce a failure. +\&'none\-fail' also ensures no files are replaced in the destination, +but any skipped files are diagnosed and induce a failure. \&'older' is the default operation when \fB\-\-update\fR is specified, and results in files being replaced if they're older than the corresponding source file. .PP @@ -183,7 +188,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cronnext.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cronnext.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 5dab9fb9..00000000 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cronnext.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -.TH CRONNEXT 1 "2017-06-11" "cronie" "User Commands" -.SH NAME -cronnext \- time of next job cron will execute -.SH SYNOPSIS -.TP 9 -.B cronnext -[\fB-i \fIusers\fR] [\fB-e \fIusers\fR] [\fB-s\fR] -[\fB-a\fR] -[\fB-t \fItime\fR] [\fB-q \fItime\fR] [\fB-j \fIcommand\fR] -[\fB-l\fR] [\fB-c\fR] [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-h\fR] [\fB-V\fR] -[file]... -.SH DESCRIPTION -Determine the time cron will execute the next job. Without arguments, it -prints that time considering all crontabs, in number of seconds since the -Epoch, rounded to the minute. This number can be converted into other formats -using -.BR date (1), -like -.B date --date @43243254 - -The file arguments are optional. If provided, -.I cronnext -uses them as crontabs instead of the ones installed in the system. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.BI "\-i " user,user,user,... -Consider only the crontabs of the specified users. Use -.B *system* -for the system crontab. -.TP -.BI "\-e " user,user,user,... -Do not consider the crontabs of the specified users. -.TP -.B \-s -Do not consider the system crontab, usually the -.I /etc/crontab -file. The system crontab usually contains the hourly, daily, weekly and -monthly crontabs, which might be better dealt with -.BR anacron (8). -.TP -.BI \-a -Use the crontabs installed in the system in addition to the ones passed as -file arguments. This is implicit if no file is passed. -.TP -.BI "\-t " time -Determine the next job from this time, instead of now. The time is -expressed in number of seconds since the Epoch, as obtained for example by -.BR "date +%s --date \(dqnow + 2 hours\(dq" , -and is internally rounded to the minute. -.TP -.BI "\-q " time -Do not check jobs over this time, expressed in the same way as in option -.BR -t . -.TP -.BI "\-j " command -Only look for jobs that contain \fIcommand\fP as a substring. -.TP -.B \-l -Print the whole entries of the jobs that are the next to be executed by cron. -The default is to only print their next time of execution. -.TP -.B \-c -Print every entry in every crontab with the next time it is executed. -.TP -.B \-f -Print all jobs that are executed in the given interval. Requires option -\fB-q\fR. -.TP -.B \-h -Print usage output and exit. -.TP -.B \-V -Print version and exit. -.SH AUTHOR -.MT sgerwk@aol.com -Marco Migliori -.ME -.SH SEE ALSO -.BR cron (8), -.BR cron (1), -.BR crontab (5), -.BR crontab (1), -.BR anacron (8), -.BR anacrontab (5), -.BR atq (1), -.BR date (1) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/crontab.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/crontab.1 deleted file mode 100644 index ef03955d..00000000 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/crontab.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,264 +0,0 @@ -.\"/* Copyright 1988,1990,1993 by Paul Vixie -.\" * All rights reserved -.\" */ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2004 by Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC") -.\" Copyright (c) 1997,2000 by Internet Software Consortium, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any -.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above -.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND ISC DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES -.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF -.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL ISC BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES -.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN -.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT -.\" OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.\" Modified 2010/09/12 by Colin Dean, Durham University IT Service, -.\" to add clustering support. -.\" -.\" $Id: crontab.1,v 1.7 2004/01/23 19:03:32 vixie Exp $ -.\" -.TH CRONTAB 1 "2019-10-29" "cronie" "User Commands" -.SH NAME -crontab \- maintains crontab files for individual users -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B crontab -.RB [ -u -.IR user ] -.RI < "file" -.RB | \ - > -.br -.B crontab -.RB [ -T ] -.RI < "file" -.RB | \ - > -.br -.B crontab -.RB [ -u -.IR user ] -.RB < -l " | " -r " | " -e >\ [ -i ] -.RB [ -s ] -.br -.B crontab -.BR -n \ [ -.IR "hostname " ] -.br -.B crontab -.BR -c -.br -.B crontab -.BR -V -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I Crontab -is the program used to install a crontab table -.IR file , -remove or list the existing tables used to serve the -.BR cron (8) -daemon. Each user can have their own crontab, and though these are files -in -.IR /var/spool/ , -they are not intended to be edited directly. For SELinux in MLS mode, -you can define more crontabs for each range. For more information, see -.BR selinux (8). -.PP -In this version of -.IR Cron -it is possible to use a network-mounted shared -.I /var/spool/cron -across a cluster of hosts and specify that only one of the hosts should -run the crontab jobs in the particular directory at any one time. You -may also use -.BR crontab -from any of these hosts to edit the same shared set of crontab files, and -to set and query which host should run the crontab jobs. -.PP -Scheduling cron jobs with -.BR crontab -can be allowed or disallowed for different users. For this purpose, use the -.I cron.allow -and -.I cron.deny -files. If the -.I cron.allow -file exists, a user must be listed in it to be allowed to use -.BR crontab . -If the -.I cron.allow -file does not exist but the -.I cron.deny -file does exist, then a user must -.I not -be listed in the -.I cron.deny -file in order to use -.BR crontab. -If neither of these files exist, then only the super user is allowed to use -.BR crontab . -.PP -Another way to restrict the scheduling of cron jobs beyond -.BR crontab -is to use PAM authentication in -.I /etc/security/access.conf -to set up users, which are allowed or disallowed to use -.BR crontab -or modify system cron jobs in the -.IR /etc/cron.d/ -directory. -.PP -The temporary directory can be set in an environment variable. If it is -not set by the user, the -.I /tmp -directory is used. -.PP -When listing a crontab on a terminal the output will be colorized unless -an environment variable -.I NO_COLOR -is set. -.PP -On edition or deletion of the crontab, a backup of the last crontab will be saved to -.I $XDG_CACHE_HOME/crontab/crontab.bak -or -.I $XDG_CACHE_HOME/crontab/crontab.<user>.bak -if -.B -u -is used. -If the -.I XDG_CACHE_HOME -environment variable is not set, -.I $HOME/.cache -will be used instead. -.PP -.SH "OPTIONS" -.TP -.B "\-u" -Specifies the name of the user whose crontab is to be modified. If this -option is not used, -.BR crontab -examines "your" crontab, i.e., the crontab of the person executing the -command. If no crontab exists for a particular user, it is created for -them the first time the -.B crontab -u -command is used under their username. -.TP -.B "\-T" -Test the crontab file syntax without installing it. -Once an issue is found, the validation is interrupted, so this will not return all the existing issues at the same execution. -.TP -.B "\-l" -Displays the current crontab on standard output. -.TP -.B "\-r" -Removes the current crontab. -.TP -.B "\-e" -Edits the current crontab using the editor specified by the -.I VISUAL -or -.I EDITOR -environment variables. After you exit from the editor, the modified -crontab will be installed automatically. -.TP -.B "\-i" -This option modifies the -.B "\-r" -option to prompt the user for a 'y/Y' response before actually removing -the crontab. -.TP -.B "\-s" -Appends the current SELinux security context string as an MLS_LEVEL -setting to the crontab file before editing / replacement occurs - see the -documentation of MLS_LEVEL in -.BR crontab (5). -.TP -.B "\-n" -This option is relevant only if -.BR cron (8) -was started with the -.B \-c -option, to enable clustering support. It is used to set the host in the -cluster which should run the jobs specified in the crontab files in the -.I /var/spool/cron -directory. If a hostname is supplied, the host whose hostname returned -by -.BR gethostname (2) -matches the supplied hostname, will be selected to run the selected cron jobs subsequently. If there -is no host in the cluster matching the supplied hostname, or you explicitly specify -an empty hostname, then the selected jobs will not be run at all. If the hostname -is omitted, the name of the local host returned by -.BR gethostname (2) -is used. Using this option has no effect on the -.I /etc/crontab -file and the files in the -.I /etc/cron.d -directory, which are always run, and considered host-specific. For more -information on clustering support, see -.BR cron (8). -.TP -.B "\-c" -This option is only relevant if -.BR cron (8) -was started with the -.B \-c -option, to enable clustering support. It is used to query which host in -the cluster is currently set to run the jobs specified in the crontab -files in the directory -.I /var/spool/cron -, as set using the -.B \-n -option. -.TP -.B "\-V" -Print version and exit. -.SH CAVEATS -The files -.I cron.allow -and -.I cron.deny -cannot be used to restrict the execution of cron jobs; they only restrict the -use of -.BR crontab . -In particular, restricting access to -.BR crontab -has no effect on an existing -.I crontab -of a user. Its jobs will continue to be executed until the crontab is removed. -.PP -The files -.I cron.allow -and -.I cron.deny -must be readable by the user invoking -.BR crontab . -If this is not the case, then they are treated as non-existent. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR crontab (5), -.BR cron (8) -.SH FILES -.nf -/etc/cron.allow -/etc/cron.deny -.fi -.SH STANDARDS -The -.I crontab -command conforms to IEEE Std1003.2-1992 (``POSIX'') with one exception: -For replacing the current crontab with data from standard input the -.B \- -has to be specified on the command line if the standard input is a TTY. -This new command syntax differs from previous versions of Vixie Cron, -as well as from the classic SVR3 syntax. -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -An informative usage message appears if you run a crontab with a faulty -command defined in it. -.SH AUTHOR -.MT vixie@isc.org -Paul Vixie -.ME -.br -.MT colin@colin-dean.org -Colin Dean -.ME diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/csplit.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/csplit.1 index 6f00320f..fb4a7f3f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/csplit.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/csplit.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CSPLIT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CSPLIT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME csplit \- split a file into sections determined by context lines .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cups-config.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cups-config.1 index 729f68be..018349c0 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cups-config.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cups-config.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" cups-config man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -113,4 +113,4 @@ Formerly used to add the CUPS imaging library to the list of libraries. .BR pkg-config (1), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cups.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cups.1 index 3612eea9..83f75520 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cups.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cups.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" cups (intro) man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -141,4 +141,4 @@ CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help), OpenPrinting CUPS Web Site (https://openprinting.github.io/cups), PWG Internet Printing Protocol Workgroup (http://www.pwg.org/ipp) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cupstestppd.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cupstestppd.1 index af8abead..41b4c870 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cupstestppd.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cupstestppd.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" cupstestppd man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -145,4 +145,4 @@ Printers that do not support IPP can be supported using applications such as CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help), Adobe PostScript Printer Description File Format Specification, Version 4.3. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cut.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cut.1 index ccd92cab..b762b95d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/cut.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/cut.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CUT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CUT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME cut \- remove sections from each line of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/date.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/date.1 index 8081bac0..4bfe67be 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/date.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/date.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DATE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DATE "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME date \- print or set the system date and time .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/dbwrap_tool.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/dbwrap_tool.1 index 129111e5..bc720965 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/dbwrap_tool.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/dbwrap_tool.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: dbwrap_tool .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: System Administration tools -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBWRAP_TOOL" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "System Administration tools" +.TH "DBWRAP_TOOL" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "System Administration tools" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ dbwrap_tool Use with caution! .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP \fBsmbd\fR(8), diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/dd.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/dd.1 index 295b2eaf..73c2c89e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/dd.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/dd.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DD "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME dd \- convert and copy a file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/df.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/df.1 index 529b6f47..8eb02127 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/df.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/df.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DF "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DF "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME df \- report file system space usage .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/dialog.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/dialog.1 index 62aea4ac..89198be4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/dialog.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/dialog.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.\" $Id: dialog.1,v 1.236 2024/01/01 11:24:25 tom Exp $ +.\" $Id: dialog.1,v 1.238 2024/03/07 21:49:36 tom Exp $ .\" Copyright 2005-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey .\" .\" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ and data. .bP Otherwise, \fB\*l\fP uses the given size for the widget. . -.SS \fBCommon Options\fP +.SS "\fBCommon Options\fP" Most of the common options are reset before processing each widget. . .IP "\fB\-\-ascii\-lines" @@ -278,6 +278,11 @@ Conversely, if you want to clear the screen and send your cursor to the lower left after the \fB\*p\fP program has exited, use the \fB\-\-erase\-on\-exit\fR\ option. . +.IP "\fB\-\-color-mode \fIcode" +Extend the \fB\-\-colors\fP option to the content of programbox, tailbox +and textbox. +Use code \*(``2\*('' for this feature. +. .IP "\fB\-\-colors" Interpret embedded \*(``\eZ\*('' sequences in the dialog text by the following character, @@ -851,7 +856,7 @@ If you tab to the button row, abbreviations apply to the buttons. Override the label used for \*(``Yes\*('' buttons. . .\" ************************************************************************ -.SS Box Options +.SS "Box Options" All dialog boxes have at least three parameters: .TP 7 \fItext\fP @@ -1666,7 +1671,7 @@ _ \fB\*L\fP's internal keycode names correspond to the \fBDLG_KEYS_ENUM\fP type in \fBdlg_keys.h\fP, e.g., \*(``HELP\*('' from \*(``DLGK_HELP\*(''. -.SS Widget Names +.SS "Widget Names" Some widgets (such as the formbox) have an area where fields can be edited. Those are managed in a subwindow of the widget, and may have separate keybindings from the main widget @@ -1719,7 +1724,7 @@ tailboxbg/tailbox _ .TE .RE -.SS Built-in Bindings +.SS "Built-in Bindings" This manual page does not list the key bindings for each widget, because that detailed information can be obtained by running \fB\*p\fP. If you have set the \fB\-\-trace\fP option, @@ -1897,7 +1902,7 @@ NetBSD 5.1 curses has incomplete support for wide-characters. .SH COMPATIBILITY You may want to write scripts which run with other \fB\*l\fP \*(``clones\*(''. -.SS Original Dialog +.SS "Original Dialog" First, there is the \*(``original\*('' \fB\*p\fP program to consider (versions 0.3 to 0.9). It had some misspelled (or inconsistent) options. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/diffpkg.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/diffpkg.1 index 0fcabb70..1b762b1a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/diffpkg.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/diffpkg.1 @@ -1,128 +1,117 @@ '\" t .\" Title: diffpkg -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DIFFPKG" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "DIFFPKG" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" -diffpkg \- Compare package files using different modes\&. +diffpkg \- Compare package files using different modes. .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -diffpkg [OPTIONS] [MODES] [FILE|PKGNAME\&...] +diffpkg [OPTIONS] [MODES] [FILE|PKGNAME...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Searches for a locally built package corresponding to the PKGBUILD, and downloads the last version of that package from the Pacman repositories\&. It then compares the package archives using different modes while using simple tar content list by default\&. +Searches for a locally built package corresponding to the PKGBUILD, and +downloads the last version of that package from the Pacman repositories. +It then compares the package archives using different modes while using +simple tar content list by default. .sp -When given one package, use it to diff against the locally built one\&. When given two packages, diff both packages against each other\&. +When given one package, use it to diff against the locally built one. +When given two packages, diff both packages against each other. .sp -In either case, a package name will be converted to a filename from the cache or pool, and diffpkg will proceed as though this filename was initially specified\&. +In either case, a package name will be converted to a filename from the +cache or pool, and diffpkg will proceed as though this filename was initially +specified. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-M, \-\-makepkg\-config\fR +.sp +\fB\-M, \-\-makepkg\-config\fP .RS 4 Set an alternate makepkg configuration file .RE -.PP -\fB\-P, \-\-pool\fR=\fIDIR\fR +.sp +\fB\-P, \-\-pool\fP=\fIDIR\fP .RS 4 -Search diff target in pool dir (default -\*(Aq/srv/ftp/pool\*(Aq) +Search diff target in pool dir (default \f(CR\*(Aq/srv/ftp/pool\*(Aq\fP) .RE -.PP -\fB\-v, \-\-verbose\fR +.sp +\fB\-v, \-\-verbose\fP .RS 4 Provide more detailed/unfiltered output .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "OUTPUT OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-\-color\fR[=\fIWHEN\fR] +.sp +\fB\-\-color\fP[=\fIWHEN\fP] .RS 4 -Color output; -\fIWHEN\fR -is -\*(Aqnever\*(Aq, -\*(Aqalways\*(Aq, or -\*(Aqauto\*(Aq; Plain -\fB\-\-color\fR -means -\fB\-\-color=\fR\fB\fIauto\fR\fR +Color output; \fIWHEN\fP is \f(CR\*(Aqnever\*(Aq\fP, \f(CR\*(Aqalways\*(Aq\fP, or \f(CR\*(Aqauto\*(Aq\fP; Plain \fB\-\-color\fP means \fB\-\-color=\fIauto\fP\fP .RE -.PP -\fB\-u, \-U, \-\-unified\fR +.sp +\fB\-u, \-U, \-\-unified\fP .RS 4 Output 3 lines of unified context .RE -.PP -\fB\-y, \-\-side\-by\-side\fR +.sp +\fB\-y, \-\-side\-by\-side\fP .RS 4 Output in two columns .RE -.PP -\fB\-W, \-\-width\fR[=\fINUM\fR] +.sp +\fB\-W, \-\-width\fP[=\fINUM\fP] .RS 4 -Output at most -\fINUM\fR -(default -\*(Aqauto\*(Aq) print columns; -\fINUM\fR -can be -\*(Aqauto\*(Aq, -\*(Aqcolumns\*(Aq -or a number\&. -\*(Aqauto\*(Aq -will be resolved to the maximum line length of both files, guaranteeing the diff to be uncut\&. +Output at most \fINUM\fP (default \f(CR\*(Aqauto\*(Aq\fP) print columns; \fINUM\fP can be \f(CR\*(Aqauto\*(Aq\fP, \f(CR\*(Aqcolumns\*(Aq\fP or a number. +\f(CR\*(Aqauto\*(Aq\fP will be resolved to the maximum line length of both files, guaranteeing the diff to be uncut. .RE .SH "MODES" -.PP -\fB\-l, \-\-list\fR +.sp +\fB\-l, \-\-list\fP .RS 4 Activate tar content list diff mode (default) .RE -.PP -\fB\-d, \-\-diffoscope\fR +.sp +\fB\-d, \-\-diffoscope\fP .RS 4 Activate diffoscope diff mode .RE -.PP -\fB\-p, \-\-pkginfo\fR +.sp +\fB\-p, \-\-pkginfo\fP .RS 4 -Activate \&.PKGINFO diff mode +Activate .PKGINFO diff mode .RE -.PP -\fB\-b, \-\-buildinfo\fR +.sp +\fB\-b, \-\-buildinfo\fP .RS 4 -Activate \&.BUILDINFO diff mode +Activate .BUILDINFO diff mode .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/dir.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/dir.1 index 7bea68ae..bc32ccf4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/dir.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/dir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DIR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DIR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME dir \- list directory contents .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ list directories themselves, not their contents generate output designed for Emacs' dired mode .TP \fB\-f\fR -list all entries in directory order +do not sort, enable \fB\-aU\fR, disable \fB\-ls\fR \fB\-\-color\fR .TP \fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-classify\fR[=\fI\,WHEN\/\fR] append indicator (one of */=>@|) to entries WHEN @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/dircolors.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/dircolors.1 index 214c6490..55aa9ecc 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/dircolors.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/dircolors.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DIRCOLORS "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DIRCOLORS "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME dircolors \- color setup for ls .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/dirname.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/dirname.1 index 458da15f..a9f30bd8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/dirname.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/dirname.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DIRNAME "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DIRNAME "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME dirname \- strip last component from file name .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/du.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/du.1 index 34ff3647..6423306c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/du.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/du.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DU "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DU "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME du \- estimate file space usage .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/dvipdf.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/dvipdf.1 index d915638d..8c8c0a0c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/dvipdf.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/dvipdf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH DVIPDF 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH DVIPDF 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME dvipdf \- Convert TeX DVI file to PDF using ghostscript and dvips .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ and any options from the command-line. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1), dvips(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/echo.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/echo.1 index d4a06725..eaa5e755 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/echo.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/echo.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ECHO "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH ECHO "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME echo \- display a line of text .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ byte with octal value NNN (1 to 3 digits) \exHH byte with hexadecimal value HH (1 to 2 digits) .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of echo, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of echo, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .PP -NOTE: \fBprintf\fP(1) is a preferred alternative, -which does not have issues outputting option\-like strings. +Consider using the 'printf' command instead, +as it avoids problems when outputting option\-like strings. .SH AUTHOR Written by Brian Fox and Chet Ramey. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ed.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ed.1 index dcff01ce..ad371a8d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ed.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ed.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.2. -.TH ED "1" "February 2024" "GNU ed 1.20.1" "User Commands" +.TH ED "1" "April 2024" "GNU ed 1.20.2" "User Commands" .SH NAME ed \- line-oriented text editor .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/elfedit.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/elfedit.1 index a0a73812..6e5dd05c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/elfedit.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/elfedit.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ELFEDIT 1" -.TH ELFEDIT 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH ELFEDIT 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/env.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/env.1 index eb6f3194..5ef0c8d7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/env.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/env.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ENV "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH ENV "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME env \- run a program in a modified environment .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ Set each NAME to VALUE in the environment and run COMMAND. .PP Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. .TP +\fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-argv0\fR=\fI\,ARG\/\fR +pass ARG as the zeroth argument of COMMAND +.TP \fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-ignore\-environment\fR start with an empty environment .TP @@ -128,7 +131,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/envsubst.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/envsubst.1 index a0c4f5ab..93092b32 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/envsubst.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/envsubst.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH ENVSUBST "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH ENVSUBST "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME envsubst \- substitutes environment variables in shell format strings .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/epsffit.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/epsffit.1 index 6ad046e1..779eb5fb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/epsffit.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/epsffit.1 @@ -1,63 +1,66 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. -.TH EPSFFIT "1" "February 2023" "epsffit 2.10" "User Commands" +.TH PSPDFUTILS "1" "2024\-04\-08" "pspdfutils 3.3.2" "User Command" .SH NAME -epsffit - fit an Encapsulated PostScript file to a given bounding box +pspdfutils .SH SYNOPSIS -.B epsffit -[\fI\,OPTION\/\fR...] \fI\,LLX LLY URX URY \/\fR[\fI\,INFILE \/\fR[\fI\,OUTFILE\/\fR]] +.B pspdfutils +[OPTION...] LLX LLY URX URY [INFILE [OUTFILE]] .SH DESCRIPTION Fit an Encapsulated PostScript file to a given bounding box. + .TP -\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-center\fR +\fBLLX\fR +x coordinate of lower left corner of the box + +.TP +\fBLLX\fR +y coordinate of lower left corner of the box + +.TP +\fBLLX\fR +x coordinate of upper right corner of the box + +.TP +\fBLLX\fR +y coordinate of upper right corner of the box + +.TP +\fBINFILE\fR +`\-' or no INFILE argument means standard input + +.TP +\fBOUTFILE\fR +`\-' or no OUTFILE argument means standard output + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-center\fR, \fB\-\-centre\fR center the image in the given bounding box + .TP \fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-rotate\fR rotate the image by 90 degrees counter\-clockwise + .TP \fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-aspect\fR adjust the aspect ratio to fit the bounding box + .TP -\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-maximize\fR +\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-maximize\fR, \fB\-\-maximise\fR rotate the image to fill more of the page if possible + .TP \fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-showpage\fR -append a \fI\,/showpage\/\fP to the file to force printing -.TP -\fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit +append a /showpage to the file to force printing + .TP \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -display version information and exit -.PP -(LLX, LLY) are the coordinates of the lower left corner of the box, and -(URX, URY) the upper right. -.PP -If OUTFILE is not specified, writes to standard output. -If INFILE is not specified, reads from standard input. -.PP -See -.BR psutils (1) -for the available units. -.SS "Exit status:" -.TP -0 -if OK, -.TP -1 -if arguments or options are incorrect, or there is some other problem -starting up, -.TP -2 -if there is some problem during processing, typically an error reading or -writing an input or output file. +show program's version number and exit + +.TP +\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR +don't show progress + .SH AUTHOR -Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016\-2022. -Released under the GPL version 3, or (at your option) any later version. -.SH TRADEMARKS -.B PostScript -is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR psutils (1), -.BR paper (1) +.nf +Reuben Thomas <rrt@sc3d.org> +.fi diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/etf2ly.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/etf2ly.1 index 98865ace..2c66c9a5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/etf2ly.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/etf2ly.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH ETF2LY "1" "November 2023" "etf2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH ETF2LY "1" "April 2024" "etf2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME etf2ly \- manual page for etf2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/expand.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/expand.1 index 09ab207c..13850834 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/expand.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/expand.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH EXPAND "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH EXPAND "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME expand \- convert tabs to spaces .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/export-pkgbuild-keys.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/export-pkgbuild-keys.1 index 65883c06..f7dd395b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/export-pkgbuild-keys.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/export-pkgbuild-keys.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: export-pkgbuild-keys -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "EXPORT\-PKGBUILD\-KE" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "EXPORT\-PKGBUILD\-KEYS" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" export-pkgbuild-keys \- Export valid source signing keys from a PKGBUILD .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,15 +34,18 @@ export-pkgbuild-keys \- Export valid source signing keys from a PKGBUILD export\-pkgbuild\-keys .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Export the PGP keys from a PKGBUILDs validpgpkeys array into the keys/pgp/ subdirectory\&. Useful for distributing packager validated source signing keys alongside PKGBUILDs\&. +Export the PGP keys from a PKGBUILDs validpgpkeys array into the keys/pgp/ +subdirectory. Useful for distributing packager validated source signing +keys alongside PKGBUILDs. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 -Show a help text\&. +Show a help text. .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/expr.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/expr.1 index 81acdfc1..a0721be5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/expr.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/expr.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH EXPR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH EXPR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME expr \- evaluate expressions .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/extractres.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/extractres.1 index 51f9330a..72b93e3f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/extractres.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/extractres.1 @@ -1,22 +1,10 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. -.TH EXTRACTRES "1" "February 2023" "extractres 2.10" "User Commands" +.TH PSPDFUTILS "1" "2024\-04\-08" "pspdfutils 3.3.2" "User Commands" .SH NAME -extractres - extract resources from a PostScript document +pspdfutils .SH SYNOPSIS -.B extractres -[\fI\,OPTION\/\fR...] [\fI\,INFILE \/\fR[\fI\,OUTFILE\/\fR]] +.B pspdfutils +[OPTION...] [INFILE [OUTFILE]] .SH DESCRIPTION -Extract resources from a PostScript document. -.TP -\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-merge\fR -merge resources of the same name into one file -(needed e.g. for fonts output in multiple blocks) -.TP -\fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -display version information and exit .PP .B extractres extracts resources (fonts, procsets, patterns, files, etc) appearing in a @@ -35,36 +23,38 @@ will move all resources appearing in a document to the document prologue, removing redundant copies. The output file can then be put through page re-arrangement filters such as .B psnup -or +or .B pstops safely. +Extract resources from a PostScript document. -.SS "Exit status:" .TP -0 -if OK, +\fBINFILE\fR +`\-' or no INFILE argument means standard input + .TP -1 -if arguments or options are incorrect, or there is some other problem -starting up, +\fBOUTFILE\fR +`\-' or no OUTFILE argument means standard output + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-merge\fR +merge resources of the same name into one file +(needed e.g. for fonts output in multiple blocks) + .TP -2 -if there is some problem during processing, typically an error reading or -writing an input or output file. +\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR +show program's version number and exit + +.TP +\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR +don't show progress + .SH AUTHOR -Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. +.nf .SH BUGS .B extractres does not alter the .B %%DocumentSuppliedResources comments. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2012\-2022. -.br -Copyright \(co Angus J. C. Duggan 1991\-1997. -.SH TRADEMARKS -.B PostScript -is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR psutils (1), -.BR paper (1) +.fi diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/factor.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/factor.1 index 8269dd99..a108f165 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/factor.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/factor.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FACTOR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH FACTOR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME factor \- factor numbers .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/false.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/false.1 index 86e83d05..a8ecb485 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/false.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/false.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FALSE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH FALSE "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME false \- do nothing, unsuccessfully .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ display this help and exit \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of false, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of false, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/find-libdeps.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/find-libdeps.1 index aa841cdc..8745db03 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/find-libdeps.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/find-libdeps.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: find-libdeps -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "FIND\-LIBDEPS" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "FIND\-LIBDEPS" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" find-libdeps \- Find soname dependencies for a package .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,15 +34,17 @@ find-libdeps \- Find soname dependencies for a package find\-libdeps [options] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Finds soname dependencies of a package and prints out a list in the following format \fI<soname>=<soversion>\-<soarch>\fR\&. +Finds soname dependencies of a package and prints out a list in the following +format \fI<soname>=<soversion>\-<soarch>\fP. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-\-ignore\-internal\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-ignore\-internal\fP .RS 4 -Ignore internal libraries\&. +Ignore internal libraries. .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/find-libprovides.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/find-libprovides.1 index 0976fb5a..948a3014 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/find-libprovides.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/find-libprovides.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: find-libprovides -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "FIND\-LIBPROVIDES" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "FIND\-LIBPROVIDES" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" find-libprovides \- Find soname\*(Aqs which are provided by a package .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,15 +34,17 @@ find-libprovides \- Find soname\*(Aqs which are provided by a package find\-libprovides [options] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Finds soname\(cqs provided by a package and prints out a list in the following format \fI<soname>=<soversion>\-<soarch>\fR\&. +Finds soname\(cqs provided by a package and prints out a list in the following +format \fI<soname>=<soversion>\-<soarch>\fP. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-\-ignore\-internal\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-ignore\-internal\fP .RS 4 -Ignore internal libraries\&. +Ignore internal libraries. .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/fmt.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/fmt.1 index b17df353..074839bf 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/fmt.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/fmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FMT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH FMT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME fmt \- simple optimal text formatter .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/fold.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/fold.1 index 4e59fa9f..315775d0 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/fold.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/fold.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FOLD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH FOLD "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME fold \- wrap each input line to fit in specified width .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gcore.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gcore.1 index ed1c19e4..cb196791 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gcore.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gcore.1 @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GCORE 1" -.TH GCORE 1 "2023-12-03" "gdb-14.1" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH GCORE 1 "2024-03-03" "gdb-14.2" "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gdb-add-index.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gdb-add-index.1 index fd2a0e1b..366cb23a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gdb-add-index.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gdb-add-index.1 @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GDB-ADD-INDEX 1" -.TH GDB-ADD-INDEX 1 "2023-12-03" "gdb-14.1" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH GDB-ADD-INDEX 1 "2024-03-03" "gdb-14.2" "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gdb.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gdb.1 index 133356cf..c0a5926a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gdb.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gdb.1 @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GDB 1" -.TH GDB 1 "2023-12-03" "gdb-14.1" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH GDB 1 "2024-03-03" "gdb-14.2" "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gdbserver.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gdbserver.1 index 25112334..0f180736 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gdbserver.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gdbserver.1 @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GDBSERVER 1" -.TH GDBSERVER 1 "2023-12-03" "gdb-14.1" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH GDBSERVER 1 "2024-03-03" "gdb-14.2" "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gentest.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gentest.1 index b0d6a6c1..47ca25d0 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gentest.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gentest.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: gentest .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: Test Suite .\" Source: Samba 4.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "GENTEST" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "Test Suite" +.TH "GENTEST" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "Test Suite" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/getent.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/getent.1 index 6639bfd8..cfc6aaa3 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/getent.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/getent.1 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .\" -.TH getent 1 2023-11-01 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH getent 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME getent \- get entries from Name Service Switch libraries .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gettext.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gettext.1 index 3a993b68..bce8e550 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gettext.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gettext.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH GETTEXT "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH GETTEXT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME gettext \- translate message .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gettextize.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gettextize.1 index 51ccfa18..d81f4cf8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gettextize.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gettextize.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH GETTEXTIZE "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH GETTEXTIZE "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME gettextize \- install or upgrade gettext infrastructure .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-archive.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-archive.1 index a9273414..91f63a04 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-archive.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-archive.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GP-ARCHIVE.1 1" -.TH GP-ARCHIVE.1 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" +.TH GP-ARCHIVE.1 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-collect-app.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-collect-app.1 index e00535d8..eee1e7fb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-collect-app.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-collect-app.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GP-COLLECT-APP.1 1" -.TH GP-COLLECT-APP.1 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" +.TH GP-COLLECT-APP.1 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-display-html.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-display-html.1 index ce80bfcb..731ea664 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-display-html.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-display-html.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GP-DISPLAY-HTML.1 1" -.TH GP-DISPLAY-HTML.1 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" +.TH GP-DISPLAY-HTML.1 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-display-src.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-display-src.1 index 539ea076..04c92f7a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-display-src.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-display-src.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GP-DISPLAY-SRC.1 1" -.TH GP-DISPLAY-SRC.1 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" +.TH GP-DISPLAY-SRC.1 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-display-text.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-display-text.1 index 5d0fd7f4..ac4a35e7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-display-text.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gp-display-text.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GP-DISPLAY-TEXT.1 1" -.TH GP-DISPLAY-TEXT.1 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" +.TH GP-DISPLAY-TEXT.1 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gprof.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gprof.1 index c7a6f4f1..e7532e4a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gprof.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gprof.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GPROF 1" -.TH GPROF 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 GNU +.TH GPROF 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 GNU .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gprofng.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gprofng.1 index 13ce4e62..39733704 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gprofng.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gprofng.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GPROFNG.1 1" -.TH GPROFNG.1 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" +.TH GPROFNG.1 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-editenv.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-editenv.1 index 783cb3b5..aa17ee1e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-editenv.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-editenv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-EDITENV "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-EDITENV "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-editenv \- edit GRUB environment block .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-file.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-file.1 index 90b7a77b..778f8d58 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-file.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-file.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-FILE "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-FILE "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-file \- check file type .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-fstest.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-fstest.1 index 7d8e446c..2413dec0 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-fstest.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-fstest.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-FSTEST "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-FSTEST "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-fstest \- debug tool for GRUB filesystem drivers .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-glue-efi.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-glue-efi.1 index f509b32f..39fbfae9 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-glue-efi.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-glue-efi.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-GLUE-EFI "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-GLUE-EFI "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-glue-efi \- generate a fat binary for EFI .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-kbdcomp.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-kbdcomp.1 index cd609b1e..9188b16e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-kbdcomp.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-kbdcomp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-KBDCOMP "1" "December 2023" "grub-kbdcomp ()" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-KBDCOMP "1" "March 2024" "grub-kbdcomp ()" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-kbdcomp \- generate a GRUB keyboard layout file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-menulst2cfg.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-menulst2cfg.1 index 025ee599..59c05775 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-menulst2cfg.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-menulst2cfg.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MENULST2CFG "1" "December 2023" "Usage: grub-menulst2cfg [INFILE [OUTFILE]]" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MENULST2CFG "1" "March 2024" "Usage: grub-menulst2cfg [INFILE [OUTFILE]]" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-menulst2cfg \- transform legacy menu.lst into grub.cfg .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkfont.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkfont.1 index f27da0db..3466ec7c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkfont.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkfont.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKFONT "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKFONT "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkfont \- make GRUB font files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkimage.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkimage.1 index e366d71e..b5462d36 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkimage.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkimage.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKIMAGE "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKIMAGE "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkimage \- make a bootable image of GRUB .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mklayout.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mklayout.1 index 8531c904..7de363fe 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mklayout.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mklayout.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKLAYOUT "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKLAYOUT "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mklayout \- generate a GRUB keyboard layout file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mknetdir.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mknetdir.1 index d5dc693f..52522b3b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mknetdir.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mknetdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKNETDIR "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKNETDIR "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mknetdir \- prepare a GRUB netboot directory. .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 index 4505b2a6..83bf1493 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKPASSWD-PBKDF2 "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKPASSWD-PBKDF2 "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2 \- generate hashed password for GRUB .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkrelpath.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkrelpath.1 index d97b118e..b52d20f3 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkrelpath.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkrelpath.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKRELPATH "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKRELPATH "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkrelpath \- make a system path relative to its root .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkrescue.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkrescue.1 index b2f1db77..6ca372fe 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkrescue.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkrescue.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKRESCUE "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKRESCUE "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkrescue \- make a GRUB rescue image .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkstandalone.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkstandalone.1 index 6638f922..f42b7c96 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkstandalone.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mkstandalone.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKSTANDALONE "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKSTANDALONE "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkstandalone \- make a memdisk-based GRUB image .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mount.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mount.1 index 54060966..6f6702d0 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mount.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-mount.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MOUNT "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MOUNT "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mount \- export GRUB filesystem with FUSE .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-render-label.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-render-label.1 index 694c2df9..8a4bfe1f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-render-label.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-render-label.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-RENDER-LABEL "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-RENDER-LABEL "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-render-label \- generate a .disk_label for Apple Macs. .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-script-check.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-script-check.1 index 8c645a9b..8b70d5ac 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-script-check.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-script-check.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-SCRIPT-CHECK "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-SCRIPT-CHECK "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-script-check \- check grub.cfg for syntax errors .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-syslinux2cfg.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-syslinux2cfg.1 index 92e16e8e..fd3c7128 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-syslinux2cfg.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/grub-syslinux2cfg.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-SYSLINUX2CFG "1" "December 2023" "GRUB 2:2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-SYSLINUX2CFG "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2:2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-syslinux2cfg \- transform syslinux config into grub.cfg .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gs.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gs.1 index c3897406..8ef395ce 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gs.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gs.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GS 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH GS 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME gs \- Ghostscript (PostScript and PDF language interpreter and previewer) .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ The various Ghostscript document files (above), especially \fBUse.htm\fR. See http://bugs.ghostscript.com/ and the Usenet news group comp.lang.postscript. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gslp.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gslp.1 index 9794045c..14f178e6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gslp.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gslp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GSLP 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH GSLP 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME gslp \- Format and print text using ghostscript .br @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Also, the string %# in a heading or footing is replaced with the page #. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gsnd.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gsnd.1 index 2711357c..721af68d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/gsnd.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/gsnd.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GSND 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH GSND 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME gsnd \- Run ghostscript (PostScript and PDF engine) without display .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ flag, followed by any other arguments from the command-line. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/head.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/head.1 index 35c138e0..f519e347 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/head.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/head.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH HEAD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH HEAD "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME head \- output the first part of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/homectl.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/homectl.1 index db58c946..399258ac 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/homectl.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/homectl.1 @@ -1206,6 +1206,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1217,6 +1223,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/hostid.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/hostid.1 index 994d0c4b..a96148db 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/hostid.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/hostid.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH HOSTID "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH HOSTID "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME hostid \- print the numeric identifier for the current host .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/iceauth.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/iceauth.1 index 95ed2edc..202de48b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/iceauth.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/iceauth.1 @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" The Open Group. .\" -.TH ICEAUTH 1 "iceauth 1.0.9" "X Version 11" +.TH ICEAUTH 1 "iceauth 1.0.10" "X Version 11" .SH NAME iceauth \- ICE authority file utility .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icehelp.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icehelp.1 index f545c9d3..9ad8e726 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icehelp.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icehelp.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEHELP 1" -.TH ICEHELP 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEHELP 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icesh.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icesh.1 index 82867c66..a46f1ccd 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icesh.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icesh.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICESH 1" -.TH ICESH 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICESH 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Maximize the window only vertically. Minimize the window. .IP \fBrestore\fR 4 .IX Item "restore" -Restore the window to normal. +Restore the window to normal and clear urgency. .IP \fBhide\fR 4 .IX Item "hide" Hide the window. @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Show the window on all workspaces. Show the window on just one workspace. .IP \fBurgent\fR 4 .IX Item "urgent" -Set the urgent flag to flash the task button. +Set the urgency flag to flash the task button. .IP "\fBresize\fR \fIWIDTH\fR \fIHEIGHT\fR" 4 .IX Item "resize WIDTH HEIGHT" Resize window to \fIWIDTH\fR by \fIHEIGHT\fR window units. For text based @@ -664,6 +664,7 @@ Let icewm execute the \f(CW\*(C`HibernateCommand\*(C'\fR. .IP \fBwinoptions\fR 4 .IX Item "winoptions" Let icewm reload the \f(CW\*(C`winoptions\*(C'\fR. +This only affects new windows. .IP \fBkeys\fR 4 .IX Item "keys" Let icewm reload the \f(CW\*(C`keys\*(C'\fR file. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icesound.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icesound.1 index df357bcd..b96a621b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icesound.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icesound.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICESOUND 1" -.TH ICESOUND 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICESOUND 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 index afd2b271..0f7cb93a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-MENU-FDO 1" -.TH ICEWM-MENU-FDO 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-MENU-FDO 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -169,8 +169,9 @@ is configured with the \fB\-\-enable\-menus\-fdo\fR option, which requires the \&\fBglib2\-dev\fR package dependency. .SS "SEE ALSO" .IX Subsection "SEE ALSO" -"Desktop Entry Specification", -"Desktop Menu Specification", +Base Directory Specification, +Desktop Entry Specification, +Desktop Menu Specification, \&\fBicewm\fR\|(1), \&\fBicewm\-menu\fR\|(5), \&\fBicewm\-preferences\fR\|(5), diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 index 98fdce2b..2e30fddd 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-MENU-XRANDR 1" -.TH ICEWM-MENU-XRANDR 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-MENU-XRANDR 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-session.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-session.1 index 45cd5759..f22ae912 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-session.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-session.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-SESSION 1" -.TH ICEWM-SESSION 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-SESSION 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 index 3b22c268..fd02d0dd 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-SET-GNOMEWM 1" -.TH ICEWM-SET-GNOMEWM 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-SET-GNOMEWM 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm.1 index 5d04293e..1f3926eb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewm.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM 1" -.TH ICEWM 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -210,6 +210,10 @@ it to search for configuration files. .IX Item "-l, --list-themes" \&\fBicewm\fR will search all the configuration directories for theme files and print a list of all found themes. +.IP "\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-install\fR=\fITHEME\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-i, --install=THEME" +Install \fITHEME\fR from icewm-extra and exit. When \fITHEME\fR is \fIlist\fR, +print a listing of available themes to install. .IP "\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-postpreferences\fR" 4 .IX Item "-p, --postpreferences" This gives a long list of all the internal \fBicewm\fR options with their @@ -507,19 +511,72 @@ When edge switching is enabled, the current workspace can also be changed by bringing the drag icon to the screen edge. .SS "ADDRESS BAR" .IX Subsection "ADDRESS BAR" -If \fBEnableAddressBar\fR=1 then \fBKeySysAddressBar\fR=\f(CW\*(C`Alt+Ctrl+Space\*(C'\fR -activates the address bar in the task bar. -If \fBShowAddressBar\fR=1 it is always shown. This is a command-line in -the task bar where a shell command can be typed. -Pressing \f(CW\*(C`Enter\*(C'\fR will execute the command. -\&\fBAddressBarCommand\fR=\f(CW\*(C`/bin/sh\*(C'\fR will be used to execute the command. -On \f(CW\*(C`Control+Enter\*(C'\fR the command is executed in a terminal +The task bar contains a command-line prompt called the address bar, +if \fBEnableAddressBar\fR=1. It is always shown when \fBShowAddressBar\fR=1, +otherwise it is activated by \fBKeySysAddressBar\fR=\f(CW\*(C`Alt+Ctrl+Space\*(C'\fR. +In it a shell command can be typed, which is executed by the +\&\fBAddressBarCommand\fR=\f(CW\*(C`/bin/sh\*(C'\fR when pressing \f(CW\*(C`Enter\*(C'\fR. +On \f(CW\*(C`Control+Enter\*(C'\fR this command is executed in a new terminal as given by \fBTerminalCommand\fR. -The address bar maintains a history that is navigable by the \fIUp\fR -and \fIDown\fR keys. -It supports command completion using \f(CW\*(C`Tab\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`Ctrl+I\*(C'\fR. -A rich set of editing operations is supported, -including cut\-/copy\-/paste\-operations. +.PP +Commands are executed relative to the working directory of icewm. +This can be shown by executing \f(CW\*(C`pwd\*(C'\fR. It can be changed using the \f(CW\*(C`cd\*(C'\fR +command. Without argument it defaults to the home directory. With one +argument it is changed. This argument is expanded when it starts with a +dollar or tilde. When it is equal to \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR, it reverts to the previous +directory. +.PP +The address bar has a history that is navigable by \fIUp\fR and \fIDown\fR. +It supports file completion using \f(CW\*(C`Tab\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`Ctrl+I\*(C'\fR, cut/copy/paste +and these editing operations: +.IP "Ctrl+a: select all" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+a: select all" +.PD 0 +.IP "Ctrl+backslash: deselect all" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+backslash: deselect all" +.IP "Ctrl+u: delete selected or to line start" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+u: delete selected or to line start" +.IP "Ctrl+v: paste selected" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+v: paste selected" +.IP "Ctrl+w: delete selected or previous word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+w: delete selected or previous word" +.IP "Ctrl+x: cut selection" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+x: cut selection" +.IP "Ctrl+c: copy selection" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+c: copy selection" +.IP "Ctrl+i: completion" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+i: completion" +.IP "Ctrl+Left: back a word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Left: back a word" +.IP "Ctrl+Right: forward a word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Right: forward a word" +.IP "Ctrl+Shift+Backspace: delete to beginning" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Shift+Backspace: delete to beginning" +.IP "Ctrl+Shift+Delete: delete to end" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Shift+Delete: delete to end" +.IP "Ctrl+Delete: delete word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Delete: delete word" +.IP "Ctrl+Backspace: delete previous word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Backspace: delete previous word" +.IP "Shift+Delete: cut selection" 4 +.IX Item "Shift+Delete: cut selection" +.IP "Shift+Insert: paste selected" 4 +.IX Item "Shift+Insert: paste selected" +.IP "Tab: completion" 4 +.IX Item "Tab: completion" +.IP "Left: move cursor left" 4 +.IX Item "Left: move cursor left" +.IP "Right: move cursor right" 4 +.IX Item "Right: move cursor right" +.IP "Home: move cursor to line start" 4 +.IX Item "Home: move cursor to line start" +.IP "End: move cursor to line end" 4 +.IX Item "End: move cursor to line end" +.IP "Delete: delete next character" 4 +.IX Item "Delete: delete next character" +.IP "Backspace: delete previous character" 4 +.IX Item "Backspace: delete previous character" +.PD .SS "WINDOW LIST" .IX Subsection "WINDOW LIST" The window list window shows a list of all workspaces. For each @@ -639,7 +696,7 @@ the option \fBKeyboardLayouts\fR to a comma-separated list of your preferred keyboard layouts. For example: .PP .Vb 1 -\& KeyboardLayouts="de","fr","jp" +\& KeyboardLayouts = "de", "fr", "jp" .Ve .PP A keyboard layout can simply be a name. Usually this is a two-letter @@ -1300,14 +1357,13 @@ two are the \fIx\-hotspot\fR and the \fIy\-hotspot\fR. These define which point in the XPM image is the sensitive point for the mouse pointer. .IP \fIicons\fR 4 .IX Item "icons" -Contains icons that are used to identify applications. Usually these -files are in the XPM format, but the PNG and SVG image formats are also -supported. The names of icon files may follow a specific naming -pattern, like \fIapp_32x32.xpm\fR. They start with a base name, usually -this is just a single word. Then follows an underscore, followed by a -size specification in the format \f(CW\*(C`SIZExSIZE\*(C'\fR. This is followed by a -dot and the file extension, where the extension denotes the icon image -format. Common sizes are 16, 32 and 48 for small, large and huge icons. +Contains icons for applications and keyboard layouts. These can be in +XPM, PNG or SVG format. The filename of an \fIapplication icon\fR may +follow a specific naming pattern, like \fIapp_32x32.xpm\fR. They start +with a base name, which usually is just a single word. Then follows +an underscore, followed by a size specification, as in \f(CW\*(C`SIZExSIZE\*(C'\fR. +This is followed by a dot and the file extension, where the extension +denotes the icon image format. Common sizes are 16, 32 and 48. This depends on the respective \f(CW\*(C`IconSize\*(C'\fR preferences options. .IP \fIledclock\fR 4 .IX Item "ledclock" diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewmbg.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewmbg.1 index 124faf45..c5435fac 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewmbg.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewmbg.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWMBG 1" -.TH ICEWMBG 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWMBG 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ .SS NAME .IX Subsection "NAME" .Vb 1 -\& icewmbg \- a background settings manager for the IceWM window manager +\& icewmbg \- a desktop background image manager for IceWM .Ve .SS SYNOPSIS .IX Subsection "SYNOPSIS" @@ -76,8 +76,7 @@ its own background. .PP When the background image changes, \fBicewmbg\fR can be notified to update the background. When switching workspaces, it checks the image -file modification time. If the file has changed, it reloads the -image from file. +file modification time. If it has changed, it reloads the image. .PP \&\fBicewmbg\fR supports semitransparency. Semitransparent background images and colours can be configured. @@ -175,6 +174,9 @@ A leading tilde or environment variable is expanded. .IP \fB\-\-postpreferences\fR 4 .IX Item "--postpreferences" Print a list of all preference values that \fBicewmbg\fR will use. +.IP \fB\-\-verbose\fR 4 +.IX Item "--verbose" +Print a log of actions and some events. .SS "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fIDISPLAY\fR" 4 diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewmhint.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewmhint.1 index 0ca36bd3..7539e136 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewmhint.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/icewmhint.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWMHINT 1" -.TH ICEWMHINT 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWMHINT 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/iconv.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/iconv.1 index ffa84516..9e640111 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/iconv.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/iconv.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .\" -.TH iconv 1 2024-01-28 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH iconv 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME iconv \- convert text from one character encoding to another .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/id.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/id.1 index 0d2fcbe0..bdf80337 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/id.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/id.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ID "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH ID "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME id \- print real and effective user and group IDs .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/includeres.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/includeres.1 index b8a0940a..93e66955 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/includeres.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/includeres.1 @@ -1,18 +1,10 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. -.TH INCLUDERES "1" "February 2023" "includeres 2.10" "User Commands" +.TH PSPDFUTILS "1" "2024\-04\-08" "pspdfutils 3.3.2" "User Commands" .SH NAME -includeres - include resources in a PostScript document +pspdfutils .SH SYNOPSIS -.B includeres -[\fI\,OPTION\/\fR...] [\fI\,INFILE \/\fR[\fI\,OUTFILE\/\fR]] +.B pspdfutils +[OPTION...] [INFILE [OUTFILE]] .SH DESCRIPTION -Include resources in a PostScript document. -.TP -\fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -display version information and exit .PP .B includeres includes resources (fonts, procsets, patterns, files, etc.) in place of @@ -30,36 +22,33 @@ will move all resources appearing in a document to the document prologue, removing redundant copies. The output file can then be put through page re-arrangement filters such as .B psnup -or +or .B pstops safely. +Include resources in a PostScript document. -.SS "Exit status:" .TP -0 -if OK, +\fBINFILE\fR +`\-' or no INFILE argument means standard input + +.TP +\fBOUTFILE\fR +`\-' or no OUTFILE argument means standard output + +.SH OPTIONS .TP -1 -if arguments or options are incorrect, or there is some other problem -starting up, +\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR +show program's version number and exit + .TP -2 -if there is some problem during processing, typically an error reading or -writing an input or output file. +\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR +don't show progress + .SH AUTHOR -Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. +.nf .SH BUGS .B includeres does not alter the .B %%DocumentNeededResources comments. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2012\-2022. -.br -Copyright \(co Angus J. C. Duggan 1991\-1997. -.SH TRADEMARKS -.B PostScript -is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR psutils (1), -.BR paper (1) +.fi diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/infocmp.1m b/upstream/archlinux/man1/infocmp.1m index b6f52011..da74bfcd 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/infocmp.1m +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/infocmp.1m @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ '\" t .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -28,90 +28,86 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.82 2023/03/05 00:05:39 tom Exp $ -.TH infocmp 1M "" -.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq -.el .ds `` `` -.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq -.el .ds '' '' -.ds n 5 +.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.109 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH infocmp 1M 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" +.ie \n(.g \{\ +.ds `` \(lq +.ds '' \(rq +.ds ' \(aq +.\} +.el \{\ +.ie t .ds `` `` +.el .ds `` "" +.ie t .ds '' '' +.el .ds '' "" +.ie t .ds ' \(aq +.el .ds ' ' +.\} +. .de bP .ie n .IP \(bu 4 .el .IP \(bu 2 .. -.de NS -.ie n .sp -.el .sp .5 -.ie n .in +4 -.el .in +2 -.nf -.ft C \" Courier -.. -.de NE -.fi -.ft R -.ie n .in -4 -.el .in -2 -.. +. .ds d /usr/share/terminfo .SH NAME -\fBinfocmp\fP \- compare or print out \fIterminfo\fP descriptions +\fBinfocmp\fP \- +compare or print out \fIterminfo\fP descriptions .SH SYNOPSIS \fBinfocmp\fP [\fB\-\ 1\ +c\ C\ +d\ D\ +e\ E\ F\ +g\ G\ +i\ I\ K\ -L\ -T\ -U\ -V\ -W\ -c\ -d\ -e\ -g\ -i\ l\ +L\ n\ p\ q\ r\ t\ +T\ u\ +U\ +V\ +W\ x\ \fP] -.br [\fB\-v\fR \fIn\fR] [\fB\-s d\fR| \fBi\fR| \fBl\fR| \fBc\fR] [\fB\-Q\fR \fIn\fR] [\fB\-R \fBsubset\fR] -.br [\fB\-w\fP\ \fIwidth\fP] [\fB\-A\fP\ \fIdirectory\fP] [\fB\-B\fP\ \fIdirectory\fP] -.br - [\fItermname\fP...] + [\fIterminal-type\fP ...] .SH DESCRIPTION \fBinfocmp\fP can be used to compare a binary \fBterminfo\fP entry with other terminfo entries, rewrite a \fBterminfo\fP description to take advantage of the \fBuse=\fP terminfo field, or print out a \fBterminfo\fP description from the binary file (\fBterm\fP) in a variety of formats. -In all cases, the boolean +In all cases, the Boolean fields will be printed first, followed by the numeric fields, followed by the string fields. -.SS Default Options -If no options are specified and zero or one \fItermnames\fP are specified, the +.SS "Default Options" +If no options are specified and zero or one \fIterminal-types\fP are +specified, +the \fB\-I\fP option will be assumed. -If more than one \fItermname\fP is specified, +If more than one \fIterminal-type\fP is specified, the \fB\-d\fP option will be assumed. -.SS Comparison Options [\-d] [\-c] [\-n] +.SS "Comparison Options [\-d] [\-c] [\-n]" \fBinfocmp\fP compares the \fBterminfo\fP description of the first terminal -\fItermname\fP with each of the descriptions given by the entries for the other -terminal's \fItermnames\fP. +\fIterminal-type\fP with each of the descriptions given by the entries +for the other terminal's \fIterminal-types\fP. If a capability is defined for only one of the terminals, the value returned depends on the type of the capability: .bP -\fBF\fP for missing boolean variables +\fBF\fP for missing Boolean variables .bP \fBNULL\fP for missing integer or string variables .PP @@ -146,25 +142,25 @@ Normally only the conventional capabilities are shown. Use the \fB\-x\fP option to add the BSD-compatibility capabilities (names prefixed with \*(``OT\*(''). .IP -If no \fItermnames\fP are given, -\fBinfocmp\fP uses the environment variable \fBTERM\fP -for each of the \fItermnames\fP. -.SS Source Listing Options [\-I] [\-L] [\-C] [\-r] +If no \fIterminal-types\fP are given, +\fBinfocmp\fP uses the environment variable \fITERM\fP +for each of the \fIterminal-types\fP. +.SS "Source Listing Options [\-I] [\-L] [\-C] [\-r]" The \fB\-I\fP, \fB\-L\fP, and \fB\-C\fP options will produce a source listing for each terminal named. -. +.PP .TS -center tab(/) ; -l l . -\fB\-I\fP/use the \fBterminfo\fP names -\fB\-L\fP/use the long C variable name listed in <\fBterm.h\fP> -\fB\-C\fP/use the \fBtermcap\fP names -\fB\-r\fP/when using \fB\-C\fP, put out all capabilities in \fBtermcap\fP form -\fB\-K\fP/modifies the \fB\-C\fP option, improving BSD-compatibility. +center; +Lb L. +\-I use \fIterminfo\fP capability codes +\-L use \*(``long\*('' capability names +\-C use \fItermcap\fP capability codes +\-r with \fB\-C\fP, include nonstandard capabilities +\-K with \fB\-C\fP, improve BSD compatibility .TE .PP -If no \fItermnames\fP are given, the environment variable \fBTERM\fP will be -used for the terminal name. +If no \fIterminal-types\fP are given, +the environment variable \fITERM\fP will be used for the terminal name. .PP The source produced by the \fB\-C\fP option may be used directly as a \fBtermcap\fP entry, but not all parameterized strings can be changed to @@ -215,28 +211,34 @@ will not necessarily reproduce the original \fBterminfo\fP source. .PP Some common \fBterminfo\fP parameter sequences, their \fBtermcap\fP equivalents, and some terminal types which commonly have such sequences, are: -. +.PP .TS -center tab(/) ; -l c l -l l l. -\fBterminfo/termcap\fP/Representative Terminals -= -\fB%p1%c/%.\fP/adm -\fB%p1%d/%d\fP/hp, ANSI standard, vt100 -\fB%p1%'x'%+%c/%+x\fP/concept -\fB%i/%i\fPq/ANSI standard, vt100 -\fB%p1%?%'x'%>%t%p1%'y'%+%;/%>xy\fP/concept -\fB%p2\fP is printed before \fB%p1/%r\fP/hp +center; +Lf(BI) Lf(BI) L +Lb Lb L. +terminfo termcap Terminal Types +_ +.\" ansi-m cup (adm3a has other stuff in between, more like concept) +%p1%c %. ansi\-m +.\" ansi cub, vt100 cub +%p1%d %d ansi, vt100 +.\" vt52 cup (via vt52-basic) +%p1%\*' \*'%+%c %+x vt52 +.\" ansi cup, vt100 cup +%i %iq ansi, vt100 +.\" annarbor4080 cup +%p1%?%\*'x\*'%>%t%p1%\*'y\*'%+%; %>xy annarbor4080 +.\" hpgeneric cup +%p2\fR\|.\|.\|.\|\fP%p1 %r hpgeneric .TE -.SS Use= Option [\-u] +.SS "Use= Option [\-u]" The \fB\-u\fP option produces a \fBterminfo\fP source description of the first -terminal \fItermname\fP which is relative to the sum of the descriptions given -by the entries for the other terminals \fItermnames\fP. +terminal \fIterminal-type\fP which is relative to the sum of the +descriptions given by the entries for the other \fIterminal-types\fP. It does this by -analyzing the differences between the first \fItermname\fP and the other -\fItermnames\fP and producing a description with \fBuse=\fP fields for the -other terminals. +analyzing the differences between the first \fIterminal-types\fP and the +other \fIterminal-types\fP and producing a description with \fBuse=\fP +fields for the other terminals. In this manner, it is possible to retrofit generic terminfo entries into a terminal's description. Or, if two similar terminals exist, but @@ -246,21 +248,24 @@ will show what can be done to change one description to be relative to the other. .PP A capability will be printed with an at-sign (@) if it no longer exists in the -first \fItermname\fP, but one of the other \fItermname\fP entries contains a -value for it. +first \fIterminal-type\fP, +but one of the other \fIterminal-type\fP entries contains a value for +it. A capability's value will be printed if the value in the first -\fItermname\fP is not found in any of the other \fItermname\fP entries, or if -the first of the other \fItermname\fP entries that has this capability gives a -different value for the capability than that in the first \fItermname\fP. +\fIterminal-type\fP is not found in any of the other \fIterminal-type\fP +entries, +or if the first of the other \fIterminal-type\fP entries that has this +capability gives a different value for the capability than that in the +first \fIterminal-type\fP. .PP -The order of the other \fItermname\fP entries is significant. +The order of the other \fIterminal-type\fP entries is significant. Since the terminfo compiler \fBtic\fP does a left-to-right scan of the capabilities, specifying two \fBuse=\fP entries that contain differing entries for the same capabilities will produce different results depending on the order that the entries are given in. \fBinfocmp\fP will flag any such inconsistencies between -the other \fItermname\fP entries as they are found. +the other \fIterminal-type\fP entries as they are found. .PP Alternatively, specifying a capability \fIafter\fP a \fBuse=\fP entry that contains that capability will cause the second specification to be ignored. @@ -271,22 +276,24 @@ description. Another error that does not cause incorrect compiled files, but will slow down the compilation time, is specifying extra \fBuse=\fP fields that are superfluous. -\fBinfocmp\fP will flag any other \fItermname use=\fP fields that +\fBinfocmp\fP will flag any other \fIterminal-type use=\fP fields that were not needed. -.SS Changing Databases [\-A \fIdirectory\fR] [\-B \fIdirectory\fR] -Like other \fBncurses\fP utilities, +.SS "Changing Databases [\-A \fIdirectory\fR] [\-B \fIdirectory\fR]" +Like other \fI\%ncurses\fP utilities, \fBinfocmp\fP looks for the terminal descriptions in several places. -You can use the \fBTERMINFO\fP and \fBTERMINFO_DIRS\fP environment variables -to override the compiled-in default list of places to search -(see \fBcurses\fP(3X) for details). +You can use the \fI\%TERMINFO\fP and \fI\%TERMINFO_DIRS\fP environment +variables to override the compiled-in default list of places to search. +See \fBcurses\fP(3X), as well as +the \fIFetching Compiled Descriptions\fP section in \fBterminfo\fR(5). .PP You can also use the options \fB\-A\fP and \fB\-B\fP to override the list of places to search when comparing terminal descriptions: .bP -The \fB\-A\fP option sets the location for the first \fItermname\fP +The \fB\-A\fP option sets the location for the first \fIterminal-type\fP .bP -The \fB\-B\fP option sets the location for the other \fItermnames\fP. +The \fB\-B\fP option sets the location for the other +\fIterminal-types\fP. .PP Using these options, it is possible to compare descriptions for a terminal with the same name located in two different @@ -294,7 +301,7 @@ databases. For instance, you can use this feature for comparing descriptions for the same terminal created by different people. -.SS Other Options +.SS "Other Options" .TP 5 \fB\-0\fP causes the fields to be printed on one line, without wrapping. @@ -323,9 +330,10 @@ for a given terminal type. The tables are all declared static, and are named according to the type and the name of the corresponding terminal entry. .sp -Before ncurses 5.0, the split between the \fB\-e\fP and \fB\-E\fP -options was not needed; but support for extended names required making -the arrays of terminal capabilities separate from the TERMTYPE structure. +Before \fI\%ncurses\fP 5.0, +the split between the \fB\-e\fP and \fB\-E\fP options was not needed; +but support for extended names required making the arrays of terminal +capabilities separate from the TERMTYPE structure. .TP 5 \fB\-e\fP Dump the capabilities of the given terminal as a C initializer for a @@ -378,45 +386,45 @@ translated into {}-bracketed descriptions. .IP Here is a list of the DEC/ANSI special sequences recognized: +.PP .TS -center tab(/) ; -l l -l l. -Action/Meaning -= -RIS/full reset -SC/save cursor -RC/restore cursor -LL/home-down -RSR/reset scroll region -= -DECSTR/soft reset (VT320) -S7C1T/7-bit controls (VT220) -= -ISO DEC G0/enable DEC graphics for G0 -ISO UK G0/enable UK chars for G0 -ISO US G0/enable US chars for G0 -ISO DEC G1/enable DEC graphics for G1 -ISO UK G1/enable UK chars for G1 -ISO US G1/enable US chars for G1 -= -DECPAM/application keypad mode -DECPNM/normal keypad mode -DECANSI/enter ANSI mode -= -ECMA[+\-]AM/keyboard action mode -ECMA[+\-]IRM/insert replace mode -ECMA[+\-]SRM/send receive mode -ECMA[+\-]LNM/linefeed mode -= -DEC[+\-]CKM/application cursor keys -DEC[+\-]ANM/set VT52 mode -DEC[+\-]COLM/132-column mode -DEC[+\-]SCLM/smooth scroll -DEC[+\-]SCNM/reverse video mode -DEC[+\-]OM/origin mode -DEC[+\-]AWM/wraparound mode -DEC[+\-]ARM/auto-repeat mode +center; +L L. +Action Meaning +_ +RIS full reset +SC save cursor +RC restore cursor +LL home-down +RSR reset scroll region +_ +DECSTR soft reset (VT320) +S7C1T 7-bit controls (VT220) +_ +ISO DEC G0 enable DEC graphics for G0 +ISO UK G0 enable UK chars for G0 +ISO US G0 enable US chars for G0 +ISO DEC G1 enable DEC graphics for G1 +ISO UK G1 enable UK chars for G1 +ISO US G1 enable US chars for G1 +_ +DECPAM application keypad mode +DECPNM normal keypad mode +DECANSI enter ANSI mode +_ +ECMA[+\-]AM keyboard action mode +ECMA[+\-]IRM insert replace mode +ECMA[+\-]SRM send receive mode +ECMA[+\-]LNM linefeed mode +_ +DEC[+\-]CKM application cursor keys +DEC[+\-]ANM set VT52 mode +DEC[+\-]COLM 132-column mode +DEC[+\-]SCLM smooth scroll +DEC[+\-]SCNM reverse video mode +DEC[+\-]OM origin mode +DEC[+\-]AWM wraparound mode +DEC[+\-]ARM auto-repeat mode .TE .sp It also recognizes a SGR action corresponding to ANSI/ISO 6429/ECMA Set @@ -455,10 +463,13 @@ hexadecimal and base64 .RE .IP For example, this prints the compiled terminfo value as a string -which could be assigned to the \fBTERMINFO\fP environment variable: -.NS -infocmp -0 -q -Q2 -.NE +which could be assigned to the \fI\%TERMINFO\fP environment variable: +.PP +.RS 9 +.EX +infocmp \-0 \-q \-Q2 +.EE +.RE .TP 5 \fB\-q\fP This makes the output a little shorter: @@ -483,7 +494,7 @@ that have their own extensions incompatible with SVr4/XSI. .bP Available terminfo subsets are \*(``SVr1\*('', \*(``Ultrix\*('', \*(``HP\*('', and \*(``AIX\*(''; -see \fBterminfo\fP(\*n) for details. +see \fBterminfo\fP(5) for details. .bP You can also choose the subset \*(``BSD\*('' which selects only capabilities with termcap equivalents recognized by 4.4BSD. @@ -549,14 +560,16 @@ since it excludes the inferences that \fBinfocmp\fP makes to fill in missing data. .TP 5 \fB\-V\fP -reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits. +reports the version of \fI\%ncurses\fP which was used in this program, +and exits. .TP 5 \fB\-v\fP \fIn\fP prints out tracing information on standard error as the program runs. .IP The optional parameter \fIn\fP is a number from 1 to 10, inclusive, indicating the desired level of detail of information. -If ncurses is built without tracing support, the optional parameter is ignored. +If \fI\%ncurses\fP is built without tracing support, +the optional parameter is ignored. .TP \fB\-W\fP By itself, the \fB\-w\fP option will not force long strings to be wrapped. @@ -566,41 +579,13 @@ Use the \fB\-W\fP option to do this. changes the output to \fIwidth\fP characters. .TP \fB\-x\fP -print information for user-defined capabilities (see \fBuser_caps(\*n)\fP. +print information for user-defined capabilities (see \fBuser_caps\fP(5). These are extensions to the terminfo repertoire which can be loaded using the \fB\-x\fP option of \fBtic\fP. .SH FILES -.TP 20 -\*d -Compiled terminal description database. -.SH HISTORY -Although System V Release 2 provided a terminfo library, -it had no documented tool for decompiling the terminal descriptions. -Tony Hansen (AT&T) wrote the first \fBinfocmp\fP in early 1984, -for System V Release 3. -.PP -Eric Raymond used the AT&T documentation in 1995 to provide an equivalent -\fBinfocmp\fP for ncurses. -In addition, he added a few new features such as: -.bP -the \fB\-e\fP option, to support \fIfallback\fP -(compiled-in) terminal descriptions -.bP -the \fB\-i\fP option, to help with analysis -.PP -Later, Thomas Dickey added the \fB\-x\fP (user-defined capabilities) -option, and the \fB\-E\fP option to support fallback entries with -user-defined capabilities. -.PP -For a complete list, see the \fIEXTENSIONS\fP section. -.PP -In 2010, Roy Marples provided an \fBinfocmp\fP program for NetBSD. -It is less capable than the SVr4 or ncurses versions -(e.g., it lacks the sorting options documented in X/Open), -but does include the \fB\-x\fP option adapted from ncurses. -.SH PORTABILITY -X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009) provides a description of \fBinfocmp\fP. -It does not mention the options used for converting to termcap format. +.TP +.I \*d +compiled terminal description database .SH EXTENSIONS The \fB\-0\fP, @@ -634,23 +619,49 @@ is System V Release 4's. Actual BSD curses versions will have a more restricted set. To see only the 4.4BSD set, use \fB\-r\fP \fB\-RBSD\fP. -.SH BUGS -The \fB\-F\fP option of \fBinfocmp\fP(1M) should be a \fBtoe\fP(1M) mode. -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBcaptoinfo\fP(1M), -\fBinfotocap\fP(1M), -\fBtic\fP(1M), -\fBtoe\fP(1M), -\fBcurses\fP(3X), -\fBterminfo\fP(\*n). -\fBuser_caps\fP(\*n). -.sp -https://invisible-island.net/ncurses/tctest.html +.SH PORTABILITY +X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009) provides a description of \fBinfocmp\fP. +It does not mention the options used for converting to termcap format. +.SH HISTORY +Although System V Release 2 provided a terminfo library, +it had no documented tool for decompiling the terminal descriptions. +Tony Hansen (AT&T) wrote the first \fBinfocmp\fP in early 1984, +for System V Release 3. +.PP +Eric Raymond used the AT&T documentation in 1995 to provide an equivalent +\fBinfocmp\fP for \fI\%ncurses\fP. +In addition, he added a few new features such as: +.bP +the \fB\-e\fP option, to support \fIfallback\fP +(compiled-in) terminal descriptions +.bP +the \fB\-i\fP option, to help with analysis .PP -This describes \fBncurses\fP -version 6.4 (patch 20230520). -.SH AUTHOR +Later, Thomas Dickey added the \fB\-x\fP (user-defined capabilities) +option, and the \fB\-E\fP option to support fallback entries with +user-defined capabilities. +.PP +For a complete list, see the \fIEXTENSIONS\fP section. +.PP +In 2010, Roy Marples provided an \fBinfocmp\fP program for NetBSD. +It is less capable than the SVr4 or \fI\%ncurses\fP versions +(e.g., it lacks the sorting options documented in X/Open), +but does include the \fB\-x\fP option adapted from \fI\%ncurses\fP. +.SH BUGS +The \fB\-F\fP option of \fB\%infocmp\fP(1M) should be a +\fB\%toe\fP(1M) mode. +.SH AUTHORS Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> and .br -Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net> +Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible\-island.net> +.SH SEE ALSO +\fB\%captoinfo\fP(1M), +\fB\%infotocap\fP(1M), +\fB\%tic\fP(1M), +\fB\%toe\fP(1M), +\fB\%curses\fP(3X), +\fB\%terminfo\fP(5), +\fB\%user_caps\fP(5) +.PP +https://invisible\-island.net/ncurses/tctest.html diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/infotocap.1m b/upstream/archlinux/man1/infotocap.1m index c3a53b7f..1626b1a2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/infotocap.1m +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/infotocap.1m @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -'\" t .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2021,2022 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1999-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -28,54 +27,71 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.20 2022/02/12 20:02:20 tom Exp $ -.TH infotocap 1M "" -.ds n 5 +.\" $Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.41 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH infotocap 1M 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" +.ie \n(.g \{\ +.ds `` \(lq +.ds '' \(rq +.\} +.el \{\ +.ie t .ds `` `` +.el .ds `` "" +.ie t .ds '' '' +.el .ds '' "" +.\} +. .ds d /usr/share/terminfo .SH NAME -\fBinfotocap\fP \- convert a \fIterminfo\fP description into a \fItermcap\fP description +\fB\%infotocap\fP \- +convert a \fI\%terminfo\fR description into a \fI\%termcap\fR description .SH SYNOPSIS -\fBinfotocap\fR [\fB\-v\fIn\fR \fIwidth\fR] [\fB\-V\fR] [\fB\-1\fR] [\fB\-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfile\fR ... +.B infotocap +.RI [ tic-option ] +.I file +\&.\|.\|. +.P +.B "infotocap \-V" .SH DESCRIPTION -\fBinfotocap\fP looks in each given text -\fIfile\fP for \fBterminfo\fP descriptions. -For each terminfo description found, -an equivalent \fBtermcap\fP description is written to standard output. -Terminfo \fBuse\fP capabilities are translated directly to termcap -\fBtc\fP capabilities. -.TP 5 -\fB\-v\fP -print out tracing information on standard error as the program runs. -.TP 5 -\fB\-V\fP -print out the version of the program in use on standard error and exit. -.TP 5 -\fB\-1\fP -cause the fields to print out one to a line. -Otherwise, the fields -will be printed several to a line to a maximum width of 60 characters. -.TP 5 -\fB\-w\fP -change the output to \fIwidth\fP characters. +\fB\%infotocap\fP translates terminal descriptions. +It looks in each given text \fIfile\fP for \fI\%terminfo\fP entries and, +For each one found, +it writes an analogous \fI\%termcap\fP description to the standard +output stream. +\fI\%terminfo\fP \*(``\fBuse\fP\*('' capabilities translate to +\fI\%termcap\fP \fBtc\fP capabilities. +Because \fI\%termcap\fP is a less expressive format than +\fI\%terminfo\fP, +some capabilities cannot be translated. +.PP +This utility is implemented as a link to \fB\%tic\fP(1M), +with the latter's +.B \-C +option implied. +You can use other \fB\%tic\fP options such as +.BR \-1 , +.BR \-f , +.BR \-v , +.BR \-w , +and +.BR \-x . +The \fB\-V\fP option reports the version of \fI\%ncurses\fP associated +with this program and exits with a successful status. .SH FILES -.TP 20 -\*d -Compiled terminal description database. -.SH NOTES -This utility is actually a link to \fBtic\fP, running in \fI\-C\fP mode. -You can use other \fBtic\fP options such as \fB\-f\fP and \fB\-x\fP. +.TP +.I \*d +compiled terminal description database .SH PORTABILITY -None of X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009), SVr4 or NetBSD document this application. -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBinfocmp\fP(1M), -\fBtic\fP(1M), -\fBcurses\fP(3X), -\fBterminfo\fP(\*n) -.PP -This describes \fBncurses\fP -version 6.4 (patch 20230520). -.SH AUTHOR +None of X/Open Curses, +Issue 7 (2009), +SVr4, +or NetBSD document this application. +.SH AUTHORS Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> and .br -Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net> +Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible\-island.net> +.SH SEE ALSO +\fB\%infocmp\fP(1M), +\fB\%tic\fP(1M), +\fB\%curses\fP(3X), +\fB\%terminfo\fP(5) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/install.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/install.1 index 9a24e8e0..ff2a2362 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/install.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/install.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH INSTALL "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH INSTALL "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME install \- copy files and set attributes .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/intro.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/intro.1 index 38dd27ed..5e5eb9c4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/intro.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/intro.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH intro 1 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH intro 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME intro \- introduction to user commands .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ippeveprinter.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ippeveprinter.1 index 50861ba3..13fe681b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ippeveprinter.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ippeveprinter.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" ippeveprinter man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2014-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" .\" Licensed under Apache License v2.0. See the file "LICENSE" for more @@ -271,4 +271,4 @@ command whenever a job is sent to the server: .BR ippeveps (7), PWG Internet Printing Protocol Workgroup (http://www.pwg.org/ipp) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ippfind.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ippfind.1 index 6e8abb97..99f86d75 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ippfind.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ippfind.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" ippfind man page. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2013-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" .\" Licensed under Apache License v2.0. See the file "LICENSE" for more @@ -256,4 +256,4 @@ Similarly, to send a PostScript test page to every PostScript printer, run: .SH SEE ALSO .BR ipptool (1) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ipptool.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ipptool.1 index 2a02b6c5..b0a751a2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ipptool.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ipptool.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" ipptool man page. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2010-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" .\" Licensed under Apache License v2.0. See the file "LICENSE" for more @@ -258,4 +258,4 @@ IANA IPP Registry (https://www.iana.org/assignments/ipp\-registrations), PWG Internet Printing Protocol Workgroup (https://www.pwg.org/ipp) RFC 8011 (https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8011), .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/join.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/join.1 index 76e2b159..8a407cb4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/join.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/join.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH JOIN "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH JOIN "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME join \- join lines of two files on a common field .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ line of each file determines the number of fields output for each line. Important: FILE1 and FILE2 must be sorted on the join fields. E.g., use "sort \fB\-k\fR 1b,1" if 'join' has no options, or use "join \fB\-t\fR ''" if 'sort' has no options. -Note, comparisons honor the rules specified by 'LC_COLLATE'. +Comparisons honor the rules specified by 'LC_COLLATE'. If the input is not sorted and some lines cannot be joined, a warning message will be given. .SH AUTHOR @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/journalctl.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/journalctl.1 index 16dd0e82..a77a82c3 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/journalctl.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/journalctl.1 @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ Added in version 206\&. .RE .SH "COMMANDS" .PP -The following commands are understood\&. If none is specified the default is to display journal records\&. +The following commands are understood\&. If none is specified the default is to display journal records: .PP \fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-fields\fR .RS 4 @@ -1132,6 +1132,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1143,6 +1149,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ld.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ld.1 index 242f1e6b..3863110c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ld.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ld.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "LD 1" -.TH LD 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH LD 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ldd.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ldd.1 index 54391aaa..fd42c4ad 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ldd.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ldd.1 @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later .\" -.TH ldd 1 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH ldd 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME ldd \- print shared object dependencies .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lddd.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lddd.1 index 684efb06..120221b7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lddd.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lddd.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: lddd -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "LDDD" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "LDDD" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" lddd \- Find broken library links on your system .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,12 +34,16 @@ lddd \- Find broken library links on your system lddd .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Scans \fI$PATH\fR, \fI/lib\fR, \fI/usr/lib\fR, \fI/usr/local/lib\fR and \fI/etc/ld\&.so\&.conf\&.d/*\&.conf\fR directories for ELF files with references to missing shared libraries, and suggests which packages might need to be rebuilt\&. The collected data is written to a temporary directory created by mktemp\&. +Scans \fI$PATH\fP, \fI/lib\fP, \fI/usr/lib\fP, \fI/usr/local/lib\fP and +\fI/etc/ld.so.conf.d/*.conf\fP directories for ELF files with references to missing +shared libraries, and suggests which packages might need to be rebuilt. The +collected data is written to a temporary directory created by mktemp. .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBldd\fR(1) +ldd(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilymidi.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilymidi.1 index 2115b749..f29f95fd 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilymidi.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilymidi.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH LILYMIDI "1" "November 2023" "lilymidi 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH LILYMIDI "1" "April 2024" "lilymidi 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME lilymidi \- manual page for lilymidi 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilypond-book.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilypond-book.1 index 296a8aa4..26493b00 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilypond-book.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilypond-book.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH LILYPOND-BOOK "1" "November 2023" "lilypond-book 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH LILYPOND-BOOK "1" "April 2024" "lilypond-book 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME lilypond-book \- manual page for lilypond-book 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilypond-invoke-editor.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilypond-invoke-editor.1 index 110a0088..4cee549d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilypond-invoke-editor.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilypond-invoke-editor.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH LILYPOND-INVOKE-EDITOR "1" "November 2023" "lilypond-invoke-editor (GNU LilyPond 2.24.3)" "User Commands" +.TH LILYPOND-INVOKE-EDITOR "1" "April 2024" "lilypond-invoke-editor (GNU LilyPond 2.24.3)" "User Commands" .SH NAME lilypond-invoke-editor \- manual page for lilypond-invoke-editor (GNU LilyPond 2.24.3) .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilypond.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilypond.1 index 21c36019..dbde31f8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilypond.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilypond.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH LILYPOND "1" "November 2023" "LilyPond 2.24.3 (running Guile 2.2)" "User Commands" +.TH LILYPOND "1" "April 2024" "LilyPond 2.24.3 (running Guile 2.2)" "User Commands" .SH NAME LilyPond \- manual page for LilyPond 2.24.3 (running Guile 2.2) .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilysong.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilysong.1 index 4b3dfcf0..f6a9a059 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilysong.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lilysong.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH LILYSONG "1" "November 2023" "lilysong 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH LILYSONG "1" "April 2024" "lilysong 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME lilysong \- manual page for lilysong 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/link.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/link.1 index 29021822..66f0f798 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/link.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/link.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LINK "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH LINK "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME link \- call the link function to create a link to a file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ln.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ln.1 index 046105dd..7165870d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ln.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ln.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LN "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH LN "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME ln \- make links between files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ like \fB\-\-backup\fR but does not accept an argument .TP \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR allow the superuser to attempt to hard link -directories (note: will probably fail due to +directories (this will probably fail due to system restrictions, even for the superuser) .TP \fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/locale.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/locale.1 index 9b7384c4..202c752f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/locale.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/locale.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH locale 1 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH locale 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME locale \- get locale-specific information .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/localectl.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/localectl.1 index f4bdf58c..bab6fb0e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/localectl.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/localectl.1 @@ -319,6 +319,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -330,6 +336,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/localedef.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/localedef.1 index de63c617..5de0c21e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/localedef.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/localedef.1 @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" Lars Wirzenius to document new functionality (as of GNU .\" C library 2.3.5). .\" -.TH localedef 1 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH localedef 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME localedef \- compile locale definition files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/locktest.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/locktest.1 index 9e662c5d..42d9f8a3 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/locktest.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/locktest.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: locktest .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: Test Suite .\" Source: Samba 4.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "LOCKTEST" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "Test Suite" +.TH "LOCKTEST" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "Test Suite" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/log2pcap.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/log2pcap.1 index 8006eec5..d19b9686 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/log2pcap.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/log2pcap.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: log2pcap .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "LOG2PCAP" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "User Commands" +.TH "LOG2PCAP" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "User Commands" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Convert to pcap using text2pcap: .\} .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "BUGS" .PP Only SMB data is extracted from the samba logs, no LDAP, NetBIOS lookup or other data\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/loginctl.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/loginctl.1 index 1670c1ba..b0987542 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/loginctl.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/loginctl.1 @@ -515,6 +515,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -526,6 +532,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/logname.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/logname.1 index e58ce0c8..1e381628 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/logname.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/logname.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LOGNAME "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH LOGNAME "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME logname \- print user\'s login name .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lp.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lp.1 index ebe7b0e1..d22358c6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lp.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lp.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" lp man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -228,4 +228,4 @@ Print a presentation document 2-up to a printer called "bar": .BR lpstat (1), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpoptions.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpoptions.1 index e3af16dd..9c3a7e63 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpoptions.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpoptions.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" lpoptions man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -117,4 +117,4 @@ The \fBlpoptions\fR command is unique to CUPS. .BR lprm (1), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpq.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpq.1 index 74d07a8d..5424c525 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpq.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpq.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" lpq man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -63,4 +63,4 @@ Requests a more verbose (long) reporting format. .BR lpstat (1), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpr.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpr.1 index 2ad6907d..6757b4f4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpr.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpr.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" lpr man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -180,4 +180,4 @@ Print a presentation document 2-up to a printer called "foo": .BR lpstat (1), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lprm.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lprm.1 index fc047f5e..cd4fbe94 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lprm.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lprm.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" lprm man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -80,4 +80,4 @@ Cancel all jobs: .BR lpstat (1), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpstat.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpstat.1 index dec52e2b..e554fc95 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpstat.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lpstat.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" lpstat man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Shows the ranking of print jobs. Specifies an alternate username. .TP 5 \fB\-W \fIwhich-jobs\fR -Specifies which jobs to show, "completed" or "not-completed" (the default). +Specifies which jobs to show, "all, "successful", "completed" or "not-completed" (the default). This option \fImust\fR appear before the \fI-o\fR option and/or any printer names, otherwise the default ("not-completed") value will be used in the request to the scheduler. .TP 5 \fB\-a \fR[\fIprinter(s)\fR] @@ -147,4 +147,4 @@ The Solaris \fI\-f\fR, \fI\-P\fR, and \fI\-S\fR options are silently ignored. .BR lprm (1), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ls.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ls.1 index 55caafad..adecbfab 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ls.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ls.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LS "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH LS "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME ls \- list directory contents .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ list directories themselves, not their contents generate output designed for Emacs' dired mode .TP \fB\-f\fR -list all entries in directory order +do not sort, enable \fB\-aU\fR, disable \fB\-ls\fR \fB\-\-color\fR .TP \fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-classify\fR[=\fI\,WHEN\/\fR] append indicator (one of */=>@|) to entries WHEN @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lsattr.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lsattr.1 index c95d859b..649aea5a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lsattr.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lsattr.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" -*- nroff -*- -.TH LSATTR 1 "February 2023" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.0" +.TH LSATTR 1 "May 2024" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.1" .SH NAME -lsattr \- list file attributes on a Linux second extended file system +lsattr \- list ext2/ext3/ext4 file attributes .SH SYNOPSIS .B lsattr [ @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ lsattr \- list file attributes on a Linux second extended file system ] .SH DESCRIPTION .B lsattr -lists the file attributes on a second extended file system. See +lists the file attributes on an ext2/ext3/ext4 file system. See .BR chattr (1) for a description of the attributes and what they mean. .SH OPTIONS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lsinitcpio.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lsinitcpio.1 index 9f415e27..a753e4c6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lsinitcpio.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lsinitcpio.1 @@ -1,95 +1,111 @@ '\" t .\" Title: lsinitcpio -.\" Author: [see the "Authors" section] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 12/03/2023 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-04-27 .\" Manual: mkinitcpio manual -.\" Source: \ \& mkinitcpio 37.1 +.\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "LSINITCPIO" "1" "12/03/2023" "\ \& mkinitcpio 37\&.1" "mkinitcpio manual" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "LSINITCPIO" "1" "2024-04-27" "\ \&" "mkinitcpio manual" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" lsinitcpio \- Examine an initramfs .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -\fIlsinitcpio\fR [action] [options] \fIimage\fR +\fIlsinitcpio\fP [action] [options] \fIimage\fP .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Examines the contents of an initcpio image\&. Without any options, \fIlsinitcpio\fR simply lists the contents of an image\&. +Examines the contents of an initcpio image. Without any options, \fIlsinitcpio\fP +simply lists the contents of an image. .SH "ACTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-analyze\fR +.sp +\fB\-a\fP, \fB\-\-analyze\fP .RS 4 -Analyze the contents of the specified image and print output in human readable form\&. +Analyze the contents of the specified image and print output in human +readable form. .RE -.PP -\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-config\fR +.sp +\fB\-c\fP, \fB\-\-config\fP .RS 4 -Show the configuration file the given image was built with\&. +Show the configuration file the given image was built with. .RE -.PP -\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-list\fR +.sp +\fB\-l\fP, \fB\-\-list\fP .RS 4 -List the contents of the archive\&. This is the default action\&. Pass the -\fB\-v\fR -flag for more detailed results\&. +List the contents of the archive. This is the default action. Pass the \fB\-v\fP +flag for more detailed results. .RE -.PP -\fB\-x\fR, \fB\-\-extract\fR +.sp +\fB\-x\fP, \fB\-\-extract\fP .RS 4 -Extract the given image to the current working directory\&. +Extract the given image to the current working directory. .RE .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h\fP, \fB\-\-help\fP +.RS 4 +Output a short overview of available command\-line switches. +.RE +.sp +\fB\-n\fP, \fB\-\-nocolor\fP .RS 4 -Output a short overview of available command\-line switches\&. +Disable color output. .RE -.PP -\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-nocolor\fR +.sp +\fB\-V\fP, \fB\-\-version\fP .RS 4 -Disable color output\&. +Display version information. .RE -.PP -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR +.sp +\fB\-v\fP, \fB\-\-verbose\fP .RS 4 -Display version information\&. +Be more verbose. In particular, show long style output when listing +the contents of an image, and show files as they are extracted when +the \fB\-x\fP option is given. .RE -.PP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-cpio\fP +.RS 4 +List or extract only the main CPIO image. +.RE +.sp +\fB\-\-early\fP .RS 4 -Be more verbose\&. In particular, show long style output when listing the contents of an image, and show files as they are extracted when the -\fB\-x\fR -option is given\&. +List or extract only the early CPIO image if it exists. See \fBmkinitcpio(8)\fP +for more information about early CPIO images. .RE .SH "BUGS" .sp -Upon writing this man page, there were no noticeable bugs present\&. Please visit https://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/mkinitcpio/mkinitcpio/\-/issues for an up to date list\&. +Upon writing this man page, there were no noticeable bugs present. Please visit +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/mkinitcpio/mkinitcpio/\-/issues" "" "" +for an +up to date list. .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBmkinitcpio\fR(8) +\fBmkinitcpio\fP(8) .SH "AUTHORS" .sp -mkinitcpio is maintained by the Arch Linux community\&. Refer to the \fIAUTHORS\fR file for a full list of contributors\&. +mkinitcpio is maintained by the Arch Linux community. Refer to the \fIAUTHORS\fP +file for a full list of contributors. .SH "COPYRIGHT" .sp -Copyright 🄯 mkinitcpio contributors\&. GPL\-2\&.0\-only\&. +Copyright 🄯 mkinitcpio contributors. GPL\-2.0\-only.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lynx.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lynx.1 index ff4eb1b8..ae704a3c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/lynx.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/lynx.1 @@ -1,12 +1,27 @@ -.\" $LynxId: lynx.man,v 1.123 2018/07/08 10:54:20 tom Exp $ +.\" $LynxId: lynx.man,v 1.160 2024/04/15 20:53:51 tom Exp $ .\" ************************************************************************** -.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform. -.ie \n(.g .ds AQ \(aq -.el .ds AQ ' -.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq -.el .ds `` `` -.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq -.el .ds '' '' +.TH LYNX 1 2024-04-15 "Lynx 2.9.1" "Lynx \(en the \fItext\fP web browser" +. +.ie \n(.g \{\ +.ds `` \(lq +.ds '' \(rq +.ds ' \(aq +.\} +.el \{\ +.ie t .ds `` `` +.el .ds `` "" +.ie t .ds '' '' +.el .ds '' "" +.ie t .ds ' \(aq +.el .ds ' ' +.\} +. +.ie n .ds CW R +.el \{ +.ie \n(.g .ds CW CR +.el .ds CW CW +.\} +. .de bP .ie n .IP \(bu 4 .el .IP \(bu 2 @@ -17,7 +32,7 @@ .ie n .in +4 .el .in +2 .nf -.ft C \" Courier +.ft \*(CW .. .de NE .fi @@ -26,9 +41,9 @@ .el .in -2 .. .\" ************************************************************************** -.TH LYNX 1 .SH NAME -lynx \- a general purpose distributed information browser for the World Wide Web +lynx \- +a general purpose distributed information browser for the World Wide Web .SH SYNOPSIS .B lynx \fI[options] [optional paths or URLs] .sp @@ -52,17 +67,20 @@ Lynx is a fully-featured World Wide Web (WWW) client for users running cursor-addressable, character-cell display devices (e.g., vt100 terminals, -vt100 emulators running on Windows 95/NT/XP/7/8 or any POSIX platform, +vt100 emulators running on Windows or any POSIX platform, or any other \*(``curses-oriented\*('' display). It will display hypertext markup language (HTML) documents containing links to files residing on the local system, as well as files residing on remote systems running Gopher, HTTP, FTP, WAIS, and NNTP servers. -Current versions of +.PP .I Lynx -run on -Unix, VMS, Windows 95/NT/XP/7/8, DOS DJGPP and OS/2. +has been ported to many systems, +including all variants of Unix, +Windows (since Windows 95), +DOS DJGPP and OS/2, +as well as VMS and OS/390. .PP .I Lynx @@ -194,7 +212,10 @@ The default is 10. enable case-sensitive string searching. .TP .B \-center -Toggle center alignment in HTML TABLE. +toggles center alignment in HTML TABLE. +Normally table cells are centered on the table grid. +Set this option \*(``on\*('' to disable centering. +The default is \*(``off\*(''. .TP .B \-cfg\fR=\fIFILENAME specifies a \fILynx\fP configuration file other than the default @@ -260,8 +281,8 @@ Sets the connection timeout, where N is given in seconds. .TP .B \-cookie_file\fR=\fIFILENAME specifies a file to use to read cookies. -If none is specified, the default value is ~/.lynx_cookies -for most systems, but ~/cookies for MS-DOS. +If none is specified, the default value is \s+3~\s-3/.lynx_cookies +for most systems, but \s+3~\s-3/cookies for MS-DOS. .TP .B \-cookie_save_file\fR=\fIFILENAME specifies a file to use to store cookies. @@ -444,6 +465,9 @@ do justification of text. .B \-link\fR=\fINUMBER starting count for lnk#.dat files produced by \fB\-crawl\fR. .TP +.B \-list_decoded +for \fB\-dump\fR, show URL-encoded links decoded. +.TP .B \-list_inline for \fB\-dump\fR, show the links inline with the text. .TP @@ -804,6 +828,18 @@ If enabled the transfer rate is shown in bytes/second. If disabled, no transfer rate is shown. Use lynx.cfg or the options menu to select KB/second and/or ETA. .TP +.B \-socks5_proxy=URL +(Via which) SOCKS5 proxy to connect: any network traffic, including all +DNS resolutions but the one for URL itself, will be redirected through +the SOCKS5 proxy. +URL may be given as \*(``proxy.example.com\*('', +\*(``proxy.example.com:1080\*('', \*(``192.168.0.1\*('', or +\*(``192.168.0.1:1080\*('' (and IPv6 notation if so supported). +A SOCKS5 proxy may also be specified via the environment variable +.BR SOCKS5_PROXY . +This option controls the builtin SOCKS5 support, which is unrelated to +the option \fB\-nosocks\fP. +.TP .B \-soft_dquotes toggles emulation of the old Netscape and Mosaic bug which treated \*(``>\*('' as a co-terminator for double-quotes and tags. @@ -813,7 +849,7 @@ works the same as dump but outputs HTML source instead of formatted text. For example .NS -lynx \-source . >foo.html +lynx \-source\ .\ >foo.html .NE .IP generates HTML source listing the files in the current directory. @@ -909,6 +945,9 @@ GridText parsing .TP .B 256 timing +.TP +.B 512 +detailed URL parsing .RE .TP .B \-traversal @@ -937,6 +976,11 @@ check for duplicate link numbers in each page and corresponding lists, and reuse the original link number. .TP +.B \-update_term_title +enables updating the title in terminal emulators. +Use only if your terminal emulator supports that escape code. +Has no effect when used with \fB\-notitle\fP. +.TP .B \-use_mouse turn on mouse support, if available. Clicking the left mouse button on a link traverses it. @@ -986,7 +1030,6 @@ tells \fILynx\fP that it can ignore certain tags which have no content in an XHTML 1.0 document. For example \*(``<p/>\*('' will be discarded. .SH COMMANDS -.PP More than one key can be mapped to a given command. Here are some of the most useful: .bP @@ -1008,7 +1051,13 @@ by upper/lowercase only the lowercase mapping is shown. Type \fBDelete\fR to view history list. .SH ENVIRONMENT In addition to various \*(``standard\*('' environment variables such as -\fBHOME\fR, \fBPATH\fR, \fBUSER\fR, \fBDISPLAY\fR, \fBTMPDIR\fR, \fBetc\fR, +\fBDISPLAY\fR, +\fBHOME\fR, +\fBPATH\fR, +\fBSHELL\fR, +\fBTMPDIR\fR, +\fBUSER\fR, +etc., \fILynx\fR utilizes several \fILynx\fP-specific environment variables, if they exist. .PP @@ -1100,8 +1149,8 @@ Each protocol used by \fILynx\fR, (http, ftp, gopher, etc), can be mapped separately by setting environment variables of the form \fIPROTOCOL\fP_proxy. Protocols are indicated in a URI by the name before \*(``:\*('', e.g., -\*(``http\*('' in -\*(``http://some.server.dom:port/\*('' for HTML. +\*(``http\*('' in +\*(``http://some.server.dom:port/\*('' for HTML. .IP Depending on your system configuration and supported protocols, the environment variables recognized by \fIlynx\fP may include @@ -1110,21 +1159,36 @@ cso_proxy finger_proxy ftp_proxy gopher_proxy -https_proxy http_proxy +https_proxy +news_proxy newspost_proxy newsreply_proxy -news_proxy nntp_proxy no_proxy +rlogin_proxy +snews_proxy snewspost_proxy snewsreply_proxy -snews_proxy +telnet_proxy +tn3270_proxy wais_proxy .NE .IP See \fBLynx Users Guide\fR for additional details and examples. .TP +.B RL_CLCOPY_CMD +Pipe the contents of the current link using this command as the target. +.TP +.B RL_PASTE_CMD +Open a pipe to read from this command, +pasting it into the current editable-field or command-prompt. +.TP +.B SOCKS5_PROXY +Is inspected if +.B \-socks5_proxy +has not been used (for the same content). +.TP .B SSL_CERT_DIR Set to the directory containing trusted certificates. .TP @@ -1216,7 +1280,7 @@ above), \fILynx\fR will set or modify its value to the user specified terminal type (for the \fILynx\fR execution environment). Note: If set/modified by \fILynx\fR, the values of the \fBLINES\fR and/or \fBCOLUMNS\fR environment variables may also be changed. -.SH SIMULATED CGI SUPPORT +.SS "Simulated CGI Support" If built with the \fBcgi-links\fR option enabled, \fILynx\fR allows access to a cgi script directly without the need for an http daemon. .PP @@ -1252,12 +1316,12 @@ the following variables may be set for simulating a CGI environment: Other environment variables are not inherited by the script, unless they are provided via a LYNXCGI_ENVIRONMENT statement in the configuration file. See the \fBlynx.cfg\fR file, and the (draft) CGI 1.1 Specification -<http://Web.Golux.Com/coar/cgi/draft-coar-cgi-v11-00.txt> for the +<http://Web.Golux.Com/coar/cgi/draft\-coar\-cgi\-v11\-00.txt> for the definition and usage of these variables. .PP The CGI Specification, and other associated documentation, should be consulted for general information on CGI script programming. -.SH NATIVE LANGUAGE SUPPORT +.SS "Native Language Support" If configured and installed with \fBNative Language Support\fR, \fILynx\fR will display status and other messages in your local language. See the @@ -1294,49 +1358,21 @@ Currently, it is hard-coded to a wish list. .B NLSPATH This variable, if set, is used as the path prefix for message catalogs. .SH NOTES -This is the \fILynx\fP v2.8.9 Release; development is in progress for 2.9.0. -.PP +.SS "Mailing Lists" If you wish to contribute to the further development of \fILynx\fR, subscribe to our mailing list. Send email to -<lynx-dev-request@nongnu.org> with \*(``subscribe lynx-dev\*('' as the only line +<lynx\-dev\-request@nongnu.org> +with \*(``subscribe lynx\-dev\*('' as the only line in the body of your message. .PP -Send bug reports, comments, suggestions to <lynx-dev@nongnu.org> +Send bug reports, comments, suggestions to <lynx\-dev@nongnu.org> after subscribing. .PP -Unsubscribe by sending email to <lynx-dev-request@nongnu.org> with -\*(``unsubscribe lynx-dev\*('' as the only line in the body of your message. -Do not send the unsubscribe message to the lynx-dev list, itself. -.SH SEE ALSO -.hy 0 -\fBcatgets\fR(3), -\fBcurses\fR(3), -\fBenviron\fR(7), -\fBexecve\fR(2), -\fBftp\fR(1), -\fBgettext\fR(GNU), -\fBlocaleconv\fR(3), -\fBncurses\fR(3), -\fBsetlocale\fR(3), -\fBslang\fR(?), -\fBtermcap\fR(5), -\fBterminfo\fR(5), -\fBwget\fR(GNU) -.hy 1 -.PP -Note that man page availability and section numbering is somewhat -platform dependent, and may vary from the above references. -.PP -A section shown as (GNU), is intended to denote that the topic -may be available via an info page, instead of a man page (i.e., try -\*(``info subject\*('', rather than \*(``man subject\*(''). -.PP -A section shown as \fB(?)\fP denotes that documentation on the topic exists, -but is not part of an established documentation retrieval system (see -the distribution files associated with the topic, or contact your -System Administrator for further information). -.SH ACKNOWLEDGMENTS +Unsubscribe by sending email to <lynx\-dev\-request@nongnu.org> with +\*(``unsubscribe lynx\-dev\*('' as the only line in the body of your message. +Do not send the unsubscribe message to the lynx\-dev list, itself. +.SS Acknowledgments \fILynx\fP has incorporated code from a variety of sources along the way. The earliest versions of \fILynx\fP included code from Earl Fogel of Computing Services at the University of Saskatchewan, who implemented HYPERREZ @@ -1371,4 +1407,15 @@ Shrewsbury, Massachusetts 01545 .PP Thomas E.\& Dickey .br -<dickey@invisible-island.net> +<dickey@invisible\-island.net> +.SH SEE ALSO +\fB\%catgets\fR(3), +\fB\%curses\fR(3), +\fB\%environ\fR(7), +\fB\%ftp\fR(1), +\fB\%gettext\fR(GNU), +\fB\%localeconv\fR(3), +\fB\%ncurses\fR(3), +\fB\%setlocale\fR(3), +\fB\%termcap\fR(5), +\fB\%terminfo\fR(5) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/machinectl.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/machinectl.1 index 0fdde67e..af1ac2b0 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/machinectl.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/machinectl.1 @@ -1016,13 +1016,13 @@ to open a shell in it\&. .\} .nf # machinectl pull\-raw \-\-verify=no \e - https://download\&.fedoraproject\&.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/38/Cloud/x86_64/images/Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86_64\&.raw\&.xz \e - Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 -# systemd\-nspawn \-M Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 + https://download\&.fedoraproject\&.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/40/Cloud/x86_64/images/Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86_64\&.raw\&.xz \e + Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 +# systemd\-nspawn \-M Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 # passwd # exit -# machinectl start Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 -# machinectl login Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 +# machinectl start Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 +# machinectl login Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 .fi .if n \{\ .RE @@ -1201,6 +1201,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1212,6 +1218,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/makechrootpkg.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/makechrootpkg.1 index eee6d82e..cc21479b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/makechrootpkg.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/makechrootpkg.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: makechrootpkg -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "MAKECHROOTPKG" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "MAKECHROOTPKG" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" makechrootpkg \- Build a PKGBUILD in a given chroot environment .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,88 +34,96 @@ makechrootpkg \- Build a PKGBUILD in a given chroot environment makechrootpkg [OPTIONS] \-r <chrootdir> [\-\-] [makepkg args] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Run this script in a directory containing a PKGBUILD to build a package inside a clean chroot\&. Arguments passed to this script after the end\-of\-options marker (\-\-) will be passed to makepkg\&. +Run this script in a directory containing a PKGBUILD to build a package +inside a clean chroot. Arguments passed to this script after the +end\-of\-options marker (\-\-) will be passed to makepkg. .sp -The chroot dir consists of the following directories: <chrootdir>/{root, copy} but only "root" is required by default\&. The working copy will be created as needed +The chroot dir consists of the following directories: +<chrootdir>/{root, copy} but only "root" is required +by default. The working copy will be created as needed .sp -The chroot "root" directory must be created via the following command: mkarchroot <chrootdir>/root base\-devel +The chroot "root" directory must be created via the following +command: +mkarchroot <chrootdir>/root base\-devel .sp -This script reads {SRC,SRCPKG,PKG,LOG}DEST, MAKEFLAGS and PACKAGER from makepkg\&.conf(5), if those variables are not part of the environment\&. +This script reads {SRC,SRCPKG,PKG,LOG}DEST, MAKEFLAGS and PACKAGER +from makepkg.conf(5), if those variables are not part of the +environment. .sp Default makepkg args: \-\-syncdeps \-\-noconfirm \-\-log \-\-holdver \-\-skipinteg .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-h\fR +.sp +\fB\-h\fP .RS 4 Show this usage message .RE -.PP -\fB\-c\fR +.sp +\fB\-c\fP .RS 4 Clean the chroot before building .RE -.PP -\fB\-d\fR <dir> +.sp +\fB\-d\fP <dir> .RS 4 Bind directory into build chroot as read\-write .RE -.PP -\fB\-D\fR <dir> +.sp +\fB\-D\fP <dir> .RS 4 Bind directory into build chroot as read\-only .RE -.PP -\fB\-u\fR +.sp +\fB\-u\fP .RS 4 -Update the working copy of the chroot before building This is useful for rebuilds without dirtying the pristine chroot +Update the working copy of the chroot before building +This is useful for rebuilds without dirtying the pristine +chroot .RE -.PP -\fB\-r\fR <dir> +.sp +\fB\-r\fP <dir> .RS 4 The chroot dir to use .RE -.PP -\fB\-I\fR <pkg> +.sp +\fB\-I\fP <pkg> .RS 4 Install a package into the working copy of the chroot .RE -.PP -\fB\-l\fR <copy> +.sp +\fB\-l\fP <copy> .RS 4 -The directory to use as the working copy of the chroot Useful for maintaining multiple copies Default: $USER +The directory to use as the working copy of the chroot +Useful for maintaining multiple copies +Default: $USER .RE -.PP -\fB\-n\fR +.sp +\fB\-n\fP .RS 4 Run namcap on the build package .RE -.PP -\fB\-C\fR +.sp +\fB\-C\fP .RS 4 Run checkpkg on the build package .RE -.PP -\fB\-T\fR +.sp +\fB\-T\fP .RS 4 Build in a temporary directory .RE -.PP -\fB\-U\fR +.sp +\fB\-U\fP .RS 4 Run makepkg as a specified user .RE -.PP -\fB\-x\fR <when> +.sp +\fB\-x\fP <when> .RS 4 -Inspect chroot after build, possible modes are -\fInever\fR -(default), -\fIalways\fR -or -\fIfailure\fR +Inspect chroot after build, possible modes are \fInever\fP (default), \fIalways\fP or \fIfailure\fP .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/makepkg-template.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/makepkg-template.1 index dbbec1a2..1aefbe4b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/makepkg-template.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/makepkg-template.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: makepkg-template .\" Author: [see the "Authors" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 2024-02-06 +.\" Date: 2024-03-15 .\" Manual: Pacman Manual -.\" Source: Pacman 6.0.2 +.\" Source: Pacman 6.1.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "MAKEPKG\-TEMPLATE" "1" "2024\-02\-06" "Pacman 6\&.0\&.2" "Pacman Manual" +.TH "MAKEPKG\-TEMPLATE" "1" "2024\-03\-15" "Pacman 6\&.1\&.0" "Pacman Manual" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ arch=(\*(Aqany\*(Aq) license=(\*(AqPerlArtistic\*(Aq \*(AqGPL\*(Aq) depends=(\*(Aqperl\*(Aq) source=("http://search\&.cpan\&.org/CPAN/authors/id/S/SH/SHERZODR/Config\-Simple\-${pkgver}\&.tar\&.gz") -md5sums=(\*(Aqf014aec54f0a1e2e880d317180fce502\*(Aq) +sha256sums=(\*(Aqdd9995706f0f9384a15ccffe116c3b6e22f42ba2e58d8f24ed03c4a0e386edb4\*(Aq) _distname="Config\-Simple" .fi .if n \{\ @@ -232,17 +232,6 @@ Andrew Gregory <andrew\&.gregory\&.8@gmail\&.com> .sp -1 .IP \(bu 2.3 .\} -Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux\&.org> -.RE -.sp -.RS 4 -.ie n \{\ -\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c -.\} -.el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 -.\} Morgan Adamiec <morganamilo@archlinux\&.org> .RE .sp @@ -325,4 +314,15 @@ Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl\&.u\-szeged\&.hu> Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux\&.org> .RE .sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux\&.org> +.RE +.sp For additional contributors, use git shortlog \-s on the pacman\&.git repository\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/makerepropkg.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/makerepropkg.1 index d491914e..e0b42fe9 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/makerepropkg.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/makerepropkg.1 @@ -1,81 +1,99 @@ '\" t .\" Title: makerepropkg -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "MAKEREPROPKG" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "MAKEREPROPKG" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" makerepropkg \- Rebuild a package to see if it is reproducible .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -makerepropkg [OPTIONS] [<package_file|pkgname>\&...] +makerepropkg [OPTIONS] [<package_file|pkgname>...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Given the path to a built pacman package(s), attempt to rebuild it using the PKGBUILD in the current directory\&. The package will be built in an environment as closely matching the environment of the initial package as possible, by building up a chroot to match the information exposed in the package\(cqs \fBBUILDINFO\fR(5) manifest\&. On success, the resulting package will be compared to the input package, and makerepropkg will report whether the artifacts are identical\&. +Given the path to a built pacman package(s), attempt to rebuild it using the +PKGBUILD in the current directory. The package will be built in an environment +as closely matching the environment of the initial package as possible, by +building up a chroot to match the information exposed in the package\(cqs +BUILDINFO(5) manifest. On success, the resulting package will be +compared to the input package, and makerepropkg will report whether the +artifacts are identical. .sp -When given multiple packages, additional package files are assumed to be split packages and will be treated as additional artifacts to compare during the verification step\&. +When given multiple packages, additional package files are assumed to be split +packages and will be treated as additional artifacts to compare during the +verification step. .sp -A valid target(s) for pacman \-S can be specified instead, and makerepropkg will download it to the cache if needed\&. This is mostly useful to specify which repository to retrieve from\&. If no positional arguments are specified, the targets will be sourced from the PKGBUILD\&. +A valid target(s) for pacman \-S can be specified instead, and makerepropkg will +download it to the cache if needed. This is mostly useful to specify which +repository to retrieve from. If no positional arguments are specified, the +targets will be sourced from the PKGBUILD. .sp -In either case, the package name will be converted to a filename from the cache, and makerepropkg will proceed as though this filename was initially specified\&. +In either case, the package name will be converted to a filename from the +cache, and makerepropkg will proceed as though this filename was initially +specified. .sp -This implements a verifier for pacman/libalpm packages in accordance with the Reproducible Builds project\&. +This implements a verifier for pacman/libalpm packages in accordance with the +.URL "https://reproducible\-builds.org/" "Reproducible Builds" "" +project. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-d\fR +.sp +\fB\-d\fP .RS 4 -If packages are not reproducible, compare them using diffoscope\&. +If packages are not reproducible, compare them using diffoscope. .RE -.PP -\fB\-n\fR +.sp +\fB\-n\fP .RS 4 -Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD\&. +Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD. .RE -.PP -\fB\-c\fR +.sp +\fB\-c\fP .RS 4 -Set the pacman cache directory\&. +Set the pacman cache directory. .RE -.PP -\fB\-M\fR <file> +.sp +\fB\-M\fP <file> .RS 4 -Location of a makepkg config file\&. +Location of a makepkg config file. .RE -.PP -\fB\-l\fR <chroot> +.sp +\fB\-l\fP <chroot> .RS 4 -The directory name to use as the chroot namespace Useful for maintaining multiple copies Default: $USER +The directory name to use as the chroot namespace +Useful for maintaining multiple copies +Default: $USER .RE -.PP -\fB\-h\fR +.sp +\fB\-h\fP .RS 4 Show this usage message .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/masktest.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/masktest.1 index feeef431..228bce9a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/masktest.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/masktest.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: masktest .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: Test Suite .\" Source: Samba 4.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "MASKTEST" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "Test Suite" +.TH "MASKTEST" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "Test Suite" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/md5sum.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/md5sum.1 index 3257d0ad..5d943d9f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/md5sum.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/md5sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MD5SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MD5SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME md5sum \- compute and check MD5 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The default mode is to print a line with: checksum, a space, a character indicating input mode ('*' for binary, ' ' for text or where binary is insignificant), and name for each FILE. .PP -Note: There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. +There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. .SH BUGS Do not use the MD5 algorithm for security related purposes. Instead, use an SHA\-2 algorithm, implemented in the programs @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mdsearch.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mdsearch.1 index 214aec51..2d9b7f13 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mdsearch.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mdsearch.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: mdsearch .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "MDSEARCH" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "User Commands" +.TH "MDSEARCH" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "User Commands" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ File Metadata Search Programming Guide https://developer\&.apple\&.com/library/archive/documentation/Carbon/Conceptual/SpotlightQuery/Concepts/Introduction\&.html .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "AUTHOR" .PP The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/memusage.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/memusage.1 index cc21b83e..363611d3 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/memusage.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/memusage.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" and Copyright (C) 2014, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later -.TH memusage 1 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH memusage 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME memusage \- profile memory usage of a program .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/memusagestat.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/memusagestat.1 index 09d23659..babc2428 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/memusagestat.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/memusagestat.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 2013, Peter Schiffer <pschiffe@redhat.com> .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later -.TH memusagestat 1 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH memusagestat 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME memusagestat \- generate graphic from memory profiling data .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/midi2ly.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/midi2ly.1 index 8febc608..1758c538 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/midi2ly.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/midi2ly.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH MIDI2LY "1" "November 2023" "midi2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH MIDI2LY "1" "April 2024" "midi2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME midi2ly \- manual page for midi2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkarchroot.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkarchroot.1 index d3bd8ae4..4120cc52 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkarchroot.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkarchroot.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: mkarchroot -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "MKARCHROOT" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "MKARCHROOT" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" mkarchroot \- Creates an arch chroot in a specified location with a specified set of packages .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,50 +34,52 @@ mkarchroot \- Creates an arch chroot in a specified location with a specified se mkarchroot [options] [location] [packages] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -\fImkarchroot\fR is a script to create an Arch Linux chroot at a specified location with specified packages\&. Typically used by \fImakechrootpkg\fR to create build chroots\&. Apart from installing specified packages the chroot is created with an en_US\&.UTF\-8 and de_DE\&.UTF\-8 locale and a generated machine\-id\&. +\fImkarchroot\fP is a script to create an Arch Linux chroot at a specified location +with specified packages. Typically used by \fImakechrootpkg\fP to create build +chroots. Apart from installing specified packages the chroot is created with an +en_US.UTF\-8 and de_DE.UTF\-8 locale and a generated machine\-id. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-U\fR +.sp +\fB\-U\fP .RS 4 -Use -\fIpacman \-U\fR -to install packages\&. +Use \fIpacman \-U\fP to install packages. .RE -.PP -\fB\-C\fR <file> +.sp +\fB\-C\fP <file> .RS 4 -Location of a pacman config file\&. +Location of a pacman config file. .RE -.PP -\fB\-M\fR <file> +.sp +\fB\-M\fP <file> .RS 4 -Location of a makepkg config file\&. +Location of a makepkg config file. .RE -.PP -\fB\-c\fR <dir> +.sp +\fB\-c\fP <dir> .RS 4 -Set pacman cache\&. +Set pacman cache. .RE -.PP -\fB\-f\fR <file> +.sp +\fB\-f\fP <file> .RS 4 -Copy file from the host to the chroot\&. +Copy file from the host to the chroot. .RE -.PP -\fB\-s\fR +.sp +\fB\-s\fP .RS 4 -Do not run setarch\&. +Do not run setarch. .RE -.PP -\fB\-h\fR +.sp +\fB\-h\fP .RS 4 -Output command line options\&. +Output command line options. .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpacman\fR(1) +pacman(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkdir.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkdir.1 index 3fd37c78..c0199a7d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkdir.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKDIR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MKDIR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME mkdir \- make directories .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkfifo.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkfifo.1 index 1e363ec2..ed1170a6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkfifo.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkfifo.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKFIFO "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MKFIFO "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME mkfifo \- make FIFOs (named pipes) .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mknod.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mknod.1 index 2b8a695f..3c7acfb9 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mknod.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mknod.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKNOD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MKNOD "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME mknod \- make block or character special files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ create a character (unbuffered) special file p create a FIFO .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of mknod, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of mknod, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkosi.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkosi.1 index 0538d652..872c72fd 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkosi.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mkosi.1 @@ -15,6 +15,8 @@ mkosi \[em] Build Bespoke OS Images .PP \f[CR]mkosi [options\&...] qemu [qemu parameters\&...]\f[R] .PP +\f[CR]mkosi [options\&...] vmspawn [vmspawn settings\&...]\f[R] +.PP \f[CR]mkosi [options\&...] ssh [command line\&...]\f[R] .PP \f[CR]mkosi [options\&...] journalctl [command line\&...]\f[R] @@ -84,6 +86,15 @@ For cpio images a kernel can also be provided by passing the Any arguments specified after the \f[CR]qemu\f[R] verb are appended to the \f[CR]qemu\f[R] invocation. .TP +\f[CR]vmspawn\f[R] +Similar to \f[CR]boot\f[R], but uses \f[CR]systemd-vmspawn\f[R] to boot +up the image, i.e. +instead of container virtualization virtual machine virtualization is +used. +This verb is only supported for disk and directory type images. +Any arguments specified after the \f[CR]vmspawn\f[R] verb are appended +to the \f[CR]systemd-vmspawn\f[R] invocation. +.TP \f[CR]ssh\f[R] When the image is built with the \f[CR]Ssh=yes\f[R] option, this command connects to a booted virtual machine (\f[CR]qemu\f[R]) via SSH. @@ -192,7 +203,7 @@ project located in a specific directory. \f[CR]--debug=\f[R] Enable additional debugging output. .TP -\f[CR]--debug-shell=\f[R] +\f[CR]--debug-shell\f[R] When executing a command in the image fails, mkosi will start an interactive shell in the image allowing further debugging. .TP @@ -318,20 +329,21 @@ the CLI. .PP To conditionally include configuration files, the \f[CR][Match]\f[R] section can be used. -Matches can use a pipe symbol (\f[CR]|\f[R]) after the equals sign -(\f[CR]\&...=|\&...\f[R]), which causes the match to become a triggering -match. +A \f[CR][Match]\f[R] section consists of invididual conditions. +Conditions can use a pipe symbol (\f[CR]|\f[R]) after the equals sign +(\f[CR]\&...=|\&...\f[R]), which causes the condition to become a +triggering condition. The config file will be included if the logical AND of all -non-triggering matches and the logical OR of all triggering matches is -satisfied. -To negate the result of a match, prefix the argument with an exclamation -mark. +non-triggering conditions and the logical OR of all triggering +conditions is satisfied. +To negate the result of a condition, prefix the argument with an +exclamation mark. If an argument is prefixed with the pipe symbol and an exclamation mark, the pipe symbol must be passed first, and the exclamation second. .PP -Note that \f[CR][Match]\f[R] settings match against the current values -of specific settings, and do not take into account changes made to the -setting in configuration files that have not been parsed yet. +Note that \f[CR][Match]\f[R] conditions compare against the current +values of specific settings, and do not take into account changes made +to the setting in configuration files that have not been parsed yet. Also note that matching against a setting and then changing its value afterwards in a different config file may lead to unexpected results. .PP @@ -344,7 +356,7 @@ The \f[CR][Match]\f[R] sections of files in \f[CR]mkosi.conf.d/\f[R] and If there are multiple \f[CR][Match]\f[R] sections in the same configuration file, each of them has to be satisfied in order for the configuration file to be included. -Specifically, triggering matches only apply to the current +Specifically, triggering conditions only apply to the current \f[CR][Match]\f[R] section and are reset between multiple \f[CR][Match]\f[R] sections. As an example, the following will only match if the output format is one @@ -361,6 +373,37 @@ Architecture=|x86-64 Architecture=|arm64 .EE .PP +The \f[CR][TriggerMatch]\f[R] section can be used to indicate triggering +match sections. +These are identical to triggering conditions except they apply to the +entire match section instead of just a single condition. +As an example, the following will match if the distribution is +\f[CR]debian\f[R] and the release is \f[CR]bookworm\f[R] or if the +distribution is \f[CR]ubuntu\f[R] and the release is \f[CR]focal\f[R]. +.IP +.EX +[TriggerMatch] +Distribution=debian +Release=bookworm + +[TriggerMatch] +Distribution=ubuntu +Release=focal +.EE +.PP +The semantics of conditions in \f[CR][TriggerMatch]\f[R] sections is the +same as in \f[CR][Match]\f[R], i.e.\ all normal conditions are joined by +a logical AND and all triggering conditions are joined by a logical OR. +When mixing \f[CR][Match]\f[R] and \f[CR][TriggerMatch]\f[R] sections, a +match is achieved when all \f[CR][Match]\f[R] sections match and at +least one \f[CR][TriggerMatch]\f[R] section matches. +No match sections are valued as true. +Logically this means: +.IP +.EX +(⋀ᵢ Matchᵢ) ∧ (⋁ᵢ TriggerMatchᵢ) +.EE +.PP Command line options that take no argument are shown without \f[CR]=\f[R] in their long version. In the config files, they should be specified with a boolean argument: @@ -590,6 +633,12 @@ which case the configuration is included after parsing all the other configuration files. Note that each path containing extra configuration is only parsed once, even if included more than once with \f[CR]Include=\f[R]. +The builtin configs for the mkosi default initrd and default tools tree +can be included by including the literal value \f[CR]mkosi-initrd\f[R] +and \f[CR]mkosi-tools\f[R] respectively. +Note: Include names starting with either of the literals +\f[CR]mkosi-\f[R] or \f[CR]contrib-\f[R] are reserved for use by mkosi +itself. .TP \f[CR]InitrdInclude=\f[R], \f[CR]--initrd-include=\f[R] Same as \f[CR]Include=\f[R], but the extra configuration files or @@ -763,10 +812,15 @@ This can be used to enable the EPEL repos for CentOS or different components of the Debian/Ubuntu repositories. .TP \f[CR]CacheOnly=\f[R], \f[CR]--cache-only=\f[R] -If specified, the package manager is instructed not to contact the -network for updating package data. +Takes one of \f[CR]none\f[R], \f[CR]metadata\f[R] or \f[CR]always\f[R]. +If \f[CR]always\f[R], the package manager is instructed not to contact +the network. This provides a minimal level of reproducibility, as long as the package cache is already fully populated. +If set to \f[CR]metadata\f[R], the package manager can still download +packages, but we won\[cq]t sync the repository metadata. +If set to \f[CR]none\f[R], the repository metadata is synced and +packages can be downloaded during the build. .TP \f[CR]PackageManagerTrees=\f[R], \f[CR]--package-manager-tree=\f[R] This option mirrors the above \f[CR]SkeletonTrees=\f[R] option and @@ -847,6 +901,11 @@ This also means that the \f[CR]shell\f[R], \f[CR]boot\f[R], Implied for \f[CR]tar\f[R], \f[CR]cpio\f[R], \f[CR]uki\f[R], and \f[CR]esp\f[R]. .TP +\f[CR]CompressLevel=\f[R], \f[CR]--compress-level=\f[R] +Configure the compression level to use. +Takes an integer. +The possible values depend on the compression being used. +.TP \f[CR]OutputDirectory=\f[R], \f[CR]--output-dir=\f[R], \f[CR]-O\f[R] Path to a directory where to place all generated artifacts. If this is not specified and the directory \f[CR]mkosi.output/\f[R] @@ -866,11 +925,18 @@ an \f[CR]mkosi\f[R] invocation be aborted abnormally (for example, due to reboot/power failure). .TP \f[CR]CacheDirectory=\f[R], \f[CR]--cache-dir=\f[R] -Takes a path to a directory to use as package cache for the distribution -package manager used. +Takes a path to a directory to use as the incremental cache directory +for the incremental images produced when the \f[CR]Incremental=\f[R] +option is enabled. If this option is not used, but a \f[CR]mkosi.cache/\f[R] directory is found in the local directory it is automatically used for this purpose. .TP +\f[CR]PackageCacheDirectory=\f[R], \f[CR]--package-cache-dir\f[R] +Takes a path to a directory to use as the package cache directory for +the distribution package manager used. +If unset, a suitable directory in the user\[cq]s home directory or +system is used. +.TP \f[CR]BuildDirectory=\f[R], \f[CR]--build-dir=\f[R] Takes a path to a directory to use as the build directory for build systems that support out-of-tree builds (such as Meson). @@ -1098,7 +1164,8 @@ scratch. Only extra packages are installed on top of the ones already installed in the base trees. Note that for this to work properly, the base image still needs to -contain the package manager metadata (see +contain the package manager metadata by setting +\f[CR]CleanPackageMetadata=no\f[R] (see \f[CR]CleanPackageMetadata=\f[R]). Instead of a directory, a tar file or a disk image may be provided. In this case it is unpacked into the OS tree. @@ -1160,13 +1227,18 @@ Takes a comma-separated list of globs. Files in the image matching the globs will be purged at the end. .TP \f[CR]CleanPackageMetadata=\f[R], \f[CR]--clean-package-metadata=\f[R] -Enable/disable removal of package manager databases at the end of -installation. +Enable/disable removal of package manager databases and repository +metadata at the end of installation. Can be specified as \f[CR]true\f[R], \f[CR]false\f[R], or \f[CR]auto\f[R] (the default). -With \f[CR]auto\f[R], files will be removed if the respective package -manager executable is \f[I]not\f[R] present at the end of the -installation. +With \f[CR]auto\f[R], package manager databases and repository metadata +will be removed if the respective package manager executable is +\f[I]not\f[R] present at the end of the installation. +.TP +\f[CR]SyncScripts=\f[R], \f[CR]--sync-script=\f[R] +Takes a comma-separated list of paths to executables that are used as +the sync scripts for this image. +See the \f[B]Scripts\f[R] section for more information. .TP \f[CR]PrepareScripts=\f[R], \f[CR]--prepare-script=\f[R] Takes a comma-separated list of paths to executables that are used as @@ -1206,7 +1278,7 @@ Disabled by default. Configures whether changes to source directories (The working directory and configured using \f[CR]BuildSources=\f[R]) are persisted. If enabled, all source directories will be reset to their original state -after scripts finish executing. +after scripts (except sync scripts) finish executing. .TP \f[CR]Environment=\f[R], \f[CR]--environment=\f[R] Adds variables to the environment that package managers and the @@ -1326,6 +1398,25 @@ binaries again. Note that this option only takes effect when an image that is bootable on UEFI firmware is requested using other options (\f[CR]Bootable=\f[R], \f[CR]Bootloader=\f[R]). +Note that when this option is enabled, mkosi will only install already +signed bootloader binaries, kernel image files and unified kernel images +as self-signed binaries would not be accepted by the signed version of +shim. +.TP +\f[CR]UnifiedKernelImages=\f[R], \f[CR]--unified-kernel-images=\f[R] +Specifies whether to use unified kernel images or not when +\f[CR]Bootloader=\f[R] is set to \f[CR]systemd-boot\f[R] or +\f[CR]grub\f[R]. +Takes a boolean value or \f[CR]auto\f[R]. +Defaults to \f[CR]auto\f[R]. +If enabled, unified kernel images are always used and the build will +fail if any components required to build unified kernel images are +missing. +If set to \f[CR]auto\f[R], unified kernel images will be used if all +necessary components are available. +Otherwise Type 1 entries as defined by the Boot Loader Specification +will be used instead. +If disabled, Type 1 entries will always be used. .TP \f[CR]Initrds=\f[R], \f[CR]--initrd\f[R] Use user-provided initrd(s). @@ -1341,8 +1432,16 @@ Takes a comma separated list of package specifications. This option may be used multiple times in which case the specified package lists are combined. .TP +\f[CR]MicrocodeHost=\f[R], \f[CR]--microcode-host=\f[R] +When set to true only include microcode for the host\[cq]s CPU in the +image. +.TP \f[CR]KernelCommandLine=\f[R], \f[CR]--kernel-command-line=\f[R] Use the specified kernel command line when building images. +Defaults to \f[CR]console=ttyS0\f[R]. +For \f[CR]arm\f[R], \f[CR]s390\f[R] and \f[CR]ppc\f[R], \f[CR]ttyS0\f[R] +is replaced with \f[CR]ttyAMA0\f[R], \f[CR]ttysclp0\f[R] or +\f[CR]hvc0\f[R], respectively. .TP \f[CR]KernelModulesInclude=\f[R], \f[CR]--kernel-modules-include=\f[R] Takes a list of regex patterns that specify kernel modules to include in @@ -1485,7 +1584,14 @@ Defaults to \f[CR]yes\f[R]. .TP \f[CR]SecureBootKey=\f[R], \f[CR]--secure-boot-key=\f[R] Path to the PEM file containing the secret key for signing the UEFI -kernel image, if \f[CR]SecureBoot=\f[R] is used. +kernel image if \f[CR]SecureBoot=\f[R] is used and PCR signatures when +\f[CR]SignExpectedPcr=\f[R] is also used. +When \f[CR]SecureBootKeySource=\f[R] is specified, the input type +depends on the source. +.TP +\f[CR]SecureBootKeySource=\f[R], \f[CR]--secure-boot-key-source=\f[R] +Source of \f[CR]SecureBootKey=\f[R], to support OpenSSL engines. +E.g.: \f[CR]--secure-boot-key-source=engine:pkcs11\f[R] .TP \f[CR]SecureBootCertificate=\f[R], \f[CR]--secure-boot-certificate=\f[R] Path to the X.509 file containing the certificate for the signed UEFI @@ -1501,6 +1607,12 @@ available, with sbsign being preferred if both are installed. \f[CR]VerityKey=\f[R], \f[CR]--verity-key=\f[R] Path to the PEM file containing the secret key for signing the verity signature, if a verity signature partition is added with systemd-repart. +When \f[CR]VerityKeySource=\f[R] is specified, the input type depends on +the source. +.TP +\f[CR]VerityKeySource=\f[R], \f[CR]--verity-key-source=\f[R] +Source of \f[CR]VerityKey=\f[R], to support OpenSSL engines. +E.g.: \f[CR]--verity-key-source=engine:pkcs11\f[R] .TP \f[CR]VerityCertificate=\f[R], \f[CR]--verity-certificate=\f[R] Path to the X.509 file containing the certificate for signing the verity @@ -1513,6 +1625,8 @@ kernel image. This option takes a boolean value or the special value \f[CR]auto\f[R], which is the default, which is equal to a true value if the \f[CR]systemd-measure\f[R] binary is in \f[CR]PATH\f[R]. +Depends on \f[CR]SecureBoot=\f[R] being enabled and key from +\f[CR]SecureBootKey=\f[R]. .TP \f[CR]Passphrase=\f[R], \f[CR]--passphrase\f[R] Specify the path to a file containing the passphrase to use for LUKS @@ -1622,35 +1736,35 @@ Defaults to \f[CR]no\f[R]. \f[CR]QemuFirmware=\f[R], \f[CR]--qemu-firmware=\f[R] When used with the \f[CR]qemu\f[R] verb, this option specifies which firmware to use. -Takes one of \f[CR]uefi\f[R], \f[CR]bios\f[R], \f[CR]linux\f[R], or -\f[CR]auto\f[R]. +Takes one of \f[CR]uefi\f[R], \f[CR]uefi-secure-boot\f[R], +\f[CR]bios\f[R], \f[CR]linux\f[R], or \f[CR]auto\f[R]. Defaults to \f[CR]auto\f[R]. -When set to \f[CR]uefi\f[R], the OVMF firmware is used. +When set to \f[CR]uefi\f[R], the OVMF firmware without secure boot +support is used. +When set to \f[CR]uefi-secure-boot\f[R], the OVMF firmware with secure +boot support is used. When set to \f[CR]bios\f[R], the default SeaBIOS firmware is used. When set to \f[CR]linux\f[R], direct kernel boot is used. See the \f[CR]QemuKernel=\f[R] option for more details on which kernel image is used with direct kernel boot. -When set to \f[CR]auto\f[R], \f[CR]linux\f[R] is used if a cpio image is -being booted, \f[CR]uefi\f[R] otherwise. +When set to \f[CR]auto\f[R], \f[CR]uefi-secure-boot\f[R] is used if +possible and \f[CR]linux\f[R] otherwise. .TP \f[CR]QemuFirmwareVariables=\f[R], \f[CR]--qemu-firmware-variables=\f[R] When used with the \f[CR]qemu\f[R] verb, this option specifies the path to the the firmware variables file to use. Currently, this option is only taken into account when the -\f[CR]uefi\f[R] firmware is used. +\f[CR]uefi\f[R] or \f[CR]uefi-secure-boot\f[R] firmware is used. If not specified, mkosi will search for the default variables file and use that instead. +When set to \f[CR]microsoft\f[R], a firmware variables file with the +Microsoft secure boot certificates already enrolled will be used. +When set to \f[CR]custom\f[R], the secure boot certificate from +\f[CR]SecureBootCertificate=\f[R] will be enrolled into the default +firmware variables file. \f[CR]virt-fw-vars\f[R] from the virt-firmware (https://gitlab.com/kraxel/virt-firmware) project can be used to customize OVMF variable files. -Some distributions also provide variable files which already have -Microsoft\[cq]s certificates for secure boot enrolled. -For Fedora and Debian these are \f[CR]OVMF_VARS.secboot.fd\f[R] and -\f[CR]OVMF_VARS_4M.ms.fd\f[R] under \f[CR]/usr/share/OVMF\f[R] -respectively. -You can use \f[CR]locate\f[R] and look under -\f[CR]/usr/share/qemu/firmware\f[R] for hints on where to find these -files if your distribution ships them. .TP \f[CR]QemuKernel=\f[R], \f[CR]--qemu-kernel=\f[R] Set the kernel image to use for qemu direct kernel boot. @@ -1677,7 +1791,16 @@ respectively. \f[CR]directory\f[R] optionally specifies the directory in which to create the file backing the drive. \f[CR]options\f[R] optionally specifies extra comma-delimited properties -which are passed verbatime to qemu\[cq]s \f[CR]-drive\f[R] option. +which are passed verbatim to qemu\[cq]s \f[CR]-drive\f[R] option. +Example usage: +.IP +.EX +[Host] +QemuDrives=btrfs:10G + ext4:20G +QemuArgs=-device nvme,serial=btrfs,drive=btrfs + -device nvme,serial=ext4,drive=ext4 +.EE .TP \f[CR]QemuArgs=\f[R] Space-delimited list of additional arguments to pass when invoking qemu. @@ -1712,8 +1835,8 @@ directories that allow the user running mkosi to remove them without needing privileges. .TP \f[CR]ToolsTree=\f[R], \f[CR]--tools-tree=\f[R] -If specified, programs executed by mkosi are looked up inside the given -tree instead of in the host system. +If specified, programs executed by mkosi to build and boot an image are +looked up inside the given tree instead of in the host system. Use this option to make image builds more reproducible by always using the same versions of programs to build the final image instead of whatever version is installed on the host system. @@ -1749,6 +1872,21 @@ openSUSE T} _ T{ +\f[CR]acl\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ \f[CR]apt\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -1776,6 +1914,21 @@ X T}@T{ T} T{ +\f[CR]attr\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ \f[CR]bash\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -2027,6 +2180,66 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ +\f[CR]findutils\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]git\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]grep\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]jq\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ \f[CR]kmod\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -2117,6 +2330,21 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ +\f[CR]sed\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ \f[CR]pacman\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -2334,6 +2562,18 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ +\f[CR]virt-firmware\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +T} +T{ \f[CR]xfsprogs\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -2408,6 +2648,12 @@ is used. Set the mirror to use for the default tools tree. By default, the default mirror for the tools tree distribution is used. .TP +\f[CR]ToolsTreeRepositories=\f[R], \f[CR]--tools-tree-repository\f[R] +Same as \f[CR]Repositories=\f[R] but for the default tools tree. +.TP +\f[CR]ToolsTreePackageManagerTrees=\f[R], \f[CR]--tools-tree-package-manager-tree=\f[R] +Same as \f[CR]PackageManagerTrees=\f[R] but for the default tools tree. +.TP \f[CR]ToolsTreePackages=\f[R], \f[CR]--tools-tree-packages=\f[R] Extra packages to install into the default tools tree. Takes a comma separated list of package specifications. @@ -2449,6 +2695,22 @@ If enabled, practically unlimited scratch space is made available under Note that using this feature with \f[CR]mkosi qemu\f[R] requires systemd v254 or newer in the guest. .TP +\f[CR]RuntimeNetwork=\f[R]: \f[CR]--runtime-network=\f[R] +Takes one of \f[CR]user\f[R], \f[CR]interface\f[R] or \f[CR]none\f[R]. +Defaults to \f[CR]user\f[R]. +Specifies the networking to set up when booting the image. +\f[CR]user\f[R] sets up usermode networking. +\f[CR]interface\f[R] sets up a virtual network connection between the +host and the image. +This translates to a veth interface for \f[CR]mkosi shell\f[R] and +\f[CR]mkosi boot\f[R] and a tap interface for \f[CR]mkosi qemu\f[R] and +\f[CR]mkosi vmspawn\f[R]. +Note that when using \f[CR]interface\f[R], mkosi does not automatically +configure the host interface. +It is expected that a recent version of \f[CR]systemd-networkd\f[R] is +running on the host which will automatically configure the host +interface of the link. +.TP \f[CR]SshKey=\f[R], \f[CR]--ssh-key=\f[R] Path to the X509 private key in PEM format to use to connect to a virtual machine started with \f[CR]mkosi qemu\f[R] and built with the @@ -2550,10 +2812,6 @@ distributions: .IP \[bu] 2 \f[I]Alma Linux\f[R] .IP \[bu] 2 -\f[I]Gentoo\f[R] (\f[B]Gentoo is experimental and unsupported. -We make no guarantee that it will work at all and the core maintainers -will generally not fix gentoo specific issues\f[R]) -.IP \[bu] 2 \f[I]None\f[R] (\f[B]Requires the user to provide a pre-built rootfs\f[R]) .PP @@ -2621,61 +2879,67 @@ Then, for each image, we execute the following steps: .IP " 1." 4 Copy package manager trees into the workspace .IP " 2." 4 -Copy base trees (\f[CR]--base-tree=\f[R]) into the image +Sync the package manager repository metadata .IP " 3." 4 -Copy skeleton trees (\f[CR]mkosi.skeleton\f[R]) into image +Copy base trees (\f[CR]--base-tree=\f[R]) into the image .IP " 4." 4 -Install distribution and packages into image or use cache tree if -available +Reuse a cached image if one is available .IP " 5." 4 +Copy a snapshot of the package manager repository metadata into the +image +.IP " 6." 4 +Copy skeleton trees (\f[CR]mkosi.skeleton\f[R]) into image +.IP " 7." 4 +Install distribution and packages into image +.IP " 8." 4 Run prepare scripts on image with the \f[CR]final\f[R] argument (\f[CR]mkosi.prepare\f[R]) -.IP " 6." 4 +.IP " 9." 4 Install build packages in overlay if any build scripts are configured -.IP " 7." 4 +.IP "10." 4 Run prepare scripts on overlay with the \f[CR]build\f[R] argument if any build scripts are configured (\f[CR]mkosi.prepare\f[R]) -.IP " 8." 4 +.IP "11." 4 Cache the image if configured (\f[CR]--incremental\f[R]) -.IP " 9." 4 +.IP "12." 4 Run build scripts on image + overlay if any build scripts are configured (\f[CR]mkosi.build\f[R]) -.IP "10." 4 +.IP "13." 4 Finalize the build if the output format \f[CR]none\f[R] is configured -.IP "11." 4 +.IP "14." 4 Copy the build scripts outputs into the image -.IP "12." 4 +.IP "15." 4 Copy the extra trees into the image (\f[CR]mkosi.extra\f[R]) -.IP "13." 4 +.IP "16." 4 Run post-install scripts (\f[CR]mkosi.postinst\f[R]) -.IP "14." 4 +.IP "17." 4 Write config files required for \f[CR]Ssh=\f[R], \f[CR]Autologin=\f[R] and \f[CR]MakeInitrd=\f[R] -.IP "15." 4 +.IP "18." 4 Install systemd-boot and configure secure boot if configured (\f[CR]--secure-boot\f[R]) -.IP "16." 4 +.IP "19." 4 Run \f[CR]systemd-sysusers\f[R] -.IP "17." 4 +.IP "20." 4 Run \f[CR]systemd-tmpfiles\f[R] -.IP "18." 4 +.IP "21." 4 Run \f[CR]systemctl preset-all\f[R] -.IP "19." 4 +.IP "22." 4 Run \f[CR]depmod\f[R] -.IP "20." 4 +.IP "23." 4 Run \f[CR]systemd-firstboot\f[R] -.IP "21." 4 +.IP "24." 4 Run \f[CR]systemd-hwdb\f[R] -.IP "22." 4 +.IP "25." 4 Remove packages and files (\f[CR]RemovePackages=\f[R], \f[CR]RemoveFiles=\f[R]) -.IP "23." 4 +.IP "26." 4 Run SELinux relabel is a SELinux policy is installed -.IP "24." 4 +.IP "27." 4 Run finalize scripts (\f[CR]mkosi.finalize\f[R]) -.IP "25." 4 +.IP "28." 4 Generate unified kernel image if configured to do so -.IP "26." 4 +.IP "29." 4 Generate final output format .SH Scripts To allow for image customization that cannot be implemented using @@ -2692,6 +2956,16 @@ in the current working directory. \f[CR]$SRCDIR\f[R] is set to point to the current working directory. The following scripts are supported: .IP \[bu] 2 +If \f[B]\f[CB]mkosi.sync\f[B]\f[R] (\f[CR]SyncScripts=\f[R]) exists, it +is executed before the image is built. +This script may be used to update various sources that are used to build +the image. +One use case is to run \f[CR]git pull\f[R] on various source +repositories before building the image. +Specifically, the \f[CR]BuildSourcesEphemeral=\f[R] setting does not +apply to sync scripts, which means sync scripts can be used to update +build sources even if \f[CR]BuildSourcesEphemeral=\f[R] is enabled. +.IP \[bu] 2 If \f[B]\f[CB]mkosi.prepare\f[B]\f[R] (\f[CR]PrepareScripts=\f[R]) exists, it is first called with the \f[CR]final\f[R] argument, right after the software packages are installed. @@ -2746,6 +3020,18 @@ architecture of the host machine. See the documentation of \f[CR]Architecture=\f[R] for possible values for this variable. .IP \[bu] 2 +\f[CR]$DISTRIBUTION\f[R] contains the distribution from the +\f[CR]Distribution=\f[R] setting. +.IP \[bu] 2 +\f[CR]$RELEASE\f[R] contains the release from the \f[CR]Release=\f[R] +setting. +.IP \[bu] 2 +\f[CR]$PROFILE\f[R] contains the profile from the \f[CR]Profile=\f[R] +setting. +.IP \[bu] 2 +\f[CR]$CACHED=\f[R] is set to \f[CR]1\f[R] if a cached image is +available, \f[CR]0\f[R] otherwise. +.IP \[bu] 2 \f[CR]$CHROOT_SCRIPT\f[R] contains the path to the running script relative to the image root directory. The primary usecase for this variable is in combination with the @@ -2819,16 +3105,23 @@ in the user namespace that mkosi is running in. These can be used in combination with \f[CR]setpriv\f[R] to run commands as the user that invoked mkosi (e.g. \f[CR]setpriv --reuid=$MKOSI_UID --regid=$MKOSI_GID --clear-groups <command>\f[R]) +.IP \[bu] 2 +\f[CR]$MKOSI_CONFIG\f[R] is a file containing a json summary of the +settings of the current image. +This file can be parsed inside scripts to gain access to all settings +for the current image. .PP Consult this table for which script receives which environment variables: .PP .TS tab(@); -lw(16.5n) lw(13.4n) lw(11.8n) lw(14.2n) lw(14.2n). +lw(14.3n) lw(9.5n) lw(11.6n) lw(10.2n) lw(12.2n) lw(12.2n). T{ Variable T}@T{ +\f[CR]mkosi.sync\f[R] +T}@T{ \f[CR]mkosi.prepare\f[R] T}@T{ \f[CR]mkosi.build\f[R] @@ -2839,7 +3132,9 @@ T}@T{ T} _ T{ -\f[CR]$CHROOT_SCRIPT\f[R] +\f[CR]ARCHITECTURE\f[R] +T}@T{ +X T}@T{ X T}@T{ @@ -2850,7 +3145,69 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ -\f[CR]$SRCDIR\f[R] +\f[CR]DISTRIBUTION\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]RELEASE\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]PROFILE\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]CACHED\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +T} +T{ +\f[CR]CHROOT_SCRIPT\f[R] +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]SRCDIR\f[R] +T}@T{ +X T}@T{ X T}@T{ @@ -2863,6 +3220,7 @@ T} T{ \f[CR]CHROOT_SRCDIR\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2872,7 +3230,8 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ -\f[CR]$BUILDDIR\f[R] +\f[CR]BUILDDIR\f[R] +T}@T{ T}@T{ T}@T{ X @@ -2883,6 +3242,7 @@ T{ \f[CR]CHROOT_BUILDDIR\f[R] T}@T{ T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ T}@T{ @@ -2891,6 +3251,7 @@ T{ \f[CR]DESTDIR\f[R] T}@T{ T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ T}@T{ @@ -2899,12 +3260,14 @@ T{ \f[CR]CHROOT_DESTDIR\f[R] T}@T{ T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ T}@T{ T} T{ -\f[CR]$OUTPUTDIR\f[R] +\f[CR]OUTPUTDIR\f[R] +T}@T{ T}@T{ T}@T{ X @@ -2917,6 +3280,7 @@ T{ \f[CR]CHROOT_OUTPUTDIR\f[R] T}@T{ T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2924,7 +3288,8 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ -\f[CR]$BUILDROOT\f[R] +\f[CR]BUILDROOT\f[R] +T}@T{ T}@T{ X T}@T{ @@ -2937,6 +3302,7 @@ T} T{ \f[CR]WITH_DOCS\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2946,6 +3312,7 @@ T} T{ \f[CR]WITH_TESTS\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2955,6 +3322,7 @@ T} T{ \f[CR]WITH_NETWORK\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2964,6 +3332,7 @@ T} T{ \f[CR]SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2982,6 +3351,8 @@ T}@T{ X T}@T{ X +T}@T{ +X T} T{ \f[CR]MKOSI_GID\f[R] @@ -2993,6 +3364,21 @@ T}@T{ X T}@T{ X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]MKOSI_CONFIG\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X T} .TE .PP @@ -3035,6 +3421,13 @@ image\[cq]s root directory with the configuration supplied by the user instead of on the host system. This means that from a script, you can do e.g.\ \f[CR]dnf install vim\f[R] to install vim into the image. +.RS 2 +.PP +Additionally, \f[CR]mkosi-install\f[R], \f[CR]mkosi-reinstall\f[R], +\f[CR]mkosi-upgrade\f[R] and \f[CR]mkosi-remove\f[R] will invoke the +corresponding operation of the package manager being used to built the +image. +.RE .IP \[bu] 2 \f[CR]mkosi-as-caller\f[R]: This script uses \f[CR]setpriv\f[R] to switch from the user \f[CR]root\f[R] in the user namespace used for @@ -3465,6 +3858,7 @@ Note that the minimum required Python version is 3.9. .SH Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) .IP \[bu] 2 Why does \f[CR]mkosi qemu\f[R] with KVM not work on Debian/Ubuntu? +.RS 2 .PP While other distributions are OK with allowing access to \f[CR]/dev/kvm\f[R], on Debian/Ubuntu this is only allowed for users in @@ -3480,6 +3874,21 @@ To persist these settings across reboots, copy \f[CR]/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/static-nodes-permissions.conf\f[R] to \f[CR]/etc/tmpfiles.d/static-nodes-permissions.conf\f[R] and change the mode of \f[CR]/dev/kvm\f[R] from \f[CR]0660\f[R] to \f[CR]0666\f[R]. +.RE +.IP \[bu] 2 +How do I add a regular user to an image? +.RS 2 +.PP +You can use the following snippet in a post-installation script: +.IP +.EX +useradd --create-home --user-group $USER --password \[dq]$(openssl passwd -stdin -6 <$USER_PASSWORD_FILE)\[dq] +.EE +.PP +Note that from systemd v256 onwards, if enabled, +\f[CR]systemd-homed-firstboot.service\f[R] will prompt to create a +regular user on first boot if there are no regular users. +.RE .SH REFERENCES .IP \[bu] 2 Primary mkosi git repository on diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mktemp.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mktemp.1 index 98f629d6..a5a764e2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mktemp.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mktemp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKTEMP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MKTEMP "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME mktemp \- create a temporary file or directory .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgattrib.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgattrib.1 index 2e3f46a6..86fa7bb9 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgattrib.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgattrib.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGATTRIB "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH MSGATTRIB "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgattrib \- attribute matching and manipulation on message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgcat.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgcat.1 index fc46da0b..777261b9 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgcat.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgcat.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGCAT "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH MSGCAT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgcat \- combines several message catalogs .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgcmp.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgcmp.1 index 5d501e40..d46d6b86 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgcmp.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgcmp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGCMP "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH MSGCMP "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgcmp \- compare message catalog and template .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgcomm.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgcomm.1 index cdf7afc1..2953274b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgcomm.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgcomm.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGCOMM "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH MSGCOMM "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgcomm \- match two message catalogs .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgconv.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgconv.1 index df92e1d3..f51df90b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgconv.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgconv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGCONV "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH MSGCONV "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgconv \- character set conversion for message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgen.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgen.1 index cd48ffdc..9450beaa 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgen.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgen.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGEN "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH MSGEN "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgen \- create English message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgexec.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgexec.1 index 01d8fb61..c07367a4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgexec.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgexec.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGEXEC "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH MSGEXEC "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgexec \- process translations of message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgfilter.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgfilter.1 index 4f82e93e..869a82c5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgfilter.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgfilter.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGFILTER "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH MSGFILTER "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgfilter \- edit translations of message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgfmt.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgfmt.1 index 06a1eeef..8844bbe2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgfmt.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgfmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGFMT "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH MSGFMT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgfmt \- compile message catalog to binary format .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msggrep.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msggrep.1 index 09415872..87ca3250 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msggrep.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msggrep.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGGREP "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH MSGGREP "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msggrep \- pattern matching on message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msginit.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msginit.1 index ca902fa7..8e80e9d2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msginit.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msginit.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGINIT "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH MSGINIT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msginit \- initialize a message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgmerge.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgmerge.1 index 8e0c6b50..afd8adbb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgmerge.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgmerge.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGMERGE "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH MSGMERGE "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgmerge \- merge message catalog and template .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgunfmt.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgunfmt.1 index c9617bba..5bca3278 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgunfmt.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msgunfmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGUNFMT "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH MSGUNFMT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgunfmt \- uncompile message catalog from binary format .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msguniq.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msguniq.1 index 6d6a1d5b..84a1949f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/msguniq.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/msguniq.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGUNIQ "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH MSGUNIQ "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msguniq \- unify duplicate translations in message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mtrace.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mtrace.1 index 0483a31b..aa141bad 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mtrace.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mtrace.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 2013, Peter Schiffer (pschiffe@redhat.com) .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later -.TH mtrace 1 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH mtrace 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME mtrace \- interpret the malloc trace log .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/musicxml2ly.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/musicxml2ly.1 index 034490a2..aafd7e45 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/musicxml2ly.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/musicxml2ly.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH MUSICXML2LY "1" "November 2023" "musicxml2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH MUSICXML2LY "1" "April 2024" "musicxml2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME musicxml2ly \- manual page for musicxml2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mv.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mv.1 index e5b9cd10..73ac75f8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mv.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MV "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MV "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME mv \- move (rename) files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -27,6 +27,9 @@ like \fB\-\-backup\fR but does not accept an argument \fB\-\-debug\fR explain how a file is copied. Implies \fB\-v\fR .TP +\fB\-\-exchange\fR +exchange source and destination +.TP \fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR do not prompt before overwriting .TP @@ -56,10 +59,10 @@ treat DEST as a normal file .TP \fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,UPDATE\/\fR] control which existing files are updated; -UPDATE={all,none,older(default)}. See below +UPDATE={all,none,none\-fail,older(default)}. .TP \fB\-u\fR -equivalent to \fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,older\/\fR] +equivalent to \fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,older\/\fR]. See below .TP \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR explain what is being done @@ -77,8 +80,10 @@ output version information and exit UPDATE controls which existing files in the destination are replaced. \&'all' is the default operation when an \fB\-\-update\fR option is not specified, and results in all existing files in the destination being replaced. -\&'none' is similar to the \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR option, in that no files in the -destination are replaced, but also skipped files do not induce a failure. +\&'none' is like the \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR option, in that no files in the +destination are replaced, and skipped files do not induce a failure. +\&'none\-fail' also ensures no files are replaced in the destination, +but any skipped files are diagnosed and induce a failure. \&'older' is the default operation when \fB\-\-update\fR is specified, and results in files being replaced if they're older than the corresponding source file. .PP @@ -104,7 +109,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mvxattr.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mvxattr.1 index 2d507f34..58f463cb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/mvxattr.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/mvxattr.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: mvxattr .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "MVXATTR" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "User Commands" +.TH "MVXATTR" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "User Commands" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Force overwriting of destination xattr\&. .RE .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "AUTHOR" .PP The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/nano.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/nano.1 index 1eb19c5f..8ca854a5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/nano.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/nano.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.\" Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .\" .\" This document is dual-licensed. You may distribute and/or modify it .\" under the terms of either of the following licenses: @@ -16,19 +16,40 @@ .\" Documentation License along with this program. If not, see .\" <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. .\" -.TH NANO 1 "version 7.2" "January 2023" +.TH NANO 1 "version 8.0" "May 2024" .SH NAME -nano \- Nano's ANOther editor, inspired by Pico +nano \- Nano's ANOther text editor, inspired by Pico .SH SYNOPSIS .B nano .RI [ options "] [[\fB+" line [\fB, column "]] " file ]... .sp -.BR nano " [" \fIoptions "] [[" + [ crCR ]( / | ? ) \fIstring "] " \fIfile ]... +.B nano +.RI [ options "] [" file [\fB: line [\fB: column "]]]..." +.sp +.BR nano " [" \fIoptions "] [[" + [ crCR ]{ / | ? } \fIstring "] " \fIfile ]... + +.SH NOTICE +Since version 8.0, to be newcomer friendly, \fB^F\fR starts a forward search, +\fB^B\fR starts a backward search, \fBM\-F\fR searches the next occurrence +forward, and \fBM\-B\fR searches the next occurrence backward. If you want +those keystrokes to do what they did before version 8.0, add the following +lines at the end of your \fInanorc\fR file: +.sp +.RS 4 +.B bind ^F forward main +.br +.B bind ^B back main +.br +.B bind M\-F formatter main +.br +.B bind M\-B linter main +.RE +.sp .SH DESCRIPTION -\fBnano\fP is a small and friendly editor. It copies the look and feel +\fBnano\fP is a small and friendly text editor. It copies the look and feel of Pico, but is free software, and implements several features that Pico lacks, such as: opening multiple files, scrolling per line, undo/redo, syntax coloring, line numbering, and soft-wrapping overlong lines. @@ -36,7 +57,11 @@ syntax coloring, line numbering, and soft-wrapping overlong lines. When giving a filename on the command line, the cursor can be put on a specific line by adding the line number with a plus sign (\fB+\fR) before the filename, and even in a specific column by adding it with a comma. -(Negative numbers count from the end of the file or line.) +Negative numbers count from the end of the file or line. +The line and column numbers may also be specified by gluing them with colons +after the filename. (When a filename contains a colon followed by digits, +escape the colon by preceding it with a triple backslash.) +.sp The cursor can be put on the first or last occurrence of a specific string by specifying that string after \fB+/\fR or \fB+?\fR before the filename. The string can be made case sensitive and/or caused to be interpreted as a @@ -112,6 +137,7 @@ nanorc file. See \fBnanorc\fR(5). .BR \-E ", " \-\-tabstospaces Convert each typed tab to spaces -- to the number of spaces that a tab at that position would take up. +(Note: pasted tabs are not converted.) .TP .BR \-F ", " \-\-multibuffer Read a file into a new buffer by default. @@ -282,6 +308,7 @@ similar to a chroot. .BR \-p ", " \-\-preserve Preserve the XON and XOFF sequences (\fB^Q\fR and \fB^S\fR) so they will be caught by the terminal. +Note that option \fB\-/\fR (\fB\-\-modernbindings\fR) overrides this. .TP .BR \-q ", " \-\-indicator Display a "scrollbar" on the righthand side of the edit window. @@ -338,7 +365,7 @@ filename in the center of the title bar. .BR \-_ ", " \-\-minibar Suppress the title bar and instead show information about the current buffer at the bottom of the screen, in the space -for the status bar. In this "minibar" the filename is shown +for the status bar. In this "mini bar" the filename is shown on the left, followed by an asterisk if the buffer has been modified. On the right are displayed the current line and column number, the code of the character under the cursor (in Unicode format: U+xxxx), @@ -359,6 +386,19 @@ The status bar appears only when there is a significant message, and disappears after 1.5 seconds or upon the next keystroke. With \fBM\-Z\fR the title bar plus status bar can be toggled. With \fBM\-X\fR the help lines. +.TP +.BR \-/ ", " \-\-modernbindings +Use key bindings similar to the ones that most modern programs use: +\fB^X\fR cuts, \fB^C\fR copies, \fB^V\fR pastes, +\fB^Z\fR undoes, \fB^Y\fR redoes, +\fB^F\fR searches forward, \fB^G\fR searches next, +\fB^S\fR saves, \fB^O\fR opens a file, \fB^Q\fR quits, +and (when the terminal permits) \fB^H\fR shows help. +Furthermore, \fB^A\fR sets the mark, +\fB^R\fR makes replacements, \fB^D\fR searches previous, +\fB^P\fR shows the position, \fB^T\fR goes to a line, +\fB^W\fR writes out a file, and \fB^E\fR executes a command. +Note that this overrides option \fB\-p\fR (\fB\-\-preserve\fR). .SH TOGGLES Several of the above options can be switched on and off also while @@ -391,6 +431,9 @@ Suspension is enabled by default, reachable via \fB^T^Z\fR. (If you want a plain \fB^Z\fR to suspend nano, add \fBbind ^Z suspend main\fR to your nanorc.) .sp +When you want to copy marked text from \fBnano\fR to the system's clipboard, +see one of the examples in the \fBnanorc\fR(5) man page. +.sp If no alternative spell checker command is specified on the command line nor in one of the \fInanorc\fP files, \fBnano\fP will check the \fBSPELL\fP environment variable for one. @@ -404,6 +447,9 @@ that name already exists in the current directory, it will add ".save" plus a number (e.g.\& ".save.1") to the current filename in order to make it unique. In multibuffer mode, \fBnano\fP will write all the open buffers to their respective emergency files. +.sp +If you have any question about how to use \fBnano\fR in some specific +situation, you can ask on \fIhelp-nano@gnu.org\fR. .SH BUGS The recording and playback of keyboard macros works correctly only on a diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ncursesw6-config.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ncursesw6-config.1 index a18b4482..69b94d65 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ncursesw6-config.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ncursesw6-config.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2020-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,73 +27,78 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: MKncu_config.in,v 1.6 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $ -.TH ncursesw6-config 1 "" +.\" $Id: MKncu_config.in,v 1.24 2024/04/20 21:13:38 tom Exp $ +.TH ncursesw6-config 1 2024-04-20 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .SH NAME -ncursesw6-config \- helper script for ncurses libraries +\fB\%ncursesw6-config\fP \- +configuration helper for \fI\%ncurses\fP libraries .SH SYNOPSIS .B ncursesw6-config -[\fIoptions\fP] +.I option +\&.\|.\|. +.PP +.B "ncursesw6-config \-\-version" +.PP +.B "ncursesw6-config \-\-help" .SH DESCRIPTION -This is a shell script which simplifies configuring applications against -a particular set of ncurses libraries. +This program development aid simplifies the process of configuring +applications against a particular set of \fI\%ncurses\fP libraries. .SH OPTIONS -.TP +.TP 18 \" "--mouse-version" + 2n + adjustment for PDF \fB\-\-prefix\fP -echos the package\-prefix of ncurses +reports the package prefix of \fI\%ncurses\fP. .TP \fB\-\-exec\-prefix\fP -echos the executable\-prefix of ncurses +reports the executable prefix of \fI\%ncurses\fP. .TP \fB\-\-cflags\fP -echos the C compiler flags needed to compile with ncurses +reports the C compiler flags needed to compile with \fI\%ncurses\fP. .TP \fB\-\-libs\fP -echos the libraries needed to link with ncurses -.TP -\fB\-\-version\fP -echos the release+patchdate version of ncurses +reports the libraries needed to link with \fI\%ncurses\fP. .TP \fB\-\-abi\-version\fP -echos the ABI version of ncurses +reports the ABI version of \fI\%ncurses\fP. .TP \fB\-\-mouse\-version\fP -echos the mouse\-interface version of ncurses +reports the mouse\-interface version of \fI\%ncurses\fP. .TP \fB\-\-bindir\fP -echos the directory containing ncurses programs +reports the directory containing \fI\%ncurses\fP programs. .TP \fB\-\-datadir\fP -echos the directory containing ncurses data +reports the directory containing \fI\%ncurses\fP data. .TP \fB\-\-includedir\fP -echos the directory containing ncurses header files +reports the directory containing \fI\%ncurses\fP header files. .TP \fB\-\-libdir\fP -echos the directory containing ncurses libraries +reports the directory containing \fI\%ncurses\fP libraries. .TP \fB\-\-mandir\fP -echos the directory containing ncurses manpages +reports the directory containing \fI\%ncurses\fP man pages. .TP \fB\-\-terminfo\fP -echos the $TERMINFO terminfo database path, e.g., -.RS -/usr/share/terminfo -.RE +reports the \fI\%TERMINFO\fP \fIterminfo\fP database path, +for example \fI\%/usr/share/terminfo\fP. .TP \fB\-\-terminfo\-dirs\fP -echos the $TERMINFO_DIRS directory list, e.g., -.RS -/usr/share/terminfo -.RE +reports the \fI\%TERMINFO_DIRS\fP supplemental search path for the +\fIterminfo\fP database, +for example \fI\%/usr/share/terminfo\fP. .TP \fB\-\-termpath\fP -echos the $TERMPATH termcap list, if support for termcap is configured. -.TP +reports the \fI\%TERMPATH\fP supplemental search path for the +\fItermcap\fP database, +if support for \fItermcap\fP is configured. +.PP +The following options cause all others to be ignored. +.TP 11 .\" "--version" + 2n \fB\-\-help\fP -prints this message +issues a usage message and exits successfully. +.TP +\fB\-\-version\fP +issues the release and patch date information of \fI\%ncurses\fP and +exits successfully. .SH "SEE ALSO" -\fBcurses\fP(3X) -.PP -This describes \fBncurses\fP -version 6.4 (patch 20230520). +\fB\%curses\fP(3X) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ndrdump.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ndrdump.1 index cfdd7903..fd4fa879 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ndrdump.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ndrdump.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: ndrdump .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: System Administration tools .\" Source: Samba 4.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "NDRDUMP" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "System Administration tools" +.TH "NDRDUMP" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "System Administration tools" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ngettext.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ngettext.1 index 88e545b3..ab31d199 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ngettext.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ngettext.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH NGETTEXT "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH NGETTEXT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME ngettext \- translate message and choose plural form .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/nice.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/nice.1 index 8eff2812..14f5ac66 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/nice.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/nice.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NICE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NICE "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME nice \- run a program with modified scheduling priority .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ display this help and exit \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of nice, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of nice, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SS "Exit status:" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/nl.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/nl.1 index 0787ea76..25937c2d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/nl.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/nl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NL "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NL "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME nl \- number lines of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/nm.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/nm.1 index 2a30015f..5e6bd9e6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/nm.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/nm.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "NM 1" -.TH NM 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH NM 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/nohup.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/nohup.1 index 7c740269..486cb4d4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/nohup.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/nohup.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NOHUP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NOHUP "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME nohup \- run a command immune to hangups, with output to a non-tty .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ If standard output is a terminal, append output to 'nohup.out' if possible, If standard error is a terminal, redirect it to standard output. To save output to FILE, use 'nohup COMMAND > FILE'. .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of nohup, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of nohup, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SS "Exit status:" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/nproc.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/nproc.1 index 9e9c0499..ca090572 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/nproc.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/nproc.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NPROC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NPROC "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME nproc \- print the number of processing units available .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ntlm_auth.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ntlm_auth.1 index fc14dfa3..6981b93e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ntlm_auth.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ntlm_auth.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: ntlm_auth .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "NTLM_AUTH" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "User Commands" +.TH "NTLM_AUTH" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "User Commands" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ ntlm_auth is a helper utility that authenticates users using NT/LM authentication\&. It returns 0 if the users is authenticated successfully and 1 if access was denied\&. ntlm_auth uses winbind to access the user and authentication data for a domain\&. This utility is only intended to be used by other programs (currently Squid and -mod_ntlm_winbind) +mod_ntlm_winbind)\&. .SH "OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS" .PP The @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ If you\*(Aqre experiencing problems with authenticating Internet Explorer runnin the Microsoft Knowledge Base article #239869 and follow instructions described there\&. .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "AUTHOR" .PP The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/numfmt.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/numfmt.1 index d2205663..3aeec934 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/numfmt.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/numfmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NUMFMT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NUMFMT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME numfmt \- Convert numbers from/to human-readable strings .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ no auto\-scaling is done; suffixes will trigger an error auto accept optional single/two letter suffix: .IP -1K = 1000, +1K = 1000, 1k = 1000, 1Ki = 1024, 1M = 1000000, 1Mi = 1048576, @@ -90,21 +90,21 @@ accept optional single/two letter suffix: si accept optional single letter suffix: .IP -1K = 1000, +1k = 1000, 1K = 1000, 1M = 1000000, \&... .TP iec accept optional single letter suffix: .IP -1K = 1024, +1K = 1024, 1k = 1024, 1M = 1048576, \&... .TP iec\-i accept optional two\-letter suffix: .IP -1Ki = 1024, +1Ki = 1024, 1ki = 1024, 1Mi = 1048576, \&... .SS "FIELDS supports \fBcut\fP(1) style field ranges:" @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ errors are not diagnosed and the exit status is 0. .IP \f(CW$ numfmt --to=si 1000\fR .IP -\-> "1.0K" +\-> "1.0k" .IP \f(CW$ numfmt --to=iec 2048\fR .IP @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/oLschema2ldif.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/oLschema2ldif.1 index 81807840..e8ffc3b2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/oLschema2ldif.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/oLschema2ldif.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: oLschema2ldif .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: System Administration tools .\" Source: Samba 4.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "OLSCHEMA2LDIF" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "System Administration tools" +.TH "OLSCHEMA2LDIF" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "System Administration tools" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/objcopy.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/objcopy.1 index 8a4db400..442910c5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/objcopy.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/objcopy.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OBJCOPY 1" -.TH OBJCOPY 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH OBJCOPY 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/objdump.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/objdump.1 index 348f2e7a..d9afbabb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/objdump.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/objdump.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OBJDUMP 1" -.TH OBJDUMP 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH OBJDUMP 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -553,11 +553,12 @@ rather than \f(CW\*(C`li\*(C'\fR. All of the \fB\-m\fR arguments for \&\fBe300\fR, \fBe500\fR, \fBe500mc\fR, \fBe500mc64\fR, \&\fBe500x2\fR, \fBe5500\fR, \fBe6500\fR, \fBefs\fR, \&\fBpower4\fR, \fBpower5\fR, \fBpower6\fR, \fBpower7\fR, -\&\fBpower8\fR, \fBpower9\fR, \fBpower10\fR, \fBppc\fR, -\&\fBppc32\fR, \fBppc64\fR, \fBppc64bridge\fR, \fBppcps\fR, -\&\fBpwr\fR, \fBpwr2\fR, \fBpwr4\fR, \fBpwr5\fR, \fBpwr5x\fR, -\&\fBpwr6\fR, \fBpwr7\fR, \fBpwr8\fR, \fBpwr9\fR, \fBpwr10\fR, -\&\fBpwrx\fR, \fBtitan\fR, \fBvle\fR, and \fBfuture\fR. +\&\fBpower8\fR, \fBpower9\fR, \fBpower10\fR, \fBpower11\fR, +\&\fBppc\fR, \fBppc32\fR, \fBppc64\fR, \fBppc64bridge\fR, +\&\fBppcps\fR, \fBpwr\fR, \fBpwr2\fR, \fBpwr4\fR, \fBpwr5\fR, +\&\fBpwr5x\fR, \fBpwr6\fR, \fBpwr7\fR, \fBpwr8\fR, \fBpwr9\fR, +\&\fBpwr10\fR, \fBpwr11\fR, \fBpwrx\fR, \fBtitan\fR, \fBvle\fR, +and \fBfuture\fR. \&\fB32\fR and \fB64\fR modify the default or a prior CPU selection, disabling and enabling 64\-bit insns respectively. In addition, \fBaltivec\fR, \fBany\fR, \fBlsp\fR, \fBhtm\fR, diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/od.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/od.1 index aed3fa03..a6cc12c7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/od.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/od.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH OD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH OD "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME od \- dump files in octal and other formats .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -120,8 +120,9 @@ hexadecimal, SIZE bytes per integer .PP SIZE is a number. For TYPE in [doux], SIZE may also be C for sizeof(char), S for sizeof(short), I for sizeof(int) or L for -sizeof(long). If TYPE is f, SIZE may also be F for sizeof(float), D -for sizeof(double) or L for sizeof(long double). +sizeof(long). If TYPE is f, SIZE may also be B for Brain 16 bit, +H for Half precision float, F for sizeof(float), D for sizeof(double), +or L for sizeof(long double). .PP Adding a z suffix to any type displays printable characters at the end of each output line. @@ -158,7 +159,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/offload-build.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/offload-build.1 index fbae6db7..8543ff27 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/offload-build.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/offload-build.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: offload-build -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "OFFLOAD\-BUILD" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "OFFLOAD\-BUILD" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" offload-build \- Build a PKGBUILD on a remote server using makechrootpkg .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,57 +34,61 @@ offload-build \- Build a PKGBUILD on a remote server using makechrootpkg offload\-build [OPTIONS] \(em [ARCHBUILD_OPTIONS] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Build a PKGBUILD on a remote server using makechrootpkg\&. Requires a remote user that can run archbuild in a non\-interactive manner, e\&.g\&. must be able to elevate permissions using passwordless sudo\&. +Build a PKGBUILD on a remote server using makechrootpkg. Requires a remote user +that can run archbuild in a non\-interactive manner, e.g. must be able to +elevate permissions using passwordless sudo. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-r, \-\-repo\fR <reponame> +.sp +\fB\-r, \-\-repo\fP <reponame> .RS 4 -Build against a specific repository\&. The default is -extra, to build packages using the stable repositories via extra\-x86_64\-build\&. +Build against a specific repository. The default is \f(CRextra\fP, to build packages using +the stable repositories via extra\-x86_64\-build. .RE -.PP -\fB\-a, \-\-arch\fR <architecture> +.sp +\fB\-a, \-\-arch\fP <architecture> .RS 4 -Build against a specific architecture\&. The default is -x86_64, the only architecture officially supported by Arch Linux\&. +Build against a specific architecture. The default is \f(CRx86_64\fP, the only +architecture officially supported by Arch Linux. .RE -.PP -\fB\-s, \-\-server\fR <hostname> +.sp +\fB\-s, \-\-server\fP <hostname> .RS 4 -Offload to a specific build server\&. The default is build\&.archlinux\&.org which is used as part of the build toolchain for the official Arch Linux repos\&. +Offload to a specific build server. The default is build.archlinux.org +which is used as part of the build toolchain for the official Arch Linux +repos. .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 -Show a help text\&. +Show a help text. .RE .SH "PASSING OPTIONS TO ARCHBUILD" .sp -Options after a delimiting \(em are passed on to archbuild on the remote\&. archbuild in turn supports passing arguments on to makechrootpkg, which in turn supports passing options to makepkg\&. Since each uses \(em to delimit options that are forwarded, make sure to escape them properly: +Options after a delimiting \(em are passed on to archbuild on the remote. +archbuild in turn supports passing arguments on to makechrootpkg, which in turn +supports passing options to makepkg. Since each uses \(em to delimit options that +are forwarded, make sure to escape them properly: .sp -.if n \{\ -.RS 4 -.\} +.if n .RS 4 .nf +.fam C `offload\-build offload\-args \-\- archbuild\-args \-\- makechrootpkg\-args \-\- makepkg\-args` +.fam .fi -.if n \{\ -.RE -.\} +.if n .RE .sp -Example: To use a second testing\-x86_64\-build instance with another copydir: +Example: To use a second \f(CRtesting\-x86_64\-build\fP instance with another copydir: .sp -.if n \{\ -.RS 4 -.\} +.if n .RS 4 .nf +.fam C `offload\-build \-r testing \-\- \-\- \-l <chroot_copy>` +.fam .fi -.if n \{\ -.RE -.\} +.if n .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-asn1parse.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-asn1parse.1ssl index 5d97703a..1b04d718 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-asn1parse.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-asn1parse.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-ASN1PARSE 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-ASN1PARSE 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-ASN1PARSE 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ca.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ca.1ssl index c0b1ac5f..cda34231 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ca.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ca.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-CA 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-CA 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-CA 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ciphers.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ciphers.1ssl index 39cd8095..a78a3bb6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ciphers.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ciphers.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-CIPHERS 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-CIPHERS 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-CIPHERS 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -417,10 +417,13 @@ it's an alias for the following cipherstrings: \fBSSL_DES\fR, \fBSSL_3DES\fR, \f \&\fBSSL_IDEA\fR, \fBSSL_AES128\fR, \fBSSL_AES256\fR, \fBSSL_CAMELLIA128\fR, \fBSSL_CAMELLIA256\fR, \fBSSL_SEED\fR. .SH "CIPHER SUITE NAMES" .IX Header "CIPHER SUITE NAMES" -The following lists give the SSL or TLS cipher suites names from the -relevant specification and their OpenSSL equivalents. It should be noted, -that several cipher suite names do not include the authentication used, -e.g. DES\-CBC3\-SHA. In these cases, RSA authentication is used. +The following lists give the standard SSL or TLS cipher suites names from the +relevant specification and their OpenSSL equivalents. You can use either +standard names or OpenSSL names in cipher lists, or a mix of both. +.PP +It should be noted, that several cipher suite names do not include the +authentication used, e.g. DES\-CBC3\-SHA. In these cases, RSA authentication +is used. .SS "SSL v3.0 cipher suites" .IX Subsection "SSL v3.0 cipher suites" .Vb 6 @@ -820,9 +823,12 @@ The \fB\-stdname\fR is only available if OpenSSL is built with tracing enabled (\fBenable-ssl-trace\fR argument to Configure) before OpenSSL 1.1.1. .PP The \fB\-convert\fR option was added in OpenSSL 1.1.1. +.PP +Support for standard IANA names in cipher lists was added in +OpenSSL 3.2.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2024 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-cmds.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-cmds.1ssl index e30d41fd..58952063 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-cmds.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-cmds.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-CMDS 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-CMDS 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-CMDS 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-cmp.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-cmp.1ssl index a0dab1a8..0afc3c81 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-cmp.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-cmp.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-CMP 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-CMP 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-CMP 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -74,7 +74,8 @@ Generic message options: .PP [\fB\-cmd\fR \fIir|cr|kur|p10cr|rr|genm\fR] [\fB\-infotype\fR \fIname\fR] -[\fB\-geninfo\fR \fIOID:int:N\fR] +[\fB\-profile\fR \fIname\fR] +[\fB\-geninfo\fR \fIvalues\fR] .PP Certificate enrollment options: .PP @@ -122,6 +123,7 @@ Server authentication options: [\fB\-expect_sender\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-ignore_keyusage\fR] [\fB\-unprotected_errors\fR] +[\fB\-no_cache_extracerts\fR] [\fB\-srvcertout\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB\-extracertsout\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB\-cacertsout\fR \fIfilename\fR] @@ -175,6 +177,7 @@ Client-side debugging options: [\fB\-reqin\fR \fIfilenames\fR] [\fB\-reqin_new_tid\fR] [\fB\-reqout\fR \fIfilenames\fR] +[\fB\-reqout_only\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB\-rspin\fR \fIfilenames\fR] [\fB\-rspout\fR \fIfilenames\fR] [\fB\-use_mock_srv\fR] @@ -324,10 +327,17 @@ ITAV \fBinfoType\fRs is printed to stdout. Set InfoType name to use for requesting specific info in \fBgenm\fR, e.g., \f(CW\*(C`signKeyPairTypes\*(C'\fR. So far, there is specific support for \f(CW\*(C`caCerts\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`rootCaCert\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-geninfo\fR \fIOID:int:N\fR" 4 -.IX Item "-geninfo OID:int:N" -generalInfo integer values to place in request PKIHeader with given OID, -e.g., \f(CW\*(C`1.2.3.4:int:56789\*(C'\fR. +.IP "\fB\-profile\fR \fIname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-profile name" +Name of a certificate profile to place in +the PKIHeader generalInfo field of request messages. +.IP "\fB\-geninfo\fR \fIvalues\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-geninfo values" +A comma-separated list of InfoTypeAndValue to place in +the generalInfo field of the PKIHeader of requests messages. +Each InfoTypeAndValue gives an OID and an integer or string value +of the form \fIOID\fR:int:\fInumber\fR or \fIOID\fR:str:\fItext\fR, +e.g., \f(CW\*(Aq1.2.3.4:int:56789, id\-kp:str:name\*(Aq\fR. .SS "Certificate enrollment options" .IX Subsection "Certificate enrollment options" .IP "\fB\-newkey\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR" 4 @@ -653,6 +663,7 @@ For details see the description of the \fB\-subject\fR option. Ignore key usage restrictions in CMP signer certificates when validating signature-based protection of incoming CMP messages. By default, \f(CW\*(C`digitalSignature\*(C'\fR must be allowed by CMP signer certificates. +This option applies to both CMP clients and the mock server. .IP \fB\-unprotected_errors\fR 4 .IX Item "-unprotected_errors" Accept missing or invalid protection of negative responses from the server. @@ -686,6 +697,11 @@ appendix D.4 shows PKIConf message having protection .RE .RS 4 .RE +.IP \fB\-no_cache_extracerts\fR 4 +.IX Item "-no_cache_extracerts" +Do not cache certificates in the extraCerts field of CMP messages received. +By default, they are kept as they may be helful for validating further messages. +This option applies to both CMP clients and the mock server. .IP "\fB\-srvcertout\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-srvcertout filename" The file where to save the successfully validated certificate, if any, @@ -940,8 +956,8 @@ have no effect on the certificate verification enabled via this option. Address to be checked during hostname validation. This may be a DNS name or an IP address. If not given it defaults to the \fB\-server\fR address. -.SS "Client-side debugging options" -.IX Subsection "Client-side debugging options" +.SS "Client-side options for debugging and offline scenarios" +.IX Subsection "Client-side options for debugging and offline scenarios" .IP \fB\-batch\fR 4 .IX Item "-batch" Do not interactively prompt for input, for instance when a password is needed. @@ -955,9 +971,29 @@ Default is one invocation. Take the sequence of CMP requests to send to the server from the given file(s) rather than from the sequence of requests produced internally. .Sp +This option is useful for supporting offline scenarios where the certificate +request (or any other CMP request) is produced beforehand and sent out later. +.Sp This option is ignored if the \fB\-rspin\fR option is given because in the latter case no requests are actually sent. .Sp +Note that in any case the client produces internally its sequence +of CMP request messages. Thus, all options required for doing this +(such as \fB\-cmd\fR and all options providing the required parameters) +need to be given also when the \fB\-reqin\fR option is present. +.Sp +If the \fB\-reqin\fR option is given for a certificate request +and no \fB\-newkey\fR, \fB\-key\fR, \fB\-oldcert\fR, or \fB\-csr\fR option is given, +a fallback public key is taken from the request message file +(if it is included in the certificate template). +.Sp +Hint: In case the \fB\-reqin\fR option is given for a certificate request, there are +situations where the client has access to the public key to be certified but +not to the private key that by default will be needed for proof of possession. +In this case the POPO is not actually needed (because the internally produced +certificate request message will not be sent), and its generation +can be disabled using the options \fB\-popo\fR \fI\-1\fR or \fB\-popo\fR \fI0\fR. +.Sp Multiple filenames may be given, separated by commas and/or whitespace (where in the latter case the whole argument must be enclosed in "..."). .Sp @@ -985,6 +1021,13 @@ Multiple filenames may be given, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Files are written as far as needed to save the transaction and filenames have been provided. If the transaction contains more requests, the remaining ones are not saved. +.IP "\fB\-reqout_only\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-reqout_only filename" +Save the first CMP requests created by the client to the given file and exit. +Any options related to CMP servers and their reponses are ignored. +.Sp +This option is useful for supporting offline scenarios where the certificate +request (or any other CMP request) is produced beforehand and sent out later. .IP "\fB\-rspin\fR \fIfilenames\fR" 4 .IX Item "-rspin filenames" Process the sequence of CMP responses provided in the given file(s), @@ -1223,7 +1266,7 @@ In order to update the enrolled certificate one may call \& openssl cmp \-section insta,kur .Ve .PP -using with MAC-based protection with PBM or +using MAC-based protection with PBM or .PP .Vb 1 \& openssl cmp \-section insta,kur,signature @@ -1355,10 +1398,12 @@ and the above transaction using a general message reduces to .IX Header "HISTORY" The \fBcmp\fR application was added in OpenSSL 3.0. .PP -The \fB\-engine option\fR was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. +The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. +.PP +The \fB\-profile\fR option was added in OpenSSL 3.3. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2007\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2007\-2024 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-cms.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-cms.1ssl index 63c68116..76d2d444 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-cms.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-cms.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-CMS 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-CMS 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-CMS 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-crl.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-crl.1ssl index 67c5f00c..316fe466 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-crl.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-crl.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-CRL 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-CRL 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-CRL 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -142,7 +142,12 @@ Defaults to rfc_822. Print out the CRL in text form. .IP \fB\-verify\fR 4 .IX Item "-verify" -Verify the signature in the CRL. +Verify the signature in the CRL. If the verification fails, +the program will immediately exit, i.e. further option processing +(e.g. \fB\-gendelta\fR) is skipped. +.Sp +This option is implicitly enabled if any of \fB\-CApath\fR, \fB\-CAfile\fR +or \fB\-CAstore\fR is specified. .IP \fB\-noout\fR 4 .IX Item "-noout" Don't output the encoded version of the CRL. @@ -209,9 +214,12 @@ and files too. \&\fBopenssl\-ca\fR\|(1), \&\fBopenssl\-x509\fR\|(1), \&\fBossl_store\-file\fR\|(7) +.SH HISTORY +.IX Header "HISTORY" +Since OpenSSL 3.3, the \fB\-verify\fR option will exit with 1 on failure. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2024 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-crl2pkcs7.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-crl2pkcs7.1ssl index 53406015..70fc2d55 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-crl2pkcs7.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-crl2pkcs7.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-CRL2PKCS7 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-CRL2PKCS7 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-CRL2PKCS7 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dgst.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dgst.1ssl index e8650931..96a4e883 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dgst.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dgst.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-DGST 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-DGST 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-DGST 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dhparam.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dhparam.1ssl index 92fdae76..4d0501d6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dhparam.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dhparam.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-DHPARAM 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-DHPARAM 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-DHPARAM 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dsa.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dsa.1ssl index 40b697e5..1583df44 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dsa.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dsa.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-DSA 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-DSA 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-DSA 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dsaparam.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dsaparam.1ssl index 15c4f652..6f953afa 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dsaparam.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-dsaparam.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-DSAPARAM 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-DSAPARAM 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-DSAPARAM 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ec.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ec.1ssl index 65b316f0..ef1b6375 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ec.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ec.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-EC 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-EC 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-EC 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ecparam.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ecparam.1ssl index 1641aa1f..59fa8837 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ecparam.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ecparam.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-ECPARAM 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-ECPARAM 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-ECPARAM 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-enc.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-enc.1ssl index d2d09706..303ed05c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-enc.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-enc.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-ENC 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-ENC 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-ENC 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-engine.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-engine.1ssl index f88587d6..46448fed 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-engine.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-engine.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-ENGINE 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-ENGINE 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-ENGINE 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-errstr.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-errstr.1ssl index 3c7b5fd0..256161d1 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-errstr.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-errstr.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-ERRSTR 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-ERRSTR 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-ERRSTR 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-fipsinstall.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-fipsinstall.1ssl index 099fe8ab..f2aea208 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-fipsinstall.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-fipsinstall.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-FIPSINSTALL 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-FIPSINSTALL 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-FIPSINSTALL 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-format-options.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-format-options.1ssl index 673b939a..97f0e9fa 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-format-options.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-format-options.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-FORMAT-OPTIONS 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-FORMAT-OPTIONS 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-FORMAT-OPTIONS 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-gendsa.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-gendsa.1ssl index 976889ec..3d32d79e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-gendsa.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-gendsa.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-GENDSA 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-GENDSA 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-GENDSA 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-genpkey.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-genpkey.1ssl index fe4e338e..0499fef2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-genpkey.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-genpkey.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-GENPKEY 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-GENPKEY 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-GENPKEY 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -78,7 +78,10 @@ openssl\-genpkey \- generate a private key or key pair [\fB\-pkeyopt\fR \fIopt\fR:\fIvalue\fR] [\fB\-genparam\fR] [\fB\-text\fR] +[\fB\-rand\fR \fIfiles\fR] +[\fB\-writerand\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-engine\fR \fIid\fR] +.PP [\fB\-provider\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-provider\-path\fR \fIpath\fR] [\fB\-propquery\fR \fIpropq\fR] @@ -158,6 +161,9 @@ are mutually exclusive. .IX Item "-text" Print an (unencrypted) text representation of private and public keys and parameters along with the PEM or DER structure. +.IP "\fB\-rand\fR \fIfiles\fR, \fB\-writerand\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-rand files, -writerand file" +See "Random State Options" in \fBopenssl\fR\|(1) for details. .IP "\fB\-engine\fR \fIid\fR" 4 .IX Item "-engine id" See "Engine Options" in \fBopenssl\fR\|(1). @@ -537,7 +543,7 @@ The ability to generate X448, ED25519 and ED448 keys was added in OpenSSL 1.1.1. The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2006\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2006\-2024 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-genrsa.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-genrsa.1ssl index 766fae66..e565d524 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-genrsa.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-genrsa.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-GENRSA 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-GENRSA 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-GENRSA 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-info.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-info.1ssl index ebb2f602..c8ad34a3 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-info.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-info.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-INFO 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-INFO 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-INFO 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-kdf.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-kdf.1ssl index 3d466b0f..7102f3b6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-kdf.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-kdf.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-KDF 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-KDF 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-KDF 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-list.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-list.1ssl index db042e56..1758cd56 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-list.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-list.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-LIST 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-LIST 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-LIST 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-mac.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-mac.1ssl index cb88792a..1e8b7d34 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-mac.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-mac.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-MAC 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-MAC 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-MAC 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -165,28 +165,43 @@ To see the list of supported MAC's use the command \f(CW\*(C`openssl list \&\-mac\-algorithms\*(C'\fR. .SH EXAMPLES .IX Header "EXAMPLES" -To create a hex-encoded HMAC\-SHA1 MAC of a file and write to stdout: \e - openssl mac \-digest SHA1 \e - \-macopt hexkey:000102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F10111213 \e - \-in msg.bin HMAC +To create a hex-encoded HMAC\-SHA1 MAC of a file and write to stdout: .PP -To create a SipHash MAC from a file with a binary file output: \e - openssl mac \-macopt hexkey:000102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F \e - \-in msg.bin \-out out.bin \-binary SipHash +.Vb 3 +\& openssl mac \-digest SHA1 \e +\& \-macopt hexkey:000102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F10111213 \e +\& \-in msg.bin HMAC +.Ve .PP -To create a hex-encoded CMAC\-AES\-128\-CBC MAC from a file:\e - openssl mac \-cipher AES\-128\-CBC \e - \-macopt hexkey:77A77FAF290C1FA30C683DF16BA7A77B \e - \-in msg.bin CMAC +To create a SipHash MAC from a file with a binary file output: +.PP +.Vb 2 +\& openssl mac \-macopt hexkey:000102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F \e +\& \-in msg.bin \-out out.bin \-binary SipHash +.Ve +.PP +To create a hex-encoded CMAC\-AES\-128\-CBC MAC from a file: +.PP +.Vb 3 +\& openssl mac \-cipher AES\-128\-CBC \e +\& \-macopt hexkey:77A77FAF290C1FA30C683DF16BA7A77B \e +\& \-in msg.bin CMAC +.Ve .PP To create a hex-encoded KMAC128 MAC from a file with a Customisation String -\&'Tag' and output length of 16: \e - openssl mac \-macopt custom:Tag \-macopt hexkey:40414243444546 \e - \-macopt size:16 \-in msg.bin KMAC128 +\&'Tag' and output length of 16: +.PP +.Vb 2 +\& openssl mac \-macopt custom:Tag \-macopt hexkey:40414243444546 \e +\& \-macopt size:16 \-in msg.bin KMAC128 +.Ve +.PP +To create a hex-encoded GMAC\-AES\-128\-GCM with a IV from a file: .PP -To create a hex-encoded GMAC\-AES\-128\-GCM with a IV from a file: \e - openssl mac \-cipher AES\-128\-GCM \-macopt hexiv:E0E00F19FED7BA0136A797F3 \e - \-macopt hexkey:77A77FAF290C1FA30C683DF16BA7A77B \-in msg.bin GMAC +.Vb 2 +\& openssl mac \-cipher AES\-128\-GCM \-macopt hexiv:E0E00F19FED7BA0136A797F3 \e +\& \-macopt hexkey:77A77FAF290C1FA30C683DF16BA7A77B \-in msg.bin GMAC +.Ve .SH NOTES .IX Header "NOTES" The MAC mechanisms that are available will depend on the options @@ -204,7 +219,7 @@ Use \f(CW\*(C`openssl list \-mac\-algorithms\*(C'\fR to list them. \&\fBEVP_MAC\-Poly1305\fR\|(7) .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2018\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2018\-2024 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-namedisplay-options.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-namedisplay-options.1ssl index 4a11b017..ad7da773 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-namedisplay-options.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-namedisplay-options.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-NAMEDISPLAY-OPTIONS 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-NAMEDISPLAY-OPTIONS 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-NAMEDISPLAY-OPTIONS 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-nseq.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-nseq.1ssl index 2299f01b..8cc8dbef 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-nseq.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-nseq.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-NSEQ 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-NSEQ 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-NSEQ 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ocsp.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ocsp.1ssl index 966e3a08..3e229357 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ocsp.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ocsp.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-OCSP 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-OCSP 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-OCSP 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-passphrase-options.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-passphrase-options.1ssl index f6aa65d8..b8fd70bf 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-passphrase-options.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-passphrase-options.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PASSPHRASE-OPTIONS 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-PASSPHRASE-OPTIONS 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PASSPHRASE-OPTIONS 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-passwd.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-passwd.1ssl index b660c174..a166ba30 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-passwd.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-passwd.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PASSWD 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-PASSWD 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PASSWD 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkcs12.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkcs12.1ssl index 26224a68..a17af4c2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkcs12.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkcs12.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PKCS12 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-PKCS12 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PKCS12 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. The \fB\-nodes\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0, too; use \fB\-noenc\fR instead. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkcs7.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkcs7.1ssl index 44b2a30d..9a6f1642 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkcs7.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkcs7.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PKCS7 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-PKCS7 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PKCS7 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkcs8.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkcs8.1ssl index 4dcf8c5a..49515b05 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkcs8.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkcs8.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PKCS8 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-PKCS8 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PKCS8 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkey.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkey.1ssl index dc97e4f2..2caddb76 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkey.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkey.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PKEY 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-PKEY 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PKEY 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkeyparam.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkeyparam.1ssl index a9fc86b3..caa07858 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkeyparam.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkeyparam.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PKEYPARAM 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-PKEYPARAM 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PKEYPARAM 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkeyutl.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkeyutl.1ssl index 192b0786..5a2289a9 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkeyutl.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-pkeyutl.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PKEYUTL 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-PKEYUTL 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PKEYUTL 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-prime.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-prime.1ssl index 6973bc55..5f2570e4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-prime.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-prime.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PRIME 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-PRIME 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PRIME 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rand.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rand.1ssl index 5f4c6eea..24f413ff 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rand.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rand.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-RAND 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-RAND 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-RAND 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -75,11 +75,19 @@ openssl\-rand \- generate pseudo\-random bytes [\fB\-provider\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-provider\-path\fR \fIpath\fR] [\fB\-propquery\fR \fIpropq\fR] -\&\fInum\fR +\&\fInum\fR[K|M|G|T] .SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" This command generates \fInum\fR random bytes using a cryptographically -secure pseudo random number generator (CSPRNG). +secure pseudo random number generator (CSPRNG). A suffix [K|M|G|T] may be +appended to the num value to indicate the requested value be scaled as a +multiple of KiB/MiB/GiB/TiB respectively. Note that suffixes are case +sensitive, and that the suffixes represent binary multiples +(K = 1024 bytes, M = 1024*1024 bytes, etc). +.PP +The string 'max' may be substituted for a numerical value in num, to request the +maximum number of bytes the CSPRNG can produce per instantiation. Currently, +this is restricted to 2^61 bytes as per NIST SP 800\-90C. .PP The random bytes are generated using the \fBRAND_bytes\fR\|(3) function, which provides a security level of 256 bits, provided it managed to diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rehash.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rehash.1ssl index 1ee768f0..ff022e97 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rehash.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rehash.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-REHASH 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-REHASH 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-REHASH 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-req.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-req.1ssl index fc1f88ba..85c99653 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-req.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-req.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-REQ 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-REQ 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-REQ 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -183,7 +183,9 @@ This option prevents output of the encoded version of the certificate request. Prints out the value of the modulus of the public key contained in the request. .IP \fB\-verify\fR 4 .IX Item "-verify" -Verifies the self-signature on the request. +Verifies the self-signature on the request. If the verification fails, +the program will immediately exit, i.e. further option processing +(e.g. \fB\-text\fR) is skipped. .IP \fB\-new\fR 4 .IX Item "-new" This option generates a new certificate request. It will prompt @@ -497,16 +499,27 @@ any digest that has been set. .IP \fBstring_mask\fR 4 .IX Item "string_mask" This option masks out the use of certain string types in certain -fields. Most users will not need to change this option. +fields. Most users will not need to change this option. It can be set to +several values: +.RS 4 +.IP "\fButf8only\fR \- only UTF8Strings are used (this is the default value)" 4 +.IX Item "utf8only - only UTF8Strings are used (this is the default value)" +.PD 0 +.IP "\fBpkix\fR \- any string type except T61Strings" 4 +.IX Item "pkix - any string type except T61Strings" +.IP "\fBnombstr\fR \- any string type except BMPStrings and UTF8Strings" 4 +.IX Item "nombstr - any string type except BMPStrings and UTF8Strings" +.IP "\fBdefault\fR \- any kind of string type" 4 +.IX Item "default - any kind of string type" +.RE +.RS 4 +.PD .Sp -It can be set to several values \fBdefault\fR which is also the default -option uses PrintableStrings, T61Strings and BMPStrings if the -\&\fBpkix\fR value is used then only PrintableStrings and BMPStrings will -be used. This follows the PKIX recommendation in RFC2459. If the -\&\fButf8only\fR option is used then only UTF8Strings will be used: this -is the PKIX recommendation in RFC2459 after 2003. Finally the \fBnombstr\fR -option just uses PrintableStrings and T61Strings: certain software has -problems with BMPStrings and UTF8Strings: in particular Netscape. +Note that \fButf8only\fR is the PKIX recommendation in RFC2459 after 2003, and the +default \fBstring_mask\fR; \fBdefault\fR is not the default option. The \fBnombstr\fR +value is a workaround for some software that has problems with variable-sized +BMPStrings and UTF8Strings. +.RE .IP \fBreq_extensions\fR 4 .IX Item "req_extensions" This specifies the configuration file section containing a list of @@ -809,9 +822,11 @@ The \fB\-reqexts\fR option has been made an alias of \fB\-extensions\fR in OpenS Since OpenSSL 3.2, generated certificates bear X.509 version 3 unless \fB\-x509v1\fR is given, and key identifier extensions are included by default. +.PP +Since OpenSSL 3.3, the \fB\-verify\fR option will exit with 1 on failure. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2024 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rsa.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rsa.1ssl index cd8242d1..088afeeb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rsa.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rsa.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-RSA 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-RSA 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-RSA 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rsautl.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rsautl.1ssl index 90a6348e..77db98a5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rsautl.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-rsautl.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-RSAUTL 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-RSAUTL 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-RSAUTL 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-s_client.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-s_client.1ssl index e42d6c11..03e70650 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-s_client.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-s_client.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-S_CLIENT 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-S_CLIENT 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-S_CLIENT 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -150,6 +150,7 @@ openssl\-s_client \- SSL/TLS client program [\fB\-legacy_server_connect\fR] [\fB\-no_legacy_server_connect\fR] [\fB\-allow_no_dhe_kex\fR] +[\fB\-prefer_no_dhe_kex\fR] [\fB\-sigalgs\fR \fIsigalglist\fR] [\fB\-curves\fR \fIcurvelist\fR] [\fB\-cipher\fR \fIcipherlist\fR] @@ -221,6 +222,7 @@ openssl\-s_client \- SSL/TLS client program [\fB\-no_legacy_server_connect\fR] [\fB\-no_etm\fR] [\fB\-allow_no_dhe_kex\fR] +[\fB\-prefer_no_dhe_kex\fR] [\fB\-prioritize_chacha\fR] [\fB\-strict\fR] [\fB\-sigalgs\fR \fIalgs\fR] @@ -861,8 +863,8 @@ See "Extended Verification Options" in \fBopenssl\-verification\-options\fR\|(1) .IP "\fB\-CAfile\fR \fIfile\fR, \fB\-no\-CAfile\fR, \fB\-CApath\fR \fIdir\fR, \fB\-no\-CApath\fR, \fB\-CAstore\fR \fIuri\fR, \fB\-no\-CAstore\fR" 4 .IX Item "-CAfile file, -no-CAfile, -CApath dir, -no-CApath, -CAstore uri, -no-CAstore" See "Trusted Certificate Options" in \fBopenssl\-verification\-options\fR\|(1) for details. -.IP "\fB\-bugs\fR, \fB\-comp\fR, \fB\-no_comp\fR, \fB\-no_ticket\fR, \fB\-serverpref\fR, \fB\-client_renegotiation\fR, \fB\-legacy_renegotiation\fR, \fB\-no_renegotiation\fR, \fB\-no_resumption_on_reneg\fR, \fB\-legacy_server_connect\fR, \fB\-no_legacy_server_connect\fR, \fB\-no_etm\fR \fB\-allow_no_dhe_kex\fR, \fB\-prioritize_chacha\fR, \fB\-strict\fR, \fB\-sigalgs\fR \fIalgs\fR, \fB\-client_sigalgs\fR \fIalgs\fR, \fB\-groups\fR \fIgroups\fR, \fB\-curves\fR \fIcurves\fR, \fB\-named_curve\fR \fIcurve\fR, \fB\-cipher\fR \fIciphers\fR, \fB\-ciphersuites\fR \fI1.3ciphers\fR, \fB\-min_protocol\fR \fIminprot\fR, \fB\-max_protocol\fR \fImaxprot\fR, \fB\-record_padding\fR \fIpadding\fR, \fB\-debug_broken_protocol\fR, \fB\-no_middlebox\fR" 4 -.IX Item "-bugs, -comp, -no_comp, -no_ticket, -serverpref, -client_renegotiation, -legacy_renegotiation, -no_renegotiation, -no_resumption_on_reneg, -legacy_server_connect, -no_legacy_server_connect, -no_etm -allow_no_dhe_kex, -prioritize_chacha, -strict, -sigalgs algs, -client_sigalgs algs, -groups groups, -curves curves, -named_curve curve, -cipher ciphers, -ciphersuites 1.3ciphers, -min_protocol minprot, -max_protocol maxprot, -record_padding padding, -debug_broken_protocol, -no_middlebox" +.IP "\fB\-bugs\fR, \fB\-comp\fR, \fB\-no_comp\fR, \fB\-no_ticket\fR, \fB\-serverpref\fR, \fB\-client_renegotiation\fR, \fB\-legacy_renegotiation\fR, \fB\-no_renegotiation\fR, \fB\-no_resumption_on_reneg\fR, \fB\-legacy_server_connect\fR, \fB\-no_legacy_server_connect\fR, \fB\-no_etm\fR \fB\-allow_no_dhe_kex\fR, \fB\-prefer_no_dhe_kex\fR, \fB\-prioritize_chacha\fR, \fB\-strict\fR, \fB\-sigalgs\fR \fIalgs\fR, \fB\-client_sigalgs\fR \fIalgs\fR, \fB\-groups\fR \fIgroups\fR, \fB\-curves\fR \fIcurves\fR, \fB\-named_curve\fR \fIcurve\fR, \fB\-cipher\fR \fIciphers\fR, \fB\-ciphersuites\fR \fI1.3ciphers\fR, \fB\-min_protocol\fR \fIminprot\fR, \fB\-max_protocol\fR \fImaxprot\fR, \fB\-record_padding\fR \fIpadding\fR, \fB\-debug_broken_protocol\fR, \fB\-no_middlebox\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-bugs, -comp, -no_comp, -no_ticket, -serverpref, -client_renegotiation, -legacy_renegotiation, -no_renegotiation, -no_resumption_on_reneg, -legacy_server_connect, -no_legacy_server_connect, -no_etm -allow_no_dhe_kex, -prefer_no_dhe_kex, -prioritize_chacha, -strict, -sigalgs algs, -client_sigalgs algs, -groups groups, -curves curves, -named_curve curve, -cipher ciphers, -ciphersuites 1.3ciphers, -min_protocol minprot, -max_protocol maxprot, -record_padding padding, -debug_broken_protocol, -no_middlebox" See "SUPPORTED COMMAND LINE COMMANDS" in \fBSSL_CONF_cmd\fR\|(3) for details. .IP "\fB\-rand\fR \fIfiles\fR, \fB\-writerand\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-rand files, -writerand file" diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-s_server.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-s_server.1ssl index b93a42a9..25c64a06 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-s_server.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-s_server.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-S_SERVER 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-S_SERVER 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-S_SERVER 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -159,6 +159,7 @@ openssl\-s_server \- SSL/TLS server program [\fB\-no_renegotiation\fR] [\fB\-no_resumption_on_reneg\fR] [\fB\-allow_no_dhe_kex\fR] +[\fB\-prefer_no_dhe_kex\fR] [\fB\-prioritize_chacha\fR] [\fB\-strict\fR] [\fB\-sigalgs\fR \fIval\fR] @@ -257,6 +258,7 @@ openssl\-s_server \- SSL/TLS server program [\fB\-no_legacy_server_connect\fR] [\fB\-no_etm\fR] [\fB\-allow_no_dhe_kex\fR] +[\fB\-prefer_no_dhe_kex\fR] [\fB\-prioritize_chacha\fR] [\fB\-strict\fR] [\fB\-sigalgs\fR \fIalgs\fR] @@ -352,6 +354,8 @@ See \fBopenssl\-format\-options\fR\|(1) for details. .IX Item "-cert_chain" A file or URI of untrusted certificates to use when attempting to build the certificate chain related to the certificate specified via the \fB\-cert\fR option. +These untrusted certificates are sent to clients and used for generating +certificate status (aka OCSP stapling) requests. The input can be in PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format. .IP \fB\-build_chain\fR 4 .IX Item "-build_chain" @@ -581,6 +585,8 @@ Enables certificate status request support (aka OCSP stapling). .IX Item "-status_verbose" Enables certificate status request support (aka OCSP stapling) and gives a verbose printout of the OCSP response. +Use the \fB\-cert_chain\fR option to specify the certificate of the server's +certificate signer that is required for certificate status requests. .IP "\fB\-status_timeout\fR \fIint\fR" 4 .IX Item "-status_timeout int" Sets the timeout for OCSP response to \fIint\fR seconds. @@ -876,8 +882,8 @@ See "TLS Version Options" in \fBopenssl\fR\|(1). .IX Item "-dtls, -dtls1, -dtls1_2" These specify the use of DTLS instead of TLS. See "TLS Version Options" in \fBopenssl\fR\|(1). -.IP "\fB\-bugs\fR, \fB\-comp\fR, \fB\-no_comp\fR, \fB\-no_ticket\fR, \fB\-serverpref\fR, \fB\-client_renegotiation\fR, \fB\-legacy_renegotiation\fR, \fB\-no_renegotiation\fR, \fB\-no_resumption_on_reneg\fR, \fB\-legacy_server_connect\fR, \fB\-no_legacy_server_connect\fR, \fB\-no_etm\fR \fB\-allow_no_dhe_kex\fR, \fB\-prioritize_chacha\fR, \fB\-strict\fR, \fB\-sigalgs\fR \fIalgs\fR, \fB\-client_sigalgs\fR \fIalgs\fR, \fB\-groups\fR \fIgroups\fR, \fB\-curves\fR \fIcurves\fR, \fB\-named_curve\fR \fIcurve\fR, \fB\-cipher\fR \fIciphers\fR, \fB\-ciphersuites\fR \fI1.3ciphers\fR, \fB\-min_protocol\fR \fIminprot\fR, \fB\-max_protocol\fR \fImaxprot\fR, \fB\-record_padding\fR \fIpadding\fR, \fB\-debug_broken_protocol\fR, \fB\-no_middlebox\fR" 4 -.IX Item "-bugs, -comp, -no_comp, -no_ticket, -serverpref, -client_renegotiation, -legacy_renegotiation, -no_renegotiation, -no_resumption_on_reneg, -legacy_server_connect, -no_legacy_server_connect, -no_etm -allow_no_dhe_kex, -prioritize_chacha, -strict, -sigalgs algs, -client_sigalgs algs, -groups groups, -curves curves, -named_curve curve, -cipher ciphers, -ciphersuites 1.3ciphers, -min_protocol minprot, -max_protocol maxprot, -record_padding padding, -debug_broken_protocol, -no_middlebox" +.IP "\fB\-bugs\fR, \fB\-comp\fR, \fB\-no_comp\fR, \fB\-no_ticket\fR, \fB\-serverpref\fR, \fB\-client_renegotiation\fR, \fB\-legacy_renegotiation\fR, \fB\-no_renegotiation\fR, \fB\-no_resumption_on_reneg\fR, \fB\-legacy_server_connect\fR, \fB\-no_legacy_server_connect\fR, \fB\-no_etm\fR \fB\-allow_no_dhe_kex\fR, \fB\-prefer_no_dhe_kex\fR, \fB\-prioritize_chacha\fR, \fB\-strict\fR, \fB\-sigalgs\fR \fIalgs\fR, \fB\-client_sigalgs\fR \fIalgs\fR, \fB\-groups\fR \fIgroups\fR, \fB\-curves\fR \fIcurves\fR, \fB\-named_curve\fR \fIcurve\fR, \fB\-cipher\fR \fIciphers\fR, \fB\-ciphersuites\fR \fI1.3ciphers\fR, \fB\-min_protocol\fR \fIminprot\fR, \fB\-max_protocol\fR \fImaxprot\fR, \fB\-record_padding\fR \fIpadding\fR, \fB\-debug_broken_protocol\fR, \fB\-no_middlebox\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-bugs, -comp, -no_comp, -no_ticket, -serverpref, -client_renegotiation, -legacy_renegotiation, -no_renegotiation, -no_resumption_on_reneg, -legacy_server_connect, -no_legacy_server_connect, -no_etm -allow_no_dhe_kex, -prefer_no_dhe_kex, -prioritize_chacha, -strict, -sigalgs algs, -client_sigalgs algs, -groups groups, -curves curves, -named_curve curve, -cipher ciphers, -ciphersuites 1.3ciphers, -min_protocol minprot, -max_protocol maxprot, -record_padding padding, -debug_broken_protocol, -no_middlebox" See "SUPPORTED COMMAND LINE COMMANDS" in \fBSSL_CONF_cmd\fR\|(3) for details. .IP "\fB\-xkey\fR \fIinfile\fR, \fB\-xcert\fR \fIfile\fR, \fB\-xchain\fR \fIfile\fR, \fB\-xchain_build\fR \fIfile\fR, \fB\-xcertform\fR \fBDER\fR|\fBPEM\fR, \fB\-xkeyform\fR \fBDER\fR|\fBPEM\fR" 4 .IX Item "-xkey infile, -xcert file, -xchain file, -xchain_build file, -xcertform DER|PEM, -xkeyform DER|PEM" @@ -1024,7 +1030,7 @@ and \fB\-tfo\fR options were added in OpenSSL 3.2. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2024 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-s_time.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-s_time.1ssl index 1390ab49..e90463a4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-s_time.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-s_time.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-S_TIME 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-S_TIME 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-S_TIME 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-sess_id.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-sess_id.1ssl index 56b5c3e2..2f14fea5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-sess_id.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-sess_id.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-SESS_ID 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-SESS_ID 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-SESS_ID 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-smime.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-smime.1ssl index ee8ad6b6..91c9a9c0 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-smime.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-smime.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-SMIME 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-SMIME 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-SMIME 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-speed.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-speed.1ssl index 5664bfd0..f51412cc 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-speed.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-speed.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-SPEED 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-SPEED 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-SPEED 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-spkac.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-spkac.1ssl index 30115947..9e8850ed 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-spkac.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-spkac.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-SPKAC 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-SPKAC 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-SPKAC 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-srp.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-srp.1ssl index 0e35e2ce..dbe8a603 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-srp.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-srp.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-SRP 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-SRP 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-SRP 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-storeutl.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-storeutl.1ssl index c3bfa880..6cd3d1f1 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-storeutl.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-storeutl.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-STOREUTL 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-STOREUTL 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-STOREUTL 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -125,6 +125,9 @@ However, if this URI would return a set of names (URIs), those are always returned. .Sp Note that all options must be given before the \fIuri\fR argument. +.Sp +Note \fI\-keys\fR selects exclusively private keys, there is no selector for public +keys only. .IP "\fB\-subject\fR \fIarg\fR" 4 .IX Item "-subject arg" Search for an object having the subject name \fIarg\fR. @@ -185,7 +188,7 @@ This command was added in OpenSSL 1.1.1. The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2016\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2016\-2024 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ts.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ts.1ssl index 300dfa95..06655892 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ts.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-ts.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-TS 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-TS 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-TS 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ use its own default policy. (Optional) .IP \fB\-no_nonce\fR 4 .IX Item "-no_nonce" No nonce is specified in the request if this option is -given. Otherwise a 64 bit long pseudo-random none is -included in the request. It is recommended to use nonce to -protect against replay-attacks. (Optional) +given. Otherwise, a 64\-bit long pseudo-random nonce is +included in the request. It is recommended to use a nonce to +protect against replay attacks. (Optional) .IP \fB\-cert\fR 4 .IX Item "-cert" The TSA is expected to include its signing certificate in the @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. \&\fBossl_store\-file\fR\|(7) .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2006\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2006\-2024 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-verification-options.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-verification-options.1ssl index 98c588f0..b8aa3175 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-verification-options.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-verification-options.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-VERIFICATION-OPTIONS 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-VERIFICATION-OPTIONS 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-VERIFICATION-OPTIONS 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-verify.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-verify.1ssl index fc15fd21..107b6f7a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-verify.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-verify.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-VERIFY 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-VERIFY 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-VERIFY 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-version.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-version.1ssl index 42f642b1..17f89762 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-version.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-version.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-VERSION 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-VERSION 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-VERSION 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-x509.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-x509.1ssl index 5300cb99..fdd2065f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-x509.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl-x509.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-X509 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL-X509 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-X509 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -113,6 +113,8 @@ openssl\-x509 \- Certificate display and signing command [\fB\-next_serial\fR] [\fB\-days\fR \fIarg\fR] [\fB\-preserve_dates\fR] +[\fB\-set_issuer\fR \fIarg\fR] +[\fB\-set_subject\fR \fIarg\fR] [\fB\-subj\fR \fIarg\fR] [\fB\-force_pubkey\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB\-clrext\fR] @@ -177,7 +179,7 @@ see \fBopenssl\-passphrase\-options\fR\|(1). Generate a certificate from scratch, not using an input certificate or certificate request. So this excludes the \fB\-in\fR and \fB\-req\fR options. -Instead, the \fB\-subj\fR option needs to be given. +Instead, the \fB\-set_subject\fR option needs to be given. The public key to include can be given with the \fB\-force_pubkey\fR option and defaults to the key given with the \fB\-key\fR (or \fB\-signkey\fR) option, which implies self-signature. @@ -385,10 +387,16 @@ Cannot be used together with the \fB\-preserve_dates\fR option. When signing a certificate, preserve "notBefore" and "notAfter" dates of any input certificate instead of adjusting them to current time and duration. Cannot be used together with the \fB\-days\fR option. -.IP "\fB\-subj\fR \fIarg\fR" 4 -.IX Item "-subj arg" +.IP "\fB\-set_issuer\fR \fIarg\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-set_issuer arg" +When a certificate is created set its issuer name to the given value. +.Sp +See \fB\-set_subject\fR on how the arg must be formatted. +.IP "\fB\-set_subject\fR \fIarg\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-set_subject arg" When a certificate is created set its subject name to the given value. -When the certificate is self-signed the issuer name is set to the same value. +When the certificate is self-signed the issuer name is set to the same value, +unless the \fB\-set_issuer\fR option is given. .Sp The arg must be formatted as \f(CW\*(C`/type0=value0/type1=value1/type2=...\*(C'\fR. Special characters may be escaped by \f(CW\*(C`\e\*(C'\fR (backslash), whitespace is retained. @@ -403,6 +411,9 @@ Example: .Sp This option can be used with the \fB\-new\fR and \fB\-force_pubkey\fR options to create a new certificate without providing an input certificate or certificate request. +.IP "\fB\-subj\fR \fIarg\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-subj arg" +This option is an alias of \fB\-set_subject\fR. .IP "\fB\-force_pubkey\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-force_pubkey filename" When a new certificate or certificate request is created @@ -411,7 +422,7 @@ instead of the key contained in the input or given with the \fB\-key\fR (or \fB\-signkey\fR) option. If the input contains no public key but a private key, its public part is used. .Sp -This option can be used in conjunction with b<\-new> and \fB\-subj\fR +This option can be used in conjunction with b<\-new> and \fB\-set_subject\fR to directly generate a certificate containing any desired public key. .Sp This option is also useful for creating self-issued certificates that are not @@ -769,7 +780,7 @@ Since OpenSSL 3.2, generated certificates bear X.509 version 3, and key identifier extensions are included by default. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2024 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl.1ssl index 9022a6f6..fece619b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/openssl.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL 1ssl" -.TH OPENSSL 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/paccapability.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/paccapability.1 index 08b0bd3e..12ac65be 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/paccapability.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/paccapability.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,94 +52,32 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PACCAPABILITY 1" -.TH PACCAPABILITY 1 "2021-08-14" "pacutils" "paccapability" +.TH PACCAPABILITY 1 2024-04-16 pacutils paccapability .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME paccapability \- query libalpm capabilities -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" .Vb 2 \& paccapability [options] [<capability>...] \& paccapability (\-\-help|\-\-version) .Ve -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" \&\fBpaccapability\fR provides a way to query which features libalpm was built with. Recognized capabilities are: -.IP "\(bu" 4 -\&\s-1ALPM_CAPABILITY_NLS\s0 -.IP "\(bu" 4 -\&\s-1ALPM_CAPABILITY_DOWNLOADER\s0 -.IP "\(bu" 4 -\&\s-1ALPM_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES\s0 +.IP \(bu 4 +ALPM_CAPABILITY_NLS +.IP \(bu 4 +ALPM_CAPABILITY_DOWNLOADER +.IP \(bu 4 +ALPM_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES .PP Capabilities are case-insensitive and may omit the leading \f(CW\*(C`ALPM_CAPABILITY_\*(C'\fR. If no capabilities are provided, all enabled capabilities will be printed, one @@ -163,15 +85,15 @@ per line. Otherwise, each provided capability will printed, one per line, followed by a one or zero to indicate that the feature is enabled or disabled, respectively. If any given capabilities are disabled \fBpaccapability\fR will exit with a non-zero value. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Display usage information and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Display version information and exit. -.SH "EXAMPLES" +.SH EXAMPLES .IX Header "EXAMPLES" .IP "Check if libalpm was built with signature checking:" 4 .IX Item "Check if libalpm was built with signature checking:" diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/paccheck.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/paccheck.1 index da7c5205..2f60c867 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/paccheck.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/paccheck.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,162 +52,100 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PACCHECK 1" -.TH PACCHECK 1 "2021-08-14" "pacutils" "paccheck" +.TH PACCHECK 1 2024-04-16 pacutils paccheck .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME paccheck \- check installed packages -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" .Vb 2 \& paccheck [options] [<package>]... \& paccheck (\-\-help|\-\-version) .Ve -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" Check installed packages. Additional packages may be specified on \fIstdin\fR. If no package are provided, all installed packages will be checked. By default only package dependencies and basic file information will checked. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--config=path" Set an alternate configuration file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbpath=path" Set an alternate database path. -.IP "\fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--root=path" Set an alternate installation root. -.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--sysroot=path" Set an alternate system root. See \fBpacutils\-sysroot\fR\|(7). -.IP "\fB\-\-null\fR[=\fIsep\fR]" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-null\fR[=\fIsep\fR] 4 .IX Item "--null[=sep]" Set an alternate separator for values parsed from \fIstdin\fR. By default a newline \f(CW\*(C`\en\*(C'\fR is used as the separator. If \fB\-\-null\fR is used without specifying \fIsep\fR \f(CW\*(C`NUL\*(C'\fR will be used. -.IP "\fB\-\-list\-broken\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-list\-broken\fR 4 .IX Item "--list-broken" Only print the names of packages that fail the selected checks. -.IP "\fB\-\-quiet\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-quiet\fR 4 .IX Item "--quiet" Only display messages if a problem is found. -.IP "\fB\-\-recursive\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-recursive\fR 4 .IX Item "--recursive" Recursively perform checks on packages' dependencies as well. -.IP "\fB\-\-depends\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-depends\fR 4 .IX Item "--depends" Check that all package dependencies are satisfied. -.IP "\fB\-\-opt\-depends\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-opt\-depends\fR 4 .IX Item "--opt-depends" Check that all package optional dependencies are satisfied. -.IP "\fB\-\-files\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-files\fR 4 .IX Item "--files" Check package files against the local database. -.IP "\fB\-\-file\-properties\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-file\-properties\fR 4 .IX Item "--file-properties" -Check package files against \s-1MTREE\s0 data. -.IP "\fB\-\-md5sum\fR" 4 +Check package files against MTREE data. +.IP \fB\-\-md5sum\fR 4 .IX Item "--md5sum" -Check file md5sums against \s-1MTREE\s0 data. -.IP "\fB\-\-sha256sum\fR" 4 +Check file md5sums against MTREE data. +.IP \fB\-\-sha256sum\fR 4 .IX Item "--sha256sum" -Check file sha256sums against \s-1MTREE\s0 data. -.IP "\fB\-\-require\-mtree\fR" 4 +Check file sha256sums against MTREE data. +.IP \fB\-\-require\-mtree\fR 4 .IX Item "--require-mtree" -Treat missing \s-1MTREE\s0 data as an error for \fB\-\-db\-files\fR and/or +Treat missing MTREE data as an error for \fB\-\-db\-files\fR and/or \&\fB\-\-file\-properties\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-db\-files\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-db\-files\fR 4 .IX Item "--db-files" Include database files in \fB\-\-files\fR and \fB\-\-file\-properties\fR checks. \&\fB\-\-files\fR will test for the existence of \fIdesc\fR, \fIfiles\fR, and \fImtree\fR (with \&\fB\-\-require\-mtree\fR) files in the package database entry. \fB\-\-file\-properties\fR will check \fIinstall\fR and \fIchangelog\fR files in the package database where applicable. -.IP "\fB\-\-backup\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-backup\fR 4 .IX Item "--backup" Include backup files in file modification checks. -.IP "\fB\-\-noextract\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-noextract\fR 4 .IX Item "--noextract" Include NoExtract files in file modification checks. -.IP "\fB\-\-noupgrade\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-noupgrade\fR 4 .IX Item "--noupgrade" Include NoUpgrade files in file modification checks. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Display usage information and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Display version information and exit. -.SH "CAVEATS" +.SH CAVEATS .IX Header "CAVEATS" \&\fBpaccheck\fR determines whether or not to read packages from \fIstdin\fR based on a naive check using \fBisatty\fR\|(3). If \fBpaccheck\fR is called in an environment, diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacconf.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacconf.1 index e930bba4..e0d0a700 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacconf.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacconf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,85 +52,23 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PACCONF 1" -.TH PACCONF 1 "2021-08-14" "pacutils" "pacconf" +.TH PACCONF 1 2024-04-16 pacutils pacconf .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME pacconf \- query pacman's configuration file -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" .Vb 2 \& pacconf [options] [<directive>...] \& pacconf (\-\-repo\-list|\-\-help|\-\-version) .Ve -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" Query configuration options from pacman's configuration file. If no \&\fIdirective\fRs are provided, the entire configuration will be printed in @@ -158,55 +80,55 @@ The values displayed are the final values as would be parsed by pacman itself. All default values are set, \f(CW\*(C`Include\*(C'\fR directives are processed, \f(CW$arch\fR and \&\f(CW$repo\fR variables in repository servers are replaced, and \f(CW\*(C`Architecture\*(C'\fR will be replaced if set to \f(CW\*(C`auto\*(C'\fR. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--config=path" Set an alternate configuration file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--root=path" Set an alternate installation root. -.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--sysroot=path" Set an alternate system root. See \fBpacutils\-sysroot\fR\|(7). -.IP "\fB\-\-arch\fR=\fIarch\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-arch\fR=\fIarch\fR 4 .IX Item "--arch=arch" Set an alternate architecture. -.IP "\fB\-\-null\fR[=\fIsep\fR]" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-null\fR[=\fIsep\fR] 4 .IX Item "--null[=sep]" Set an alternate separator for values parsed from \fIstdin\fR. By default a newline \f(CW\*(C`\en\*(C'\fR is used as the separator. If \fB\-\-null\fR is used without specifying \fIsep\fR \f(CW\*(C`NUL\*(C'\fR will be used. -.IP "\fB\-\-options\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-options\fR 4 .IX Item "--options" Only display global settings from the \f(CW\*(C`[options]\*(C'\fR section. The \f(CW\*(C`[options]\*(C'\fR header itself is not printed. -.IP "\fB\-\-raw\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-raw\fR 4 .IX Item "--raw" Display unmodified values. \f(CW\*(C`Include\*(C'\fR directives will be processed, but defaults will not be set, \f(CW$arch\fR and \f(CW$repo\fR variables in repository servers will not be replaced, and \f(CW\*(C`Architecture\*(C'\fR will not be replaced if set to \&\f(CW\*(C`auto\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-repo\fR=\fIname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-repo\fR=\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "--repo=name" Only display directives for repository \fIname\fR. The repository header is not printed. -.IP "\fB\-\-repo\-list\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-repo\-list\fR 4 .IX Item "--repo-list" List configured repositories. -.IP "\fB\-\-single\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-single\fR 4 .IX Item "--single" Display only first value of multi-value options. -.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "--verbose" Always show directive names even if only one \fIdirective\fR is provided. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Display usage information and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Display version information and exit. -.SH "EXAMPLES" +.SH EXAMPLES .IX Header "EXAMPLES" .IP "Check if color is enabled:" 4 .IX Item "Check if color is enabled:" diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacfile.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacfile.1 index 20da19d2..fd9eb266 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacfile.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacfile.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,110 +52,48 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PACFILE 1" -.TH PACFILE 1 "2021-08-14" "pacutils" "pacfile" +.TH PACFILE 1 2024-04-16 pacutils pacfile .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME pacfile \- display information about package files -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" .Vb 2 \& pacfile [options] <path>... \& pacfile (\-\-help|\-\-version) .Ve -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" Display file information from the local package database. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--config=path" Set an alternate configuration file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbpath=path" Set an alternate database path. -.IP "\fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--root=path" Set an alternate installation root. -.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--sysroot=path" Set an alternate system root. See \fBpacutils\-sysroot\fR\|(7). -.IP "\fB\-\-package\fR=\fIpkgname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-package\fR=\fIpkgname\fR 4 .IX Item "--package=pkgname" Limit information to the specified package. May be specified multiple times. -.IP "\fB\-\-check\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-check\fR 4 .IX Item "--check" Compare database values to the file system. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Display usage information and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Display version information and exit. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacinfo.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacinfo.1 index b87c8046..72b939da 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacinfo.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacinfo.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,117 +52,55 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PACINFO 1" -.TH PACINFO 1 "2021-08-14" "pacutils" "pacinfo" +.TH PACINFO 1 2024-04-16 pacutils pacinfo .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME pacinfo \- display package information -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" .Vb 2 \& pacinfo [options] (<pkgspec>|<pkgname>)... \& pacinfo (\-\-help|\-\-version) .Ve -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" If a \fIpkgname\fR is given, information for all packages matching that name in all databases will be displayed. .PP If \fIstdin\fR is not connected to a terminal, packages will be read from \&\fIstdin\fR. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--config=path" Set an alternate configuration file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbext\fR=\fIextension\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbext\fR=\fIextension\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbext=extension" Set an alternate sync database extension. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbpath=path" Set an alternate database path. -.IP "\fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--root=path" Set an alternate installation root. -.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--sysroot=path" Set an alternate system root. See \fBpacutils\-sysroot\fR\|(7). -.IP "\fB\-\-null\fR[=\fIsep\fR]" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-null\fR[=\fIsep\fR] 4 .IX Item "--null[=sep]" Set an alternate separator for values parsed from \fIstdin\fR. By default a newline \f(CW\*(C`\en\*(C'\fR is used as the separator. If \fB\-\-null\fR is used without specifying \fIsep\fR \f(CW\*(C`NUL\*(C'\fR will be used. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-timeout\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-timeout\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-timeout" Disable low-speed timeouts for downloads. -.IP "\fB\-\-short\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-short\fR 4 .IX Item "--short" Display brief information. Suitable for printing a potentially large number of packages: @@ -186,23 +108,23 @@ packages: .Vb 1 \& pacsift \-\-name libreoffice | pacinfo \-\-short .Ve -.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "--verbose" Display additional package information: \f(CW\*(C`required by\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`optional for\*(C'\fR, and \&\f(CW\*(C`base64 signature\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-raw\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-raw\fR 4 .IX Item "--raw" Display raw numeric size and date values. -.IP "\fB\-\-removable\-size\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-removable\-size\fR 4 .IX Item "--removable-size" Include the size of any removable dependencies in installed size. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Display usage information and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Display version information and exit. -.SH "CAVEATS" +.SH CAVEATS .IX Header "CAVEATS" \&\fBpacinfo\fR determines whether or not to read packages from \fIstdin\fR based on a naive check using \fBisatty\fR\|(3). If \fBpacinfo\fR is called in an environment, diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacini.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacini.1 index 5be86632..450122b8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacini.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacini.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,106 +52,44 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PACINI 1" -.TH PACINI 1 "2021-08-14" "pacutils" "pacini" +.TH PACINI 1 2024-04-16 pacutils pacini .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME pacini \- query pacman\-style configuration files -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" .Vb 2 \& pacini [options] [<file> [<directive>...]] \& pacini (\-\-section\-list|\-\-help|\-\-version) .Ve -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -Query configuration options from pacman-style \s-1INI\s0 files. If no \fIdirective\fRs +Query configuration options from pacman-style INI files. If no \fIdirective\fRs are provided, \fIfile\fR will be printed in a normalized format. By default, if only a single \fIdirective\fR is provided, only its value will be printed without the option name. For directives without a value, the directive name will be used as the value. If \fIfile\fR is omitted or \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR the configuration will be read from \fIstdin\fR. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\-section\fR=\fIname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-section\fR=\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "--section=name" Only display directives listed in section \fIname\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-section\-list\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-section\-list\fR 4 .IX Item "--section-list" List configured sections. -.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "--verbose" Always show directive names even if only one \fIdirective\fR is provided. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Display usage information and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Display version information and exit. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/paclock.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/paclock.1 index 3d759292..c54a24b9 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/paclock.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/paclock.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,141 +52,79 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PACLOCK 1" -.TH PACLOCK 1 "2021-08-14" "pacutils" "paclock" +.TH PACLOCK 1 2024-04-16 pacutils paclock .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME paclock \- lock/unlock the alpm database -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" .Vb 2 \& paclock [options] \& paclock (\-\-help|\-\-version) .Ve -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -Safe locking and unlocking of the \s-1ALPM\s0 database using identity keys for +Safe locking and unlocking of the ALPM database using identity keys for scripts. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--config=path" Set an alternate configuration file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-lockfile\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-lockfile\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--lockfile=path" Set an alternate lock file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--root=path" Set an alternate installation root. -.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--sysroot=path" Set an alternate system root. See \fBpacutils\-sysroot\fR\|(7). -.IP "\fB\-\-lock\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-lock\fR 4 .IX Item "--lock" Lock the database (default). -.IP "\fB\-\-unlock\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-unlock\fR 4 .IX Item "--unlock" Unlock the database. -.IP "\fB\-\-run\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-run\fR 4 .IX Item "--run" Treat \f(CW\*(C`argv\*(C'\fR as a command to run with the database locked. If the command returns non-zero, the lock file will be left in place to indicate an error unless \fB\-\-fail\-ok\fR is used. -.IP "\fB\-\-fail\-ok\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-fail\-ok\fR 4 .IX Item "--fail-ok" Unlock the database after running a command with \fB\-\-run\fR even if the command returns non-zero. Generally, the database should be left locked if it may be in an inconsistent to indicate that it may need to be repaired. This flag is intended primarily for read-only operations. -.IP "\fB\-\-print\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-print\fR 4 .IX Item "--print" Write the lock file path to \fIstdout\fR and exit without modifying the lock file. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-check\-keys\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-check\-keys\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-check-keys" Skip checking for an identity key match before unlocking. -.IP "\fB\-\-enoent\-ok\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-enoent\-ok\fR 4 .IX Item "--enoent-ok" Do not treat a non-existent lock file as an error when unlocking. -.IP "\fB\-\-key\fR=\fIidentity\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-key\fR=\fIidentity\fR 4 .IX Item "--key=identity" An identifier to write to the lock file. By default, \fB\-\-unlock\fR will only operate if the lock file was previously locked with the same key. Defaults to the hostname followed by a colon and the process id of the caller (for example: \&\f(CW\*(C`localhost:123\*(C'\fR). -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Display usage information and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Display version information and exit. -.SH "EXAMPLE" +.SH EXAMPLE .IX Header "EXAMPLE" The system configuration that \fBpaclock\fR relies on to construct the default lock file path and identity key may change between invocations. To ensure diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/paclog.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/paclog.1 index e8104adc..7b15d082 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/paclog.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/paclog.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,86 +52,24 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PACLOG 1" -.TH PACLOG 1 "2021-08-14" "pacutils" "paclog" +.TH PACLOG 1 2024-04-16 pacutils paclog .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME paclog \- filter pacman log entries -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" .Vb 3 \& paclog [options] [filters]... \& paclog [options] \-\-pkglist \& paclog (\-\-help|\-\-version) .Ve -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" If input is provided on \fIstdin\fR it will be parsed instead of \fB\-\-logfile\fR. Log entries will be displayed if they match \fIany\fR of the provided filters. To @@ -156,36 +78,36 @@ display the intersection of multiple filters they can be connected by a pipe: .Vb 1 \& paclog \-\-after=2015\-01\-01 | paclog \-\-warnings .Ve -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--config=path" Set an alternate configuration file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-logfile\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-logfile\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--logfile=path" Set an alternate log file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--root=path" Set an alternate installation root. -.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--sysroot=path" Set an alternate system root. See \fBpacutils\-sysroot\fR\|(7). -.IP "\fB\-\-[no\-]color\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-[no\-]color\fR 4 .IX Item "--[no-]color" Colorize output. By default output will be colorized if \fIstdout\fR is a terminal. -.IP "\fB\-\-pkglist\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-pkglist\fR 4 .IX Item "--pkglist" Print the list of installed packages according to the log. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Display usage information and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Display version information and exit. -.SS "Filters" +.SS Filters .IX Subsection "Filters" -.IP "\fB\-\-action\fR=\fIaction\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-action\fR=\fIaction\fR 4 .IX Item "--action=action" Display package operations. \fIaction\fR must be one of \f(CW\*(C`install\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`reinstall\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`upgrade\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`downgrade\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`remove\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`all\*(C'\fR. @@ -198,23 +120,23 @@ used: .Vb 1 \& paclog \-\-after "$(date \-Iminutes \-\-date \*(Aq3 days ago\*(Aq)" .Ve -.IP "\fB\-\-caller\fR=\fIname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-caller\fR=\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "--caller=name" Display log entries from \fIname\fR. May be specified multiple times. Case-sensitive. -.IP "\fB\-\-commandline\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-commandline\fR 4 .IX Item "--commandline" Display pacman-style logged commandline entries. -.IP "\fB\-\-grep\fR=\fIregex\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-grep\fR=\fIregex\fR 4 .IX Item "--grep=regex" Display log entries whose message matches \fIregex\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-package\fR=\fIpkgname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-package\fR=\fIpkgname\fR 4 .IX Item "--package=pkgname" Display logged actions affecting \fIpkgname\fR. May be specified multiple times. -.IP "\fB\-\-warnings\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-warnings\fR 4 .IX Item "--warnings" Display errors, warnings, and notes. -.SH "CAVEATS" +.SH CAVEATS .IX Header "CAVEATS" \&\fBpaclog\fR determines whether or not to read the log file from \fIstdin\fR based on a naive check using \fBisatty\fR\|(3). If \fBpaclog\fR is called in an environment, diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacrepairdb.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacrepairdb.1 index 5ab0f06c..8b0ca1cc 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacrepairdb.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacrepairdb.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,85 +52,23 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PACREPAIRDB 1" -.TH PACREPAIRDB 1 "2021-08-14" "pacutils" "pacrepairdb" +.TH PACREPAIRDB 1 2024-04-16 pacutils pacrepairdb .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME pacrepairdb \- fix corrupted database entries -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" .Vb 2 \& pacrepairdb [options] <package>... \& pacrepairdb (\-\-help|\-\-version) .Ve -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" Attempt to repair broken package entries in libalpm's database. Any missing essential files will be created and the packages will be reinstalled from the @@ -154,68 +76,68 @@ cache. .PP If \fIstdin\fR is not connected to a terminal, package names will be read from \&\fIstdin\fR. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\-cachedir\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-cachedir\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--cachedir=path" Set an alternate cache directory path. -.IP "\fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--config=path" Set an alternate configuration file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbonly\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbonly\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbonly" Make the changes to the database without actually extracting or removing any packages. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbpath=path" Set an alternate database path. -.IP "\fB\-\-debug\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-debug\fR 4 .IX Item "--debug" Display additional debugging information. -.IP "\fB\-\-hookdir\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-hookdir\fR 4 .IX Item "--hookdir" Add additional user hook directories. -.IP "\fB\-\-logfile\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-logfile\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--logfile=path" Set an alternate log file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-confirm\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-confirm\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-confirm" Assume default responses to all prompts. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-scriptlet\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-scriptlet\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-scriptlet" Do not run package install scripts. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-hooks\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-hooks\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-hooks" Do not run transaction hooks. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-timeout\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-timeout\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-timeout" Disable low-speed timeouts for downloads. -.IP "\fB\-\-print\-only\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-print\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--print-only" Display the packages to be repaired and the cache packages to be used and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--root=path" Set an alternate installation root. -.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--sysroot=path" Set an alternate system root. See \fBpacutils\-sysroot\fR\|(7). -.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "--verbose" Display additional progress information. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Display usage information and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Display version information and exit. -.SH "EXAMPLES" +.SH EXAMPLES .IX Header "EXAMPLES" Find and reinstall broken packages: .PP .Vb 1 \& paccheck \-\-list\-broken \-\-files \-\-file\-properties \-\-db\-files \-\-require\-mtree | pacrepairdb .Ve -.SH "CAVEATS" +.SH CAVEATS .IX Header "CAVEATS" \&\fBpacrepairdb\fR expects all of the packages being repaired to be cached. Cached packages that match the name and version of an installed package are assumed to diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacrepairfile.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacrepairfile.1 index 29f3e423..5a3afcbb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacrepairfile.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacrepairfile.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,131 +52,69 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PACREPAIRFILE 1" -.TH PACREPAIRFILE 1 "2021-08-14" "pacutils" "pacrepairfile" +.TH PACREPAIRFILE 1 2024-04-16 pacutils pacrepairfile .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME pacrepairfile \- reset properties on alpm\-managed files -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" .Vb 2 \& pacrepairfile [options] (\-\-gid|\-\-mode|\-\-mtime|\-\-uid)... <file>... \& pacrepairfile (\-\-help|\-\-version) .Ve -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -Resets file properties for alpm-managed files based on \s-1MTREE\s0 data. +Resets file properties for alpm-managed files based on MTREE data. .PP If \fIstdin\fR is not connected to a terminal, files will be read from \fIstdin\fR. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--config=path" Set an alternate configuration file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbpath=path" Set an alternate database path. -.IP "\fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--root=path" Set an alternate installation root. -.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--sysroot=path" Set an alternate system root. See \fBpacutils\-sysroot\fR\|(7). -.IP "\fB\-\-quiet\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-quiet\fR 4 .IX Item "--quiet" Do not display progress information. -.IP "\fB\-\-package\fR=\fIpkgname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-package\fR=\fIpkgname\fR 4 .IX Item "--package=pkgname" Search \fIpkgname\fR for file properties. May be specified multiple times. If \&\fB\-\-package\fR is not specified, all installed packages will be searched. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Display usage information and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Display version information and exit. -.SS "Fields" +.SS Fields .IX Subsection "Fields" -.IP "\fB\-\-gid\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gid\fR 4 .IX Item "--gid" Reset file owner group id. -.IP "\fB\-\-mode\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-mode\fR 4 .IX Item "--mode" Reset file permissions. -.IP "\fB\-\-mtime\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-mtime\fR 4 .IX Item "--mtime" Reset file modification time. -.IP "\fB\-\-uid\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-uid\fR 4 .IX Item "--uid" Reset file owner user id. -.SH "CAVEATS" +.SH CAVEATS .IX Header "CAVEATS" \&\fBpacrepairfile\fR determines whether or not to read files from \fIstdin\fR based on a naive check using \fBisatty\fR\|(3). If \fBpacrepairfile\fR is called in an @@ -202,4 +124,4 @@ environment, such as a shell function or script being used in a pipe, where shells, this can be done with \f(CW\*(C`<&\-\*(C'\fR. .PP In order for \fBpacrepairfile\fR to reset a file's properties, the package which -owns the file must have \s-1MTREE\s0 data. +owns the file must have MTREE data. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacreport.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacreport.1 index 100a7b42..ec07466f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacreport.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacreport.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,85 +52,23 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PACREPORT 1" -.TH PACREPORT 1 "2021-08-14" "pacutils" "pacreport" +.TH PACREPORT 1 2024-04-16 pacutils pacreport .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME pacreport \- display a summary of installed packages -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" .Vb 2 \& pacreport [options] \& pacreport (\-\-help|\-\-version) .Ve -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" Generate a report of installed packages including: .IP "unneeded packages installed explicitly" 4 @@ -174,53 +96,53 @@ Package sizes include dependencies not needed by other packages. .PP Packages prefixed by an asterisk (\f(CW\*(C`*\*(C'\fR) are optional dependencies for another package. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--config=path" Set an alternate pacman configuration file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbext\fR=\fIextension\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbext\fR=\fIextension\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbext=extension" Set an alternate sync database extension. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbpath=path" Set an alternate database path. -.IP "\fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--root=path" Set an alternate installation root. -.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--sysroot=path" Set an alternate system root. See \fBpacutils\-sysroot\fR\|(7). -.IP "\fB\-\-cache\-dir\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 -.IX Item "--cache-dir=path" +.IP \fB\-\-cachedir\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 +.IX Item "--cachedir=path" Set an alternate cache directory path. -.IP "\fB\-\-backups\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-backups\fR 4 .IX Item "--backups" Search for \fI.pac{save,orig,new}\fR files. By default \fI/etc\fR is searched and all known config files are checked; pass twice to search outside \fI/etc\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-group\fR=\fIname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-group\fR=\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "--group=name" Display any packages in group \fIname\fR that are not currently installed. May be specified multiple times. -.IP "\fB\-\-missing\-files\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-missing\-files\fR 4 .IX Item "--missing-files" Check for missing package files. -.IP "\fB\-\-unowned\-files\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-unowned\-files\fR 4 .IX Item "--unowned-files" -Check for unowned files. See \fI/etc/pacreport.conf\fR under \s-1FILES\s0 for more +Check for unowned files. See \fI/etc/pacreport.conf\fR under FILES for more information. -.IP "\fB\-\-optional\-deps\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-optional\-deps\fR 4 .IX Item "--optional-deps" Take optional dependencies into account when listing unneeded packages and dependency loops. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Display usage information and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Display version information and exit. -.SH "FILES" +.SH FILES .IX Header "FILES" -.IP "\fI/etc/pacreport.conf\fR" 4 +.IP \fI/etc/pacreport.conf\fR 4 .IX Item "/etc/pacreport.conf" INI-style configuration file listing paths to ignore when run with \&\fB\-\-unowned\-files\fR. Paths which should always be ignored may be specified with diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacsift.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacsift.1 index c22fd085..12d43d2c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacsift.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacsift.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,85 +52,23 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PACSIFT 1" -.TH PACSIFT 1 "2021-08-14" "pacutils" "pacsift" +.TH PACSIFT 1 2024-04-16 pacutils pacsift .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME pacsift \- query and filter packages -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" .Vb 2 \& pacsift [options] (<field> <term>)... \& pacsift (\-\-help|\-\-version) .Ve -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" By default the intersection of matched packages are returned. If a field is provided multiple times the union of matches will be used for that field. @@ -160,66 +82,66 @@ Combine with \fBpacinfo\fR to display brief package information similar to .Vb 1 \& pacsift \-\-name pacman | pacinfo \-\-short .Ve -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--config=path" Set an alternate configuration file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbext\fR=\fIextension\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbext\fR=\fIextension\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbext=extension" Set an alternate sync database extension. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbpath=path" Set an alternate database path. -.IP "\fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--root=path" Set an alternate installation root. -.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--sysroot=path" Set an alternate system root. See \fBpacutils\-sysroot\fR\|(7). -.IP "\fB\-\-null\fR[=\fIsep\fR]" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-null\fR[=\fIsep\fR] 4 .IX Item "--null[=sep]" Set an alternate separator for values parsed from \fIstdin\fR. By default a newline \f(CW\*(C`\en\*(C'\fR is used as the separator. If \fB\-\-null\fR is used without specifying \fIsep\fR \f(CW\*(C`NUL\*(C'\fR will be used. -.IP "\fB\-\-exists\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-exists\fR 4 .IX Item "--exists" Exit with a non-zero value if no matches are found. -.IP "\fB\-\-not\-exists\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-not\-exists\fR 4 .IX Item "--not-exists" Exit with a non-zero value if matches are found. -.IP "\fB\-\-invert\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-invert\fR 4 .IX Item "--invert" -Return packages that \fB\s-1DO NOT\s0\fR match the provided search terms. -.IP "\fB\-\-any\fR" 4 +Return packages that \fBDO NOT\fR match the provided search terms. +.IP \fB\-\-any\fR 4 .IX Item "--any" Return the union of matched packages rather than the intersection. -.IP "\fB\-\-exact\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-exact\fR 4 .IX Item "--exact" Match values exactly. -.IP "\fB\-\-regex\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-regex\fR 4 .IX Item "--regex" Treat string values as extended case-insensitive regular expressions. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Display usage information and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Display version information and exit. -.SS "Filters" +.SS Filters .IX Subsection "Filters" Filters limit the initial set of packages to be searched. They may not be used if packages are provided on \fIstdin\fR and they are not affected by \fB\-\-invert\fR or \fB\-\-any\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-local\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-local\fR 4 .IX Item "--local" Search locally installed packages. Similar to: pacsift \-\-repo=local | pacsift ... -.IP "\fB\-\-sync\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sync\fR 4 .IX Item "--sync" Search packages in sync databases. Similar to: pacsift \-\-invert \-\-repo=local | pacsift ... -.IP "\fB\-\-cache\fR (\fB\s-1EXPERIMENTAL\s0\fR)" 4 +.IP "\fB\-\-cache\fR (\fBEXPERIMENTAL\fR)" 4 .IX Item "--cache (EXPERIMENTAL)" Search packages in cache directories. .SS "String Fields" @@ -227,20 +149,20 @@ Search packages in cache directories. By default string fields will use a case-insensitive substring search. If \&\fB\-\-exact\fR is used string fields must match \fIval\fR exactly. If \f(CW\*(C`\-\-regex\*(C'\fR is used \fIval\fR will be used as an extended case-insensitive regular expression. -.IP "\fB\-\-repo\fR=\fIval\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-repo\fR=\fIval\fR 4 .IX Item "--repo=val" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-name\fR=\fIval\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-name\fR=\fIval\fR 4 .IX Item "--name=val" -.IP "\fB\-\-base\fR=\fIval\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-base\fR=\fIval\fR 4 .IX Item "--base=val" -.IP "\fB\-\-description\fR=\fIval\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-description\fR=\fIval\fR 4 .IX Item "--description=val" -.IP "\fB\-\-packager\fR=\fIval\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-packager\fR=\fIval\fR 4 .IX Item "--packager=val" -.IP "\fB\-\-group\fR=\fIval\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-group\fR=\fIval\fR 4 .IX Item "--group=val" -.IP "\fB\-\-owns\-file\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-owns\-file\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--owns-file=path" .PD File paths must match the package database; no attempt is made to resolve the @@ -252,10 +174,10 @@ the owner of installed files: .Vb 1 \& pacsift \-\-local \-\-exact \-\-owns\-file="$(which pacsift)" .Ve -.IP "\fB\-\-license\fR=\fIval\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-license\fR=\fIval\fR 4 .IX Item "--license=val" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-url\fR=\fIval\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-url\fR=\fIval\fR 4 .IX Item "--url=val" .PD .SS "Dependency Fields" @@ -268,16 +190,16 @@ compared unless \fB\-\-exact\fR is used. If \f(CW\*(C`\-\-exact\*(C'\fR is used not provided only dependencies with no version specified will be matched. .PP Dependency fields are not affected by \fB\-\-regex\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-provides\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-provides\fR 4 .IX Item "--provides" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-conflicts\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-conflicts\fR 4 .IX Item "--conflicts" -.IP "\fB\-\-replaces\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-replaces\fR 4 .IX Item "--replaces" -.IP "\fB\-\-depends\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-depends\fR 4 .IX Item "--depends" -.IP "\fB\-\-optdepends\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-optdepends\fR 4 .IX Item "--optdepends" .PD .SS "Size Fields" @@ -286,12 +208,12 @@ Size fields may be prefixed with any of the following comparisons: \f(CW\*(C`=\* \&\f(CW\*(C`<\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`<=\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`>\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`>=\*(C'\fR. If no comparison is provided \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be used. The size may be followed by abbreviated unit. Units are case-sensitive. -.IP "\fB\-\-size\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-size\fR 4 .IX Item "--size" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-installed\-size\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-installed\-size\fR 4 .IX Item "--installed-size" -.IP "\fB\-\-download\-size\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-download\-size\fR 4 .IX Item "--download-size" .PD .SS "Date Fields" @@ -301,18 +223,18 @@ Date fields may be prefixed with any of the following comparisons: \f(CW\*(C`=\* will be used. Dates may be provided as seconds since the epoch or any of the following \f(CW\*(C`strptime\*(C'\fR formats: \f(CW\*(C`%Y\-%m\-%d\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`%Y\-%m\-%d %H:%M\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`%Y\-%m\-%d %H:%M:%S\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-install\-date\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-install\-date\fR 4 .IX Item "--install-date" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-build\-date\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-build\-date\fR 4 .IX Item "--build-date" .PD -.SS "Other" +.SS Other .IX Subsection "Other" -.IP "\fB\-\-satisfies\fR=\fIdependency\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-satisfies\fR=\fIdependency\fR 4 .IX Item "--satisfies=dependency" Search for packages that satisfy \fIdependency\fR. -.SH "EXAMPLES" +.SH EXAMPLES .IX Header "EXAMPLES" .IP "Find broken packages:" 4 .IX Item "Find broken packages:" @@ -341,7 +263,7 @@ Search for packages that satisfy \fIdependency\fR. .Vb 1 \& pacsift \-\-local \-\-exists \-\-satisfies pacman && echo "pacman is installed" .Ve -.SH "CAVEATS" +.SH CAVEATS .IX Header "CAVEATS" \&\fBpacsift\fR determines whether or not to read packages from \fIstdin\fR based on a naive check using \fBisatty\fR\|(3). If \fBpacsift\fR is called in an environment, diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacsync.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacsync.1 index 5672219c..ce7f4624 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacsync.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pacsync.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,123 +52,61 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PACSYNC 1" -.TH PACSYNC 1 "2021-08-14" "pacutils" "pacsync" +.TH PACSYNC 1 2024-04-16 pacutils pacsync .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME pacsync \- update sync databases -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" .Vb 2 \& pacsync [options] [<syncdb>]... \& pacsync (\-\-help|\-\-version) .Ve -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" Update sync databases. If no \fIsyncdb\fR names are provided all databases will by updated. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--config=path" Set an alternate configuration file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbext\fR=\fIextension\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbext\fR=\fIextension\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbext=extension" Set an alternate sync database extension. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbpath=path" Set an alternate database path. -.IP "\fB\-\-logfile\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-logfile\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--logfile=path" Set an alternate log file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-timeout\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-timeout\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-timeout" Disable low-speed timeouts for downloads. -.IP "\fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--root=path" Set an alternate installation root. -.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--sysroot=path" Set an alternate system root. See \fBpacutils\-sysroot\fR\|(7). -.IP "\fB\-\-debug\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-debug\fR 4 .IX Item "--debug" Display additional debugging information. -.IP "\fB\-\-updated\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-updated\fR 4 .IX Item "--updated" Return true only if a database was actually updated. -.IP "\fB\-\-force\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-force\fR 4 .IX Item "--force" Update databases even if already up-to-date. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Display usage information and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Display version information and exit. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pactrans.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pactrans.1 index 6851d2b0..a1180fba 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pactrans.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pactrans.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,79 +52,17 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PACTRANS 1" -.TH PACTRANS 1 "2021-08-14" "pacutils" "pactrans" +.TH PACTRANS 1 2024-04-16 pacutils pactrans .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME pactrans, pacinstall, pacremove \- install/remove alpm packages -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" .Vb 4 \& pactrans [options] <target>... @@ -148,7 +70,7 @@ pactrans, pacinstall, pacremove \- install/remove alpm packages \& pacremove [options] <target>... \& pactrans (\-\-help|\-\-version) .Ve -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" Install/remove alpm packages. The \fBpacinstall\fR and \fBpacremove\fR aliases are provided as a convenience, differing only in their default interpretation @@ -156,9 +78,9 @@ of \fItargets\fR. Otherwise, they are identical. .PP If \fIstdin\fR is not connected to a terminal, \fIpkgspec\fRs to install/remove will be read from \fIstdin\fR. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.SS "Operations" +.SS Operations .IX Subsection "Operations" Operation options affect the interpretation of all targets following them until another operation option is encountered. @@ -166,7 +88,7 @@ another operation option is encountered. .IX Item "--spec (pactrans default)" Interpret following targets as \fIpkgspec\fRs. If a \fIpkgspec\fR indicates a package file or a repository package, it will be installed. If it indicates -a package in the local database, it will be removed. See \s-1PKGSPEC\s0 for +a package in the local database, it will be removed. See PKGSPEC for details on the format. .IP "\fB\-\-install\fR (\fBpacinstall\fR default)" 4 .IX Item "--install (pacinstall default)" @@ -176,221 +98,224 @@ they are declared. .IP "\fB\-\-remove\fR (\fBpacremove\fR default)" 4 .IX Item "--remove (pacremove default)" Interpret following targets as package names to be uninstalled. -.IP "\fB\-\-file\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-file\fR 4 .IX Item "--file" Interpret following targets as paths to package files to be installed. -.IP "\fB\-\-sysupgrade\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sysupgrade\fR 4 .IX Item "--sysupgrade" Upgrade installed packages. .SS "Configuration Options" .IX Subsection "Configuration Options" -.IP "\fB\-\-cache\-dir\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 -.IX Item "--cache-dir=path" +.IP \fB\-\-cachedir\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 +.IX Item "--cachedir=path" Set an alternate cache directory path. -.IP "\fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-config\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--config=path" Set an alternate configuration file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbext\fR=\fIextension\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbext\fR=\fIextension\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbext=extension" Set an alternate sync database extension. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbpath\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbpath=path" Set an alternate database path. -.IP "\fB\-\-logfile\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-logfile\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--logfile=path" Set an alternate log file path. -.IP "\fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-root\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--root=path" Set an alternate installation root. -.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sysroot\fR=\fIpath\fR 4 .IX Item "--sysroot=path" Set an alternate system root. See \fBpacutils\-sysroot\fR\|(7). -.IP "\fB\-\-null\fR[=\fIsep\fR]" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-null\fR[=\fIsep\fR] 4 .IX Item "--null[=sep]" Set an alternate separator for values parsed from \fIstdin\fR. By default a newline \f(CW\*(C`\en\*(C'\fR is used as the separator. If \fB\-\-null\fR is used without specifying \fIsep\fR \f(CW\*(C`NUL\*(C'\fR will be used. -.IP "\fB\-\-debug\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-debug\fR 4 .IX Item "--debug" Display additional debugging information. -.IP "\fB\-\-print\-only\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-print\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--print-only" Display the what the transaction would do and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-confirm\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-confirm\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-confirm" Assume default responses to all prompts. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-timeout\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-timeout\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-timeout" Disable low-speed timeouts for downloads. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Display usage information and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Display version information and exit. .SS "Transaction Options" .IX Subsection "Transaction Options" -.IP "\fB\-\-dbsync\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbsync\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbsync" Update sync databases before performing the transaction. -.IP "\fB\-\-dbonly\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dbonly\fR 4 .IX Item "--dbonly" Make the changes to the database without actually extracting or removing any packages. -.IP "\fB\-\-nodeps\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-nodeps\fR 4 .IX Item "--nodeps" Ignore dependency versions. Pass twice to ignore dependency checks altogether. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-scriptlet\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-scriptlet\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-scriptlet" Do not run package install scripts. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-hooks\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-hooks\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-hooks" Do not run transaction hooks. +.IP \fB\-\-assume\-installed\fR=\fIpackage\fR[=\fIversion\fR] 4 +.IX Item "--assume-installed=package[=version]" +Behave as if \fIpackage\fR is installed. .SS "Sysupgrade Options" .IX Subsection "Sysupgrade Options" -.IP "\fB\-\-ignore\-pkg\fR=\fIpackage\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ignore\-pkg\fR=\fIpackage\fR 4 .IX Item "--ignore-pkg=package" Ignore upgrades for package \fIpackage\fR. \fIpackage\fR may be a shell-style glob pattern. -.IP "\fB\-\-ignore\-group\fR=\fIgroup\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ignore\-group\fR=\fIgroup\fR 4 .IX Item "--ignore-group=group" Ignore upgrades for any packages in group \fIgroup\fR. \fIgroup\fR may be a shell-style glob pattern. .SS "\fB\-\-install\fP/\fB\-\-file\fP Options" .IX Subsection "--install/--file Options" -.IP "\fB\-\-as\-deps\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-as\-deps\fR 4 .IX Item "--as-deps" Mark all installed packages as dependencies. -.IP "\fB\-\-as\-explicit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-as\-explicit\fR 4 .IX Item "--as-explicit" Mark all installed packages as explicitly installed. -.IP "\fB\-\-download\-only\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-download\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--download-only" Download packages without actually installing them. .SS "\fB\-\-remove\fP Options" .IX Subsection "--remove Options" -.IP "\fB\-\-cascade\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-cascade\fR 4 .IX Item "--cascade" Uninstall all installed packages that depend on a package being uninstalled. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-backup\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-backup\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-backup" Do not save \fI.pacsave\fR backups. -.IP "\fB\-\-recursive\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-recursive\fR 4 .IX Item "--recursive" Uninstall any dependencies of packages being removed that are not required by any other packages. -.IP "\fB\-\-unneeded\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-unneeded\fR 4 .IX Item "--unneeded" Do not uninstall any packages required by an installed package. .SS "Prompt Disposition Options" .IX Subsection "Prompt Disposition Options" -.IP "\fB\-\-resolve\-conflicts\fR=\fImethod\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-resolve\-conflicts\fR=\fImethod\fR 4 .IX Item "--resolve-conflicts=method" Select a method to use for resolving conflicts. Possible values for \fImethod\fR are: .RS 4 .ie n .IP """prompt""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWprompt\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWprompt\fR 4 .IX Item "prompt" Prompt the user to remove the installed conflicting package. .ie n .IP """none""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWnone\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWnone\fR 4 .IX Item "none" Do not remove any conflicting packages. .ie n .IP """all""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWall\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWall\fR 4 .IX Item "all" Remove any conflicting packages. .ie n .IP """provided""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWprovided\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWprovided\fR 4 .IX Item "provided" Remove a conflicting package if the new package provides it. .ie n .IP """depends""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWdepends\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWdepends\fR 4 .IX Item "depends" Remove a conflicting package if it was installed as a dependency. .ie n .IP """provided\-depends""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWprovided\-depends\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWprovided\-depends\fR 4 .IX Item "provided-depends" Remove a conflicting package if it was installed as a dependency and the new package provides it. .RE .RS 4 .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-resolve\-replacements\fR=\fImethod\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-resolve\-replacements\fR=\fImethod\fR 4 .IX Item "--resolve-replacements=method" Select a method to use for resolving replacements. Possible values for \&\fImethod\fR are: .RS 4 .ie n .IP """prompt""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWprompt\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWprompt\fR 4 .IX Item "prompt" Prompt the user to replace the package. .ie n .IP """none""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWnone\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWnone\fR 4 .IX Item "none" Do not replace any packages. .ie n .IP """all""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWall\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWall\fR 4 .IX Item "all" Perform all available package replacements. .ie n .IP """provided""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWprovided\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWprovided\fR 4 .IX Item "provided" Perform replacements where the new package provides the old one. .ie n .IP """depends""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWdepends\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWdepends\fR 4 .IX Item "depends" Perform replacements where the old package was installed as a dependency. .ie n .IP """provided\-depends""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWprovided\-depends\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWprovided\-depends\fR 4 .IX Item "provided-depends" Perform replacements where the old package was installed as a dependency and the new package provides the old one. .RE .RS 4 .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-install\-ignored\-packages\fR=\fIprompt|yes|no\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-install\-ignored\-packages\fR=\fIprompt|yes|no\fR 4 .IX Item "--install-ignored-packages=prompt|yes|no" Set the disposition for prompts to install ignored packages. -.IP "\fB\-\-delete\-corrupt\-files\fR=\fIprompt|yes|no\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-delete\-corrupt\-files\fR=\fIprompt|yes|no\fR 4 .IX Item "--delete-corrupt-files=prompt|yes|no" Set the disposition for prompts to delete corrupt package. -.IP "\fB\-\-use\-first\-provider\fR=\fIprompt|yes|no\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-use\-first\-provider\fR=\fIprompt|yes|no\fR 4 .IX Item "--use-first-provider=prompt|yes|no" Set the disposition for prompts to select a provider. If set to \f(CW\*(C`yes\*(C'\fR, the first available provider will be selected. -.IP "\fB\-\-skip\-unresolvable\fR=\fIprompt|yes|no\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-skip\-unresolvable\fR=\fIprompt|yes|no\fR 4 .IX Item "--skip-unresolvable=prompt|yes|no" Set the disposition for prompts to skip packages with unresolvable dependencies. -.IP "\fB\-\-import\-pgp\-keys\fR=\fIprompt|yes|no\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-import\-pgp\-keys\fR=\fIprompt|yes|no\fR 4 .IX Item "--import-pgp-keys=prompt|yes|no" -Set the disposition for prompts to import missing \s-1PGP\s0 keys. -.IP "\fB\-\-yolo\fR" 4 +Set the disposition for prompts to import missing PGP keys. +.IP \fB\-\-yolo\fR 4 .IX Item "--yolo" Set all prompt disposition options to their \f(CW\*(C`all\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`yes\*(C'\fR value and set \&\fB\-\-no\-confirm\fR. .PP -\&\s-1NOTE:\s0 regardless of the disposition options chosen, all dependencies must still +NOTE: regardless of the disposition options chosen, all dependencies must still be satisfied in order for the transaction to succeed unless \fB\-\-nodeps\fR is used as well. -.SH "PKGSPEC" +.SH PKGSPEC .IX Header "PKGSPEC" A \fIpkgspec\fR is a string that can identify an individual package. Accepted formats are: -.IP "<repository>/<package>" 4 +.IP <repository>/<package> 4 .IX Item "<repository>/<package>" .Vb 2 \& core/pacman \& local/pacman .Ve -.IP "<proto>://<path/to/package/file>" 4 +.IP <proto>://<path/to/package/file> 4 .IX Item "<proto>://<path/to/package/file>" .Vb 1 \& file:///var/cache/pacman/pkg/pacman\-4.1.0\-1\-x86_64.pkg.tar.xz .Ve -.SH "EXAMPLES" +.SH EXAMPLES .IX Header "EXAMPLES" .IP "Replace \fIfoo\fR with \fIbar\fR" 4 .IX Item "Replace foo with bar" @@ -408,7 +333,7 @@ Or, if \fIbar\fR's repository is unknown: .Vb 1 \& pactrans \-\-install foo bar .Ve -.SH "CAVEATS" +.SH CAVEATS .IX Header "CAVEATS" \&\fBpactrans\fR determines whether or not to read \fIpkgspec\fRs from \fIstdin\fR based on a naive check using \fBisatty\fR\|(3). If \fBpactrans\fR is called in an diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/paste.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/paste.1 index 10f39968..b401b80b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/paste.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/paste.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PASTE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PASTE "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME paste \- merge lines of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pathchk.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pathchk.1 index 1d84f166..ba16707f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pathchk.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pathchk.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PATHCHK "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PATHCHK "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME pathchk \- check whether file names are valid or portable .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pdf2dsc.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pdf2dsc.1 index ff73bf90..851540c3 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pdf2dsc.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pdf2dsc.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PDF2DSC 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PDF2DSC 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pdf2dsc \- generate a PostScript page list of a PDF document .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -28,6 +28,6 @@ Ghostscript since release 3.53. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1), ghostview(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Yves Arrouye <yves.arrouye@usa.net> and Russell Lang gsview at ghostgum.com.au diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pdf2ps.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pdf2ps.1 index b81c5710..d70f3d42 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pdf2ps.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pdf2ps.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PDF2PS 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PDF2PS 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pdf2ps \- Ghostscript PDF to PostScript translator .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ LanguageLevel 3 in the output. Run "\fBgs -h\fR" to find the location of Ghostscript documentation on your system, from which you can get more details. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pf2afm.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pf2afm.1 index d0b07708..376bc249 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pf2afm.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pf2afm.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PF2AFM 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PF2AFM 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pf2afm \- Make an AFM file from Postscript (PFB/PFA/PFM) font files using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ gs(1) .br pf2afm.ps in the Ghostscript lib directory. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pfbtopfa.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pfbtopfa.1 index 9b01b0d2..4e2843d2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pfbtopfa.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pfbtopfa.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PFBTOPFA 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PFBTOPFA 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pfbtopfa \- Convert Postscript .pfb fonts to .pfa format using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ to convert a .pfb file into a .pfa file. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pinky.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pinky.1 index ff8ca242..65983937 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pinky.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pinky.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PINKY "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PINKY "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME pinky \- lightweight finger .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -36,6 +36,9 @@ omit the user's full name and remote host in short format omit the user's full name, remote host and idle time in short format .TP +\fB\-\-lookup\fR +attempt to canonicalize hostnames via DNS +.TP \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-aur-drop-from-repo.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-aur-drop-from-repo.1 index 2e0a1fd0..88d5e874 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-aur-drop-from-repo.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-aur-drop-from-repo.1 @@ -1,65 +1,69 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-aur-drop-from-repo -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-AUR\-DROP\-F" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-AUR\-DROP\-FROM\-REPO" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-aur-drop-from-repo \- Drop a package from the official repository to the AUR .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -pkgctl aur drop\-from\-repo [OPTIONS] [PATH]\&... +pkgctl aur drop\-from\-repo [OPTIONS] [PATH]... .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Drops a specified package from the official repositories to the Arch User Repository\&. +Drops a specified package from the official repositories to the Arch User +Repository. .sp -This command requires a local Git clone of the package repository\&. It reconfigures the repository for AUR compatibility and pushes it to the AUR\&. Afterwards, the package is removed from the official repository\&. +This command requires a local Git clone of the package repository. It +reconfigures the repository for AUR compatibility and pushes it to the +AUR. Afterwards, the package is removed from the official repository. .sp -By default, the package is automatically disowned in the AUR\&. +By default, the package is automatically disowned in the AUR. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-\-no\-disown\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-no\-disown\fP .RS 4 Do not disown the package on the AUR .RE -.PP -\fB\-f, \-\-force\fR +.sp +\fB\-f, \-\-force\fP .RS 4 Force push to the AUR overwriting the remote repository .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-db-remove\fR(1) +pkgctl\-db\-remove(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-aur.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-aur.1 index 548319cc..ea8be69f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-aur.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-aur.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-aur -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-AUR" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-AUR" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-aur \- Interact with the Arch User Repository (AUR) .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,24 +34,28 @@ pkgctl-aur \- Interact with the Arch User Repository (AUR) pkgctl aur [OPTIONS] [SUBCOMMAND] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Provides a suite of tools designed for managing and interacting with the Arch User Repository (AUR)\&. It simplifies various tasks related to AUR, including importing repositories, managing packages, and transitioning packages between the official repositories and the AUR\&. +Provides a suite of tools designed for managing and interacting with the Arch +User Repository (AUR). It simplifies various tasks related to AUR, including +importing repositories, managing packages, and transitioning packages between +the official repositories and the AUR. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "SUBCOMMANDS" -.PP +.sp pkgctl aur drop\-from\-repo .RS 4 Drop a package from the official repository to the AUR .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-aur-drop-from-repo\fR(1) +pkgctl\-aur\-drop\-from\-repo(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-auth-login.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-auth-login.1 index 7a4ce137..a3498faa 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-auth-login.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-auth-login.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-auth-login -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-AUTH\-LOGIN" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-AUTH\-LOGIN" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-auth-login \- Authenticate with the GitLab instance .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,37 +34,39 @@ pkgctl-auth-login \- Authenticate with the GitLab instance pkgctl auth login [OPTIONS] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Interactively authenticate with the GitLab instance\&. +Interactively authenticate with the GitLab instance. .sp -The minimum required scopes for the token are: \fIapi\fR, \fIwrite_repository\fR\&. +The minimum required scopes for the token are: \fIapi\fP, \fIwrite_repository\fP. .sp -The GitLab API token can either be stored in a plaintext file in \fI$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/devtools/gitlab\&.conf\fR, or supplied via the \fIDEVTOOLS_GITLAB_TOKEN\fR environment variable using any command (gpg, vault, password manager) by declaring a shell alias: +The GitLab API token can either be stored in a plaintext file in +\fI$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/devtools/gitlab.conf\fP, or supplied via the +\fIDEVTOOLS_GITLAB_TOKEN\fP environment variable using any command (gpg, vault, +password manager) by declaring a shell alias: .sp -.if n \{\ -.RS 4 -.\} +.if n .RS 4 .nf +.fam C $ alias pkgctl=\*(AqDEVTOOLS_GITLAB_TOKEN="$(command to obtain token)" pkgctl\*(Aq +.fam .fi -.if n \{\ -.RE -.\} +.if n .RE .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-g, \-\-gen\-access\-token\fR +.sp +\fB\-g, \-\-gen\-access\-token\fP .RS 4 Open the URL to generate a new personal access token .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-auth-status\fR(1) +pkgctl\-auth\-status(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-auth-status.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-auth-status.1 index d719ccc9..39de253d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-auth-status.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-auth-status.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-auth-status -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-AUTH\-STATUS" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-AUTH\-STATUS" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-auth-status \- View authentication status .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,23 +34,25 @@ pkgctl-auth-status \- View authentication status pkgctl auth status [OPTIONS] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Verifies and displays information about your authentication state of services like the GitLab instance and reports issues if any\&. +Verifies and displays information about your authentication state of +services like the GitLab instance and reports issues if any. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-t, \-\-show\-token\fR +.sp +\fB\-t, \-\-show\-token\fP .RS 4 Display the auth token .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-auth-login\fR(1) +pkgctl\-auth\-login(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-auth.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-auth.1 index d7b74307..9ecb899f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-auth.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-auth.1 @@ -1,62 +1,64 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-auth -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-AUTH" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-AUTH" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" -pkgctl-auth \- Authenticate with serivces like GitLab\&. +pkgctl-auth \- Authenticate with serivces like GitLab. .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp pkgctl auth [OPTIONS] [SUBCOMMAND] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Manage the authorization for the GitLab instance and show its current status\&. +Manage the authorization for the GitLab instance and show its current status. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "SUBCOMMANDS" -.PP +.sp pkgctl auth login .RS 4 Authenticate with the GitLab instance .RE -.PP +.sp pkgctl auth status .RS 4 View authentication status .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-auth-login\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-auth-status\fR(1) +pkgctl\-auth\-login(1) +pkgctl\-auth\-status(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-build.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-build.1 index 924248e1..7bb2b2f4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-build.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-build.1 @@ -1,119 +1,114 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-build -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-BUILD" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-BUILD" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-build \- Build packages inside a clean chroot .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -pkgctl build [OPTIONS] [PATH\&...] +pkgctl build [OPTIONS] [PATH...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp TODO .SH "BUILD OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-\-arch\fR \fIARCH\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-arch\fP \fIARCH\fP .RS 4 Specify architectures to build for (disables auto\-detection) .RE -.PP -\fB\-\-repo\fR \fIREPO\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-repo\fP \fIREPO\fP .RS 4 -Specify target repository for new packages not in any official repo\&. Fallback to -\*(Aqextra\*(Aq -when building packages that are not present in any official repository yet\&. Using this option is disallowed if the package is already released, as it would circumvent the auto\-detection safeguard\&. +Specify target repository for new packages not in any official repo. +Fallback to \f(CR\*(Aqextra\*(Aq\fP when building packages that are not present in any +official repository yet. Using this option is disallowed if the package is +already released, as it would circumvent the auto\-detection safeguard. .RE -.PP -\fB\-s, \-\-staging\fR +.sp +\fB\-s, \-\-staging\fP .RS 4 Build against the staging counterpart of the auto\-detected repo .RE -.PP -\fB\-t, \-\-testing\fR +.sp +\fB\-t, \-\-testing\fP .RS 4 Build against the testing counterpart of the auto\-detected repo .RE -.PP -\fB\-o, \-\-offload\fR +.sp +\fB\-o, \-\-offload\fP .RS 4 Build on a remote server and transfer artifacts afterwards .RE -.PP -\fB\-c, \-\-clean\fR +.sp +\fB\-c, \-\-clean\fP .RS 4 Recreate the chroot before building .RE -.PP -\fB\-\-inspect\fR \fIWHEN\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-inspect\fP \fIWHEN\fP .RS 4 -Spawn an interactive shell to inspect the chroot after building\&. Useful to ease the debugging of a package build\&. - -Possible values for -\fIWHEN\fR -are -\*(Aqnever\*(Aq, -\*(Aqalways\*(Aq -or -\*(Aqfailure\*(Aq +Spawn an interactive shell to inspect the chroot after building. Useful to ease the debugging of a package build. +.br +Possible values for \fIWHEN\fP are \f(CR\*(Aqnever\*(Aq\fP, \f(CR\*(Aqalways\*(Aq\fP or \f(CR\*(Aqfailure\*(Aq\fP .RE -.PP -\fB\-w, \-\-worker\fR \fISLOT\fR +.sp +\fB\-w, \-\-worker\fP \fISLOT\fP .RS 4 -Name of the worker slot, useful for concurrent builds\&. By default the slot is automatically assigned to the current tty pts number\&. In case the caller is not a tty, choose a random slot between 1 and number of available processing units\&. +Name of the worker slot, useful for concurrent builds. By default the slot +is automatically assigned to the current tty pts number. In case the caller +is not a tty, choose a random slot between 1 and number of available +processing units. .RE -.PP -\fB\-\-nocheck\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-nocheck\fP .RS 4 Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD .RE .SH "INSTALL OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-I, \-\-install\-to\-chroot\fR \fIFILE\fR +.sp +\fB\-I, \-\-install\-to\-chroot\fP \fIFILE\fP .RS 4 Install a package to the working copy of the chroot .RE -.PP -\fB\-i, \-\-install\-to\-host\fR \fIMODE\fR +.sp +\fB\-i, \-\-install\-to\-host\fP \fIMODE\fP .RS 4 -Install the built packages to the host system\&. Useful when one wants to verify that the package works as intended\&. +Install the built packages to the host system. Useful when one wants to verify that the package works as intended. .sp .RS 4 .ie n \{\ \h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c .\} .el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 .\} -When -\fIMODE\fR -is -\fIall\fR, this installs all built packages +When \fIMODE\fP is \fIall\fP, this installs all built packages .RE .sp .RS 4 @@ -121,74 +116,75 @@ is \h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c .\} .el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 .\} -When -\fIMODE\fR -is -\fIauto\fR, this installs all built packages which are currently installed +When \fIMODE\fP is \fIauto\fP, this installs all built packages which are currently installed .RE .RE .SH "PKGBUILD OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-\-pkgver\fR=\fIPKGVER\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-pkgver\fP=\fIPKGVER\fP .RS 4 Set pkgver, reset pkgrel and update checksums .RE -.PP -\fB\-\-pkgrel\fR=\fIPKGREL\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-pkgrel\fP=\fIPKGREL\fP .RS 4 Set pkgrel to a given value .RE -.PP -\fB\-\-rebuild\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-rebuild\fP .RS 4 Increment the current pkgrel variable .RE -.PP -\fB\-\-update\-checksums\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-update\-checksums\fP .RS 4 -Force computation and update of the checksums by disabling auto\-detection\&. - -Should only be used in special circumstances, like when adding new patch files to the source array\&. During regular packaging operations, checksums are either automatically updated when upgrading a package using -\-\-pkgver -or should remain immutable during rebuilds\&. +Force computation and update of the checksums by disabling auto\-detection. +.br +Should only be used in special circumstances, like when adding new patch +files to the source array. During regular packaging operations, checksums +are either automatically updated when upgrading a package using \f(CR\-\-pkgver\fP +or should remain immutable during rebuilds. .RE -.PP -\fB\-e, \-\-edit\fR +.sp +\fB\-e, \-\-edit\fP .RS 4 Edit the PKGBUILD before building .RE .SH "RELEASE OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-r, \-\-release\fR +.sp +\fB\-r, \-\-release\fP .RS 4 Automatically commit, tag and release after building - -Specifying this option is required when using any of the following options in this section +.br +Specifying this option is required when using any of the following options +in this section .RE -.PP -\fB\-m, \-\-message\fR \fIMSG\fR +.sp +\fB\-m, \-\-message\fP \fIMSG\fP .RS 4 Use the given <msg> as the commit message .RE -.PP -\fB\-u, \-\-db\-update\fR +.sp +\fB\-u, \-\-db\-update\fP .RS 4 Automatically update the pacman database as last action .RE .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-release\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-db-update\fR(1) +pkgctl\-release(1) +pkgctl\-db\-update(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-db-move.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-db-move.1 index ae1afa4a..4742f9ba 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-db-move.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-db-move.1 @@ -1,48 +1,49 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-db-move -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-DB\-MOVE" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-DB\-MOVE" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" -pkgctl-db-move \- Move packages between binary repositories\&. +pkgctl-db-move \- Move packages between binary repositories. .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -pkgctl db move [OPTIONS] [SOURCE_REPO] [TARGET_REPO] [PKGBASE]\&... +pkgctl db move [OPTIONS] [SOURCE_REPO] [TARGET_REPO] [PKGBASE]... .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Move packages between binary repositories i\&.e\&. from \fIextra\-testing\fR to \fIextra\fR\&. +Move packages between binary repositories i.e. from \fIextra\-testing\fP to \fIextra\fP. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-db-remove.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-db-remove.1 index da1a1fbe..45e214d2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-db-remove.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-db-remove.1 @@ -1,53 +1,72 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-db-remove -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-DB\-REMOVE" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-DB\-REMOVE" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-db-remove \- Remove packages from binary repositories .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -pkgctl db remove [OPTIONS] [REPO] [PKGBASE]\&... +pkgctl db remove [OPTIONS] [REPO] [PKGBASE]... .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Remove packages from pacman repositories\&. +Remove packages from pacman repositories. By default passing a pkgbase removes +all split packages, debug packages as well as entries from the state repo for +all existing architectures. +.sp +Beware when using the \f(CR\-\-partial\fP option, as it may most likely lead to +undesired effects by leaving debug packages behind as well as dangling entries +in the state repository. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-a, \-\-arch\fR \fIARCH\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-partial\fP +.RS 4 +Remove only partial pkgnames from a split package. This leaves debug +packages behind and pkgbase entries in the state repo. +.RE +.sp +\fB\-a, \-\-arch\fP \fIARCH\fP .RS 4 -Override the architecture (disables auto\-detection) +Remove only one specific architecture (disables auto\-detection). +By default all architectures are removed when this option is not used. .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-noconfirm\fP +.RS 4 +Bypass any confirmation messages, should only be used with caution. +.RE +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-db-update.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-db-update.1 index 58fddc21..e63bb79f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-db-update.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-db-update.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-db-update -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-DB\-UPDATE" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-DB\-UPDATE" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-db-update \- Update the binary repository as final release step .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,15 +34,17 @@ pkgctl-db-update \- Update the binary repository as final release step pkgctl db update [OPTIONS] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Update the pacman database as final release step for packages that have been transfered and staged on \fIrepos\&.archlinux\&.org\fR\&. +Update the pacman database as final release step for packages that +have been transfered and staged on \fIrepos.archlinux.org\fP. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-diff.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-diff.1 index d3cfa96d..12ca624d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-diff.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-diff.1 @@ -1,128 +1,117 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-diff -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-DIFF" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-DIFF" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" -pkgctl-diff \- Compare package files using different modes\&. +pkgctl-diff \- Compare package files using different modes. .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -pkgctl diff [OPTIONS] [MODES] [FILE|PKGNAME\&...] +pkgctl diff [OPTIONS] [MODES] [FILE|PKGNAME...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Searches for a locally built package corresponding to the PKGBUILD, and downloads the last version of that package from the Pacman repositories\&. It then compares the package archives using different modes while using simple tar content list by default\&. +Searches for a locally built package corresponding to the PKGBUILD, and +downloads the last version of that package from the Pacman repositories. +It then compares the package archives using different modes while using +simple tar content list by default. .sp -When given one package, use it to diff against the locally built one\&. When given two packages, diff both packages against each other\&. +When given one package, use it to diff against the locally built one. +When given two packages, diff both packages against each other. .sp -In either case, a package name will be converted to a filename from the cache or pool, and \fIpkgctl diff\fR will proceed as though this filename was initially specified\&. +In either case, a package name will be converted to a filename from the cache +or pool, and \fIpkgctl diff\fP will proceed as though this filename was initially +specified. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-M, \-\-makepkg\-config\fR +.sp +\fB\-M, \-\-makepkg\-config\fP .RS 4 Set an alternate makepkg configuration file .RE -.PP -\fB\-P, \-\-pool\fR=\fIDIR\fR +.sp +\fB\-P, \-\-pool\fP=\fIDIR\fP .RS 4 -Search diff target in pool dir (default -\*(Aq/srv/ftp/pool\*(Aq) +Search diff target in pool dir (default \f(CR\*(Aq/srv/ftp/pool\*(Aq\fP) .RE -.PP -\fB\-v, \-\-verbose\fR +.sp +\fB\-v, \-\-verbose\fP .RS 4 Provide more detailed/unfiltered output .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "OUTPUT OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-\-color\fR[=\fIWHEN\fR] +.sp +\fB\-\-color\fP[=\fIWHEN\fP] .RS 4 -Color output; -\fIWHEN\fR -is -\*(Aqnever\*(Aq, -\*(Aqalways\*(Aq, or -\*(Aqauto\*(Aq; Plain -\fB\-\-color\fR -means -\fB\-\-color=\fR\fB\fIauto\fR\fR +Color output; \fIWHEN\fP is \f(CR\*(Aqnever\*(Aq\fP, \f(CR\*(Aqalways\*(Aq\fP, or \f(CR\*(Aqauto\*(Aq\fP; Plain \fB\-\-color\fP means \fB\-\-color=\fIauto\fP\fP .RE -.PP -\fB\-u, \-U, \-\-unified\fR +.sp +\fB\-u, \-U, \-\-unified\fP .RS 4 Output 3 lines of unified context .RE -.PP -\fB\-y, \-\-side\-by\-side\fR +.sp +\fB\-y, \-\-side\-by\-side\fP .RS 4 Output in two columns .RE -.PP -\fB\-W, \-\-width\fR[=\fINUM\fR] +.sp +\fB\-W, \-\-width\fP[=\fINUM\fP] .RS 4 -Output at most -\fINUM\fR -(default -\*(Aqauto\*(Aq) print columns; -\fINUM\fR -can be -\*(Aqauto\*(Aq, -\*(Aqcolumns\*(Aq -or a number\&. -\*(Aqauto\*(Aq -will be resolved to the maximum line length of both files, guaranteeing the diff to be uncut\&. +Output at most \fINUM\fP (default \f(CR\*(Aqauto\*(Aq\fP) print columns; \fINUM\fP can be \f(CR\*(Aqauto\*(Aq\fP, \f(CR\*(Aqcolumns\*(Aq\fP or a number. +\f(CR\*(Aqauto\*(Aq\fP will be resolved to the maximum line length of both files, guaranteeing the diff to be uncut. .RE .SH "MODES" -.PP -\fB\-l, \-\-list\fR +.sp +\fB\-l, \-\-list\fP .RS 4 Activate tar content list diff mode (default) .RE -.PP -\fB\-d, \-\-diffoscope\fR +.sp +\fB\-d, \-\-diffoscope\fP .RS 4 Activate diffoscope diff mode .RE -.PP -\fB\-p, \-\-pkginfo\fR +.sp +\fB\-p, \-\-pkginfo\fP .RS 4 -Activate \&.PKGINFO diff mode +Activate .PKGINFO diff mode .RE -.PP -\fB\-b, \-\-buildinfo\fR +.sp +\fB\-b, \-\-buildinfo\fP .RS 4 -Activate \&.BUILDINFO diff mode +Activate .BUILDINFO diff mode .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-release.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-release.1 index 0830658e..eb4dd25a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-release.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-release.1 @@ -1,78 +1,85 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-release -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-RELEASE" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-RELEASE" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-release \- Release step to commit, tag and upload build artifacts .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -pkgctl release [OPTIONS] [PATH\&...] +pkgctl release [OPTIONS] [PATH...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Modified version controlled files will first be staged for commit, afterwards a Git tag matching the pkgver will be created and finally all build artifacts will be uploaded\&. +Modified version controlled files will first be staged for commit, +afterwards a Git tag matching the pkgver will be created and finally +all build artifacts will be uploaded. .sp -By default the target pacman repository will be auto\-detected by querying the repo it is currently released in\&. When initially adding a new package to the repositories, the target repo must be specified manually\&. +By default the target pacman repository will be auto\-detected by querying +the repo it is currently released in. When initially adding a new package +to the repositories, the target repo must be specified manually. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-m, \-\-message\fR \fIMSG\fR +.sp +\fB\-m, \-\-message\fP \fIMSG\fP .RS 4 Use the given <msg> as the commit message .RE -.PP -\fB\-r, \-\-repo\fR \fIREPO\fR +.sp +\fB\-r, \-\-repo\fP \fIREPO\fP .RS 4 -Specify target repository for new packages not in any official repo\&. Using this option is disallowed if the package is already released, as it would circumvent the auto\-detection safeguard\&. +Specify target repository for new packages not in any official repo. +Using this option is disallowed if the package is already released, as it +would circumvent the auto\-detection safeguard. .RE -.PP -\fB\-s, \-\-staging\fR +.sp +\fB\-s, \-\-staging\fP .RS 4 Build against the staging counterpart of the auto\-detected repo .RE -.PP -\fB\-t, \-\-testing\fR +.sp +\fB\-t, \-\-testing\fP .RS 4 Build against the testing counterpart of the auto\-detected repo .RE -.PP -\fB\-u, \-\-db\-update\fR +.sp +\fB\-u, \-\-db\-update\fP .RS 4 Automatically update the pacman database after uploading .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-db-update\fR(1) +pkgctl\-db\-update(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-clean.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-clean.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa960240 --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-clean.1 @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +'\" t +.\" Title: pkgctl-repo-clean +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 +.\" Manual: \ \& +.\" Source: \ \& +.\" Language: English +.\" +.TH "PKGCTL\-REPO\-CLEAN" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" +.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq +.el .ds Aq ' +.ss \n[.ss] 0 +.nh +.ad l +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} +.SH "NAME" +pkgctl-repo-clean \- Remove untracked files from the working tree +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.sp +pkgctl repo clean [OPTION] [PATH]... +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.sp +Cleans the working tree by recursively removing files that are not under +version control, starting from the current directory. +.sp +Files unknown to Git as well as ignored files are removed. This can, for +example, be useful to remove all build products. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.sp +\fB\-i, \-\-interactive\fP +.RS 4 +Show what would be done and clean files interactively +.RE +.sp +\fB\-n, \-\-dry\-run\fP +.RS 4 +Don\(cqt actually remove anything, just show what would be done +.RE +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP +.RS 4 +Show a help text +.RE +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.sp +git\-clean(1) +.SH "HOMEPAGE" +.sp +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" +.sp +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-clone.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-clone.1 index f1eeb0af..8d132d51 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-clone.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-clone.1 @@ -1,78 +1,86 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-repo-clone -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-REPO\-CLONE" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-REPO\-CLONE" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-repo-clone \- Clone a package repository .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -pkgctl repo clone [OPTIONS] [PKGNAME\&...] +pkgctl repo clone [OPTIONS] [PKGNAME...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Clone Git packaging repositories from the canonical namespace\&. +Clone Git packaging repositories from the canonical namespace. .sp -The configure command is subsequently invoked to synchronize the distro specs and makepkg\&.conf settings\&. The unprivileged option can be used for cloning packaging repositories without SSH access using read\-only HTTPS\&. +The configure command is subsequently invoked to synchronize the distro +specs and makepkg.conf settings. The unprivileged option can be used +for cloning packaging repositories without SSH access using read\-only +HTTPS. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-m, \-\-maintainer\fR \fINAME\fR +.sp +\fB\-m, \-\-maintainer\fP \fINAME\fP .RS 4 Clone all packages of the named maintainer .RE -.PP -\fB\-\-protocol\fR \fIhttps\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-protocol\fP \fIhttps\fP .RS 4 Clone the repository over https .RE -.PP -\fB\-\-universe\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-universe\fP .RS 4 Clone all existing packages, useful for cache warming .RE -.PP -\fB\-\-switch\fR \fIVERSION\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-switch\fP \fIVERSION\fP .RS 4 -Switch to a specified version\&. The working tree and the index are updated to match the version\&. +Switch to a specified version. The working tree and the index are updated to +match the version. .RE -.PP -\fB\-j, \-\-jobs\fR \fIN\fR +.sp +\fB\-j, \-\-jobs\fP \fIN\fP .RS 4 -Run up to N jobs in parallel\&. By default the number of jobs is equal to the number of available processing units\&. For sequential processing this option needs to be passed with 1\&. +Run up to N jobs in parallel. By default the number of jobs is equal to the +number of available processing units. For sequential processing this option +needs to be passed with 1. .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-repo-configure\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-repo-switch\fR(1) +pkgctl\-repo\-configure(1) +pkgctl\-repo\-switch(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-configure.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-configure.1 index c9cf20d6..6a1440a3 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-configure.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-configure.1 @@ -1,64 +1,71 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-repo-configure -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-REPO\-CONFIG" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-REPO\-CONFIGURE" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-repo-configure \- Configure a clone according to distro specs .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -pkgctl repo configure [OPTIONS] [PATH\&...] +pkgctl repo configure [OPTIONS] [PATH...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Configure Git packaging repositories according to distro specs and \fImakepkg\&.conf\fR settings\&. +Configure Git packaging repositories according to distro specs and +\fImakepkg.conf\fP settings. .sp -Git author information and the used signing key is set up from \fImakepkg\&.conf\fR read from any valid location like \fI/etc\fR or \fIXDG_CONFIG_HOME\fR\&. +Git author information and the used signing key is set up from +\fImakepkg.conf\fP read from any valid location like \fI/etc\fP or \fIXDG_CONFIG_HOME\fP. .sp -The remote protocol is automatically determined from the author email address by choosing SSH for all official packager identities and read\-only HTTPS otherwise\&. +The remote protocol is automatically determined from the author email +address by choosing SSH for all official packager identities and +read\-only HTTPS otherwise. .sp -Git default excludes and hooks are applied to the configured repo\&. +Git default excludes and hooks are applied to the configured repo. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-\-protocol\fR \fIhttps\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-protocol\fP \fIhttps\fP .RS 4 Configure remote url to use https .RE -.PP -\fB\-j, \-\-jobs\fR \fIN\fR +.sp +\fB\-j, \-\-jobs\fP \fIN\fP .RS 4 -Run up to N jobs in parallel\&. By default the number of jobs is equal to the number of available processing units\&. For sequential processing this option needs to be passed with 1\&. +Run up to N jobs in parallel. By default the number of jobs is equal to the +number of available processing units. For sequential processing this option +needs to be passed with 1. .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-create.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-create.1 index 3ccc2c2d..00b3e470 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-create.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-create.1 @@ -1,60 +1,66 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-repo-create -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-REPO\-CREATE" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-REPO\-CREATE" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-repo-create \- Create a new GitLab package repository .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -pkgctl repo create [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE\&...] +pkgctl repo create [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Create a new Git packaging repository in the canonical GitLab namespace\&. +Create a new Git packaging repository in the canonical GitLab namespace. .sp -This command requires a valid GitLab API authentication\&. To setup a new GitLab token or check the currently configured one please consult the \fIauth\fR subcommand for further instructions\&. +This command requires a valid GitLab API authentication. To setup a new +GitLab token or check the currently configured one please consult the +\fIauth\fP subcommand for further instructions. .sp -If invoked without a parameter, try to create a packaging repository based on the \fIPKGBUILD\fR from the current working directory\&. +If invoked without a parameter, try to create a packaging repository +based on the \fIPKGBUILD\fP from the current working directory. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-c, \-\-clone\fR +.sp +\fB\-c, \-\-clone\fP .RS 4 Clone the Git repository after creation .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-auth\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-repo-clone\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-repo-configure\fR(1) +pkgctl\-auth(1) +pkgctl\-repo\-clone(1) +pkgctl\-repo\-configure(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-switch.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-switch.1 index 2e9ee913..e5834989 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-switch.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-switch.1 @@ -1,63 +1,66 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-repo-switch -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-REPO\-SWITCH" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-REPO\-SWITCH" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-repo-switch \- Switch a package repository to a specified version .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -pkgctl repo switch [OPTIONS] [VERSION] [PKGBASE]\&... +pkgctl repo switch [OPTIONS] [VERSION] [PKGBASE]... .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Switch a package source repository to a specified version, tag or branch\&. The working tree and the index are updated to match the specified ref\&. +Switch a package source repository to a specified version, tag or branch. +The working tree and the index are updated to match the specified ref. .sp -If a version identifier is specified in the pacman version format, that identifier is automatically translated to the Git tag name accordingly\&. +If a version identifier is specified in the pacman version format, that +identifier is automatically translated to the Git tag name accordingly. .sp -The current working directory is used if no PKGBASE is specified\&. +The current working directory is used if no PKGBASE is specified. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-\-discard\-changes\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-discard\-changes\fP .RS 4 -Proceed even if the index or the working tree differs from HEAD\&. Both the index and working tree are restored to match the switching target\&. +Proceed even if the index or the working tree differs from HEAD. Both the +index and working tree are restored to match the switching target. .RE -.PP -\fB\-f, \-\-force\fR +.sp +\fB\-f, \-\-force\fP .RS 4 -An alias for -\fI\-\-discard\-changes\fR\&. +An alias for \fI\-\-discard\-changes\fP. .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-web.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-web.1 index 05872b89..406e6480 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-web.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo-web.1 @@ -1,53 +1,55 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-repo-web -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-REPO\-WEB" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-REPO\-WEB" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-repo-web \- Open the packaging repository\*(Aqs website .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -pkgctl repo web [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE\&...] +pkgctl repo web [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Open the packaging repository\(cqs website via xdg\-open\&. If called with no arguments, open the package cloned in the current working directory\&. +Open the packaging repository\(cqs website via xdg\-open. If called with +no arguments, open the package cloned in the current working directory. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-\-print\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-print\fP .RS 4 Print the url instead of opening it with xdg\-open .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo.1 index 34743ead..9c610bce 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-repo.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-repo -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-REPO" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-REPO" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-repo \- Manage Git packaging repositories and their configuration .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,48 +34,64 @@ pkgctl-repo \- Manage Git packaging repositories and their configuration pkgctl repo [OPTIONS] [SUBCOMMAND] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Manage Git packaging repositories and helps with their configuration according to distro specs\&. +Manage Git packaging repositories and helps with their configuration +according to distro specs. .sp -Git author information and the used signing key is set up from \fImakepkg\&.conf\fR read from any valid location like \fI/etc\fR or \fIXDG_CONFIG_HOME\fR\&. The configure command can be used to synchronize the distro specs and makepkg\&.conf settings for previously cloned repositories\&. +Git author information and the used signing key is set up from +\fImakepkg.conf\fP read from any valid location like \fI/etc\fP or \fIXDG_CONFIG_HOME\fP. +The configure command can be used to synchronize the distro specs and +makepkg.conf settings for previously cloned repositories. .sp -The unprivileged option can be used for cloning packaging repositories without SSH access using read\-only HTTPS\&. +The unprivileged option can be used for cloning packaging repositories +without SSH access using read\-only HTTPS. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "SUBCOMMANDS" -.PP +.sp +pkgctl repo clean +.RS 4 +Remove untracked files from the working tree +.RE +.sp pkgctl repo clone .RS 4 Clone a package repository .RE -.PP +.sp pkgctl repo configure .RS 4 Configure a clone according to distro specs .RE -.PP +.sp pkgctl repo create .RS 4 Create a new GitLab package repository .RE -.PP +.sp pkgctl repo switch .RS 4 Switch a package repository to a specified version .RE -.PP +.sp pkgctl repo web .RS 4 Open the packaging repository\(cqs website .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-repo-clone\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-repo-configure\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-repo-create\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-repo-switch\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-repo-web\fR(1) +pkgctl\-repo\-clean(1) +pkgctl\-repo\-clone(1) +pkgctl\-repo\-configure(1) +pkgctl\-repo\-create(1) +pkgctl\-repo\-switch(1) +pkgctl\-repo\-web(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-search.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-search.1 index 1c8396f5..b7f83390 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-search.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-search.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-search -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-SEARCH" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-SEARCH" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-search \- Search for an expression across the GitLab packaging group .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,19 +34,21 @@ pkgctl-search \- Search for an expression across the GitLab packaging group pkgctl search [OPTIONS] QUERY .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Search for an expression across the GitLab packaging group\&. +Search for an expression across the GitLab packaging group. .sp -To use a filter, include it in your query\&. You may use wildcards (*) to use glob matching\&. +To use a filter, include it in your query. You may use wildcards (*) to +use glob matching. .sp Available filters for the blobs scope: path, extension .sp -Every usage of the search command must be authenticated\&. Consult the \*(Aqpkgctl auth\*(Aq command to authenticate with GitLab or view the authentication status\&. +Every usage of the search command must be authenticated. Consult the +\f(CR\*(Aqpkgctl auth\*(Aq\fP command to authenticate with GitLab or view the authentication +status. .SH "SEARCH TIPS" .sp -.if n \{\ -.RS 4 -.\} +.if n .RS 4 .nf +.fam C Syntax Description Example ─────────────────────────────────────── " Exact search "gem sidekiq" @@ -55,54 +57,47 @@ Syntax Description Example + And display +banner \- Exclude display \-banner * Partial bug error 50* -\e Escape \e*md +\(rs Escape \(rs*md # Issue ID #23456 ! Merge request !23456 +.fam .fi -.if n \{\ -.RE -.\} +.if n .RE .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "FILTER OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-\-no\-default\-filter\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-no\-default\-filter\fP .RS 4 -Do not apply default filter (like \-path:keys/pgp/*\&.asc) +Do not apply default filter (like \-path:keys/pgp/*.asc) .RE .SH "OUTPUT OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-\-json\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-json\fP .RS 4 -Enable printing in JSON; Shorthand for -\*(Aq\-\-format json\*(Aq +Enable printing in JSON; Shorthand for \f(CR\*(Aq\-\-format json\*(Aq\fP .RE -.PP -\fB\-F, \-\-format\fR \fIFORMAT\fR +.sp +\fB\-F, \-\-format\fP \fIFORMAT\fP .RS 4 -Controls the formatting of the results; -FORMAT -is -\*(Aqpretty\*(Aq, -\*(Aqplain\*(Aq, or -\*(Aqjson\*(Aq -(default -pretty) +Controls the formatting of the results; \f(CRFORMAT\fP is \f(CR\*(Aqpretty\*(Aq\fP, \f(CR\*(Aqplain\*(Aq\fP, +or \f(CR\*(Aqjson\*(Aq\fP (default \f(CRpretty\fP) .RE -.PP -\fB\-N, \-\-no\-line\-number\fR +.sp +\fB\-N, \-\-no\-line\-number\fP .RS 4 Don\(cqt show line numbers when formatting results .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-auth\fR(1) +pkgctl\-auth(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version-check.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version-check.1 index 5aacf572..e9e45c0d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version-check.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version-check.1 @@ -1,88 +1,96 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-version-check -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-VERSION\-CHE" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-VERSION\-CHECK" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-version-check \- Compares local package versions against upstream .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -pkgctl version check [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE\&...] +pkgctl version check [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Compares the versions of packages in the local packaging repository against their latest upstream versions\&. +Compares the versions of packages in the local packaging repository against +their latest upstream versions. .sp -Upon execution, it generates a grouped list that provides detailed insights into each package\(cqs status\&. For each package, it displays the current local version alongside the latest version available upstream\&. +Upon execution, it generates a grouped list that provides detailed insights +into each package\(cqs status. For each package, it displays the current local +version alongside the latest version available upstream. .sp -Outputs a summary of up\-to\-date packages, out\-of\-date packages, and any check failures\&. +Outputs a summary of up\-to\-date packages, out\-of\-date packages, and any check +failures. .sp -This simplifies the maintenance of PKGBUILD files, reducing the manual effort required to track version changes from upstream sources\&. +This simplifies the maintenance of PKGBUILD files, reducing the manual effort +required to track version changes from upstream sources. .SH "CONFIGURATION" .sp -Uses \fBnvchecker\fR(1) and a \&.nvchecker\&.toml file located alongside the PKGBUILD\&. Refer to the configuration section in \fBpkgctl-version\fR(1)\&. +Uses nvchecker(1) and a \f(CR.nvchecker.toml\fP file located alongside the +PKGBUILD. Refer to the configuration section in pkgctl\-version(1). .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-v, \-\-verbose\fR +.sp +\fB\-v, \-\-verbose\fP .RS 4 Display results including up\-to\-date versions .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "EXIT CODES" .sp On exit, return one of the following codes: -.PP -\fB0\fR +.sp +\fB0\fP .RS 4 Normal exit condition, all checked versions are up\-to\-date .RE -.PP -\fB1\fR +.sp +\fB1\fP .RS 4 Unknown cause of failure .RE -.PP -\fB2\fR +.sp +\fB2\fP .RS 4 Normal exit condition, but there are out\-of\-date versions .RE -.PP -\fB3\fR +.sp +\fB3\fP .RS 4 Failed to run some version checks .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-version\fR(1) \fBnvchecker\fR(1) +pkgctl\-version(1) +nvchecker(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version-setup.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version-setup.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b5d3c48c --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version-setup.1 @@ -0,0 +1,420 @@ +'\" t +.\" Title: pkgctl-version-setup +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 +.\" Manual: \ \& +.\" Source: \ \& +.\" Language: English +.\" +.TH "PKGCTL\-VERSION\-SETUP" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" +.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq +.el .ds Aq ' +.ss \n[.ss] 0 +.nh +.ad l +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} +.SH "NAME" +pkgctl-version-setup \- Automatically detect and setup a basic nvchecker config +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.sp +pkgctl version setup [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE...] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.sp +This subcommand automates the creation of a basic nvchecker(1) configuration +file by analyzing the source array specified in the PKGBUILD(1) file of a +package. This command intelligently detects various platforms and APIs (e.g., +GitHub, GitLab, PyPI) used by the package sources and generates a corresponding +\f(CR.nvchecker.toml\fP configuration based on its best guess. +.sp +This is particularly useful for initializing nvchecker(1) settings for a +package without manually crafting the \f(CR.nvchecker.toml\fP file. It simplifies the +process of setting up version checks, especially when transitioning a package\(cqs +monitoring from one source platform to another or starting version checks for a +new package. +.sp +If no \f(CRPKGBASE\fP is specified, the command defaults to using the current working +directory. +.sp +To obtain a list of supported sources and their expected URL formats, please +consult the sources section. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.sp +\fB\-f, \-\-force\fP +.RS 4 +Overwrite existing nvchecker(1) configuration +.RE +.sp +\fB\-\-prefer\-platform\-api\fP +.RS 4 +Prefer platform specific GitHub/GitLab API over git for complex cases +.RE +.sp +\fB\-\-url\fP \fIURL\fP +.RS 4 +Derive check target from the given URL instead of the source array entries +.RE +.sp +\fB\-\-no\-check\fP +.RS 4 +Do not run pkgctl\-version\-check(1) after setup +.RE +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP +.RS 4 +Show a help text +.RE +.SH "SOURCES" +.sp +Here are the currently supported platforms and sources, along with examples of +URL formats that enable their automatic detection as specific source types: +.sp +\fBGit\fP +.RS 4 +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://github.com/example/project" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://gitlab.com/example/group/project" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +git://git.foobar.org/example +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +git+https://git.foobar.org/example +.RE +.RE +.sp +\fBGitHub\fP +.RS 4 +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://github.com/example/project" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://github.com/example/project/archive/v1.0/project\-v1.0.tar.gz" "" "" +.RE +.RE +.sp +\fBGitLab\fP +.RS 4 +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://gitlab.com/example/group/project" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools.git" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools/\-/releases/v1.1.0/downloads/devtools\-v1.1.0.tar.gz" "" "" +.RE +.RE +.sp +\fBHackage\fP +.RS 4 +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://hackage.haskell.org/package/xmonad" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://hackage.haskell.org/package/xmonad\-0.18.0/xmonad\-0.18.0.tar.gz" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://hackage.haskell.org/packages/archive/xmonad/0.18.0/xmonad\-0.18.0.tar.gz" "" "" +.RE +.RE +.sp +\fBNPM\fP +.RS 4 +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://registry.npmjs.org/node\-gyp/\-/node\-gyp\-10.0.1.tgz" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://www.npmjs.com/package/node\-gyp" "" "" +.RE +.RE +.sp +\fBPyPI\fP +.RS 4 +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://pypi.io/packages/source/p/pyflakes" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://pypi.org/packages/source/b/bleach" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/p/pyflakes" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://pypi.org/project/SQLAlchemy/" "" "" +.RE +.RE +.sp +\fBRubyGems\fP +.RS 4 +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://rubygems.org/downloads/diff\-lcs\-1.5.1.gem" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://rubygems.org/gems/diff\-lcs" "" "" +.RE +.RE +.sp +\fBCPAN\fP +.RS 4 +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://search.cpan.org/CPAN/authors/id/C/CO/COSIMO/Locale\-PO\-0.27.tar.gz" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/C/CO/COSIMO/Locale\-PO\-0.27.tar.gz" "" "" +.RE +.RE +.sp +\fBcrates.io\fP +.RS 4 +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://static.crates.io/crates/shotgun/shotgun\-1.0.crate" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://crates.io/api/v1/crates/shotgun/1.0/download" "" "" +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +. sp -1 +. IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +.URL "https://crates.io/crates/git\-smash" "" "" +.RE +.RE +.SH "EXAMPLES" +.sp +\fBpkgctl version setup\fP +.RS 4 +Detects the source from the current directory\(cqs PKGBUILD(1) and +sets up a basic \f(CR.nvchecker.toml\fP. +.RE +.sp +\fBpkgctl version setup \-\-url \c +.URL "https://github.com/example/project" "" "\fP" +.RS 4 +Generates an \f(CR.nvchecker.toml\fP for the current PKGBUILD(1) but +overrides the source URL with the specified GitHub project. +.RE +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.sp +pkgctl\-version(1) +pkgctl\-version\-check(1) +nvchecker(1) +PKGBUILD(5) +.SH "HOMEPAGE" +.sp +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" +.sp +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version-upgrade.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version-upgrade.1 index d2ffdf19..154531b8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version-upgrade.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version-upgrade.1 @@ -1,65 +1,79 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-version-upgrade -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-VERSION\-UPG" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-VERSION\-UPGRADE" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-version-upgrade \- Adjust the PKGBUILD to match the latest upstream version .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -pkgctl version upgrade [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE\&...] +pkgctl version upgrade [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Streamlines the process of keeping PKGBUILD files up\-to\-date with the latest upstream versions\&. +Streamlines the process of keeping PKGBUILD files up\-to\-date with the latest +upstream versions. .sp -Upon execution, it automatically adjusts the PKGBUILD file, ensuring that the pkgver field is set to match the latest version available from the upstream source\&. In addition to updating the pkgver, this command also resets the pkgrel to 1\&. +Upon execution, it automatically adjusts the PKGBUILD file, ensuring that the +pkgver field is set to match the latest version available from the upstream +source. In addition to updating the pkgver, this command also resets the pkgrel +to 1 and updates checksums. .sp -Outputs a summary of upgraded packages, up\-to\-date packages, and any check failures\&. +Outputs a summary of upgraded packages, up\-to\-date packages, and any check +failures. .sp -This simplifies the maintenance of PKGBUILD files, reducing the manual effort required to track and implement version changes from upstream sources\&. +This simplifies the maintenance of PKGBUILD files, reducing the manual effort +required to track and implement version changes from upstream sources. .SH "CONFIGURATION" .sp -Uses \fBnvchecker\fR(1) and a \&.nvchecker\&.toml file located alongside the PKGBUILD\&. Refer to the configuration section in \fBpkgctl-version\fR(1)\&. +Uses nvchecker(1) and a \f(CR.nvchecker.toml\fP file located alongside the +PKGBUILD. Refer to the configuration section in pkgctl\-version(1). .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-v, \-\-verbose\fR +.sp +\fB\-\-no\-update\-checksums\fP +.RS 4 +Disable computation and update of the checksums +.RE +.sp +\fB\-v, \-\-verbose\fP .RS 4 Display results including up\-to\-date versions .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-version\fR(1) \fBnvchecker\fR(1) +pkgctl\-version(1) +nvchecker(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version.1 index 4f8eddfb..493bc91e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl-version.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl-version -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL\-VERSION" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL\-VERSION" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl-version \- Check and manage package versions against upstream .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,38 +34,59 @@ pkgctl-version \- Check and manage package versions against upstream pkgctl version [OPTIONS] [SUBCOMMAND] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Commands related to package versions, including checks for outdated packages\&. +Commands related to package versions, including checks for outdated packages. .sp -Uses \fBnvchecker\fR(1) and a \&.nvchecker\&.toml file located alongside the PKGBUILD\&. +Uses nvchecker(1) and a \f(CR.nvchecker.toml\fP file located alongside the +PKGBUILD. .SH "CONFIGURATION" .sp -The \&.nvchecker\&.toml file must contain a section that matches the package\(cqs pkgbase\&. The pkgbase section within the \&.nvchecker\&.toml file specifies the source and method for checking the latest version of the corresponding package\&. +The \f(CR.nvchecker.toml\fP file must contain a section that matches the +package\(cqs pkgbase. The pkgbase section within the \f(CR.nvchecker.toml\fP file +specifies the source and method for checking the latest version of the +corresponding package. .sp -For detailed information on the various configuration options available for the \&.nvchecker\&.toml file, refer to the configuration files section in \fBnvchecker\fR(1)\&. This documentation provides insights into the possible options that can be utilized to customize the version checking process\&. +Use pkgctl\-version\-setup(1) to automatically detect and setup a basic nvchecker +config based on the source array of the package PKGBUILD. .sp -To supply GitHub or GitLab tokens to nvchecker, a keyfile\&.toml should be placed in the $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/nvchecker` directory\&. This keyfile is used for providing the necessary authentication tokens required for accessing the GitHub or GitLab API\&. +For detailed information on the various configuration options available for the +\f(CR.nvchecker.toml\fP file, refer to the configuration files section in +nvchecker(1). This documentation provides insights into the possible +options that can be utilized to customize the version checking process. +.sp +To supply GitHub or GitLab tokens to nvchecker, a \f(CRkeyfile.toml\fP should be +placed in the \f(CR$XDG_CONFIG_HOME\fP/nvchecker` directory. This keyfile is +used for providing the necessary authentication tokens required for +accessing the GitHub or GitLab API. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "SUBCOMMANDS" -.PP +.sp pkgctl version check .RS 4 Compares local package versions against upstream .RE -.PP +.sp +pkgctl version setup +.RS 4 +Automatically detect and setup a basic nvchecker config +.RE +.sp pkgctl version upgrade .RS 4 Adjust the PKGBUILD to match the latest upstream version .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-version-check\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-version-upgrade\fR(1) +pkgctl\-version\-check(1) +pkgctl\-version\-setup(1) +pkgctl\-version\-upgrade(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl.1 index b9db1d83..0a9f7051 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pkgctl.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: pkgctl -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGCTL" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "PKGCTL" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" pkgctl \- Unified command\-line frontend for devtools .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -36,67 +36,76 @@ pkgctl [SUBCOMMAND] [OPTIONS] .sp TODO .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-V, \-\-version\fR +.sp +\fB\-V, \-\-version\fP .RS 4 Show pkgctl version information .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "SUBCOMMANDS" -.PP +.sp pkgctl aur .RS 4 Interact with the Arch User Repository .RE -.PP +.sp pkgctl auth .RS 4 Authenticate with services like GitLab .RE -.PP +.sp pkgctl build .RS 4 Build packages inside a clean chroot .RE -.PP +.sp pkgctl db .RS 4 Pacman database modification for package update, move etc .RE -.PP +.sp pkgctl diff .RS 4 Compare package files using different modes .RE -.PP +.sp pkgctl release .RS 4 Release step to commit, tag and upload build artifacts .RE -.PP +.sp pkgctl repo .RS 4 Manage Git packaging repositories and their configuration .RE -.PP +.sp pkgctl search .RS 4 Search for an expression across the GitLab packaging group .RE -.PP +.sp pkgctl version .RS 4 Check and manage package versions against upstream .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBpkgctl-aur\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-auth\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-build\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-db\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-diff\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-release\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-repo\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-search\fR(1) \fBpkgctl-version\fR(1) +pkgctl\-aur(1) +pkgctl\-auth(1) +pkgctl\-build(1) +pkgctl\-db(1) +pkgctl\-diff(1) +pkgctl\-release(1) +pkgctl\-repo(1) +pkgctl\-search(1) +pkgctl\-version(1) .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pldd.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pldd.1 index 955ffa82..2d8bbf61 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pldd.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pldd.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH pldd 1 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH pldd 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME pldd \- display dynamic shared objects linked into a process .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/portablectl.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/portablectl.1 index 4dba78bb..661e0a00 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/portablectl.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/portablectl.1 @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ or \fIRootImage=\fR assignments (in case of service units) pointing to the image file or directory, ensuring the services will run within the file system context of the image\&. .PP -Portable service images are an efficient way to bundle multiple related services and other units together, and transfer them as a whole between systems\&. When these images are attached the local system the contained units may run in most ways like regular system\-provided units, either with full privileges or inside strict sandboxing, depending on the selected configuration\&. For more details, see +Portable service images are an efficient way to bundle multiple related services and other units together, and transfer them as a whole between systems\&. When these images are attached to the local system, the contained units may run in most ways like regular system\-provided units, either with full privileges or inside strict sandboxing, depending on the selected configuration\&. For more details, see \m[blue]\fBPortable Services Documentation\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2\&. .PP -Specifically portable service images may be of the following kind: +Portable service images may be of the following kinds: .sp .RS 4 .ie n \{\ @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ for the \fIExtensionImages=\fR directive and for the \fBsystemd-sysext\fR(8) -and\&. +and \fBsystemd-confext\fR(8) tools\&. The images must contain an extension\-release @@ -721,6 +721,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -732,6 +738,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdc.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdc.1 index 6bb048ae..12acb898 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdc.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdc.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" ppdc man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2007 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ Printers that do not support IPP can be supported using applications such as .BR ppdcfile (5), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdhtml.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdhtml.1 index 7189d673..769492a1 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdhtml.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdhtml.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" ppdhtml man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2007 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ Printers that do not support IPP can be supported using applications such as .BR ppdpo (1), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdi.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdi.1 index 40f74cdb..5af5b4ca 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdi.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdi.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" ppdi man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2007 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ Printers that do not support IPP can be supported using applications such as .BR ppdcfile (5), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdmerge.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdmerge.1 index af81d281..9a9815f2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdmerge.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdmerge.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" ppdmerge man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2007 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -48,4 +48,4 @@ Merging of different device PPDs will yield unpredictable results. .BR ppdcfile (5), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdpo.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdpo.1 index c0f97c01..81a24fc5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdpo.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ppdpo.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" ppdpo man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2007 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ Printers that do not support IPP can be supported using applications such as .BR ppdcfile(5), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pr.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pr.1 index a8278ce9..13139576 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pr.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pr.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME pr \- convert text files for printing .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/printafm.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/printafm.1 index 83b04307..75efd383 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/printafm.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/printafm.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PRINTAFM 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PRINTAFM 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME printafm \- Print the metrics from a Postscript font in AFM format using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Output goes to stdout. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/printenv.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/printenv.1 index 711b4d59..fc20df0f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/printenv.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/printenv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PRINTENV "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PRINTENV "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME printenv \- print all or part of environment .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ display this help and exit \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of printenv, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of printenv, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/printf.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/printf.1 index 705802cc..851ead5b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/printf.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/printf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PRINTF "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PRINTF "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME printf \- format and print data .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ escaping non\-printable characters with the proposed POSIX $'' syntax. and all C format specifications ending with one of diouxXfeEgGcs, with ARGUMENTs converted to proper type first. Variable widths are handled. .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of printf, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of printf, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/profiles.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/profiles.1 index 046aa0d4..ce36fe39 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/profiles.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/profiles.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: profiles .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PROFILES" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "User Commands" +.TH "PROFILES" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "User Commands" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Display brief usage message\&. .RE .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "AUTHOR" .PP The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2ascii.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2ascii.1 index e36de044..818e1f4e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2ascii.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2ascii.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2ASCII 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2ASCII 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2ascii \- Ghostscript translator from PostScript or PDF to ASCII .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ system, from which you can get more details. .SH SEE ALSO pstotext(1), http://www.research.digital.com/SRC/virtualpaper/pstotext.html .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2epsi.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2epsi.1 index 4911c9de..c0509763 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2epsi.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2epsi.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2EPSI 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2EPSI 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2epsi \- generate conforming Encapsulated PostScript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ ps2epsi.ps>the Ghostscript program which does the work .SH SEE ALSO gs (1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. However, the content may be obsolete, or inconsistent with ps2epsi.txt. .SH AUTHOR George Cameron diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2pdf.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2pdf.1 index c8288b6e..88b00649 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2pdf.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2pdf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2PDF 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2PDF 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2pdf \- Convert PostScript to PDF using ghostscript .br @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ VectorDevices.htm in the Ghostscript documentation See http://bugs.ghostscript.com/ and the Usenet news group comp.lang.postscript. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 index cfd2a8e8..4781e544 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2PDFWR 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2PDFWR 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2pdfwr \- Convert PostScript to PDF without specifying CompatibilityLevel, using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ scripts all invoke this one with the addition of the respective compatibility le .SH SEE ALSO gs(1), ps2pdf(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2ps.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2ps.1 index 884aa021..3d57f4ef 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2ps.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ps2ps.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2PS 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2PS 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2ps, eps2eps \- Ghostscript PostScript "distiller" .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ system, from which you can get more details. .SH SEE ALSO ps2pdf(1), ps2ascii(1), ps2epsi(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/psbook.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/psbook.1 index b7a50398..5efc1254 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/psbook.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/psbook.1 @@ -1,57 +1,64 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. -.TH PSBOOK "1" "February 2023" "psbook 2.10" "User Commands" +.TH PSPDFUTILS "1" "2024\-04\-08" "pspdfutils 3.3.2" "User Commands" .SH NAME -psbook - rearrange pages in a PostScript document into signatures +pspdfutils .SH SYNOPSIS -.B psbook -[\fI\,OPTION\/\fR...] [\fI\,INFILE \/\fR[\fI\,OUTFILE\/\fR]] +.B pspdfutils +[OPTION...] [INFILE [OUTFILE]] .SH DESCRIPTION -Rearrange pages in a PostScript document into signatures. -.TP -\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-signature\fR=\fI\,N\/\fR -number of pages per signature; -0 = all pages in one signature [default]; -1 = one page per signature; -otherwise, a multiple of 4 -.TP -\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR -don't show page numbers being output -.TP -\fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -display version information and exit .PP .B psbook uses .B pstops -to rearrange pages from a PostScript document into \[oq]signatures\[cq] for -printing books or booklets, creating a new PostScript file. -The signature size is the number of sides which will be folded and bound -together; the number given should be a multiple of four. +to rearrange pages from a PDF or PostScript document into \[oq]signatures\[cq] for +printing books or booklets, creating a new file. +A \[oq]signature\[cq], often called a \[oq]section\[cq] in bookbinding, is a +series of sheets that are folded together to be stitched into the book's +binding. Each sheet has two pages per side; the number of pages in a +signature must therefore be a multiple of four. Extra blank sides will be added if the file does not contain a multiple of four pages. -.SS "Exit status:" +.PP +The output should be printed 2-up (this can be achieved with +.BR psnup ) +and duplex, as for short-edge binding. Alternatively, the output of +.B psnup +can be passed through the following command: +.sp +pstops '2:0(0,0),1U(1w,1h)' +.sp +to rotate the verso page upside-down, and the result can be printed duplex +as for long-edge binding. +Rearrange pages in a PDF or PostScript document into signatures. + .TP -0 -if OK, +\fBINFILE\fR +`\-' or no INFILE argument means standard input + .TP -1 -if arguments or options are incorrect, or there is some other problem -starting up, +\fBOUTFILE\fR +`\-' or no OUTFILE argument means standard output + +.SH OPTIONS .TP -2 -if there is some problem during processing, typically an error reading or -writing an input or output file. +\fB\-s\fR \fI\,SIGNATURE\/\fR, \fB\-\-signature\fR \fI\,SIGNATURE\/\fR +number of pages per signature; +0 = all pages in one signature [default]; +1 = do not rearrange the pages; +otherwise, a multiple of 4 + +.TP +\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR +show program's version number and exit + +.TP +\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR +don't show progress + +.SH COMMENTS +PAGES is a comma\-separated list of pages and page ranges; see pstops(1) +for more details. + .SH AUTHOR -Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016\-2022. -Released under the GPL version 3, or (at your option) any later version. -.SH TRADEMARKS -.B PostScript -is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR psutils (1), -.BR paper (1) +.nf +Reuben Thomas <rrt@sc3d.org> +.fi diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/psjoin.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/psjoin.1 index 22ae1d22..60e66c44 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/psjoin.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/psjoin.1 @@ -1,49 +1,37 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. -.TH PSJOIN "1" "February 2023" "psjoin 2.10" "User Commands" +.TH PSPDFUTILS "1" "2024\-04\-08" "pspdfutils 3.3.2" "User Commands" .SH NAME -psjoin - concatenate PostScript documents +pspdfutils .SH SYNOPSIS -.B psjoin -[\fI\,OPTION\/\fR...] \fI\,FILE\/\fR... +.B pspdfutils +[OPTION...] FILE... .SH DESCRIPTION -Concatenate PostScript documents. +Concatenate PDF or PostScript documents. + +.TP +\fBFILE\fR +`\-' or no FILE argument means standard input + +.SH OPTIONS .TP \fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-even\fR force each file to an even number of pages + .TP \fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-save\fR try to close unclosed save operators + .TP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-nostrip\fR do not strip prolog or trailer from input files -.TP -\fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit + .TP \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -display version information and exit -.SS "Exit status:" -.TP -0 -if OK, -.TP -1 -if arguments or options are incorrect, or there is some other problem -starting up, -.TP -2 -if there is some problem during processing, typically an error reading or -writing an input or output file. +show program's version number and exit + +.SH COMMENTS +The \-\-save and \-\-nostrip options only apply to PostScript files. + .SH AUTHOR -Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Tom Sato 2002\-2003. -.br -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2013\-2023. -Released under the GPL version 3, or (at your option) any later version. -.SH TRADEMARKS -.B PostScript -is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR psutils (1), -.BR paper (1) +.nf +Reuben Thomas <rrt@sc3d.org> +.fi diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/psnup.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/psnup.1 index 586ae35a..af0d9e9f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/psnup.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/psnup.1 @@ -1,118 +1,120 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. -.TH PSNUP "1" "February 2023" "psnup 2.10" "User Commands" +.TH PSPDFUTILS "1" "2024\-04\-08" "pspdfutils 3.3.2" "User Commands" .SH NAME -psnup - put multiple pages of a PostScript document on to one page +pspdfutils .SH SYNOPSIS -.B psnup -[\fI\,OPTION\/\fR...] \fI\,-NUP \/\fR[\fI\,INFILE \/\fR[\fI\,OUTFILE\/\fR]] +.B pspdfutils +[OPTION...] -NUMBER [INFILE [OUTFILE]] .SH DESCRIPTION +.PP +.B psnup +uses +.B pstops +to impose multiple logical pages on to each physical sheet of paper. +.PP +Paper sizes can be given either as a name (see +.BR paper(1) ) +or as \fBwidth\fRx\fBheight\fR (see +.BR psutils (1) +for the available units). Put multiple pages of a PostScript document on to one page. + .TP \fB\-NUMBER\fR number of pages to impose on each output page + .TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-paper\fR=\fI\,PAPER\/\fR -output paper name or dimensions +\fBINFILE\fR +`\-' or no INFILE argument means standard input + +.TP +\fBOUTFILE\fR +`\-' or no OUTFILE argument means standard output + +.SH OPTIONS .TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-inpaper\fR=\fI\,PAPER\/\fR -input paper name or dimensions +\fB\-p\fR \fI\,PAPER\/\fR, \fB\-\-paper\fR \fI\,PAPER\/\fR +output paper name or dimensions (WIDTHxHEIGHT) + .TP -\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-margin\fR=\fI\,DIMENSION\/\fR +\fB\-P\fR \fI\,INPAPER\/\fR, \fB\-\-inpaper\fR \fI\,INPAPER\/\fR +input paper name or dimensions (WIDTHxHEIGHT) + +.TP +\fB\-m\fR \fI\,DIMENSION\/\fR, \fB\-\-margin\fR \fI\,DIMENSION\/\fR width of margin around each output page [default 0pt]; useful for thumbnail sheets, as the original page margins will be shrunk + .TP -\fB\-b\fR, \fB\-\-border\fR=\fI\,DIMENSION\/\fR +\fB\-b\fR \fI\,DIMENSION\/\fR, \fB\-\-border\fR \fI\,DIMENSION\/\fR width of border around each input page + .TP -\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-draw\fR[=\fI\,DIMENSION\/\fR] -draw a line of given width around each page -[relative to input page size; argument defaults to -1pt; default is no line] +\fB\-d\fR \fI\,[DIMENSION]\/\fR, \fB\-\-draw\fR \fI\,[DIMENSION]\/\fR +draw a line of given width (relative to original +page) around each page [argument defaults to 1pt; +default is no line; width is fixed for PDF] + .TP \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-rotatedleft\fR input pages are rotated left 90 degrees + .TP \fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-rotatedright\fR input pages are rotated right 90 degrees + .TP \fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-flip\fR swap output pages' width and height + .TP \fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-transpose\fR swap columns and rows (column\-major order) + .TP -\fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-tolerance\fR=\fI\,NUMBER\/\fR -maximum wasted area in square pt [default: 100,000] -.TP -\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR -don't show page numbers being output -.TP -\fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit +\fB\-t\fR \fI\,NUMBER\/\fR, \fB\-\-tolerance\fR \fI\,NUMBER\/\fR +maximum wasted area in square pt [default: 100000] + .TP \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -display version information and exit -.PP +show program's version number and exit + +.TP +\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR +don't show progress + +.SH COMMENTS psnup aborts with an error if it cannot arrange the input pages so as to waste less than the given tolerance. -.PP -The output paper size defaults to the input paper size; if that is not given, -the default given by the `paper' command is used. -.PP -The input paper size defaults to the output paper size. -.PP -In row\-major order (the default), adjacent pages are placed in rows across -the paper; in column\-major order, they are placed in columns down the page. -.PP -.B psnup -uses -.B pstops -to impose multiple logical pages on to each physical sheet of paper. -.PP -Paper sizes can be given either as a name (see -.BR paper(1) ) -or as \fBwidth\fRx\fBheight\fR (see -.BR psutils (1) -for the available units). -.SS "Exit status:" -.TP -0 -if OK, -.TP -1 -if arguments or options are incorrect, or there is some other problem -starting up, -.TP -2 -if there is some problem during processing, typically an error reading or -writing an input or output file. +The output page size defaults to the input page size; if none is specified +in the document or on the command line, the default given by the `paper' +command is used. + +The input page size defaults to the output page size. + +In row\-major order (the default), adjacent pages are placed in rows +across the paper; in column\-major order, they are placed in columns down +the page. .SH EXAMPLES -The potential use of this utility is varied but one particular -use is in conjunction with +The potential use of this utility is varied but one particular +use is in conjunction with .BR psbook (1). -For example, using groff to create a PostScript document and lpr as -the -.SM UNIX -print spooler a typical command line might look like this: +For example, using groff to create a PostScript document and lpr as +the +.SM UNIX +print spooler a typical command line might look like this: .sp groff -Tps -ms \fIfile\fP | psbook | psnup -2 | lpr .sp -where file is a 4 page document this command will result in a +where file is a 4 page document this command will result in a two page document printing two pages of \fIfile\fP per page and -rearranges the page order to match the input pages 4 and 1 +rearranges the page order to match the input pages 4 and 1 on the first output page and -pages 2 then 3 of the input document +pages 2 then 3 of the input document on the second output page. + .SH AUTHOR -Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016\-2022. -Released under the GPL version 3, or (at your option) any later version. -.SH TRADEMARKS -.B PostScript -is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR psutils (1), -.BR paper (1) +.nf +Reuben Thomas <rrt@sc3d.org> +.fi diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/psresize.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/psresize.1 index e48cb599..42d40abb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/psresize.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/psresize.1 @@ -1,27 +1,10 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. -.TH PSRESIZE "1" "February 2023" "psresize 2.10" "User Commands" +.TH PSPDFUTILS "1" "2024\-04\-08" "pspdfutils 3.3.2" "User Commands" .SH NAME -psresize - change the page size of a PostScript document +pspdfutils .SH SYNOPSIS -.B psresize -[\fI\,OPTION\/\fR...] [\fI\,INFILE \/\fR[\fI\,OUTFILE\/\fR]] +.B pspdfutils +[OPTION...] [INFILE [OUTFILE]] .SH DESCRIPTION -Change the page size of a PostScript document. -.TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-paper\fR=\fI\,PAPER\/\fR -output paper size -.TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-inpaper\fR=\fI\,PAPER\/\fR -input paper size -.TP -\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR -don't show page numbers being output -.TP -\fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -display version information and exit .PP .B psresize uses @@ -30,31 +13,43 @@ to change the page size of a document, scaling and centering it appropriately. See .BR psutils (1) for the available units. +Change the page size of a PDF or PostScript document. + +.TP +\fBINFILE\fR +`\-' or no INFILE argument means standard input -.SS "Exit status:" .TP -0 -if OK, +\fBOUTFILE\fR +`\-' or no OUTFILE argument means standard output + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +\fB\-p\fR \fI\,PAPER\/\fR, \fB\-\-paper\fR \fI\,PAPER\/\fR +output paper name or dimensions (WIDTHxHEIGHT) + +.TP +\fB\-P\fR \fI\,INPAPER\/\fR, \fB\-\-inpaper\fR \fI\,INPAPER\/\fR +input paper name or dimensions (WIDTHxHEIGHT) + .TP -1 -if arguments or options are incorrect, or there is some other problem -starting up, +\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR +show program's version number and exit + .TP -2 -if there is some problem during processing, typically an error reading or -writing an input or output file. +\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR +don't show progress + +.SH COMMENTS +PAGES is a comma\-separated list of pages and page ranges; see +pstops(1) for more details. + .SH EXAMPLES The following command converts a document from A4 size to US Letter paper: .sp -psresize -PA4 -pletter in.ps out.ps +psresize -PA4 -pletter in.pdf out.pdf + .SH AUTHOR -Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016\-2022. -Released under the GPL version 3, or (at your option) any later version. -.SH TRADEMARKS -.B PostScript -is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR psutils (1), -.BR paper (1) +.nf +Reuben Thomas <rrt@sc3d.org> +.fi diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/psselect.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/psselect.1 index 785d83ad..626b8b5a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/psselect.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/psselect.1 @@ -1,60 +1,54 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. -.TH PSSELECT "1" "February 2023" "psselect 2.10" "User Commands" +.TH PSPDFUTILS "1" "2024\-04\-08" "pspdfutils 3.3.2" "User Commands" .SH NAME -psselect - select pages from a PostScript document +pspdfutils .SH SYNOPSIS -.B psselect -[\fI\,OPTION\/\fR...] [\fI\,INFILE \/\fR[\fI\,OUTFILE\/\fR]] +.B pspdfutils +[OPTION...] [PAGES] [INFILE [OUTFILE]] .SH DESCRIPTION -Select pages from a PostScript document. +.B psselect +calls +.B pstops +to do the rearrangement. +Select pages from a PDF or PostScript document. + .TP -\fB\-R\fR, \fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-pages\fR=\fI\,PAGES\/\fR +\fBINFILE\fR +`\-' or no INFILE argument means standard input + +.TP +\fBOUTFILE\fR +`\-' or no OUTFILE argument means standard output + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +\fB\-R\fR \fI\,PAGES\/\fR, \fB\-p\fR \fI\,PAGES\/\fR, \fB\-\-pages\fR \fI\,PAGES\/\fR select the given page ranges + .TP \fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-even\fR -select even\-numbered pages +select even\-numbered output pages + .TP \fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-odd\fR -select odd\-numbered pages +select odd\-numbered output pages + .TP \fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-reverse\fR -reverse the order of the pages -.TP -\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR -don't show page numbers being output -.TP -\fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit +reverse the order of the output pages + .TP \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -display version information and exit -.PP +show program's version number and exit + +.TP +\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR +don't show progress + +.SH COMMENTS PAGES is a comma\-separated list of pages and page ranges; see pstops(1) for more details. -.B psselect -calls -.B pstops -to do the rearrangement. -.SS "Exit status:" -.TP -0 -if OK, -.TP -1 -if arguments or options are incorrect, or there is some other problem -starting up, -.TP -2 -if there is some problem during processing, typically an error reading or -writing an input or output file. + .SH AUTHOR -Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016\-2022. -Released under the GPL version 3, or (at your option) any later version. -.SH TRADEMARKS -.B PostScript -is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR psutils (1), -.BR paper (1) +.nf +Reuben Thomas <rrt@sc3d.org> +.fi diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pstops.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pstops.1 index db3dae68..7f1d6ba7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pstops.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pstops.1 @@ -1,77 +1,73 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. -.TH PSTOPS "1" "February 2023" "pstops 2.10" "User Commands" +.TH PSPDFUTILS "1" "2024\-04\-08" "pspdfutils 3.3.2" "User Commands" .SH NAME -pstops - rearrange pages of a PostScript document +pspdfutils .SH SYNOPSIS -.B pstops -[\fI\,OPTION\/\fR...] [\fI\,INFILE \/\fR[\fI\,OUTFILE\/\fR]] +.B pspdfutils +[OPTION...] [INFILE [OUTFILE]] .SH DESCRIPTION -Rearrange pages of a PostScript document. -.PP -The input PostScript file should follow the Adobe Document Structuring +Rearrange pages of a PDF or PostScript document. +PostScript files should follow the Adobe Document Structuring Conventions. .PP .I Pstops can be used to perform arbitrary re-arrangements of documents. For many tasks, it is simpler to use the other utilities in the PSUtils suite: see .BR psutils (1). + +.TP +\fBINFILE\fR +`\-' or no INFILE argument means standard input + .TP -\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-specs\fR=\fI\,SPECS\/\fR +\fBOUTFILE\fR +`\-' or no OUTFILE argument means standard output + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +\fB\-S\fR \fI\,SPECS\/\fR, \fB\-\-specs\fR \fI\,SPECS\/\fR page specifications (see below) + .TP -\fB\-R\fR, \fB\-\-pages\fR=\fI\,PAGES\/\fR +\fB\-R\fR \fI\,PAGERANGE\/\fR, \fB\-\-pages\fR \fI\,PAGERANGE\/\fR select the given page ranges + .TP \fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-even\fR select even\-numbered output pages + .TP \fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-odd\fR select odd\-numbered output pages + .TP \fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-reverse\fR reverse the order of the output pages + .TP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-paper\fR=\fI\,PAPER\/\fR +\fB\-p\fR \fI\,PAPER\/\fR, \fB\-\-paper\fR \fI\,PAPER\/\fR output paper name or dimensions (WIDTHxHEIGHT) + .TP -\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-inpaper\fR=\fI\,PAPER\/\fR +\fB\-P\fR \fI\,INPAPER\/\fR, \fB\-\-inpaper\fR \fI\,INPAPER\/\fR input paper name or dimensions (WIDTHxHEIGHT) + .TP -\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-draw\fR[=\fI\,DIMENSION\/\fR] +\fB\-d\fR \fI\,[DIMENSION]\/\fR, \fB\-\-draw\fR \fI\,[DIMENSION]\/\fR draw a line of given width (relative to original -page) around each page [argument defaults to 1; -default is 0] +page) around each page [argument defaults to 1pt; +default is no line; width is fixed for PDF] + .TP -\fB\-b\fR, \fB\-\-nobind\fR -disable PostScript bind operators in prolog; -may be needed for complex page rearrangements +\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR +show program's version number and exit + .TP \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR -don't show page numbers being output -.TP -\fB\-\-help\fR -display this help and exit -.TP -\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR -display version information and exit -.PP +don't show progress + +.SH COMMENTS PAGES is a comma\-separated list of pages and page ranges. -.PP -Each may be a page number, or a page range of the form -.IB first \- last . -If -.I first -is omitted, the first page is assumed, and if -.I last -is omitted, the last page is assumed. -The prefix character \[oq]_\[cq] indicates that the page number is relative to the end -of the document, counting backwards. -If just this character with no page number is used, a blank page will be -inserted. -Page numbers refer to the pages as they occur in the file, starting -at one. -The actual page number in the document may be different. -.PP + SPECS is a list of page specifications [default is "0", which selects each page in its normal order]. .PP @@ -88,13 +84,9 @@ Pagespecs have the following syntax: .TP .I spec = -.RB [ - ] \fIpageno\fP [\fIturns\fP][ @\fIscale\fP ][ ( \fIxoff\fP , \fIyoff\fP ) ] +.RB [ - ] \fIpageno\fP [\fItransform...\fP][ @\fIscale\fP ][ ( \fIxoff\fP , \fIyoff\fP ) ] .TP -.I turns -= -.IR turn [ turns ] -.TP -.I turn +.I transform = .BR L | R | U | H | V .RE @@ -130,20 +122,20 @@ or followed by .B "w" or .B "h" -to indicate a multiple of the output paper width or height. +to indicate a multiple of the output page width or height. .PP -The optional parameters +The optional transformations .BR L , .BR R , .BR U , .BR H , and .B V -rotate the page left, right, or upside-down, and flip (mirror) the page -horizontally or vertically respectively. +rotate the page left, right, or upside-down around its lower left corner, +and flip (mirror) the page horizontally or vertically respectively. The optional .I scale -parameter scales the page by the fraction specified. +parameter scales the page by the factor specified. If the optional minus sign is specified, the page number is relative to the end of the document, instead of the start. .PP @@ -161,25 +153,13 @@ in which they appear on the command line. .PP Paper size names are converted to dimensions using .BR paper (1). -The output paper size, if set, is used (after scaling) to set the +The output page size, if set, is used (after scaling) to set the clipping path for each page. -.SS "Exit status:" -.TP -0 -if OK, -.TP -1 -if arguments or options are incorrect, or there is some other problem -starting up, -.TP -2 -if there is some problem during processing, typically an error reading or -writing an input or output file. .SH EXAMPLES -To put two pages on one sheet of A4 paper, the pagespec to use is: +To put two A or B series pages (e.g. A4 or B5) on one sheet of paper, the pagespec to use is: .sp .ce -2:0L@.7(21cm,0)+1L@.7(21cm,14.85cm) +2:0L@.7(1w,0)+1L@.7(1w,0.5h) .sp To select all of the odd pages in reverse order, use: .sp @@ -189,25 +169,27 @@ To select all of the odd pages in reverse order, use: To re-arrange pages for printing 2-up booklets, use .sp .ce -4:-3L@.7(21cm,0)+0L@.7(21cm,14.85cm) +4:-3L@.7(1w,0h)+0L@.7(1w,0.5h) .sp for the front sides, and .sp .ce -4:1L@.7(21cm,0)+-2L@.7(21cm,14.85cm) +4:1L@.7(1w,0h)+-2L@.7(1w,0.5h) +.sp +for the reverse sides, or, for long-edge duplex printing, join the two specs thus: +.sp +.ce +4:-3L@.7(1w,0h)+0L@.7(1w,0.5h),1L@.7(1w,0h)+-2L@.7(1w,0.5h) +.sp +For short-edge duplex, the incantation is: +.sp +.ce +4:-3L@.7(1w,0h)+0L@.7(1w,0.5h),1R@.7(0w,0.5h)+-2R@.7(0w,1h) .sp -for the reverse sides (or join them with a comma for duplex printing). + .SH AUTHOR -Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. +.nf .SH BUGS .B pstops does not accept all DSC comments. -.SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2017\-2023. -Released under the GPL version 3, or (at your option) any later version. -.SH TRADEMARKS -.B PostScript -is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR psutils (1), -.BR paper (1) +.fi diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/psutils.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/psutils.1 index 8bcc2874..0b8a764f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/psutils.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/psutils.1 @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ .TH PSUTILS 1 "PSUtils" .SH NAME -PSUtils \- PostScript utilities +PSUtils \- PDF and PostScript utilities .SH DESCRIPTION -PSUtils is a set of utilities for manipulating PostScript -documents which follow the Adobe Document Structuring Conventions. +PSUtils is a set of utilities for manipulating PDF and PostScript +documents. PostScript files should follow the Adobe Document Structuring +Conventions, but this is not checked. .SH UNITS OF LENGTH PSUtils utilities accept lengths in various units: .IP \(bu diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ptx.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ptx.1 index 96d491f1..9f38e041 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ptx.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ptx.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PTX "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PTX "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME ptx \- produce a permuted index of file contents .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pwd.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pwd.1 index fa32ba9c..37fe1295 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/pwd.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/pwd.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PWD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PWD "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME pwd \- print name of current/working directory .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ output version information and exit .PP If no option is specified, \fB\-P\fR is assumed. .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of pwd, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of pwd, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/python3.11.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/python3.12.1 index 07a08315..9f89c94a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/python3.11.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/python3.12.1 @@ -592,8 +592,8 @@ works on Mac OS X. .IP PYTHONUSERBASE Defines the user base directory, which is used to compute the path of the user .IR site-packages -directory and Distutils installation paths for -.IR "python setup\.py install \-\-user" . +directory and installation paths for +.IR "python \-m pip install \-\-user" . .IP PYTHONPROFILEIMPORTTIME If this environment variable is set to a non-empty string, Python will show how long each import takes. This is exactly equivalent to setting @@ -605,9 +605,6 @@ can be set to the callable of your debugger of choice. Setting these variables only has an effect in a debug build of Python, that is, if Python was configured with the \fB\--with-pydebug\fP build option. -.IP PYTHONTHREADDEBUG -If this environment variable is set, Python will print threading debug info. -The feature is deprecated in Python 3.10 and will be removed in Python 3.12. .IP PYTHONDUMPREFS If this environment variable is set, Python will dump objects and reference counts still alive after shutting down the interpreter. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ranlib.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ranlib.1 index 9d2e9835..c1e14b58 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ranlib.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ranlib.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "RANLIB 1" -.TH RANLIB 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH RANLIB 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/readelf.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/readelf.1 index 0990c062..c3d4ce2a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/readelf.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/readelf.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "READELF 1" -.TH READELF 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH READELF 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/readlink.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/readlink.1 index 30a4d61d..4df819ab 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/readlink.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/readlink.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH READLINK "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH READLINK "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME readlink \- print resolved symbolic links or canonical file names .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ readlink \- print resolved symbolic links or canonical file names [\fI\,OPTION\/\fR]... \fI\,FILE\/\fR... .SH DESCRIPTION .\" Add any additional description here -Note \fBrealpath\fP(1) is the preferred command to use +\fBrealpath\fP(1) is a better command for canonicalization functionality. .PP Print value of a symbolic link or canonical file name @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/realpath.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/realpath.1 index 61589eba..8f7f316b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/realpath.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/realpath.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH REALPATH "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH REALPATH "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME realpath \- print the resolved path .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 index f2a9bf26..560dbe8e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH RECODE-SR-LATIN "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH RECODE-SR-LATIN "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME recode-sr-latin \- convert Serbian text from Cyrillic to Latin script .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/regdiff.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/regdiff.1 index de521144..eef63fca 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/regdiff.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/regdiff.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: regdiff .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: System Administration tools .\" Source: Samba 4.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "REGDIFF" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "System Administration tools" +.TH "REGDIFF" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "System Administration tools" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/regpatch.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/regpatch.1 index 452e633f..418cf40b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/regpatch.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/regpatch.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: regpatch .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: System Administration tools .\" Source: Samba 4.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "REGPATCH" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "System Administration tools" +.TH "REGPATCH" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "System Administration tools" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/regshell.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/regshell.1 index 0edef00f..39044c19 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/regshell.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/regshell.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: regshell .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: System Administration tools .\" Source: Samba 4.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "REGSHELL" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "System Administration tools" +.TH "REGSHELL" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "System Administration tools" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/regtree.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/regtree.1 index 325f5ae6..245c1878 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/regtree.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/regtree.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: regtree .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: System Administration tools .\" Source: Samba 4.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "REGTREE" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "System Administration tools" +.TH "REGTREE" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "System Administration tools" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/rm.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/rm.1 index d2ea1c77..451b6ce5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/rm.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/rm.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH RM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH RM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME rm \- remove files or directories .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -76,6 +76,9 @@ output version information and exit By default, rm does not remove directories. Use the \fB\-\-recursive\fR (\fB\-r\fR or \fB\-R\fR) option to remove each listed directory, too, along with all of its contents. .PP +Any attempt to remove a file whose last file name component is '.' or '..' +is rejected with a diagnostic. +.PP To remove a file whose name starts with a '\-', for example '\-foo', use one of these commands: .IP @@ -83,9 +86,9 @@ rm \fB\-\-\fR \fB\-foo\fR .IP rm ./\-foo .PP -Note that if you use rm to remove a file, it might be possible to recover +If you use rm to remove a file, it might be possible to recover some of its contents, given sufficient expertise and/or time. For greater -assurance that the contents are truly unrecoverable, consider using \fBshred\fP(1). +assurance that the contents are unrecoverable, consider using \fBshred\fP(1). .SH AUTHOR Written by Paul Rubin, David MacKenzie, Richard M. Stallman, and Jim Meyering. @@ -94,7 +97,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/rmdir.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/rmdir.1 index a70528a7..1ed4c3ec 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/rmdir.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/rmdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH RMDIR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH RMDIR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME rmdir \- remove empty directories .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/rnano.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/rnano.1 index 27762bc6..69c188b0 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/rnano.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/rnano.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" Copyright (C) 2002-2007, 2014-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.\" Copyright (C) 2002-2007, 2014-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .\" .\" This document is dual-licensed. You may distribute and/or modify it .\" under the terms of either of the following licenses: @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ .\" Documentation License along with this program. If not, see .\" <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. .\" -.TH RNANO 1 "version 7.2" "January 2023" +.TH RNANO 1 "version 8.0" "May 2024" .SH NAME rnano \- a restricted nano @@ -32,15 +32,19 @@ access to the filesystem nor to a command shell. .sp In restricted mode, \fBnano\fR will: .IP \[bu] 2 +not make backups; +.IP \[bu] not allow suspending; .IP \[bu] +not allow spell checking; +.IP \[bu] +not read nor write the history files; +.IP \[bu] not allow saving the current buffer under a different name; .IP \[bu] not allow inserting another file or opening a new buffer; .IP \[bu] -not allow appending or prepending to any file; -.IP \[bu] -not make backup files nor do spell checking. +not allow appending or prepending to any file. .SH OPTIONS .TP diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/rrsync.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/rrsync.1 index 74f9d347..18469e55 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/rrsync.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/rrsync.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "rrsync" "1" "20 Oct 2022" "rrsync from rsync 3.2.7" "User Commands" +.TH "rrsync" "1" "6 Apr 2024" "rrsync from rsync 3.3.0" "User Commands" .\" prefix=/usr .P .SH "NAME" @@ -8,14 +8,16 @@ rrsync \- a script to setup restricted rsync users via ssh logins .SH "SYNOPSIS" .P .nf -rrsync [-ro|-rw] [-munge] [-no-del] [-no-lock] DIR +rrsync [-ro|-rw] [-munge] [-no-del] [-no-lock] [-no-overwrite] DIR .fi .P The single non-option argument specifies the restricted \fIDIR\fP to use. It can be relative to the user's home directory or an absolute path. .P The online version of this manpage (that includes cross-linking of topics) -is available at https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rrsync.1. +is available at +.UR https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rrsync.1 +.UE . .P .SH "DESCRIPTION" .P @@ -84,6 +86,9 @@ Enable rsync's \fB\-\-munge-links\fP on the server side. Disable rsync's \fB\-\-delete*\fP and \fB\-\-remove*\fP options. .IP "\fB\-no-lock\fP" Avoid the single-run (per-user) lock check. Useful with \fB\-munge\fP. +.IP "\fB\-no-overwrite\fP" +Enforce \fB\-\-ignore-existing\fP on the server. Prevents overwriting existing +files when the server is the receiver. .IP "\fB\-help\fP, \fB\-h\fP" Output this help message and exit. .P @@ -150,15 +155,20 @@ command="rrsync -ro results" ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAmk... .P .SH "VERSION" .P -This manpage is current for version 3.2.7 of rsync. +This manpage is current for version 3.3.0 of rsync. .P .SH "CREDITS" .P rsync is distributed under the GNU General Public License. See the file COPYING for details. .P -An rsync web site is available at https://rsync.samba.org/ and its github -project is https://github.com/WayneD/rsync. +An rsync web site is available at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE +and its github +project is +.UR https://github.com/WayneD/rsync +.UE . .P .SH "AUTHOR" .P diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/rsync-ssl.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/rsync-ssl.1 index c7f5ad1b..1f12489f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/rsync-ssl.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/rsync-ssl.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "rsync-ssl" "1" "20 Oct 2022" "rsync-ssl from rsync 3.2.7" "User Commands" +.TH "rsync-ssl" "1" "6 Apr 2024" "rsync-ssl from rsync 3.3.0" "User Commands" .\" prefix=/usr .P .SH "NAME" @@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ rsync-ssl [--type=SSL_TYPE] RSYNC_ARGS .fi .P The online version of this manpage (that includes cross-linking of topics) -is available at https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync-ssl.1. +is available at +.UR https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync-ssl.1 +.UE . .P .SH "DESCRIPTION" .P @@ -122,18 +124,23 @@ exported RSYNC_SSL_TYPE environment variable to make its use the default. .P .SH "BUGS" .P -Please report bugs! See the web site at https://rsync.samba.org/. +Please report bugs! See the web site at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE . .P .SH "VERSION" .P -This manpage is current for version 3.2.7 of rsync. +This manpage is current for version 3.3.0 of rsync. .P .SH "CREDITS" .P Rsync is distributed under the GNU General Public License. See the file COPYING for details. .P -A web site is available at https://rsync.samba.org/. The site includes an +A web site is available at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE . +The site includes an FAQ-O-Matic which may cover questions unanswered by this manual page. .P .SH "AUTHOR" @@ -141,4 +148,5 @@ FAQ-O-Matic which may cover questions unanswered by this manual page. This manpage was written by Wayne Davison. .P Mailing lists for support and development are available at -https://lists.samba.org/. +.UR https://lists.samba.org/ +.UE . diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/rsync.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/rsync.1 index 66a2da39..ac801d00 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/rsync.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/rsync.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "rsync" "1" "20 Oct 2022" "rsync 3.2.7" "User Commands" +.TH "rsync" "1" "6 Apr 2024" "rsync 3.3.0" "User Commands" .\" prefix=/usr .P .SH "NAME" @@ -30,7 +30,9 @@ Usages with just one SRC arg and no DEST arg will list the source files instead of copying. .P The online version of this manpage (that includes cross-linking of topics) -is available at https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync.1. +is available at +.UR https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync.1 +.UE . .P .SH "DESCRIPTION" .P @@ -306,7 +308,7 @@ to be copied to different destination directories using more than one copy. .P While a copy of a case-ignoring filesystem to a case-ignoring filesystem can work out fairly well, if no \fB\-\-delete-during\fP or \fB\-\-delete-before\fP option is -active, rsync can potentially update an existing file on the receiveing side +active, rsync can potentially update an existing file on the receiving side without noticing that the upper-/lower-case of the filename should be changed to match the sender. .P @@ -1728,7 +1730,9 @@ mounted to avoid updating the atime on read access even without the O_NOATIME flag being set. .IP "\fB\-\-crtimes\fP, \fB\-N,\fP" This tells rsync to set the create times (newness) of the destination -files to the same value as the source files. +files to the same value as the source files. Your OS & filesystem must +support the setting of arbitrary creation (birth) times for this option +to be supported. .IP "\fB\-\-omit-dir-times\fP, \fB\-O\fP" This tells rsync to omit directories when it is preserving modification, access, and create times. If NFS is sharing the directories on the receiving @@ -2153,7 +2157,8 @@ memory. It is a sanity-check value for each individual allocation. See the \fB\-\-max-size\fP option for a description of how SIZE can be specified. The default suffix if none is given is bytes. .IP -Beginning in 3.2.3, a value of 0 specifies no limit. +Beginning in 3.2.7, a value of 0 is an easy way to specify SIZE_MAX (the +largest limit possible). .IP You can set a default value using the environment variable \fBRSYNC_MAX_ALLOC\fP using the same SIZE values as supported by this @@ -5000,11 +5005,13 @@ File permissions, devices, etc. are transferred as native numerical values. .IP o See also the comments on the \fB\-\-delete\fP option. .P -Please report bugs! See the web site at https://rsync.samba.org/. +Please report bugs! See the web site at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE . .P .SH "VERSION" .P -This manpage is current for version 3.2.7 of rsync. +This manpage is current for version 3.3.0 of rsync. .P .SH "INTERNAL OPTIONS" .P @@ -5020,14 +5027,22 @@ that can be used with a restricted ssh login. Rsync is distributed under the GNU General Public License. See the file COPYING for details. .P -An rsync web site is available at https://rsync.samba.org/. The site +An rsync web site is available at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE . +The site includes an FAQ-O-Matic which may cover questions unanswered by this manual page. .P -The rsync github project is https://github.com/WayneD/rsync. +The rsync github project is +.UR https://github.com/WayneD/rsync +.UE . .P We would be delighted to hear from you if you like this program. Please -contact the mailing-list at rsync@lists.samba.org. +contact the mailing-list at +.UR mailto:rsync@lists.samba.org +rsync@lists.samba.org +.UE . .P This program uses the excellent zlib compression library written by Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler. @@ -5048,4 +5063,5 @@ people have later contributed to it. It is currently maintained by Wayne Davison. .P Mailing lists for support and development are available at -https://lists.samba.org/. +.UR https://lists.samba.org/ +.UE . diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/runcon.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/runcon.1 index 68d38135..6e8a12c7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/runcon.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/runcon.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH RUNCON "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH RUNCON "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME runcon \- run command with specified security context .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ the first argument is used as the complete context. Any additional arguments after \fICOMMAND\fR are interpreted as arguments to the command. .PP -Note that only carefully-chosen contexts are likely to successfully -run. +Only carefully-chosen contexts are likely to run successfully. .PP Run a program in a different SELinux security context. With neither CONTEXT nor COMMAND, print the current security context. @@ -69,7 +68,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/samba-log-parser.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/samba-log-parser.1 index 82f8c0a3..3f20781a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/samba-log-parser.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/samba-log-parser.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: samba-log-parser .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SAMBA\-LOG\-PARSER" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "User Commands" +.TH "SAMBA\-LOG\-PARSER" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "User Commands" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Sort traces using the timestamp for log files found in the samba log directory\& .\} .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "AUTHOR" .PP The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/seq.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/seq.1 index 2e94c5d0..52f11a3a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/seq.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/seq.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SEQ "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SEQ "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME seq \- print a sequence of numbers .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha1sum.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha1sum.1 index 133a3d43..8f01fec7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha1sum.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha1sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA1SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA1SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha1sum \- compute and check SHA1 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The default mode is to print a line with: checksum, a space, a character indicating input mode ('*' for binary, ' ' for text or where binary is insignificant), and name for each FILE. .PP -Note: There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. +There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. .SH BUGS Do not use the SHA-1 algorithm for security related purposes. Instead, use an SHA\-2 algorithm, implemented in the programs @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha224sum.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha224sum.1 index 1ad5a3cc..eadfa13c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha224sum.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha224sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA224SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA224SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha224sum \- compute and check SHA224 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The default mode is to print a line with: checksum, a space, a character indicating input mode ('*' for binary, ' ' for text or where binary is insignificant), and name for each FILE. .PP -Note: There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. +There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. .SH AUTHOR Written by Ulrich Drepper, Scott Miller, and David Madore. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha256sum.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha256sum.1 index e097fc9b..1cb88b0f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha256sum.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha256sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA256SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA256SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha256sum \- compute and check SHA256 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The default mode is to print a line with: checksum, a space, a character indicating input mode ('*' for binary, ' ' for text or where binary is insignificant), and name for each FILE. .PP -Note: There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. +There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. .SH AUTHOR Written by Ulrich Drepper, Scott Miller, and David Madore. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha384sum.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha384sum.1 index 198f1fbb..abdf199c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha384sum.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha384sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA384SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA384SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha384sum \- compute and check SHA384 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The default mode is to print a line with: checksum, a space, a character indicating input mode ('*' for binary, ' ' for text or where binary is insignificant), and name for each FILE. .PP -Note: There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. +There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. .SH AUTHOR Written by Ulrich Drepper, Scott Miller, and David Madore. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha512sum.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha512sum.1 index cc569051..7d408261 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha512sum.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sha512sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA512SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA512SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha512sum \- compute and check SHA512 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The default mode is to print a line with: checksum, a space, a character indicating input mode ('*' for binary, ' ' for text or where binary is insignificant), and name for each FILE. .PP -Note: There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. +There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. .SH AUTHOR Written by Ulrich Drepper, Scott Miller, and David Madore. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sharesec.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sharesec.1 index 01b48067..40cfed9d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sharesec.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sharesec.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: sharesec .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SHARESEC" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "User Commands" +.TH "SHARESEC" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "User Commands" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ List all ACEs for .\} .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "AUTHOR" .PP The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/shred.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/shred.1 index 8465cffc..6c97e55b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/shred.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/shred.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHRED "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHRED "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME shred \- overwrite a file to hide its contents, and optionally delete it .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/shuf.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/shuf.1 index 522aabfe..c0b33627 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/shuf.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/shuf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHUF "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHUF "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME shuf \- generate random permutations .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/size.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/size.1 index 9169735d..68c08dea 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/size.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/size.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "SIZE 1" -.TH SIZE 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH SIZE 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sleep.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sleep.1 index 2dd34099..002b6581 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sleep.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sleep.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SLEEP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SLEEP "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sleep \- delay for a specified amount of time .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/smbcontrol.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/smbcontrol.1 index e5da6c11..70885af1 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/smbcontrol.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/smbcontrol.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: smbcontrol .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SMBCONTROL" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "User Commands" +.TH "SMBCONTROL" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "User Commands" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ Instruct the LDAP server of a Samba AD DC to reload the TLS certificates protect .RE .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP \fBnmbd\fR(8) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/smbstatus.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/smbstatus.1 index 5759c927..62421086 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/smbstatus.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/smbstatus.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: smbstatus .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SMBSTATUS" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "User Commands" +.TH "SMBSTATUS" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "User Commands" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ Prints the program version number\&. .RE .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP \fBsmbd\fR(8) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/smbtorture.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/smbtorture.1 index d8dbd638..a5f50bfd 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/smbtorture.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/smbtorture.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: smbtorture .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: Test Suite .\" Source: Samba 4.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SMBTORTURE" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "Test Suite" +.TH "SMBTORTURE" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.0" "Test Suite" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sogrep.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sogrep.1 index cac7f865..6c0bab90 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sogrep.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sogrep.1 @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ '\" t .\" Title: sogrep -.\" Author: [FIXME: author] [see http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/author] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/14/2024 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-05-01 .\" Manual: \ \& .\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SOGREP" "1" "02/14/2024" "\ \&" "\ \&" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "SOGREP" "1" "2024-05-01" "\ \&" "\ \&" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" sogrep \- Find shared library links in an Arch Linux repository .SH "SYNOPSIS" @@ -34,42 +34,45 @@ sogrep \- Find shared library links in an Arch Linux repository sogrep [options] repo libname .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -Check the soname links database for Arch Linux repositories containing packages linked to a given shared library\&. If the repository specified is "all", then all repositories will be searched, otherwise only the named repository will be searched\&. +Check the soname links database for Arch Linux repositories containing packages +linked to a given shared library. If the repository specified is "all", then +all repositories will be searched, otherwise only the named repository will be +searched. .sp -If the links database does not exist, it will be downloaded first\&. +If the links database does not exist, it will be downloaded first. .SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -\fB\-v, \-\-verbose\fR +.sp +\fB\-v, \-\-verbose\fP .RS 4 -Provide detailed output containing the matched links for each package, the repository it came from (in the event that all repositories are being searched), and, in combination with -\-r, a progress bar for the links database download\&. +Provide detailed output containing the matched links for each package, the +repository it came from (in the event that all repositories are being +searched), and, in combination with \f(CR\-r\fP, a progress bar for the links +database download. .RE -.PP -\fB\-r, \-\-refresh\fR +.sp +\fB\-r, \-\-refresh\fP .RS 4 Refresh the links databases .RE -.PP -\fB\-h, \-\-help\fR +.sp +\fB\-h, \-\-help\fP .RS 4 Show a help text .RE .SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" .sp -\fBSOLINKS_MIRROR\fR="https://mirror\&.foo\&.com" Alternative mirror to use for downloading soname links database\&. -.PP -\fBSOCACHE_DIR\fR="/path/to/directory" +\fBSOLINKS_MIRROR\fP="https://mirror.foo.com" +Alternative mirror to use for downloading soname links database. +.sp +\fBSOCACHE_DIR\fP="/path/to/directory" .RS 4 -Directory where soname links database is stored, overrides the default directory set by the -\fBXDG_CACHE_HOME\fR -environment variable or the -\fBHOME\fR -environment variable if -\fBXDG_CACHE_HOME\fR -is not set\&. +Directory where soname links database is stored, overrides the default +directory set by the \fBXDG_CACHE_HOME\fP environment variable or the +\fBHOME\fP environment variable if \fBXDG_CACHE_HOME\fP is not set. .RE .SH "HOMEPAGE" .sp -\fIhttps://gitlab\&.archlinux\&.org/archlinux/devtools\fR +\fI\c +.URL "https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools" "" "\fP" .sp -Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker\&. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs\&. +Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sort.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sort.1 index 2afb89bb..926409ac 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sort.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sort.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SORT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SORT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sort \- sort lines of text files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -40,7 +40,8 @@ compare (unknown) < 'JAN' < ... < 'DEC' compare human readable numbers (e.g., 2K 1G) .TP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-numeric\-sort\fR -compare according to string numerical value +compare according to string numerical value; +see manual for which strings are supported .TP \fB\-R\fR, \fB\-\-random\-sort\fR shuffle, but group identical keys. See \fBshuf\fP(1) @@ -144,7 +145,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/split.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/split.1 index acbbe11a..b2b82a72 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/split.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/split.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SPLIT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SPLIT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME split \- split a file into pieces .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sprof.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sprof.1 index b99e4aad..3dda1599 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sprof.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sprof.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH sprof 1 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH sprof 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME sprof \- read and display shared object profiling data .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ssh-add.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ssh-add.1 index f0186cd5..290ba91d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ssh-add.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ssh-add.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ssh-add.1,v 1.85 2023/12/18 14:46:56 djm Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ssh-add.1,v 1.86 2023/12/19 06:57:34 jmc Exp $ .\" .\" Author: Tatu Ylonen <ylo@cs.hut.fi> .\" Copyright (c) 1995 Tatu Ylonen <ylo@cs.hut.fi>, Espoo, Finland @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 18 2023 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: December 19 2023 $ .Dt SSH-ADD 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ .Nd adds private key identities to the OpenSSH authentication agent .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm ssh-add -.Op Fl cCDdKkLlqvXx +.Op Fl CcDdKkLlqvXx .Op Fl E Ar fingerprint_hash .Op Fl H Ar hostkey_file .Op Fl h Ar destination_constraint @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ .Op Ar .Nm ssh-add .Fl s Ar pkcs11 -.Op Fl vC +.Op Fl Cv .Op Ar certificate ... .Nm ssh-add .Fl e Ar pkcs11 @@ -94,6 +94,9 @@ to work. .Pp The options are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Fl C +When loading keys into or deleting keys from the agent, process +certificates only and skip plain keys. .It Fl c Indicates that added identities should be subject to confirmation before being used for authentication. @@ -102,9 +105,6 @@ Confirmation is performed by Successful confirmation is signaled by a zero exit status from .Xr ssh-askpass 1 , rather than text entered into the requester. -.It Fl C -When loading keys into or deleting keys from the agent, process -certificates only and skip plain keys. .It Fl D Deletes all identities from the agent. .It Fl d diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/stat.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/stat.1 index e7ae78b6..f7f0a6dc 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/stat.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/stat.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH STAT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH STAT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME stat \- display file or file system status .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ The MODE argument of \fB\-\-cached\fR can be: always, never, or default. The valid format sequences for files (without \fB\-\-file\-system\fR): .TP %a -permission bits in octal (note '#' and '0' printf flags) +permission bits in octal (see '#' and '0' printf flags) .TP %A permission bits and file type in human readable form @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ file system type in human readable form .IP %n %i %l %t %s %S %b %f %a %c %d .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of stat, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of stat, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/stdbuf.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/stdbuf.1 index 90fdb7bc..328fe99c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/stdbuf.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/stdbuf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH STDBUF "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH STDBUF "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME stdbuf \- Run COMMAND, with modified buffering operations for its standard streams. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/strings.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/strings.1 index 41e3550f..32f76ca3 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/strings.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/strings.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "STRINGS 1" -.TH STRINGS 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH STRINGS 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/strip.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/strip.1 index cf643423..6a879bb0 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/strip.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/strip.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "STRIP 1" -.TH STRIP 1 2024-02-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH STRIP 1 2024-05-07 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/stty.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/stty.1 index b73399f5..a9dbb296 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/stty.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/stty.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH STTY "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH STTY "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME stty \- change and print terminal line settings .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sum.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sum.1 index 2f0f8067..3f1e6700 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sum.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sum \- checksum and count the blocks in a file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sync.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sync.1 index e80c72f4..ab709374 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/sync.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/sync.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SYNC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SYNC "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sync \- Synchronize cached writes to persistent storage .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemctl.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemctl.1 index e6609537..f5ce9dce 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemctl.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemctl.1 @@ -1299,11 +1299,21 @@ Dump the systemd manager environment block\&. This is the environment block that \fBdash\fR(1) or \fBfish\fR(1)\&. +.sp +Note that this shows the +\fIeffective\fR +block, i\&.e\&. the combination of environment variables configured via configuration files, environment generators and via IPC (i\&.e\&. via the +\fBset\-environment\fR +described below)\&. At the moment a unit process is forked off this combined environment block will be further combined with per\-unit environment variables, which are not visible in this command\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-environment \fR\fB\fIVARIABLE=VALUE\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR .RS 4 -Set one or more systemd manager environment variables, as specified on the command line\&. This command will fail if variable names and values do not conform to the rules listed above\&. +Set one or more service manager environment variables, as specified on the command line\&. This command will fail if variable names and values do not conform to the rules listed above\&. +.sp +Note that this operates on an environment block separate from the environment block configured from service manager configuration and environment generators\&. Whenever a process is invoked the two blocks are combined (also incorporating any per\-service environment variables), and passed to it\&. The +\fBshow\-environment\fR +verb will show the combination of the blocks, see above\&. .sp Added in version 233\&. .RE @@ -1312,6 +1322,10 @@ Added in version 233\&. .RS 4 Unset one or more systemd manager environment variables\&. If only a variable name is specified, it will be removed regardless of its value\&. If a variable and a value are specified, the variable is only removed if it has the specified value\&. .sp +Note that this operates on an environment block separate from the environment block configured from service manager configuration and environment generators\&. Whenever a process is invoked the two blocks are combined (also incorporating any per\-service environment variables), and passed to it\&. The +\fBshow\-environment\fR +verb will show the combination of the blocks, see above\&. Note that this means this command cannot be used to unset environment variables defined in the service manager configuration files or via generators\&. +.sp Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP @@ -2945,6 +2959,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -2956,6 +2976,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-analyze.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-analyze.1 index ce1a2b09..64133538 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-analyze.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-analyze.1 @@ -1738,6 +1738,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1749,6 +1755,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 index 19950530..54834968 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 @@ -257,6 +257,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -268,6 +274,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 index bfd09f6b..c9ee1594 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ to embed a newline, or "\ex00" to embed a \fBNUL\fR -byte)\&. Note that the invoking shell might already apply unescaping once, hence this might require double escaping!\&. +byte)\&. Note that the invoking shell might already apply unescaping once, hence this might require double escaping! .sp The \fBsystemd-sysusers.service\fR(8) @@ -1997,6 +1997,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -2008,6 +2014,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -2070,9 +2082,9 @@ and other conditions\&. .\} .nf # machinectl pull\-raw \-\-verify=no \e - https://download\&.fedoraproject\&.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/38/Cloud/x86_64/images/Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86_64\&.raw\&.xz \e - Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 -# systemd\-nspawn \-M Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 + https://download\&.fedoraproject\&.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/40/Cloud/x86_64/images/Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86_64\&.raw\&.xz \e + Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 +# systemd\-nspawn \-M Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 .fi .if n \{\ .RE @@ -2088,21 +2100,21 @@ and opens a shell in it\&. .RS 4 .\} .nf -# dnf \-y \-\-releasever=38 \-\-installroot=/var/lib/machines/f38 \e +# dnf \-y \-\-releasever=40 \-\-installroot=/var/lib/machines/f40 \e \-\-repo=fedora \-\-repo=updates \-\-setopt=install_weak_deps=False install \e passwd dnf fedora\-release vim\-minimal util\-linux systemd systemd\-networkd -# systemd\-nspawn \-bD /var/lib/machines/f38 +# systemd\-nspawn \-bD /var/lib/machines/f40 .fi .if n \{\ .RE .\} .PP This installs a minimal Fedora distribution into the directory -/var/lib/machines/f38 +/var/lib/machines/f40 and then boots that OS in a namespace container\&. Because the installation is located underneath the standard /var/lib/machines/ directory, it is also possible to start the machine using -\fBsystemd\-nspawn \-M f38\fR\&. +\fBsystemd\-nspawn \-M f40\fR\&. .PP \fBExample\ \&3.\ \&Spawn a shell in a container of a minimal Debian unstable distribution\fR .sp diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-run.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-run.1 index b2792c09..1d9c9c86 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-run.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-run.1 @@ -52,9 +52,10 @@ If a command is run as transient service unit, it will be started and managed by like any other unit\&. It will run in a clean and detached execution environment, with the service manager as its parent process\&. In this mode, \fBsystemd\-run\fR will start the service asynchronously in the background and return after the command has begun execution (unless -\fB\-\-no\-block\fR -or -\fB\-\-wait\fR +\fB\-\-no\-block\fR, +\fB\-\-wait\fR, +\fB\-\-pipe\fR, or +\fB\-\-pty\fR are specified, see below)\&. .PP If a command is run as transient scope unit, it will be executed by @@ -313,6 +314,14 @@ When invoking the command, the transient service connects its standard input, ou \fBsystemd\-run\fR is invoked on, via a pseudo TTY device\&. This allows running programs that expect interactive user input/output as services, such as interactive command shells\&. .sp +This option will result in +\fBsystemd\-run\fR +synchronously waiting for the transient service to terminate, similar to specifying +\fB\-\-wait\fR\&. If specified along with +\fB\-\-wait\fR, +\fBsystemd\-run\fR +won\*(Aqt exit when manually disconnecting from the pseudo TTY device\&. +.sp Note that \fBmachinectl\fR(1)\*(Aqs \fBshell\fR @@ -330,7 +339,9 @@ If specified, standard input, output, and error of the transient service are inh \fBsystemd\-run\fR command itself\&. This allows \fBsystemd\-run\fR -to be used within shell pipelines\&. Note that this mode is not suitable for interactive command shells and similar, as the service process will not become a TTY controller when invoked on a terminal\&. Use +to be used within shell pipelines\&. +.sp +Note that this mode is not suitable for interactive command shells and similar, as the service process will not become a TTY controller when invoked on a terminal\&. Use \fB\-\-pty\fR instead in that case\&. .sp @@ -343,6 +354,11 @@ are used in combination the more appropriate option is automatically determined is used, and otherwise \fB\-\-pipe\fR\&. .sp +This option will result in +\fBsystemd\-run\fR +synchronously waiting for the transient service to terminate, similar to specifying +\fB\-\-wait\fR\&. +.sp When this option is used the original file descriptors \fBsystemd\-run\fR receives are passed to the service processes as\-is\&. If the service runs with different privileges than diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-vmspawn.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-vmspawn.1 index 85b7c5e0..8bbdc177 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-vmspawn.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd-vmspawn.1 @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ .\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .SH "NAME" -systemd-vmspawn \- Spawn an OS in a virtual machine\&. +systemd-vmspawn \- Spawn an OS in a virtual machine .SH "SYNOPSIS" .HP \w'\fBsystemd\-vmspawn\fR\ 'u \fBsystemd\-vmspawn\fR [OPTIONS...] [ARGS...] @@ -40,6 +40,27 @@ The excess arguments are passed as extra kernel command line arguments using SMB The following options are understood: .SS "Image Options" .PP +\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory=\fR +.RS 4 +Directory to use as file system root for the virtual machine\&. +.sp +One of either +\fB\-\-directory=\fR +or +\fB\-\-image=\fR +must be specified\&. If neither are specified +\fB\-\-directory=\&.\fR +is assumed\&. +.sp +Note: If mounting a non\-root owned directory you may require +\fB\-\-private\-users=\fR +to map into the user\*(Aqs subuid namespace\&. An example of how to use +\fB/etc/subuid\fR +for this is given later\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-image=\fR .RS 4 Root file system disk image (or device node) for the virtual machine\&. @@ -137,7 +158,7 @@ to embed a newline, or "\ex00" to embed a \fBNUL\fR -byte)\&. Note that the invoking shell might already apply unescaping once, hence this might require double escaping!\&. +byte)\&. Note that the invoking shell might already apply unescaping once, hence this might require double escaping! .sp Added in version 255\&. .RE @@ -290,6 +311,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -301,6 +328,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd.1 index 24ba6297..fe96f7e2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/systemd.1 @@ -809,6 +809,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -820,6 +826,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tabs.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tabs.1 index c2040d8a..ffa227da 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tabs.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tabs.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 2008-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,44 +27,40 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tabs.1,v 1.35 2021/12/25 19:04:39 tom Exp $ -.TH tabs 1 "" -.ds n 5 -.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq -.el .ds `` `` -.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq -.el .ds '' '' +.\" $Id: tabs.1,v 1.59 2024/04/20 19:08:15 tom Exp $ +.TH tabs 1 2024-04-20 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" +.ie \n(.g \{\ +.ds `` \(lq +.ds '' \(rq +.\} +.el \{\ +.ie t .ds `` `` +.el .ds `` "" +.ie t .ds '' '' +.el .ds '' "" +.\} +. .de bP .ie n .IP \(bu 4 .el .IP \(bu 2 .. -.de NS -.ie n .sp -.el .sp .5 -.ie n .in +4 -.el .in +2 -.nf -.ft C \" Courier -.. -.de NE -.fi -.ft R -.ie n .in -4 -.el .in -2 -.. +. .SH NAME -\fBtabs\fP \- set tabs on a terminal +\fB\%tabs\fP \- +set terminal tab stops .SH SYNOPSIS -\fBtabs\fP [\fIoptions\fP]] \fI[tabstop-list]\fP +\fBtabs\fP [\fIoptions\fP] [\fItabstop-list\fP] .SH DESCRIPTION -.PP The \fBtabs\fP program clears and sets tab-stops on the terminal. This uses the terminfo \fBclear_all_tabs\fP and \fBset_tab\fP capabilities. If either is absent, \fBtabs\fP is unable to clear/set tab-stops. The terminal should be configured to use hard tabs, e.g., -.NS +.PP +.RS 4 +.EX stty tab0 -.NE +.EE +.RE .PP Like \fBclear\fP(1), \fBtabs\fP writes to the standard output. You can redirect the standard output to a file (which prevents @@ -79,15 +75,18 @@ If the hardware tabstops differ from the information in the terminal database, the result is unpredictable. Before running curses programs, you should either reset tab-stops to the standard interval -.NS -tabs -8 -.NE +.PP +.RS 4 +.EX +tabs \-8 +.EE +.RE .PP or use the \fBreset\fP program, since the normal initialization sequences do not ensure that tab-stops are reset. .SH OPTIONS -.SS General Options +.SS "General Options" .TP 5 .BI \-T "name" Tell \fBtabs\fP which terminal type to use. @@ -105,12 +104,13 @@ This option tells \fBtabs\fP to check the options and run any debugging option, but not to modify the terminal settings. .TP \fB\-V\fP -reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits. +reports the version of \fI\%ncurses\fP which was used in this program, +and exits. .PP The \fBtabs\fP program processes a single list of tab stops. The last option to be processed which defines a list is the one that determines the list to be processed. -.SS Implicit Lists +.SS "Implicit Lists" Use a single number as an option, e.g., \*(``\fB\-5\fP\*('' to set tabs at the given interval (in this case 1, 6, 11, 16, 21, etc.). @@ -119,27 +119,32 @@ Tabs are repeated up to the right margin of the screen. Use \*(``\fB\-0\fP\*('' to clear all tabs. .PP Use \*(``\fB\-8\fP\*('' to set tabs to the standard interval. -.SS Explicit Lists +.SS "Explicit Lists" An explicit list can be defined after the options (this does not use a \*(``\-\*(''). The values in the list must be in increasing numeric order, and greater than zero. They are separated by a comma or a blank, for example, -.NS +.PP +.RS 4 +.EX tabs 1,6,11,16,21 -.br tabs 1 6 11 16 21 -.NE +.EE +.RE .PP Use a \*(``+\*('' to treat a number as an increment relative to the previous value, e.g., -.NS +.PP +.RS 4 +.EX tabs 1,+5,+5,+5,+5 -.NE +.EE +.RE .PP which is equivalent to the 1,6,11,16,21 example. -.SS Predefined Tab-Stops +.SS "Predefined Tab Stops" POSIX defines several predefined lists of tab stops. .TP 5 .B \-a @@ -187,107 +192,166 @@ UNIVAC 1100 Assembler .br 1,12,20,44 .SS Margins -A few terminals provide the capability for changing their left/right margins. -The tabs program has an option to use this feature: +A few terminals expose a means of changing their left and right margins. +\fBtabs\fP supports this feature with an option. .TP 5 .BI +m \ margin The effect depends on whether the terminal has the margin capabilities: .RS .bP If the terminal provides the capability for setting the left margin, -tabs uses this, and adjusts the available width for tab-stops. +\fBtabs\fP uses this, +and adjusts the available tab stop widths. .bP If the terminal does not provide the margin capabilities, -tabs imitates the effect, putting the tab stops at the appropriate -place on each line. -The terminal's left-margin is not modified. +\fBtabs\fP imitates their effect, +putting tab stops at appropriate places on each line. +The terminal's left margin is not modified. .RE .IP -If the \fImargin\fP parameter is omitted, the default is 10. -Use \fB+m0\fP to reset the left margin, -i.e., to the left edge of the terminal's display. -Before setting a left-margin, -tabs resets the margin to reduce problems which might arise -on moving the cursor before the current left-margin. +If the +.I margin +parameter is omitted, +the default is 10. +Use +.B +m0 +to reset the left margin, +that is, +to make it the left edge of the terminal's display. +Before setting a left margin, +\fBtabs\fP resets the margin to reduce problems that might arise +from moving the cursor to the left of the current left margin. .PP -When setting or resetting the left-margin, -tabs may reset the right-margin. +When setting or resetting the left margin, +\fBtabs\fP may also reset the right margin. +.SH FILES +.TP +.I /usr/share/tabset +tab stop initialization database .SH PORTABILITY -.PP -\fIIEEE Std 1003.1/The Open Group Base Specifications Issue 7\fP (POSIX.1-2008) -describes a \fBtabs\fP utility. -However +IEEE Std 1003.1/The Open Group Base Specifications Issue 7 +(POSIX.1-2008) +describes a +.B tabs +utility. +However, .bP -This standard describes a \fB+m\fP option, to set a terminal's left-margin. +this standard describes a +.B +m +option to set a terminal's left margin. Very few of the entries in the terminal database provide the -\fBsmgl\fP (\fBset_left_margin\fP) or -\fBsmglp\fP (\fBset_left_margin_parm\fP) -capability needed to support the feature. +.B \%set_left_margin +.RB ( smgl ) +or +.B \%set_left_margin_parm +.RB \%( smglp ) +capabilities needed to support the feature. .bP There is no counterpart in X/Open Curses Issue 7 for this utility, unlike \fBtput\fP(1). .PP -The \fB\-d\fP (debug) and \fB\-n\fP (no-op) options are extensions not provided -by other implementations. -.PP -A \fBtabs\fP utility appeared in PWB/Unix 1.0 (1977). -There was a reduced version of the \fBtabs\fP utility -in Unix 7th edition and in 3BSD (1979). -The latter supported a single \*(``\-n\*('' option -(to cause the first tab stop to be set on the left margin). -That option is not documented by POSIX. +The +.B \-d +(debug) and +.B \-n +(no-op) options are +.I \%ncurses +extensions not provided by other implementations. +.SH HISTORY +A +.B tabs +utility appeared in PWB/Unix 1.0 (1977). +.\" https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=PWB1/sys/source/s2/\ +.\" tabs.c +A reduced version shipped in Seventh Edition Unix +(early 1979) +.\" https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=V7/usr/src/cmd/tabs.c +and in 3BSD +.\" https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=3BSD/usr/src/cmd/\ +.\" tabs.c +(later the same year); +it supported a \*(``\-n\*('' option to set the first tab stop at the +left margin. +That option is not specified by POSIX. .PP -The PWB/Unix \fBtabs\fP utility, which was included in System III (1980), -used built-in tables rather than the terminal database, +The PWB/Unix +.B tabs +utility returned in System III (1980), +and used built-in tables to support a half-dozen hardcopy terminal (printer) types. -It also had built-in logic to support the left-margin, +It also had logic to support setting the left margin, as well as a feature for copying the tab settings from a file. .PP -Later versions of Unix, e.g., SVr4, +Versions of the program in later releases of AT&T Unix, +such as SVr4, +.\" https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=SysVR4/cmd/tabs/tabs.c added support for the terminal database, -but kept the tables to support the printers. -In an earlier development effort, -the tab-stop initialization provided by \fBtset\fP (1982) -and incorporated into \fBtput\fP uses the terminal database, +but retained the tables to support the printers. +By this time, +System\ V +.B tput +had incorporated the tab stop initialization feature of BSD's +.B tset +from 1982, +but employed the +.I \%term\%info +database to do so. .PP -The \fB+m\fP option was documented -in the Base Specifications Issue 5 (Unix98, 1997), -and omitted in Issue 6 (Unix03, 2004) without documenting the rationale, +The +.B +m +option was documented in the POSIX Base Specifications Issue 5 +(Unix98, 1997), +then omitted in Issue 6 +(Unix03, 2004) +without express motivation, though an introductory comment -\fI\*(``and optionally adjusts the margin\*(''\fP remains, +\*(``and optionally adjusts the margin\*('' remains, overlooked in the removal. -The documented \fBtabs\fP utility in Issues 6 and later has no mechanism -for setting margins. -The \fB+m\fP option in this implementation differs from the feature -in SVr4 by using terminal capabilities rather than built-in tables. +The +.B tabs +utility documented in Issues 6 and later has no mechanism for setting +margins. +The +.B +m +option in +.I \%ncurses +\fB\%tabs\fP differs from the SVr4 feature by using terminal +capabilities rather than built-in tables. .PP -POSIX documents no limits on the number of tab stops. -Documentation for other implementations states that there is a limit on the -number of tab stops -(e.g., 20 in PWB/Unix's \fBtabs\fP utility). -While some terminals may not accept an arbitrary number -of tab stops, this implementation will attempt to set tab stops up to the -right margin of the screen, if the given list happens to be that long. +POSIX documents no limit on the number of tab stops. +Other implementations impose one; +the limit is 20 in PWB/Unix's +.B tabs +utility. +While some terminals may not accept an arbitrary number of tab stops, +.I \%ncurses +\fB\%tabs\fP attempts to set tab stops up to the right margin if the +list thereof is sufficiently long. .PP -The \fIRationale\fP section of the POSIX documentation goes into some -detail about the ways the committee considered redesigning the -\fBtabs\fP and \fBtput\fP utilities, -without proposing an improved solution. -It comments that -.RS 5 +The \*(``Rationale\*('' section of the Issue 6 +.B tabs +reference page +.\" https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009604499/utilities/tabs.html +details how the committee considered redesigning the +.B tabs +and +.B tput +utilities, +without settling on an improved solution. +It claims that .PP -no known historical version of tabs supports the capability of setting -arbitrary tab stops. +.RS 4 +\*(``no known historical version of +.I tabs +supports the capability of setting arbitrary tab stops.\*('' .RE .PP -However, the \fIExplicit Lists\fP described in this manual page -were implemented in PWB/Unix. -Those provide the capability of setting abitrary tab stops. +The feature described in subsection \*(``Explicit Lists\*('' above was +implemented in PWB/Unix, +.\" see URL above +and permitted the setting of abitrary tab stops nevertheless. .SH SEE ALSO -\fBinfocmp\fP(1M), -\fBtset\fP(1), -\fBcurses\fP(3X), -\fBterminfo\fP(\*n). -.PP -This describes \fBncurses\fP -version 6.4 (patch 20230520). +\fB\%infocmp\fP(1M), +\fB\%tset\fP(1), +\fB\%curses\fP(3X), +\fB\%terminfo\fP(5) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tac.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tac.1 index 0dc5b04b..84e7a8a1 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tac.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tac.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TAC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TAC "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME tac \- concatenate and print files in reverse .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tail.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tail.1 index ceedfc92..dfd2df10 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tail.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tail.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TAIL "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TAIL "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME tail \- output the last part of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -40,7 +40,8 @@ to see if it has been unlinked or renamed with inotify, this option is rarely useful .TP \fB\-\-pid\fR=\fI\,PID\/\fR -with \fB\-f\fR, terminate after process ID, PID dies +with \fB\-f\fR, terminate after process ID, PID dies; +can be repeated to watch multiple processes .TP \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR, \fB\-\-silent\fR never output headers giving file names @@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tee.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tee.1 index 9be88388..6154824e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tee.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tee.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TEE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TEE "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME tee \- read from standard input and write to standard output and files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/test.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/test.1 index d26d04ba..39409437 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/test.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/test.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TEST "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TEST "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME test \- check file types and compare values .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -149,13 +149,12 @@ Except for \fB\-h\fR and \fB\-L\fR, all FILE\-related tests dereference symbolic Beware that parentheses need to be escaped (e.g., by backslashes) for shells. INTEGER may also be \fB\-l\fR STRING, which evaluates to the length of STRING. .PP -NOTE: Binary \fB\-a\fR and \fB\-o\fR are inherently ambiguous. Use 'test EXPR1 && test -EXPR2' or 'test EXPR1 || test EXPR2' instead. +Binary \fB\-a\fR and \fB\-o\fR are ambiguous. Use 'test EXPR1 && test EXPR2' +or 'test EXPR1 || test EXPR2' instead. .PP -NOTE: [ honors the \fB\-\-help\fR and \fB\-\-version\fR options, but test does not. -test treats each of those as it treats any other nonempty STRING. +\&'[' honors \fB\-\-help\fR and \fB\-\-version\fR, but 'test' treats them as STRINGs. .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of test and/or [, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of test and/or [, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -165,7 +164,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/testparm.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/testparm.1 index 2409eff4..b25ac2bd 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/testparm.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/testparm.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: testparm .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "TESTPARM" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "User Commands" +.TH "TESTPARM" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "User Commands" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ The program will issue a message saying whether the configuration file loaded OK For certain use cases, SMB protocol requires use of cryptographic algorithms which are known to be weak and already broken\&. DES and ARCFOUR (RC4) ciphers and the SHA1 and MD5 hash algorithms are considered weak but they are required for backward compatibility\&. The testparm utility shows whether the Samba tools will fall back to these weak crypto algorithms if it is not possible to use strong cryptography by default\&. In FIPS mode weak crypto cannot be enabled\&. .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP \fBsmb.conf\fR(5), diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tic.1m b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tic.1m index 5feb2d3d..d2f297a3 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tic.1m +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tic.1m @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2021,2022 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,61 +27,68 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tic.1m,v 1.84 2022/09/17 19:01:24 tom Exp $ -.TH tic 1M "" -.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq -.el .ds `` `` -.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq -.el .ds '' '' -.ds n 5 -.ds d /usr/share/terminfo +.\" $Id: tic.1m,v 1.110 2024/04/27 17:57:06 tom Exp $ +.TH tic 1M 2024-04-27 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" +.ie \n(.g \{\ +.ds `` \(lq +.ds '' \(rq +.\} +.el \{\ +.ie t .ds `` `` +.el .ds `` "" +.ie t .ds '' '' +.el .ds '' "" +.\} +. .de bP .ie n .IP \(bu 4 .el .IP \(bu 2 .. +. +.ds d /usr/share/terminfo .SH NAME -\fBtic\fP \- the \fIterminfo\fP entry-description compiler +\fB\%tic\fP \- +compile terminal descriptions for \fIterminfo\fR or \fItermcap\fR .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtic\fP [\fB\-\ 0\ 1\ +a\ +c\ C\ D\ +f\ +g\ G\ I\ K\ L\ N\ -T\ -U\ -V\ -W\ -a\ -c\ -f\ -g\ q\ r\ s\ t\ +T\ +U\ +V\ +W\ x\ \fP] -[\fB\-e\fP \fInames\fP] +[\fB\-e\fP \fIterminal-type-list\fP] [\fB\-o\fP \fIdir\fP] [\fB\-Q\fP[\fIn\fP]] [\fB\-R\fP \fIsubset\fP] [\fB\-v\fP[\fIn\fP]] [\fB\-w\fP[\fIn\fP]] \fIfile\fP -.br .SH DESCRIPTION The \fBtic\fP command translates a \fBterminfo\fP file from source format into compiled format. The compiled format is necessary for use with -the library routines in \fBncurses\fP(3X). +the library routines in \fB\%ncurses\fP(3X). .PP -As described in \fBterm\fP(\*n), the database may be either a directory +As described in \fBterm\fP(5), the database may be either a directory tree (one file per terminal entry) or a hashed database (one record per entry). The \fBtic\fP command writes only one type of entry, depending on how it was built: @@ -109,35 +116,37 @@ There are two ways to achieve this: .bP First, you may override the system default either by using the \fB\-o\fP option, -or by setting the variable \fBTERMINFO\fP +or by setting the variable \fI\%TERMINFO\fP in your shell environment to a valid database location. .bP Secondly, if \fBtic\fP cannot write in \fI\*d\fP -or the location specified using your TERMINFO variable, +or the location specified using your \fI\%TERMINFO\fP variable, it looks for the directory \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fP (or hashed database \fI$HOME/.terminfo.db)\fP; if that location exists, the entry is placed there. .PP Libraries that read terminfo entries are expected to check in succession .bP -a location specified with the TERMINFO environment variable, +a location specified with the \fI\%TERMINFO\fP environment variable, .bP \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fP, .bP -directories listed in the TERMINFO_DIRS environment variable, +directories listed in the \fI\%TERMINFO_DIRS\fP environment variable, .bP -a compiled-in list of directories (no default value), and +a compiled-in list of directories (/usr/share/terminfo), and .bP the system terminfo database (\fI\*d\fP). -.SS ALIASES .PP +The \fIFetching Compiled Descriptions\fP section in the \fBterminfo\fR(5) +manual goes into further detail. +.SS Aliases This is the same program as infotocap and captoinfo; usually those are linked to, or copied from this program: .bP When invoked as infotocap, tic sets the \fB\-I\fP option. .bP When invoked as captoinfo, tic sets the \fB\-C\fP option. -.SS OPTIONS +.SH OPTIONS .TP \fB\-0\fP restricts the output to a single line @@ -206,9 +215,9 @@ according to the rules summarized above, it will print a diagnostic and exit with an error rather than printing a list of database locations. .TP -\fB\-e \fInames\fR -Limit writes and translations to the following comma-separated list of -terminals. +\fB\-e \fIlist\fR +Limit writes and translations to the comma-separated \fIlist\fP of +terminal types. If any name or alias of a terminal matches one of the names in the list, the entry will be written or translated as normal. Otherwise no output will be generated for it. @@ -233,8 +242,8 @@ rather than their decimal equivalents. Force source translation to terminfo format. .TP \fB\-K\fP -Suppress some longstanding ncurses extensions to termcap format, -e.g., "\\s" for space. +Suppress some longstanding \fI\%ncurses\fP extensions to termcap format, +e.g., "\es" for space. .TP \fB\-L\fP Force source translation to terminfo format @@ -255,7 +264,7 @@ obsolete capabilities. .TP \fB\-o\fIdir\fR Write compiled entries to given database location. -Overrides the TERMINFO environment variable. +Overrides the \fI\%TERMINFO\fP environment variable. .TP \fB\-Q\fIn\fR Rather than show source in terminfo (text) format, @@ -282,9 +291,17 @@ This option is for use with archaic versions of terminfo like those on SVr1, Ultrix, or HP-UX that do not support the full set of SVR4/XSI Curses terminfo; and outright broken ports like AIX 3.x that have their own extensions incompatible with SVr4/XSI. -Available subsets -are \*(``SVr1\*('', \*(``Ultrix\*('', \*(``HP\*('', \*(``BSD\*('' and \*(``AIX\*(''; -see \fBterminfo\fP(\*n) for details. +.IP +Available subsets are +.RS +\*(``SVr1\*('', +\*(``Ultrix\*('', +\*(``HP\*('', +\*(``BSD\*('', and +\*(``AIX\*('' +.RE +.IP +See \fBterminfo\fP(5) for details. .TP \fB\-r\fP Force entry resolution (so there are no remaining tc capabilities) even @@ -307,14 +324,15 @@ descriptions are limited (e.g., 1023 for termcap, 4096 for terminfo). tells \fBtic\fP to discard commented-out capabilities. Normally when translating from terminfo to termcap, untranslatable capabilities are commented-out. -.TP 5 +.TP \fB\-U\fP tells \fBtic\fP to not post-process the data after parsing the source file. Normally, it infers data which is commonly missing in older terminfo data, or in termcaps. .TP \fB\-V\fP -reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits. +reports the version of \fI\%ncurses\fP which was used in this program, +and exits. .TP \fB\-v\fIn\fR specifies that (verbose) output be written to standard error trace @@ -324,7 +342,8 @@ The optional parameter \fIn\fP is a number from 1 to 9, inclusive, indicating the desired level of detail of information. .RS .bP -If ncurses is built without tracing support, the optional parameter is ignored. +If \fI\%ncurses\fP is built without tracing support, +the optional parameter is ignored. .bP If \fIn\fP is omitted, the default level is 1. .bP @@ -377,26 +396,25 @@ The parameter is optional. If it is omitted, it defaults to 60. .TP \fB\-x\fP -Treat unknown capabilities as user-defined (see \fBuser_caps(\*n)\fP). +Treat unknown capabilities as user-defined (see \fBuser_caps\fP(5)). That is, if you supply a capability name which \fBtic\fP does not recognize, -it will infer its type (boolean, number or string) from the syntax and +it will infer its type (Boolean, number or string) from the syntax and make an extended table entry for that. User-defined capability strings whose name begins with \*(``k\*('' are treated as function keys. -.SS PARAMETERS +.SS Parameters .TP \fIfile\fP contains one or more \fBterminfo\fP terminal descriptions in source -format [see \fBterminfo\fP(\*n)]. +format [see \fBterminfo\fP(5)]. Each description in the file describes the capabilities of a particular terminal. .IP If \fIfile\fP is \*(``-\*('', then the data is read from the standard input. The \fIfile\fP parameter may also be the path of a character-device. -.SS PROCESSING -.PP +.SS Processing All but one of the capabilities recognized by \fBtic\fP are documented -in \fBterminfo\fP(\*n). +in \fBterminfo\fP(5). The exception is the \fBuse\fP capability. .PP When a \fBuse\fP=\fIentry\fP\-\fIname\fP field is discovered in a @@ -414,120 +432,42 @@ capabilities in \fIentry\fR_\fIname\fR_\fI2\fP must also appear in \fBentry_name_1\fP before \fBuse=\fP for these capabilities to be canceled in \fBentry_name_1\fP. .PP -Total compiled entries cannot exceed 4096 bytes. +Total compiled entries cannot exceed +4096 bytes in the legacy storage format, or +32768 using the extended number format. The name field cannot exceed 512 bytes. Terminal names exceeding the maximum alias length (32 characters on systems with long filenames, 14 characters otherwise) will be truncated to the maximum alias length and a warning message will be printed. -.SH HISTORY -.PP -System V Release 2 provided a \fBtic\fP utility. -It accepted a single option: \fB\-v\fP (optionally followed by a number). -According to Ross Ridge's comment in \fImytinfo\fP, -this version of \fBtic\fP was -unable to represent cancelled capabilities. -.PP -System V Release 3 provided a different \fBtic\fP utility, -written by Pavel Curtis, -(originally named \*(``compile\*('' in \fIpcurses\fP). -This added an option \fB\-c\fP to check the file for -errors, with the caveat that errors in \*(``use=\*('' links -would not be reported. -System V Release 3 documented a few warning messages which -did not appear in \fIpcurses\fP. -While the program itself was changed little as development -continued with System V Release 4, -the table of capabilities grew from 180 (\fIpcurses\fP) to 464 (Solaris). -.PP -In early development of ncurses (1993), -Zeyd Ben-Halim used the table from \fImytinfo\fP to -extend the \fIpcurses\fP table to 469 capabilities -(456 matched SVr4, 8 were only in SVr4, 13 were not in SVr4). -Of those 13, 11 were ultimately discarded -(perhaps to match the draft of X/Open Curses). -The exceptions were -\fBmemory_lock_above\fP and -\fBmemory_unlock\fP (see \fBuser_caps\fP(5)). -.PP -Eric Raymond incorporated parts of \fImytinfo\fP into ncurses -to implement the termcap-to-terminfo source conversion, -and extended that to begin development of -the corresponding terminfo-to-termcap source conversion, -Thomas Dickey completed that development over the course of several years. -.PP -In 1999, Thomas Dickey added the \fB\-x\fP option -to support user-defined capabilities. -.PP -In 2010, Roy Marples provided a \fBtic\fP program -and terminfo library for NetBSD. -That implementation adapts several features from ncurses, -including \fBtic\fP's \fB\-x\fP option. -.PP -The \fB\-c\fP option tells \fBtic\fP to check for problems in the -terminfo source file. -Continued development provides additional checks: -.bP -\fIpcurses\fP had 8 warnings -.bP -ncurses in 1996 had 16 warnings -.bP -Solaris (SVr4) curses has 28 warnings -.bP -NetBSD tic in 2019 has 19 warnings. -.bP -ncurses in 2019 has 96 warnings -.PP -The checking done in ncurses' \fBtic\fP helps with the conversion to -termcap, as well as pointing out errors and inconsistencies. -It is also used to ensure consistency with the user-defined capabilities. -There are 527 distinct capabilities in ncurses' terminal database; -128 of those are user-defined. -.SH PORTABILITY -.PP -X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009) provides a brief description of \fBtic\fP. -It lists one option: \fB\-c\fP. -The omission of \fB\-v\fP is unexpected. -The change history states that the description is derived from True64 UNIX. -According to its manual pages, that system also supported the \fB\-v\fP option. -.PP -Shortly after Issue 7 was released, Tru64 was discontinued. -As of 2019, the surviving implementations of \fBtic\fP -are SVr4 (AIX, HP-UX and Solaris), -ncurses -and NetBSD curses. -The SVr4 \fBtic\fP programs all support the \fB\-v\fP option. -The NetBSD \fBtic\fP program follows X/Open's documentation, -omitting the \fB\-v\fP option. -.PP -The X/Open rationale states that some implementations of \fBtic\fP -read terminal descriptions from the standard input if the \fIfile\fP -parameter is omitted. -None of these implementations do that. -Further, it comments that some may choose to read from \*(''./terminfo.src\*('' -but that is obsolescent behavior from SVr2, -and is not (for example) a documented feature of SVr3. -.SS COMPATIBILITY +.SH FILES +.TP +.I \*d +compiled terminal description database +.SH NOTES There is some evidence that historic \fBtic\fP implementations treated description fields with no whitespace in them as additional aliases or short names. This \fBtic\fP does not do that, but it does warn when description fields may be treated that way and check them for dangerous characters. -.SS EXTENSIONS +.SH EXTENSIONS Unlike the SVr4 \fBtic\fP command, this implementation can actually compile termcap sources. In fact, entries in terminfo and termcap syntax can be mixed in a single source file. -See \fBterminfo\fP(\*n) for the list of +See \fBterminfo\fP(5) for the list of termcap names taken to be equivalent to terminfo names. .PP The SVr4 manual pages are not clear on the resolution rules for \fBuse\fP capabilities. This implementation of \fBtic\fP will find \fBuse\fP targets anywhere -in the source file, or anywhere in the file tree rooted at \fBTERMINFO\fP (if -\fBTERMINFO\fP is defined), +in the source file, +or anywhere in the file tree rooted at +\fI\%TERMINFO\fP +(if +\fI\%TERMINFO\fP is defined), or in the user's \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fP database (if it exists), or (finally) anywhere in the system's file tree of @@ -562,7 +502,7 @@ are not supported by SVr4 \fBtic\fP: \fB\-x\fP .RE .bP -The NetBSD \fBtic\fP supports a few of the ncurses options +The NetBSD \fBtic\fP supports a few of the \fI\%ncurses\fP options .sp .RS \fB\-a\fP @@ -577,25 +517,106 @@ as infocmp's \fB\-e\fP and \fB\-E\fP options). The SVr4 \fB\-c\fP mode does not report bad \*(``use=\*('' links. .PP System V does not compile entries to or read entries from your -\fI$HOME/.terminfo\fP database unless TERMINFO is explicitly set to it. -.SH FILES -.TP 5 -\fB\*d/?/*\fP -Compiled terminal description database. -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBcaptoinfo\fP(1M), -\fBinfocmp\fP(1M), -\fBinfotocap\fP(1M), -\fBtoe\fP(1M), -\fBcurses\fP(3X), -\fBterm\fP(\*n). -\fBterminfo\fP(\*n). -\fBuser_caps\fP(\*n). +\fI$HOME/.terminfo\fP database unless \fI\%TERMINFO\fP is explicitly set +to it. +.SH PORTABILITY +X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009) provides a brief description of \fBtic\fP. +It lists one option: \fB\-c\fP. +The omission of \fB\-v\fP is unexpected. +The change history states that the description is derived from Tru64. +According to its manual pages, that system also supported the \fB\-v\fP option. +.PP +Shortly after Issue 7 was released, Tru64 was discontinued. +As of 2019, the surviving implementations of \fBtic\fP +are SVr4 (AIX, HP-UX and Solaris), +\fI\%ncurses\fP +and NetBSD curses. +The SVr4 \fBtic\fP programs all support the \fB\-v\fP option. +The NetBSD \fBtic\fP program follows X/Open's documentation, +omitting the \fB\-v\fP option. +.PP +The X/Open rationale states that some implementations of \fBtic\fP +read terminal descriptions from the standard input if the \fIfile\fP +parameter is omitted. +None of these implementations do that. +Further, it comments that some may choose to read from \*(''./terminfo.src\*('' +but that is obsolescent behavior from SVr2, +and is not (for example) a documented feature of SVr3. +.SH HISTORY +System V Release 2 provided a \fBtic\fP utility. +It accepted a single option: \fB\-v\fP (optionally followed by a number). +According to Ross Ridge's comment in \fImytinfo\fP, +this version of \fBtic\fP was +unable to represent cancelled capabilities. +.PP +System V Release 3 provided a different \fBtic\fP utility, +written by Pavel Curtis, +(originally named \*(``compile\*('' in \fIpcurses\fP). +This added an option \fB\-c\fP to check the file for +errors, with the caveat that errors in \*(``use=\*('' links +would not be reported. +System V Release 3 documented a few warning messages which +did not appear in \fIpcurses\fP. +While the program itself was changed little as development +continued with System V Release 4, +the table of capabilities grew from 180 (\fIpcurses\fP) to 464 (Solaris). +.PP +In early development of \fI\%ncurses\fP (1993), +Zeyd Ben-Halim used the table from \fImytinfo\fP to +extend the \fIpcurses\fP table to 469 capabilities +(456 matched SVr4, 8 were only in SVr4, 13 were not in SVr4). +Of those 13, 11 were ultimately discarded +(perhaps to match the draft of X/Open Curses). +The exceptions were +\fB\%memory_lock_above\fP and +\fB\%memory_unlock\fP (see \fB\%user_caps\fP(5)). +.PP +Eric Raymond incorporated parts of \fImytinfo\fP into \fI\%ncurses\fP +to implement the termcap-to-terminfo source conversion, +and extended that to begin development of +the corresponding terminfo-to-termcap source conversion, +Thomas Dickey completed that development over the course of several years. .PP -This describes \fBncurses\fP -version 6.4 (patch 20230520). -.SH AUTHOR +In 1999, Thomas Dickey added the \fB\-x\fP option +to support user-defined capabilities. +.PP +In 2010, Roy Marples provided a \fBtic\fP program +and terminfo library for NetBSD. +That implementation adapts several features from \fI\%ncurses\fP, +including \fBtic\fP's \fB\-x\fP option. +.PP +The \fB\-c\fP option tells \fBtic\fP to check for problems in the +terminfo source file. +Continued development provides additional checks: +.bP +\fIpcurses\fP had 8 warnings +.bP +\fI\%ncurses\fP in 1996 had 16 warnings +.bP +Solaris (SVr4) curses has 28 warnings +.bP +NetBSD tic in 2019 has 19 warnings. +.bP +\fI\%ncurses\fP in 2019 has 96 warnings +.PP +The checking done in \fI\%ncurses\fP' \fBtic\fP helps with the +conversion to termcap, +as well as pointing out errors and inconsistencies. +It is also used to ensure consistency with the user-defined capabilities. +There are 527 distinct capabilities in \fI\%ncurses\fP' terminal +database; +128 of those are user-defined. +.SH AUTHORS Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> and .br -Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net> +Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible\-island.net> +.SH SEE ALSO +\fB\%captoinfo\fP(1M), +\fB\%infocmp\fP(1M), +\fB\%infotocap\fP(1M), +\fB\%toe\fP(1M), +\fB\%curses\fP(3X), +\fB\%term\fP(5), +\fB\%terminfo\fP(5), +\fB\%user_caps\fP(5) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/time.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/time.1 index 9b0f2c46..65030b6c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/time.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/time.1 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later .\" -.TH time 1 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH time 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME time \- time a simple command or give resource usage .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/timedatectl.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/timedatectl.1 index 1a6738e0..971175bb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/timedatectl.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/timedatectl.1 @@ -390,6 +390,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -401,6 +407,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/timeout.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/timeout.1 index 70e27d5c..add76ae5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/timeout.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/timeout.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TIMEOUT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TIMEOUT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME timeout \- run a command with a time limit .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/toe.1m b/upstream/archlinux/man1/toe.1m index 895eb3a8..d3a7c67a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/toe.1m +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/toe.1m @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ +'\" t .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2019-2021,2022 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2019-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,168 +28,215 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: toe.1m,v 1.36 2022/02/12 20:02:20 tom Exp $ -.TH toe 1M "" +.\" $Id: toe.1m,v 1.68 2024/04/20 18:59:26 tom Exp $ +.TH toe 1M 2024-04-20 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" +.ie \n(.g \{\ +.ds `` \(lq +.ds '' \(rq +.\} +.el \{\ +.ie t .ds `` `` +.el .ds `` "" +.ie t .ds '' '' +.el .ds '' "" +.\} +.ie n .ds CW R +.el \{ +.ie \n(.g .ds CW CR +.el .ds CW CW +.\} +. .de bP .ie n .IP \(bu 4 .el .IP \(bu 2 .. -.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq -.el .ds `` `` -.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq -.el .ds '' '' -.de NS -.ie n .sp -.el .sp .5 -.ie n .in +4 -.el .in +2 -.nf -.ft C \" Courier -.. -.de NE -.fi -.ft R -.ie n .in -4 -.el .in -2 -.. -.ds n 5 .ds d /usr/share/terminfo .SH NAME -\fBtoe\fP \- table of (terminfo) entries +\fB\%toe\fP \- +list table of entries of \fIterminfo\fR terminal types .SH SYNOPSIS -\fBtoe\fP [\fB\-v\fP[\fIn\fP]] [\fB\-ahsuUV\fP] \fIfile...\fP -.br -.SH DESCRIPTION +.B toe +.RB [ \-ahs ] +.RB [ \-v\ \c +.RI [ n ]] +.RI [ directory +\&.\|.\|.] .PP -With no options, -\fBtoe\fP lists all available terminal types by primary name -with descriptions. -File arguments specify the directories to be scanned; if no -such arguments are given, -your default terminfo directory is scanned. -If you also specify the \fB\-h\fP option, -a directory header will be issued as each -directory is entered. +.B toe +.RB [ \-u | \-U ] +.I file .PP -There are other options intended for use by terminfo file maintainers: -.TP -\fB\-a\fP -report on all of the terminal databases which ncurses would search, -rather than only the first one that it finds. +.B "toe \-V" +.SH DESCRIPTION +\fB\%toe\fP reports to the standard output stream the (primary) names +and descriptions of the terminal types available to the \fIterminfo\fP +library. +Each \fIdirectory\fP is scanned; +if none are given, +\fB\%toe\fP scans the default \fIterminfo\fP directory. +.SH OPTIONS +The \fB\-h\fP option can be helpful to observe where \fB\%toe\fP is +looking for terminal descriptions. +Other options support maintainers of \fIterminfo\fP terminal +descriptions. +.TP 9 \" "-u file" + 2n +.B \-a +lists entries from all terminal database directories that \fIterminfo\fP +would search, +instead of only the first that it finds. .IP -If the \fB\-s\fP is also given, \fBtoe\fP -adds a column to the report, -showing (like \fBconflict\fP(1)) which entries which -belong to a given terminal database. -An "*" marks entries which differ, and "+" marks equivalent entries. +If +.B \-s +is also given, +\fB\%toe\fP +additionally reports, +like \fI\%conflict\fP(1), +which entries correspond to a given terminal database. +An \*(``*\*('' marks entries that differ, +and \*(``+\*('' marks equivalent entries. .IP -Without the \fB\-s\fP option, \fBtoe\fP does not attempt to merge -duplicates in its report +Without the \fB\-s\fP option, +\fB\%toe\fP does not attempt to merge duplicates in its report. +.TP +.B \-h +writes a heading naming each each directory as it is accessed. .TP -\fB\-s\fP -sort the output by the entry names. +.B \-s +sorts the output by the entry names. .TP -\fB\-u\fP \fIfile\fP -says to write a report to the standard output, -listing dependencies in the given terminfo/termcap source file. -The report condenses the \*(``use\*('' relation: -each line consists of the primary name of a terminal that -has use capabilities, -followed by a colon, -followed by the -whitespace-separated primary names of all terminals which occur in those use -capabilities, -followed by a newline +.BI \-u\ file +lists terminal type dependencies in \fIfile\fP, +a \fIterminfo\fP entry source or \fItermcap\fP database file. +The report summarizes the \*(``\fBuse\fP\*('' (\fIterminfo\fP) and +\fBtc\fP (\fItermcap\fP) relations: +each line comprises the primary name of a terminal type employing +\fBuse\fP/\fBtc\fP capabilities, +a colon, +a space- and tab-separated list of primary names of terminal types thus +named, +and a newline. .TP -\fB\-U\fP \fIfile\fP -says to write a report to the standard output, -listing reverse dependencies in the given terminfo/termcap source file. -The report reverses the \*(``use\*('' relation: -each line consists of the primary name of a -terminal that occurs in use capabilities, -followed by a colon, -followed by the -whitespace-separated primary names of all terminals which depend on it, -followed by a newline. +.BI \-U\ file +lists terminal type reverse dependencies in \fIfile\fP, +a \fIterminfo\fP entry source or \fItermcap\fP database file. +The report summarizes the \*(``\fBuse\fP\*('' (\fIterminfo\fP) and +\fBtc\fP (\fItermcap\fP) reverse relations: +each line comprises the primary name of a terminal type occurring in +\fBuse\fP/\fBtc\fP capabilities, +a colon, +a space- and tab-separated list of primary names of terminal types +naming them thus, +and a newline. .TP -\fB\-v\fIn\fR -specifies that (verbose) output be written to standard error, -showing \fBtoe\fP's progress. +.BR \-v\ [\c +.IR n ] +reports verbose status information to the standard error stream, +showing \fB\%toe\fP's progress. .IP -The optional parameter \fIn\fP is a number from 1 to 10, -interpreted as for \fBtic\fP(1M). -If ncurses is built without tracing support, the optional parameter is ignored. +The optional parameter \fIn\fP is an integer between 1 and 10 inclusive, +interpreted as for \fB\%tic\fP(1M). +If \fI\%ncurses\fP is built without tracing support, +\fIn\fP is ignored. .TP \fB\-V\fP -reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, -and exits. -.SH EXAMPLES -.PP -Without sorting, the \fB\-a\fP option reports all of the names found -in all of the terminal databases found by the \fBTERMINFO\fP and -\fBTERMINFO_DIRS\fP environment variables: -.NS -MtxOrb162 16x2 Matrix Orbital LCD display -MtxOrb204 20x4 Matrix Orbital LCD display -MtxOrb Generic Matrix Orbital LCD display -qvt101+ qume qvt 101 PLUS product -qvt119+-25 QVT 119 PLUS with 25 data lines -qansi-g QNX ANSI -qvt103 qume qvt 103 -qnxw QNX4 windows -qansi-w QNX ansi for windows -qnxm QNX4 with mouse events -qvt203-25-w QVT 203 PLUS with 25 by 132 columns -qansi-t QNX ansi without console writes -\&.\ .\ . -.NE -.PP -Use the \fB\-a\fP and \fB\-s\fP options together to show where each terminal -description was found: -.NS ---> /usr/local/ncurses/share/terminfo -----> /usr/share/terminfo -*-+-: 9term Plan9 terminal emulator for X -*---: Eterm Eterm with xterm-style color support (X Window System) -*-*-: Eterm-256color Eterm with xterm 256-colors -*-*-: Eterm-88color Eterm with 88 colors -*-+-: MtxOrb Generic Matrix Orbital LCD display -*-+-: MtxOrb162 16x2 Matrix Orbital LCD display -*-+-: MtxOrb204 20x4 Matrix Orbital LCD display -*-*-: NCR260VT300WPP NCR 2900_260 vt300 wide mode pc+ kybd -*-+-: aaa ann arbor ambassador/30 lines -*-+-: aaa+dec ann arbor ambassador in dec vt100 mode -*-+-: aaa+rv ann arbor ambassador in reverse video -\&.\ .\ . -.NE +reports the version of \fI\%ncurses\fP associated +with this program and exits with a successful status. .SH FILES -.TP 5 -\fB\*d/?/*\fP -Compiled terminal description database. +.TP +.I \*d +compiled terminal description database +.SH PORTABILITY +\fB\%toe\fP is not provided by other implementations. +There is no applicable X/Open or POSIX standard for it. .SH HISTORY -This utility is not provided by other implementations. -There is no relevant X/Open or POSIX standard for \fBtoe\fP. +\fB\%toe\fP replaces a \fB\-T\fP option that was briefly supported by +the \fI\%ncurses\fP \fB\%infocmp\fP utility in 1995. +.PP +The \fB\-a\fP and \fB\-s\fP options were added in 2006 and 2011, +respectively. .PP -The program name refers to a developer's pun: +The program's name originates with a developer's pun: .bP \fBtic\fP, .bP \fBtac\fP (now \fBtack\fP), .bP \fBtoe\fP. +.SH EXAMPLES +When not sorting with the \fB\-s\fP option, +the \fB\-a\fP option reports all of the names found in all of the +terminal database directories named in the \fI\%TERMINFO\fP and +\fI\%TERMINFO_DIRS\fP environment variables. +.RS 4 .PP -It replaced a \fB\-T\fP option which was briefly supported by -the ncurses \fBinfocmp\fP utility in 1995. +.\" toe -a | grep -E '^(xterm|vt)' +.ft \*(CW +.TS +L2 Lx. +xterm\-color generic color xterm +xterm\-xfree86 xterm terminal emulator (XFree86) +xterm\-vt220 xterm emulating vt220 +xterm\-256color xterm with 256 colors +xterm\-r6 xterm X11R6 version +xterm\-r5 xterm R5 version +xterm\-mono monochrome xterm +xterm T{ +.ad l +xterm terminal emulator (X Window System) +T} +vt220 dec vt220 +vt102 dec vt102 +vt100 dec vt100 (w/advanced video) +vt52 dec vt52 +.T& +L. +\&.\|.\|. +.TE +.ft +.RE .PP -The \fB\-a\fP and \fB\-s\fP options were added to -\fBtoe\fP several years later (2006 and 2011, respectively). -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBcaptoinfo\fP(1M), -\fBinfocmp\fP(1M), -\fBinfotocap\fP(1M), -\fBtic\fP(1M), -\fBcurses\fP(3X), -\fBterminfo\fP(\*n). +Use the \fB\-a\fP and \fB\-s\fP options together to show where each +terminal description was found. +.RS 4 .PP -This describes \fBncurses\fP -version 6.4 (patch 20230520). +.\" toe -as | grep -E '(^-+>|:.(xterm|vt))' +.ft \*(CW +.TS +Lx. +\-\-> /etc/terminfo +\-\-\-\-> /lib/terminfo +\-\-\-\-\-\-> /usr/share/terminfo +.TE +.TS +L1 L2 Lx. +\-\-*\-\-\-: vt100 dec vt100 (w/advanced video) +\-\-*\-\-\-: vt102 dec vt102 +\-\-*\-\-\-: vt220 dec vt220 +\-\-*\-\-\-: vt52 dec vt52 +\-\-*\-\-\-: xterm T{ +.ad l +xterm terminal emulator (X Window System) +T} +\-\-*\-\-\-: xterm\-256color xterm with 256 colors +\-\-*\-\-\-: xterm\-color generic color xterm +\-\-*\-\-\-: xterm\-mono monochrome xterm +\-\-*\-\-\-: xterm\-r5 xterm R5 version +\-\-*\-\-\-: xterm\-r6 xterm X11R6 version +\-\-*\-\-\-: xterm\-vt220 xterm emulating vt220 +\-\-*\-\-\-: xterm\-xfree86 T{ +.ad l +xterm terminal emulator (XFree86) +T} +.T& +L. +\&.\|.\|. +.TE +.ft +.RE +.SH SEE ALSO +\fB\%captoinfo\fP(1M), +\fB\%infocmp\fP(1M), +\fB\%infotocap\fP(1M), +\fB\%tic\fP(1M), +\fB\%curses\fP(3X), +\fB\%terminfo\fP(5) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/touch.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/touch.1 index f562a6c4..c25df179 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/touch.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/touch.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TOUCH "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TOUCH "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME touch \- change file timestamps .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -41,21 +41,20 @@ change only the modification time \fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-reference\fR=\fI\,FILE\/\fR use this file's times instead of current time .TP -\fB\-t\fR STAMP -use [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.ss] instead of current time +\fB\-t\fR [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.ss] +use specified time instead of current time, +with a date\-time format that differs from \fB\-d\fR's .TP \fB\-\-time\fR=\fI\,WORD\/\fR -change the specified time: -WORD is access, atime, or use: equivalent to \fB\-a\fR -WORD is modify or mtime: equivalent to \fB\-m\fR +specify which time to change: +access time (\fB\-a\fR): 'access', 'atime', 'use'; +modification time (\fB\-m\fR): 'modify', 'mtime' .TP \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit -.PP -Note that the \fB\-d\fR and \fB\-t\fR options accept different time\-date formats. .SH "DATE STRING" .\" NOTE: keep this paragraph in sync with the one in date.x The --date=STRING is a mostly free format human readable date string @@ -73,7 +72,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tput.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tput.1 index d6b3c6ae..3bfdc030 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tput.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tput.1 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ '\" t .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2021,2022 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -28,593 +28,977 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tput.1,v 1.76 2022/02/12 20:02:20 tom Exp $ -.TH tput 1 "" -.ds d /usr/share/terminfo -.ds n 1 -.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq -.el .ds `` `` -.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq -.el .ds '' '' +.\" $Id: tput.1,v 1.113 2024/04/20 19:58:50 tom Exp $ +.TH tput 1 2024-04-20 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" +.ie \n(.g \{\ +.ds `` \(lq +.ds '' \(rq +.\} +.el \{\ +.ie t .ds `` `` +.el .ds `` "" +.ie t .ds '' '' +.el .ds '' "" +.\} +. .de bP .ie n .IP \(bu 4 .el .IP \(bu 2 .. +.ds d /usr/share/terminfo .SH NAME -\fBtput\fP, \fBreset\fP \- initialize a terminal or query terminfo database +\fB\%tput\fP \- +initialize a terminal, exercise its capabilities, or query \fI\%term\%info\fP database .SH SYNOPSIS -\fBtput\fR [\fB\-T\fItype\fR] \fIcapname\fR [\fIparameters\fR] -.br -\fBtput\fR [\fB\-T\fItype\fR] [\fB\-x\fR] \fBclear\fR -.br -\fBtput\fR [\fB\-T\fItype\fR] \fBinit\fR -.br -\fBtput\fR [\fB\-T\fItype\fR] \fBreset\fR -.br -\fBtput\fR [\fB\-T\fItype\fR] \fBlongname\fR -.br -\fBtput \-S\fP \fB<<\fP -.br +\fBtput\fP [\fB\-T\fP \fIterminal-type\fP] +{\fIcap-code\fP [\fIparameter\fP .\|.\|.\&]} .\|.\|. +.PP +\fBtput\fP [\fB\-T\fP \fIterminal-type\fP] [\fB\-x\fP] \fBclear\fP +.PP +\fBtput\fP [\fB\-T\fP \fIterminal-type\fP] \fBinit\fP +.PP +\fBtput\fP [\fB\-T\fP \fIterminal-type\fP] \fB\%reset\fP +.PP +\fBtput\fP [\fB\-T\fP \fIterminal-type\fP] \fB\%longname\fP +.PP +\fBtput \-S\fP +.PP \fBtput \-V\fP -.br .SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBtput\fP utility uses the \fBterminfo\fP database to make the -values of terminal-dependent capabilities and information available to -the shell (see \fBsh\fP(1)), to initialize or reset the terminal, or -return the long name of the requested terminal type. -The result depends upon the capability's type: -.RS 3 -.TP 5 -string -\fBtput\fP writes the string to the standard output. -No trailing newline is supplied. +\fB\%tput\fP uses the +.I \%term\%info +library and database to make terminal-specific capabilities and +information available to the shell, +to initialize or reset the terminal, +or +to report a description of the current +(or specified) +terminal type. +Terminal capabilities are accessed by +.IR cap-code . +.PP +\fB\%terminfo\fP(5) discusses terminal capabilities at length +and presents a complete list of +.IR cap-codes . +.PP +When retrieving capability values, +the result depends upon the capability's type. +.TP 9 \" "Boolean" + 2n +Boolean +\fB\%tput\fP sets its exit status to +.B 0 +if the terminal possesses +.IR cap-code , +and +.B 1 +if it does not. .TP -integer -\fBtput\fP writes the decimal value to the standard output, -with a trailing newline. +numeric +\fB\%tput\fP writes +.IR cap-code 's +decimal value to the standard output stream if defined +.RB ( \-1 +if it is not) +followed by a newline. .TP -boolean -\fBtput\fP simply sets the exit code -(\fB0\fP for TRUE if the terminal has the capability, -\fB1\fP for FALSE if it does not), -and writes nothing to the standard output. -.RE +string +\fB\%tput\fP writes +.IR cap-code 's +value to the standard output stream if defined, +without a trailing newline. .PP Before using a value returned on the standard output, -the application should test the exit code -(e.g., \fB$?\fP, see \fBsh\fP(1)) to be sure it is \fB0\fP. -(See the \fBEXIT CODES\fP and \fBDIAGNOSTICS\fP sections.) -For a complete list of capabilities -and the \fIcapname\fP associated with each, see \fBterminfo\fP(5). -.SS Options -.TP -\fB\-S\fP -allows more than one capability per invocation of \fBtput\fP. The -capabilities must be passed to \fBtput\fP from the standard input -instead of from the command line (see example). -Only one \fIcapname\fP is allowed per line. -The \fB\-S\fP option changes the -meaning of the \fB0\fP and \fB1\fP boolean and string exit codes (see the -EXIT CODES section). +the application should test \fB\%tput\fP's exit status +to be sure it is 0; +see section \*(``EXIT STATUS\*('' below. +.SS Operands +Generally, +an operand is a +.IR cap-code , +a capability code from the terminal database, +or a parameter thereto. +Three others are specially recognized by \fB\%tput\fP: +.BR init , +.BR \%reset , +and +.BR \%longname . +Although these resemble capability codes, +they in fact receive special handling; +we term them \*(``pseudo-capabilities\*(''. +.TP 11n \" "longname" + 2n + adjustment for PDF +.I cap-code +indicates a capability from the terminal database. .IP -Because some capabilities may use -\fIstring\fP parameters rather than \fInumbers\fP, -\fBtput\fP uses a table and the presence of parameters in its input -to decide whether to use \fBtparm\fP(3X), -and how to interpret the parameters. -.TP -\fB\-T\fItype\fR -indicates the \fItype\fP of terminal. -Normally this option is -unnecessary, because the default is taken from the environment -variable \fBTERM\fP. -If \fB\-T\fP is specified, then the shell -variables \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLUMNS\fP will also be ignored. -.TP -\fB\-V\fP -reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits. -.TP -.B \-x -do not attempt to clear the terminal's scrollback buffer -using the extended \*(``E3\*('' capability. -.SS Commands -A few commands (\fBinit\fP, \fBreset\fP and \fBlongname\fP) are -special; they are defined by the \fBtput\fP program. -The others are the names of \fIcapabilities\fP from the terminal database -(see \fBterminfo\fP(5) for a list). -Although \fBinit\fP and \fBreset\fP resemble capability names, -\fBtput\fP uses several capabilities to perform these special functions. -.TP -\fIcapname\fP -indicates the capability from the terminal database. -.IP -If the capability is a string that takes parameters, the arguments -following the capability will be used as parameters for the string. +If +.I cap-code +is of string type and takes parameters, +\fB\%tput\fP interprets arguments following +.I cap-code +as the parameters, +up to the (fixed) quantity the capability requires. .IP -Most parameters are numbers. +Most parameters are numeric. Only a few terminal capabilities require string parameters; -\fBtput\fP uses a table to decide which to pass as strings. -Normally \fBtput\fP uses \fBtparm\fP(3X) to perform the substitution. +\fB\%tput\fP uses a table to decide which to pass as strings. +Normally \fB\%tput\fP uses \fB\%tparm\fP(3X) to perform the +substitution. If no parameters are given for the capability, -\fBtput\fP writes the string without performing the substitution. +\fB\%tput\fP writes the string without performing the substitution. .TP -\fBinit\fP -If the terminal database is present and an entry for the user's -terminal exists (see \fB\-T\fItype\fR, above), the following will -occur: +.B init +initializes the terminal. +If the terminal database is present +and an entry for the user's terminal type exists, +the following occur. .RS .TP 5 (1) -first, \fBtput\fP retrieves the current terminal mode settings -for your terminal. -It does this by successively testing +\fB\%tput\fP retrieves the terminal's mode settings. +It successively tests the file descriptors corresponding to .RS .bP -the standard error, +the standard error stream, .bP -standard output, +the standard output stream, .bP -standard input and +the standard input stream, +and .bP -ultimately \*(``/dev/tty\*('' +.I \%/dev/tty .RE .IP to obtain terminal settings. -Having retrieved these settings, \fBtput\fP remembers which -file descriptor to use when updating settings. +Having retrieved them, +\fB\%tput\fP remembers which descriptor to use for further updates. .TP (2) -if the window size cannot be obtained from the operating system, -but the terminal description (or environment, e.g., \fBLINES\fP -and \fBCOLUMNS\fP variables specify this), -update the operating system's notion of the window size. +If the terminal dimensions cannot be obtained from the operating system, +but the environment or terminal type database entry describes them, +\fB\%tput\fP updates the operating system's notion of them. .TP (3) -the terminal modes will be updated: +\fB\%tput\fP updates the terminal modes. .RS .bP -any delays (e.g., newline) specified in the entry will -be set in the tty driver, +Any delays specified in the entry +(for example, +when a newline is sent) +are set in the terminal driver. .bP -tabs expansion will be turned on or off according to -the specification in the entry, and +Tab expansion is turned on or off per the specification in the entry, +and .bP if tabs are not expanded, -standard tabs will be set (every 8 spaces). +standard tabs +(every 8 spaces) +are set. .RE .TP (4) -if present, the terminal's initialization strings will be -output as detailed in the \fBterminfo\fP(5) section on -.IR "Tabs and Initialization" , +If initialization capabilities, +detailed in subsection \*(``Tabs and Initialization\*('' of +\fB\%terminfo\fP(5), +are present, +\fB\%tput\fP writes them to the standard output stream. .TP (5) -output is flushed. +\fB\%tput\fP flushes the standard output stream. .RE .IP -If an entry does not -contain the information needed for any of these activities, -that activity will silently be skipped. +If an entry lacks the information needed for an activity above, +that activity is silently skipped. .TP -\fBreset\fP -This is similar to \fBinit\fP, with two differences: +.B reset +re-initializes the terminal. +A reset differs from initialization in two ways. .RS .TP 5 (1) -before any other initialization, -the terminal modes will be reset to a \*(``sane\*('' state: +\fB\%tput\fP sets the the terminal modes to a \*(``sane\*('' state, .RS .bP -set cooked and echo modes, +enabling cooked and echo modes, .bP -turn off cbreak and raw modes, +disabling cbreak and raw modes, .bP -turn on newline translation and +enabling newline translation, +and .bP -reset any unset special characters to their default values +setting any unset special characters to their default values. .RE .TP 5 (2) -Instead of putting out \fIinitialization\fP strings, the terminal's -\fIreset\fP strings will be output if present -(\fBrs1\fP, \fBrs2\fP, \fBrs3\fP, \fBrf\fP). -If the \fIreset\fP strings are not present, but \fIinitialization\fP -strings are, the \fIinitialization\fP strings will be output. +If any reset capabilities are defined for the terminal type, +\fB\%tput\fP writes them to the output stream. +Otherwise, +\fB\%tput\fP uses any defined initialization capabilities. +Reset capabilities are detailed in subsection +\*(``Tabs and Initialization\*('' of \fB\%terminfo\fP(5). .RE -.IP -Otherwise, \fBreset\fP acts identically to \fBinit\fP. .TP -\fBlongname\fP -If the terminal database is present and an entry for the -user's terminal exists (see \fB\-T\fItype\fR above), then the long name -of the terminal will be put out. -The long name is the last -name in the first line of the terminal's description in the -\fBterminfo\fP database [see \fBterm\fP(5)]. -.SS Aliases -\fBtput\fP handles the \fBclear\fP, \fBinit\fP and \fBreset\fP -commands specially: -it allows for the possibility that it is invoked by a link with those names. -.PP -If \fBtput\fP is invoked by a link named \fBreset\fP, this has the -same effect as \fBtput reset\fP. -The \fBtset\fP(\*n) utility also treats a link named \fBreset\fP specially. -.PP -Before ncurses 6.1, the two utilities were different from each other: -.bP -\fBtset\fP utility reset the terminal modes and special characters -(not done with \fBtput\fP). -.bP -On the other hand, \fBtset\fP's repertoire of terminal capabilities for -resetting the terminal was more limited, -i.e., only \fBreset_1string\fP, \fBreset_2string\fP and \fBreset_file\fP -in contrast to the tab-stops and margins which are set by this utility. -.bP -The \fBreset\fP program is usually an alias for \fBtset\fP, -because of this difference with resetting terminal modes and special characters. -.PP -With the changes made for ncurses 6.1, the \fIreset\fP feature of the -two programs is (mostly) the same. -A few differences remain: -.bP -The \fBtset\fP program waits one second when resetting, -in case it happens to be a hardware terminal. -.bP -The two programs write the terminal initialization strings -to different streams (i.e., the standard error for \fBtset\fP and the -standard output for \fBtput\fP). +.B longname +A +.I \%term\%info +entry begins with one or more names by which an application +can refer to the entry, +before the list of terminal capabilities. +The names are separated by \*(``|\*('' characters. +X/Open Curses terms the last name the \*(``long name\*('', +and indicates that it may include blanks. .IP -\fBNote:\fP although these programs write to different streams, -redirecting their output to a file will capture only part of their actions. -The changes to the terminal modes are not affected by redirecting the output. -.PP -If \fBtput\fP is invoked by a link named \fBinit\fP, this has the -same effect as \fBtput init\fP. -Again, you are less likely to use that link because another program -named \fBinit\fP has a more well-established use. -.SS Terminal Size -.PP -Besides the special commands (e.g., \fBclear\fP), -tput treats certain terminfo capabilities specially: -\fBlines\fP and \fBcols\fP. -tput calls \fBsetupterm\fP(3X) to obtain the terminal size: -.bP -first, it gets the size from the terminal database -(which generally is not provided for terminal emulators -which do not have a fixed window size) -.bP -then it asks the operating system for the terminal's size -(which generally works, unless connecting via a serial line which -does not support \fINAWS\fP: negotiations about window size). -.bP -finally, it inspects the environment variables \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLUMNS\fP -which may override the terminal size. +\fB\%tic\fP warns if the last name does not include blanks, +to accommodate old +.I \%term\%info +entries that treated the long name as an optional feature. +The long name is often referred to as the description field. +.IP +If the terminal database is present and an entry for the user's terminal +type exists, +\fB\%tput\fP reports its description to the standard output stream, +without a trailing newline. +See \fB\%terminfo\fP(5). .PP -If the \fB\-T\fP option is given -tput ignores the environment variables by calling \fBuse_tioctl(TRUE)\fP, -relying upon the operating system (or finally, the terminal database). -.SH EXAMPLES -.TP 5 -\fBtput init\fP -Initialize the terminal according to the type of -terminal in the environmental variable \fBTERM\fP. This -command should be included in everyone's .profile after -the environmental variable \fBTERM\fP has been exported, as -illustrated on the \fBprofile\fP(5) manual page. -.TP 5 -\fBtput \-T5620 reset\fP -Reset an AT&T 5620 terminal, overriding the type of -terminal in the environmental variable \fBTERM\fP. -.TP 5 -\fBtput cup 0 0\fP -Send the sequence to move the cursor to row \fB0\fP, column \fB0\fP -(the upper left corner of the screen, usually known as the \*(``home\*('' -cursor position). -.TP 5 -\fBtput clear\fP -Echo the clear-screen sequence for the current terminal. -.TP 5 -\fBtput cols\fP -Print the number of columns for the current terminal. -.TP 5 -\fBtput \-T450 cols\fP -Print the number of columns for the 450 terminal. -.TP 5 -\fBbold=`tput smso` offbold=`tput rmso`\fP -Set the shell variables \fBbold\fP, to begin stand-out mode -sequence, and \fBoffbold\fP, to end standout mode sequence, -for the current terminal. -This might be followed by a -prompt: \fBecho "${bold}Please type in your name: ${offbold}\\c"\fP -.TP 5 -\fBtput hc\fP -Set exit code to indicate if the current terminal is a hard copy terminal. -.TP 5 -\fBtput cup 23 4\fP -Send the sequence to move the cursor to row 23, column 4. -.TP 5 -\fBtput cup\fP -Send the terminfo string for cursor-movement, with no parameters substituted. -.TP 5 -\fBtput longname\fP -Print the long name from the \fBterminfo\fP database for the -type of terminal specified in the environmental -variable \fBTERM\fP. +.I Note: +Redirecting the output of +.RB \%\*(`` "tput init" \*('' +or +.RB \%\*(`` "tput reset" \*('' +to a file will capture only part of their actions. +Changes to the terminal modes are not affected by file descriptor +redirection, +since the terminal modes are altered via \fB\%ioctl\fP(2). +.SS Aliases +If \fB\%tput\fP is invoked via link with any of the names +.BR clear , +.BR init , +or +.BR \%reset , +it operates as if run with the corresponding (pseudo-)capability +operand. +For example, +executing a link named +.B \%reset +that points to \fB\%tput\fP has the same effect as +.RB \%\*(`` "tput \%reset" \*(''. .PP -.RS 5 -\fBtput \-S <<!\fP -.br -\fB> clear\fP -.br -\fB> cup 10 10\fP -.br -\fB> bold\fP -.br -\fB> !\fP -.RE -.TP 5 -\& -This example shows \fBtput\fP processing several capabilities -in one invocation. -It clears the screen, -moves the cursor to position 10, 10 -and turns on bold (extra bright) mode. -The list is terminated by an exclamation mark (\fB!\fP) on a line by itself. -.SH FILES +This feature was introduced by +.I \%ncurses +5.2 in 2000. +It is rarely used: .TP -\fB\*d\fP -compiled terminal description database +.B \%clear +is a separate program, +which is both smaller and more frequently executed. .TP -\fB/usr/share/tabset/*\fP -tab settings for some terminals, in a format -appropriate to be output to the terminal (escape -sequences that set margins and tabs); for more -information, see the -.IR "Tabs and Initialization" , -section of \fBterminfo\fP(5) -.SH EXIT CODES -If the \fB\-S\fP option is used, -\fBtput\fP checks for errors from each line, -and if any errors are found, will set the exit code to 4 plus the -number of lines with errors. -If no errors are found, the exit code is \fB0\fP. -No indication of which line failed can be given so -exit code \fB1\fP will never appear. -Exit codes \fB2\fP, \fB3\fP, and -\fB4\fP retain their usual interpretation. -If the \fB\-S\fP option is not used, -the exit code depends on the type of \fIcapname\fP: -.RS 3 +.B init +has the same name as another program in widespread use. .TP -.I boolean -a value of \fB0\fP is set for TRUE and \fB1\fP for FALSE. +.B \%reset +is provided +by the \fB\%tset\fP(1) utility (also via a link named +.BR \%reset ")." +.SS "Terminal Size" +Besides the pseudo-capabilities +(such as +.BR init ), +\fB\%tput\fP treats the +.B lines +and +.B cols +.I cap-codes +specially: +it may call \fB\%setupterm\fP(3X) to obtain the terminal size. +.bP +First, +\fB\%tput\fP attempts to obtain these capabilities from the terminal +database. +This generally fails for terminal emulators, +which lack a fixed window size and thus omit the capabilities. +.bP +It then asks the operating system for the terminal's size, +which generally works, +unless the connection is via a serial line that +does not support \*(``NAWS\*('': negotiations about window size. +.bP +Finally, +it inspects the environment variables +.I LINES +and +.IR \%COLUMNS , +which may override the terminal size. +.PP +If the +.B \-T +option is given, +\fB\%tput\fP ignores the environment variables by calling +.BR \%use_tioctl(TRUE) , +relying upon the operating system +(or, +ultimately, +the terminal database). +.SH OPTIONS +.TP 9n \" "-T type" + 2n +.B \-S +retrieves more than one capability per invocation of \fB\%tput\fP. +The capabilities must be passed to \fB\%tput\fP from the standard +input stream instead of from the command line +(see section \*(``EXAMPLES\*('' below). +Only one +.I cap-code +is allowed per line. +The +.B \-S +option changes the meanings of the +.B 0 +and +.B 1 +exit statuses +(see section \*(``EXIT STATUS\*('' below). +.IP +Some capabilities use string parameters rather than numeric ones. +\fB\%tput\fP employs a built-in table and the presence of parameters +in its input to decide how to interpret them, +and whether to use \fB\%tparm\fP(3X). .TP -.I string -a value of \fB0\fP is set if the -\fIcapname\fP is defined for this terminal \fItype\fP (the value of -\fIcapname\fP is returned on standard output); -a value of \fB1\fP is set if \fIcapname\fP -is not defined for this terminal \fItype\fP -(nothing is written to standard output). +.BI \-T\ type +indicates the terminal's +.IR type . +Normally this option is unnecessary, +because a default is taken from the +.I TERM +environment variable. +If specified, +the environment variables +.I LINES +and +.I \%COLUMNS +are also ignored. .TP -.I integer -a value of \fB0\fP is always set, -whether or not \fIcapname\fP is defined for this terminal \fItype\fP. -To determine if \fIcapname\fP is defined for this terminal \fItype\fP, -the user must test the value written to standard output. -A value of \fB\-1\fP -means that \fIcapname\fP is not defined for this terminal \fItype\fP. +.B \-V +reports the version of +.I \%ncurses +associated with \fB\%tput\fP, +and exits with a successful status. .TP -.I other -\fBreset\fP or \fBinit\fP may fail to find their respective files. -In that case, the exit code is set to 4 + \fBerrno\fP. -.RE -.PP -Any other exit code indicates an error; see the DIAGNOSTICS section. -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -\fBtput\fP prints the following error messages and sets the corresponding exit -codes. +.B \-x +prevents +.RB \%\*(`` "tput clear" \*('' +from attempting to clear the scrollback buffer. +.SH EXIT STATUS +Normally, +one should interpret \fB\%tput\fP's exit statuses as follows. .PP -.ne 15 +.if n .ne 3 +.if t .ne 2 .TS -l l. -exit code error message -= -\fB0\fP T{ -(\fIcapname\fP is a numeric variable that is not specified in the -\fBterminfo\fP(5) database for this terminal type, e.g. -\fBtput \-T450 lines\fP and \fBtput \-Thp2621 xmc\fP) -T} -\fB1\fP no error message is printed, see the \fBEXIT CODES\fP section. -\fB2\fP usage error -\fB3\fP unknown terminal \fItype\fP or no \fBterminfo\fP database -\fB4\fP unknown \fBterminfo\fP capability \fIcapname\fP -\fB>4\fP error occurred in \-S -= +Lb Lb +Lb Lx. +Status Meaning When \-S Not Specified +_ +0 Boolean or string capability present +1 Boolean or numeric capability absent +2 usage error or no terminal type specified +3 unrecognized terminal type +4 unrecognized capability code +>4 system error (4 + \fBerrno\fP) .TE -.SH HISTORY -The \fBtput\fP command was begun by Bill Joy in 1980. -The initial version only cleared the screen. .PP -AT&T System V provided a different \fBtput\fP command: -.bP -SVr2 provided a rudimentary \fBtput\fP -which checked the parameter against each -predefined capability and returned the corresponding value. -This version of \fBtput\fP did not use \fBtparm\fP(3X) for -the capabilities which are parameterized. -.bP -SVr3 replaced that, a year later, by a more extensive program -whose \fBinit\fP and \fBreset\fP subcommands -(more than half the program) were incorporated from -the \fBreset\fP feature of BSD \fBtset\fP written by Eric Allman. -.bP -SVr4 added color initialization using the \fBorig_colors\fP and -\fBorig_pair\fP capabilities in the \fBinit\fP subcommand. -.PP -Keith Bostic replaced the BSD \fBtput\fP command in 1989 -with a new implementation -based on the AT&T System V program \fBtput\fP. -Like the AT&T program, Bostic's version -accepted some parameters named for \fIterminfo\fP capabilities -(\fBclear\fP, \fBinit\fP, \fBlongname\fP and \fBreset\fP). -However (because he had only \fItermcap\fP available), -it accepted \fItermcap\fP names for other capabilities. -Also, Bostic's BSD \fBtput\fP did not modify the terminal I/O modes -as the earlier BSD \fBtset\fP had done. +When the +.B \-S +option is used, +some statuses change meanings. .PP -At the same time, Bostic added a shell script named \*(``clear\*('', -which used \fBtput\fP to clear the screen. -.PP -Both of these appeared in 4.4BSD, -becoming the \*(``modern\*('' BSD implementation of \fBtput\fP. -.PP -This implementation of \fBtput\fP began from a different source than -AT&T or BSD: Ross Ridge's \fImytinfo\fP package, published on -\fIcomp.sources.unix\fP in December 1992. -Ridge's program made more sophisticated use of the terminal capabilities -than the BSD program. -Eric Raymond used that \fBtput\fP program -(and other parts of \fImytinfo\fP) in ncurses in June 1995. -Using the portions dealing with terminal capabilities -almost without change, -Raymond made improvements to the way the command-line parameters -were handled. +.if n .ne 4 +.if t .ne 3 +.TS +Lb Lb +Lb Lx. +Status Meaning When \-S Specified +_ +0 all operands interpreted +1 unused +4 some operands not interpreted +.TE +.SH ENVIRONMENT +\fBtput\fP reads one environment variable. +.TP 8n \" "TERM" + 2n + adjustment for PDF +.I TERM +denotes the terminal type. +Each terminal type is distinct, +though many are similar. +The +.B \-T +option overrides its value. +.SH FILES +.TP +.I /usr/share/tabset +tab stop initialization database +.TP +.I \*d +compiled terminal description database .SH PORTABILITY -.PP -This implementation of \fBtput\fP differs from AT&T \fBtput\fP in -two important areas: -.bP -\fBtput\fP \fIcapname\fP writes to the standard output. -That need not be a regular terminal. -However, the subcommands which manipulate terminal modes -may not use the standard output. +Over time +.I \%ncurses +\fB\%tput\fP +has differed from that of System\ V in two important respects, +one now mostly historical. +.bP +\%\*(``\fBtput\fP +.IR cap-code \*('' +writes to the standard output, +which need not be a terminal device. +However, +the operands that manipulate terminal modes might not use the standard +output. .IP -The AT&T implementation's \fBinit\fP and \fBreset\fP commands -use the BSD (4.1c) \fBtset\fP source, which manipulates terminal modes. -It successively tries standard output, standard error, standard input -before falling back to \*(``/dev/tty\*('' and finally just assumes -a 1200Bd terminal. -When updating terminal modes, it ignores errors. +System\ V +.BR tput 's +.B init +and +.B \%reset +operands use logic from 4.1cBSD +.BR tset , +manipulating terminal modes. +It checks the same file descriptors +(and +.IR \%/dev/tty ) +for association with a terminal device as +.I \%ncurses +now does, +and if none are, +finally assumes a 1200 baud terminal. +When updating terminal modes, +it ignores errors. .IP -Until changes made after ncurses 6.0, -\fBtput\fP did not modify terminal modes. -\fBtput\fP now uses a similar scheme, -using functions shared with \fBtset\fP -(and ultimately based on the 4.4BSD \fBtset\fP). -If it is not able to open a terminal, e.g., when running in \fBcron\fP(1), -\fBtput\fP will return an error. -.bP -AT&T \fBtput\fP guesses the type of its \fIcapname\fP operands by seeing if -all of the characters are numeric, or not. +Until +.I \%ncurses +6.1 +(see section \*(``HISTORY\*('' below), +\fB\%tput\fP did not modify terminal modes. +It now employs a scheme similar to System\ V, +using functions shared with \fB\%tset\fP +(and ultimately based on 4.4BSD +.BR tset ). +If it is not able to open a terminal +(for instance, +when run by \fIcron\fP(1)), +\fB\%tput\fP exits with an error status. +.bP +System\ V +.B tput +assumes that the type of a +.I cap-code +operand is numeric if all the characters of its value are decimal +numbers; +if they are not, +it treats +.I cap-code +as a string capability. .IP -Most implementations which provide support for \fIcapname\fP operands -use the \fBtparm\fP function to expand parameters in it. +Most implementations that provide support for +.I cap-code +operands use the \fB\%tparm\fP(3X) function to expand its parameters. That function expects a mixture of numeric and string parameters, -requiring \fBtput\fP to know which type to use. +requiring \fB\%tput\fP to know which type to use. .IP -This implementation uses a table to determine the parameter types for -the standard \fIcapname\fP operands, and an internal library -function to analyze nonstandard \fIcapname\fP operands. +.I \%ncurses +\fB\%tput\fP +uses a table to determine the parameter types for +the standard +.I cap-code +operands, +and an internal function to analyze nonstandard +.I cap-code +operands. .IP -Besides providing more reliable operation than AT&T's utility, -a portability problem is introduced by this analysis: -An OpenBSD developer adapted the internal library function from ncurses -to port NetBSD's termcap-based \fBtput\fP to terminfo. -That had been modified to interpret multiple commands on a line. +While more reliable than System\ V's utility, +a portability problem is introduced by this analysis. +An OpenBSD developer adapted the internal library function from +.I \%ncurses +to port NetBSD's +.IR termcap -based +.B tput +to +.IR \%term\%info , +and modified it to interpret multiple +.I cap-codes +(and parameters) +on the command line. Portable applications should not rely upon this feature; -ncurses provides it to support applications written -specifically for OpenBSD. +.I \%ncurses +offers it to support applications written specifically for OpenBSD. .PP -This implementation (unlike others) can accept both \fItermcap\fP -and \fIterminfo\fP names for the \fIcapname\fP feature, +This implementation, +unlike others, +accepts both +.I termcap +and +.I \%term\%info +.I cap-codes if -\fItermcap\fP support is compiled in. -However, the predefined \fItermcap\fP and \fIterminfo\fP names have two -ambiguities in this case (and the \fIterminfo\fP name is assumed): -.bP -The \fItermcap\fP name \fBdl\fP corresponds to -the \fIterminfo\fP name \fBdl1\fP (delete one line). -.br -The \fIterminfo\fP name \fBdl\fP corresponds to -the \fItermcap\fP name \fBDL\fP (delete a given number of lines). -.bP -The \fItermcap\fP name \fBed\fP corresponds to -the \fIterminfo\fP name \fBrmdc\fP (end delete mode). -.br -The \fIterminfo\fP name \fBed\fP corresponds to -the \fItermcap\fP name \fBcd\fP (clear to end of screen). +.I termcap +support is compiled in. +In that case, +however, +the predefined +.I termcap +and +.I \%term\%info +codes have two +ambiguities; +.I \%ncurses +assumes the +.I \%term\%info +code. +.bP +The +.I cap-code +.B dl +means +.B \%delete_line +to +.I termcap +but +.B \%parm_delete_line +to +.IR \%term\%info . +.I termcap +uses the code +.B DL +for +.BR \%parm_delete_line . +.I \%term\%info +uses the code +.B dl1 +for +.BR \%delete_line . +.bP +The +.I cap-code +.B ed +means +.B \%exit_delete_mode +to +.I termcap +but +.B \%clr_eos +to +.IR \%term\%info . +.I termcap +uses the code +.B cd +for +.BR \%clr_eos . +.I \%term\%info +uses the code +.B rmdc +for +.BR \%exit_delete_mode . .PP -The \fBlongname\fP and \fB\-S\fP options, and the parameter-substitution -features used in the \fBcup\fP example, -were not supported in BSD curses before 4.3reno (1989) or in -AT&T/USL curses before SVr4 (1988). +The +.B \%longname +operand, +.B \-S +option, +and the parameter-substitution features used in the +.B cup +example below, +were not supported in +AT&T/USL +.I curses +before SVr4 (1989). +Later, +4.3BSD-Reno (1990) added support for +.BR \%longname , +.\" longname was added in October 1989. +and in 1994, +NetBSD added support for the parameter-substitution features. .PP -IEEE Std 1003.1/The Open Group Base Specifications Issue 7 (POSIX.1-2008) -documents only the operands for \fBclear\fP, \fBinit\fP and \fBreset\fP. -There are a few interesting observations to make regarding that: -.bP -In this implementation, \fBclear\fP is part of the \fIcapname\fP support. -The others (\fBinit\fP and \fBlongname\fP) do not correspond to terminal -capabilities. -.bP -Other implementations of \fBtput\fP on -SVr4-based systems such as Solaris, IRIX64 and HPUX -as well as others such as AIX and Tru64 -provide support for \fIcapname\fP operands. -.bP -A few platforms such as FreeBSD recognize termcap names rather -than terminfo capability names in their respective \fBtput\fP commands. -Since 2010, NetBSD's \fBtput\fP uses terminfo names. -Before that, it (like FreeBSD) recognized termcap names. +IEEE Std 1003.1/The Open Group Base Specifications Issue 7 +(POSIX.1-2008) +documents only the +.BR clear , +.BR init , +and +.B \%reset +operands. +A few observations of interest arise from that selection. +.bP +.I \%ncurses +supports +.B clear +as it does any other standard +.IR cap-code . +The others +.RB ( init +and +.BR \%longname ) +do not correspond to terminal capabilities. +.bP +The +.B tput +on SVr4-based systems such as Solaris, +IRIX64, +and HP-UX, +as well as others such as AIX and Tru64, +also support standard +.I cap-code +operands. +.bP +A few platforms such as FreeBSD recognize +.I termcap +codes rather than +.I \%term\%info +capability codes in their respective +.B tput +commands. +Since 2010, +NetBSD's +.B tput +uses +.I \%term\%info +codes. +Before that, +it +(like FreeBSD) +recognized +.I termcap +codes. .IP -Beginning in 2021, FreeBSD uses the ncurses \fBtput\fP, -configured for both terminfo (tested first) and termcap (as a fallback). +Beginning in 2021, +FreeBSD uses +.I \%ncurses +.BR tput , +configured for both +.I \%term\%info +(tested first) +and +.I termcap +(as a fallback). .PP -Because (apparently) \fIall\fP of the certified Unix systems -support the full set of capability names, the reasoning for documenting -only a few may not be apparent. -.bP -X/Open Curses Issue 7 documents \fBtput\fP differently, with \fIcapname\fP +Because (apparently) all +.I certified +Unix systems support the full set of capability codes, +the reason for documenting only a few may not be apparent. +.bP +X/Open Curses Issue 7 documents +.B tput +differently, +with +.I cap-code and the other features used in this implementation. .bP -That is, there are two standards for \fBtput\fP: +That is, +there are two standards for +.BR tput : POSIX (a subset) and X/Open Curses (the full implementation). -POSIX documents a subset to avoid the complication of including X/Open Curses -and the terminal capabilities database. -.bP -While it is certainly possible to write a \fBtput\fP program -without using curses, -none of the systems which have a curses implementation provide -a \fBtput\fP utility which does not provide the \fIcapname\fP feature. +POSIX documents a subset to avoid the complication of including +X/Open Curses and the terminal capability database. +.bP +While it is certainly possible to write a +.B tput +program without using +.IR curses , +no system with a +.I curses +implementation provides a +.B tput +utility that does not also support standard +.IR cap-codes . .PP X/Open Curses Issue 7 (2009) is the first version to document utilities. However that part of X/Open Curses does not follow existing practice -(i.e., Unix features documented in SVID 3): -.bP -It assigns exit code 4 to \*(``invalid operand\*('', -which may be the same as \fIunknown capability\fP. -For instance, the source code for Solaris' xcurses uses the term -\*(``invalid\*('' in this case. -.bP -It assigns exit code 255 to a numeric variable that is not specified in -the terminfo database. +(that is, +System\ V +.I curses +behavior). +.bP +It assigns exit status 4 to \*(``invalid operand\*('', +which may have the same meaning as \*(``unknown capability\*(''. +For instance, +the source code for +Solaris +.I xcurses +uses the term \*(``invalid\*('' in this case. +.bP +It assigns exit status 255 to a numeric variable that is not specified +in the +.I \%term\%info +database. That likely is a documentation error, -confusing the \fB\-1\fP written to the standard output for an absent -or cancelled numeric value versus an (unsigned) exit code. +mistaking the \*(``\-1\*('' written to the standard output to indicate +an absent or cancelled numeric capability for an (unsigned) exit status. .PP -The various Unix systems (AIX, HPUX, Solaris) use the same exit-codes -as ncurses. +The various System\ V implementations +(AIX, +HP-UX, +Solaris) +use the same exit statuses as +.IR \%ncurses . .PP -NetBSD curses documents different exit codes which do not correspond -to either ncurses or X/Open. -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBclear\fP(\*n), -\fBstty\fP(1), -\fBtabs\fP(\*n), -\fBtset\fP(\*n), -\fBcurs_termcap\fP(3X), -\fBterminfo\fP(5). +NetBSD +.I curses +documents exit statuses that correspond to neither +.I \%ncurses +nor X/Open Curses. +.SH HISTORY +Bill Joy wrote a +.B tput +command during development of 4BSD in October 1980. +This initial version only cleared the screen, +and did not ship with official distributions. +.\" It also exited with backwards exit status (1 on success, 0 on +.\" failure), and was characterized by Bostic in 1988 as "pretty +.\" unreasonable". +.\" See Spinellis's "unix-history-repo" on GitHub. +.PP +System\ V developed a different +.B tput +command. +.bP +SVr2 (1984) provided a rudimentary +.B tput +that checked the parameter against each +predefined capability and returned the corresponding value. +This version of +.B tput +did not use \fB\%tparm\fP(3X) for parameterized capabilities. +.bP +SVr3 (1987) replaced that +.\" SVr3 released in 1987, not 1985. +.\" https://unix.org/what_is_unix/history_timeline.html +with a more extensive program +whose support for +.B init +and +.B \%reset +operands +(more than half the program) +incorporated the +.B \%reset +feature of BSD +.B tset +written by Eric Allman. +.bP +SVr4 (1989) added color initialization by using the +.B \%orig_colors +.RB ( oc ) +and +.B \%orig_pair +.RB ( op ) +capabilities in its +.B init +logic. .PP -This describes \fBncurses\fP -version 6.4 (patch 20230520). +Keith Bostic refactored BSD +.B tput +for shipment in 4.3BSD-Tahoe (1988), +then replaced it the next year with a new implementation based on +System\ V +.BR tput . +Bostic's version similarly accepted some parameters named for +.I \%term\%info +(pseudo-)capabilities: +.BR clear , +.BR init , +.BR \%longname , +and +.BR \%reset . +However, +because he had only +.I termcap +available, +it accepted +.I termcap +codes for other capabilities. +Also, +Bostic's BSD +.B tput +did not modify the terminal modes as the earlier BSD +.B tset +had done. +.PP +At the same time, +Bostic added a shell script named \*(``clear\*('' that used +.B tput +to clear the screen. +Both of these appeared in 4.4BSD, +becoming the \*(``modern\*('' BSD implementation of +.BR tput . +.PP +The origin of +.I \%ncurses +\fB\%tput\fP lies outside both System\ V and BSD, +in Ross Ridge's +.I \%mytinfo +package, +published on +.I comp.sources.unix +in December 1992. +Ridge's program made more sophisticated use of the terminal capabilities +than the BSD program. +Eric Raymond used that +.B tput +program +(and other parts of +.IR \%mytinfo ) +in +.I \%ncurses +in June 1995. +Incorporating the portions dealing with terminal capabilities +almost without change, +Raymond made improvements to the way command-line parameters +were handled. +.PP +Before +.I \%ncurses +6.1 (2018), +its \fB\%tset\fP and \fB\%tput\fP utilities differed. +.bP +\fB\%tset\fP was more effective, +resetting the terminal modes and special characters. +.bP +On the other hand, +\fB\%tset\fP's repertoire of terminal capabilities for resetting the +terminal was more limited; +it had only equivalents of +.B \%reset_1string +.RB ( rs1 ), +.B \%reset_2string +.RB ( rs2 ), +and +.B \%reset_file +.RB ( rf ), +and not the tab stop and margin update features of \fB\%tput\fP. +.PP +The +.B \%reset +program is traditionally an alias for \fB\%tset\fP due to its ability +to reset terminal modes and special characters. +.PP +As of +.I \%ncurses +6.1, +the \*(``reset\*('' features of the two programs are (mostly) the same. +Two minor differences remain. +.bP +The \fB\%tset\fP program waits one second when resetting, +in case the terminal happens to be a hardware device. +.bP +The two programs write the terminal initialization strings +to different streams; +that is, +standard error for \fB\%tset\fP and +standard output for \fB\%tput\fP. +.SH EXAMPLES +.TP +.B "tput init" +Initialize the terminal according to the type of +terminal in the +.I TERM +environment variable. +If the system does not reliably initialize the terminal upon login, +this command can be included in +.I \%$HOME/.profile +after exporting the +.I TERM +environment variable. +.TP +.B "tput \-T5620 reset" +Reset an AT&T 5620 terminal, +overriding the terminal type in the +.I TERM +environment variable. +.TP +.B "tput cnorm" +Set cursor to normal visibility. +.TP +.B "tput home" +Move the cursor to row 0, +column 0: +the upper left corner of the screen, +usually known as the \*(``home\*('' cursor position. +.TP +.B "tput clear" +Clear the screen: +write the +.B \%clear_screen +capability's value to the standard output stream. +.TP +.B "tput cols" +Report the number of columns used by the current terminal type. +.TP +.B "tput \-Tadm3a cols" +Report the number of columns used by an ADM-3A terminal. +.TP +.B "strong=\(gatput smso\(ga normal=\(gatput rmso\(ga" +Set shell variables to capability values: +.B strong +and +.BR normal , +to begin and end, +respectively, +stand-out mode for the terminal. +One might use these to present a prompt. +.IP +.EX +.RS 14 +printf "${strong}Username:${normal} " +.RE +.EE +.TP +.B "tput hc" +Indicate via exit status whether the terminal is a hard copy device. +.TP +.B "tput cup 23 4" +Move the cursor to row 23, +column 4. +.TP +.B "tput cup" +Report the value of the +.B \%cursor_address +.RB ( cup ) +capability +(used for cursor movement), +with no parameters substituted. +.TP +.B "tput longname" +Report the +.I \%term\%info +database's description of the terminal type specified in the +.I TERM +environment variable. +.TP +.B "tput \-S" +Process multiple capabilities. +The +.B \-S +option can be profitably used with a shell \*(``here document\*(''. +.IP +.EX +.RB $\ "tput \-S <<!" +.RB >\ clear +.RB >\ "cup 10 10" +.RB >\ bold +.RB >\ ! +.EE +.IP +The foregoing +clears the screen, +moves the cursor to position +(10, 10) +and turns on bold +(extra bright) +mode. +.TP +.B "tput clear cup 10 10 bold" +Perform the same actions as the foregoing +.RB \%\*(`` "tput \-S" \*('' +example. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fB\%clear\fP(1), +\fB\%stty\fP(1), +\fB\%tabs\fP(1), +\fB\%tset\fP(1), +\fB\%curs_termcap\fP(3X), +\fB\%terminfo\fP(5) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tr.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tr.1 index 6c12a59c..6b964a7f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tr.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tr.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME tr \- translate or delete characters .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/true.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/true.1 index a9e769ef..9a0fa88a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/true.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/true.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TRUE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TRUE "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME true \- do nothing, successfully .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ display this help and exit \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of true, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of true, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/truncate.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/truncate.1 index 6973314f..ccb6de51 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/truncate.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/truncate.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TRUNCATE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TRUNCATE "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME truncate \- shrink or extend the size of a file to the specified size .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tset.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tset.1 index be0b284a..0d6f552c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tset.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tset.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2021,2022 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,24 +27,37 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.62 2022/02/12 20:02:20 tom Exp $ -.TH tset 1 "" -.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq -.el .ds `` `` -.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq -.el .ds '' '' +.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.85 2024/04/27 17:57:47 tom Exp $ +.TH tset 1 2024-04-27 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" +.ie \n(.g \{\ +.ds `` \(lq +.ds '' \(rq +.ds ^ \(ha +.\} +.el \{\ +.ie t .ds `` `` +.el .ds `` "" +.ie t .ds '' '' +.el .ds '' "" +.ds ^ ^ +.\} +. .de bP .ie n .IP \(bu 4 .el .IP \(bu 2 .. +. +.ds d /usr/share/terminfo .SH NAME -\fBtset\fP, \fBreset\fP \- terminal initialization +\fB\%tset\fP, +\fB\%reset\fP \- +initialize or reset terminal state .SH SYNOPSIS -\fBtset\fP [\fB\-IQVcqrsw\fP] [\fB\-\fP] [\fB\-e\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-i\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-k\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-m\fP \fImapping\fP] [\fIterminal\fP] +\fBtset\fP [\fB\-IQVcqrsw\fP] [\fB\-\fP] [\fB\-e\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-i\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-k\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-m\fP \fImapping\fP] [\fIterminal-type\fP] .br -\fBreset\fP [\fB\-IQVcqrsw\fP] [\fB\-\fP] [\fB\-e\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-i\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-k\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-m\fP \fImapping\fP] [\fIterminal\fP] +\fBreset\fP [\fB\-IQVcqrsw\fP] [\fB\-\fP] [\fB\-e\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-i\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-k\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-m\fP \fImapping\fP] [\fIterminal-type\fP] .SH DESCRIPTION -.SS tset - initialization +.SS "\fItset\fP \(em initialization" This program initializes terminals. .PP First, \fBtset\fP retrieves the current terminal mode settings @@ -68,20 +81,20 @@ This determination is done as follows, using the first terminal type found. .PP 1. The \fBterminal\fP argument specified on the command line. .PP -2. The value of the \fBTERM\fP environmental variable. +2. The value of the \fITERM\fP environment variable. .PP 3. (BSD systems only.) The terminal type associated with the standard error output device in the \fI/etc/ttys\fP file. -(On System\-V-like UNIXes and systems using that convention, -\fBgetty\fP(1) does this job by setting -\fBTERM\fP according to the type passed to it by \fI/etc/inittab\fP.) +(On System\ V hosts and systems using that convention, +\fI\%getty\fP(8) does this job by setting +\fITERM\fP according to the type passed to it by \fI\%/etc/inittab\fP.) .PP -4. The default terminal type, \*(``unknown\*(''. +4. The default terminal type, \*(``unknown\*('', +is not suitable for curses applications. .PP If the terminal type was not specified on the command-line, the \fB\-m\fP -option mappings are then applied (see the section -.B TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING -for more information). +option mappings are then applied; +see subsection \*(``Terminal Type Mapping\*(''. Then, if the terminal type begins with a question mark (\*(``?\*(''), the user is prompted for confirmation of the terminal type. An empty @@ -98,8 +111,10 @@ if the \*(``\fB\-w\fP\*('' option is enabled, \fBtset\fP may update the terminal's window size. .IP If the window size cannot be obtained from the operating system, -but the terminal description (or environment, e.g., \fBLINES\fP -and \fBCOLUMNS\fP variables specify this), +but the terminal description +(or environment, +e.g., +\fILINES\fP and \fI\%COLUMNS\fP variables specify this), use this to set the operating system's notion of the window size. .bP if the \*(``\fB\-c\fP\*('' option is enabled, @@ -114,8 +129,7 @@ and \fBtset\fP waits one second (in case a hardware reset was issued). Finally, if the erase, interrupt and line kill characters have changed, or are not set to their default values, their values are displayed to the standard error output. -.SS reset - reinitialization -.PP +.SS "\fIreset\fP \(em reinitialization" When invoked as \fBreset\fP, \fBtset\fP sets the terminal modes to \*(``sane\*('' values: .bP @@ -143,87 +157,29 @@ you may have to type to work, as carriage-return may no longer work in the abnormal state. .bP Also, the terminal will often not echo the command. -.SH OPTIONS -.PP -The options are as follows: -.TP 5 -.B \-c -Set control characters and modes. -.TP 5 -.BI \-e\ ch -Set the erase character to \fIch\fP. -.TP -.B \-I -Do not send the terminal or tab initialization strings to the terminal. -.TP -.BI \-i\ ch -Set the interrupt character to \fIch\fP. -.TP -.BI \-k\ ch -Set the line kill character to \fIch\fP. -.TP -.BI \-m\ mapping -Specify a mapping from a port type to a terminal. -See the section -.B TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING -for more information. -.TP -.B \-Q -Do not display any values for the erase, interrupt and line kill characters. -Normally \fBtset\fP displays the values for control characters which -differ from the system's default values. -.TP -.B \-q -The terminal type is displayed to the standard output, and the terminal is -not initialized in any way. -The option \*(``\-\*('' by itself is equivalent but archaic. -.TP -.B \-r -Print the terminal type to the standard error output. -.TP -.B \-s -Print the sequence of shell commands to initialize the environment variable -\fBTERM\fP to the standard output. -See the section -.B SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT -for details. -.TP -.B \-V -reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits. -.TP -.B \-w -Resize the window to match the size deduced via \fBsetupterm\fP(3X). -Normally this has no effect, -unless \fBsetupterm\fP is not able to detect the window size. -.PP -The arguments for the \fB\-e\fP, \fB\-i\fP, and \fB\-k\fP -options may either be entered as actual characters -or by using the \*(``hat\*('' -notation, i.e., control-h may be specified as \*(``^H\*('' or \*(``^h\*(''. -.PP -If neither \fB\-c\fP or \fB\-w\fP is given, both options are assumed. -. -.SH SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT +.SS "Setting the Environment" It is often desirable to enter the terminal type and information about the terminal's capabilities into the shell's environment. This is done using the \fB\-s\fP option. .PP When the \fB\-s\fP option is specified, the commands to enter the information into the shell's environment are written to the standard output. -If -the \fBSHELL\fP environmental variable ends in \*(``csh\*('', the commands -are for \fBcsh\fP, otherwise, they are for \fBsh\fP(1). -Note, the \fBcsh\fP commands set and unset the shell variable -\fBnoglob\fP, leaving it unset. +If the \fISHELL\fP environment variable ends in \*(``csh\*('', +the commands +are for \fIcsh\fP(1), +otherwise, +they are for \fIsh\fP(1). +The \fIcsh\fP commands set and unset the shell variable \fBnoglob\fP, +leaving it unset. The following line in the \fB.login\fP or \fB.profile\fP files will initialize the environment correctly: .sp - eval \`tset \-s options ... \` + eval \(gatset \-s options ... \(ga . -.SH TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING +.SS "Terminal Type Mapping" When the terminal is not hardwired into the system (or the current system information is incorrect) the terminal type derived from the -\fI/etc/ttys\fP file or the \fBTERM\fP environmental variable is often +\fI/etc/ttys\fP file or the \fITERM\fP environment variable is often something generic like \fBnetwork\fP, \fBdialup\fP, or \fBunknown\fP. When \fBtset\fP is used in a startup script it is often desirable to provide information about the type of terminal used on such ports. @@ -280,43 +236,92 @@ terminal. No whitespace characters are permitted in the \fB\-m\fP option argument. Also, to avoid problems with meta-characters, it is suggested that the entire \fB\-m\fP option argument be placed within single quote characters, -and that \fBcsh\fP users insert a backslash character (\*(``\e\*('') before -any exclamation marks (\*(``!\*(''). -.SH HISTORY -.PP -A \fBreset\fP command appeared in 1BSD (March 1978), written by Kurt Shoens. -This program set the \fIerase\fP and \fIkill\fP characters -to \fB^H\fP (backspace) and \fB@\fP respectively. -Mark Horton improved that in 3BSD (October 1979), adding -\fIintr\fP, \fIquit\fP, \fIstart\fP/\fIstop\fP and \fIeof\fP characters -as well as changing the program to avoid modifying any user settings. -That version of \fBreset\fP did not use the termcap database. -.PP -A separate \fBtset\fP command was provided in 1BSD by Eric Allman, -using the termcap database. -Allman's comments in the source code indicate -that he began work in October 1977, -continuing development over the next few years. -.PP -According to comments in the source code, -the \fBtset\fP program was modified in September 1980, -to use logic copied from the 3BSD \*(``reset\*('' -when it was invoked as \fBreset\fP. -This version appeared in 4.1cBSD, late in 1982. -.PP -Other developers (e.g., Keith Bostic and Jim Bloom) -continued to modify \fBtset\fP until 4.4BSD was released in 1993. +and that \fIcsh\fP users insert a backslash character (\*(``\e\*('') +before any exclamation marks (\*(``!\*(''). +.SH OPTIONS +The options are as follows: +.TP 5 +.B \-c +Set control characters and modes. +.TP 5 +.BI \-e\ ch +Set the erase character to \fIch\fP. +.TP +.B \-I +Do not send the terminal or tab initialization strings to the terminal. +.TP +.BI \-i\ ch +Set the interrupt character to \fIch\fP. +.TP +.BI \-k\ ch +Set the line kill character to \fIch\fP. +.TP +.BI \-m\ mapping +Specify a mapping from a port type to a terminal; +see subsection \*(``Terminal Type Mapping\*(''. +.TP +.B \-Q +Do not display any values for the erase, interrupt and line kill characters. +Normally \fBtset\fP displays the values for control characters which +differ from the system's default values. +.TP +.B \-q +The terminal type is displayed to the standard output, and the terminal is +not initialized in any way. +The option \*(``\-\*('' by itself is equivalent but archaic. +.TP +.B \-r +Print the terminal type to the standard error output. +.TP +.B \-s +Print the sequence of shell commands to initialize the environment variable +\fITERM\fP to the standard output; +see subsection \*(``Setting the Environment\*(''. +.TP +.B \-V +reports the version of \fI\%ncurses\fP which was used in this program, +and exits. +.TP +.B \-w +Resize the window to match the size deduced via \fBsetupterm\fP(3X). +Normally this has no effect, +unless \fBsetupterm\fP is not able to detect the window size. .PP -The \fBncurses\fP implementation -was lightly adapted from the 4.4BSD sources for a terminfo environment by Eric -S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>. -.SH COMPATIBILITY +The arguments for the \fB\-e\fP, \fB\-i\fP, and \fB\-k\fP +options may either be entered as actual characters +or by using the \*(``hat\*('' +notation, i.e., control-h may be specified as \*(``\*^H\*('' or \*(``\*^h\*(''. .PP +If neither \fB\-c\fP or \fB\-w\fP is given, both options are assumed. +.SH ENVIRONMENT +The \fBtset\fP command uses these environment variables: +.TP 5 +.I SHELL +tells \fBtset\fP whether to initialize \fITERM\fP using \fIsh\fP(1) or +\fIcsh\fP(1) syntax. +.TP 5 +.I TERM +Denotes your terminal type. +Each terminal type is distinct, though many are similar. +.TP 5 +.I TERMCAP +may denote the location of a termcap database. +If it is not an absolute pathname, e.g., begins with a \*(``/\*('', +\fBtset\fP removes the variable from the environment before looking +for the terminal description. +.SH FILES +.TP +.I /etc/ttys +system port name to terminal type mapping database (BSD versions only). +.TP +.I \*d +compiled terminal description database directory +.SH PORTABILITY Neither IEEE Std 1003.1/The Open Group Base Specifications Issue 7 (POSIX.1-2008) nor X/Open Curses Issue 7 documents \fBtset\fP or \fBreset\fP. .PP -The AT&T \fBtput\fP utility (AIX, HPUX, Solaris) +The AT&T \fBtput\fP utility (AIX, HP-UX, Solaris) incorporated the terminal-mode manipulation as well as termcap-based features such as resetting tabstops from \fBtset\fP in BSD (4.1c), presumably with the intention of making \fBtset\fP obsolete. @@ -324,21 +329,24 @@ However, each of those systems still provides \fBtset\fP. In fact, the commonly-used \fBreset\fP utility is always an alias for \fBtset\fP. .PP -The \fBtset\fP utility provides for backward-compatibility with BSD -environments (under most modern UNIXes, \fB/etc/inittab\fP and \fBgetty\fP(1) -can set \fBTERM\fP appropriately for each dial-up line; this obviates what was -\fBtset\fP's most important use). -This implementation behaves like 4.4BSD -\fBtset\fP, with a few exceptions specified here. +The \fB\%tset\fP utility provides backward compatibility with BSD +environments; +under most modern Unices, +\fI\%/etc/inittab\fP and \fI\%getty\fP(8) can set \fITERM\fP +appropriately for each dial-up line, +obviating what was \fB\%tset\fP's most important use. +This implementation behaves like 4.4BSD \fBtset\fP, +with a few exceptions we shall consider now. .PP A few options are different -because the \fBTERMCAP\fP variable -is no longer supported under terminfo-based \fBncurses\fP: +because the \fI\%TERMCAP\fP variable +is no longer supported under terminfo-based \fI\%ncurses\fP: .bP The \fB\-S\fP option of BSD \fBtset\fP no longer works; it prints an error message to the standard error and dies. .bP -The \fB\-s\fP option only sets \fBTERM\fP, not \fBTERMCAP\fP. +The \fB\-s\fP option only sets \fITERM\fP, +not \fI\%TERMCAP\fP. .PP There was an undocumented 4.4BSD feature that invoking \fBtset\fP via a link named @@ -382,57 +390,75 @@ In 4.4BSD, \fBtset\fP uses the window size from the termcap description to set the window size if \fBtset\fP is not able to obtain the window size from the operating system. .bP -In ncurses, \fBtset\fP obtains the window size using -\fBsetupterm\fP, which may be from +In \fI\%ncurses\fP, \fBtset\fP obtains the window size using +\fB\%setupterm\fP(3X), which may be from the operating system, -the \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLUMNS\fP environment variables or +the \fILINES\fP and \fICOLUMNS\fP environment variables or the terminal description. .PP -Obtaining the window size from the terminal description is common to -both implementations, but considered obsolescent. +Obtaining the window size from a terminal's type description is common +to both implementations, +but considered obsolescent. Its only practical use is for hardware terminals. -Generally speaking, a window size would be unset only if there were -some problem obtaining the value from the operating system -(and \fBsetupterm\fP would still fail). -For that reason, the \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLUMNS\fP environment variables -may be useful for working around window-size problems. -Those have the drawback that if the window is resized, -those variables must be recomputed and reassigned. -To do this more easily, use the \fBresize\fP(1) program. -.SH ENVIRONMENT -The \fBtset\fP command uses these environment variables: -.TP 5 -SHELL -tells \fBtset\fP whether to initialize \fBTERM\fP using \fBsh\fP(1) or -\fBcsh\fP(1) syntax. -.TP 5 -TERM -Denotes your terminal type. -Each terminal type is distinct, though many are similar. -.TP 5 -TERMCAP -may denote the location of a termcap database. -If it is not an absolute pathname, e.g., begins with a \*(``/\*('', -\fBtset\fP removes the variable from the environment before looking -for the terminal description. -.SH FILES -.TP 5 -/etc/ttys -system port name to terminal type mapping database (BSD versions only). -.TP -/usr/share/terminfo -terminal capability database +Generally, +the window size will remain uninitialized only if there were a problem +obtaining the value from the operating system +(and \fB\%setupterm\fP would still fail). +The \fILINES\fP and \fI\%COLUMNS\fP environment variables +may thus be useful for working around window-size problems, +but have the drawback that if the window is resized, +their values must be recomputed and reassigned. +The \fI\%resize\fP(1) program distributed with +\fI\%xterm\fP(1) assists this activity. +.SH HISTORY +A \fB\%reset\fP command written by Kurt Shoens appeared in 1BSD +(March 1978). +.\" https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=1BSD/s6/reset.c +It set the \fIerase\fP and \fIkill\fP characters +to \fB\*^H\fP (backspace) and \fB@\fP respectively. +Mark Horton improved this \fB\%reset\fP in 3BSD +(October 1979), +adding \fIintr\fP, +\fIquit\fP, +\fIstart\fP/\fIstop\fP, +and \fIeof\fP +characters as well as changing the program to avoid modifying any user +settings. +.\" https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=3BSD/usr/src/cmd/\ +.\" reset.c +That version of \fB\%reset\fP did not use \fI\%termcap\fP. +.PP +Eric Allman wrote a distinct \fBtset\fP command for 1BSD, +using a forerunner of \fI\%termcap\fP called \fI\%ttycap\fP. +.\" https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=1BSD/s6/tset.c +.\" https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=1BSD/man7/ttycap.7 +Allman's comments in the source code indicate +that he began work in October 1977, +continuing development over the next few years. +By late 1979, +it had migrated to \fI\%termcap\fP and handled the \fI\%TERMCAP\fP +variable. +.\" https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=3BSD/usr/src/cmd/\ +.\" tset/tset.c +Later comments indicate that \fBtset\fP was modified in September 1980 +to use logic copied from the 3BSD \*(``reset\*('' program when it was +invoked as \fB\%reset\fP. +.\" https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=2.9BSD/usr/src/ucb/\ +.\" tset/tset.c +This version appeared in 4.1cBSD, \" and backported to 2.9BSD +late in 1982. +Other developers such as Keith Bostic and Jim Bloom continued to modify +\fBtset\fP until 4.4BSD was released in 1993. +.PP +The \fI\%ncurses\fP implementation was lightly adapted from the 4.4BSD +sources to use the \fI\%terminfo\fP API by Eric S.\& Raymond +<esr@snark.thyrsus.com>. .SH SEE ALSO -.hy 0 -\fBcsh\fP(1), -\fBsh\fP(1), -\fBstty\fP(1), -\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X), -\fBtty\fP(4), -\fBterminfo\fP(5), -\fBttys\fP(5), -\fBenviron\fP(7) -.hy -.PP -This describes \fBncurses\fP -version 6.4 (patch 20230520). +\fB\%csh\fP(1), +\fB\%sh\fP(1), +\fB\%stty\fP(1), +\fB\%curs_terminfo\fP(3X), +\fB\%tty\fP(4), +\fB\%terminfo\fP(5), +\fB\%ttys\fP(5), +\fB\%environ\fP(7) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tsget.1ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tsget.1ssl index 10b7d9e1..dcf0aab6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tsget.1ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tsget.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "TSGET 1ssl" -.TH TSGET 1ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH TSGET 1ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tsort.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tsort.1 index f61e36f7..946c3683 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tsort.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tsort.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TSORT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TSORT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME tsort \- perform topological sort .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tty.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tty.1 index f79e8155..cd41d1b8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/tty.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/tty.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TTY "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TTY "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME tty \- print the file name of the terminal connected to standard input .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ukify.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ukify.1 index 00e7ff62..e4377af7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/ukify.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/ukify.1 @@ -421,8 +421,10 @@ Added in version 253\&. \fISBAT=\fR\fI\fITEXT\fR\fR\fI|\fR\fI\fI@PATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-sbat=\fR\fB\fITEXT\fR\fR\fB|\fR\fB\fI@PATH\fR\fR .RS 4 SBAT metadata associated with the UKI or addon\&. SBAT policies are useful to revoke whole groups of UKIs or addons with a single, static policy update that does not take space in DBX/MOKX\&. If not specified manually, a default metadata entry consisting of -"uki,1,UKI,uki,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html" -will be used, to ensure it is always possible to revoke UKIs and addons\&. For more information on SBAT see +"uki,1,UKI,uki,1,https://uapi\-group\&.org/specifications/specs/unified_kernel_image/" +for UKIs and +"uki\-addon,1,UKI Addon,addon,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/latest/systemd\-stub\&.html" +for addons will be used, to ensure it is always possible to revoke them\&. For more information on SBAT see \m[blue]\fBShim documentation\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2\&. .sp Added in version 254\&. @@ -495,7 +497,7 @@ $ ukify build \e \-\-initrd=early_cpio \e \-\-initrd=/some/path/initramfs\-6\&.0\&.9\-300\&.fc37\&.x86_64\&.img \e \-\-sbat=\*(Aqsbat,1,SBAT Version,sbat,1,https://github\&.com/rhboot/shim/blob/main/SBAT\&.md - uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,UKI for System,uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html\*(Aq \e + uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,UKI for System,uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,https://uapi\-group\&.org/specifications/specs/unified_kernel_image/\*(Aq \e \-\-pcr\-private\-key=pcr\-private\-initrd\-key\&.pem \e \-\-pcr\-public\-key=pcr\-public\-initrd\-key\&.pem \e \-\-phases=\*(Aqenter\-initrd\*(Aq \e @@ -582,7 +584,7 @@ ukify build \e \-\-secureboot\-certificate=sb\&.cert \e \-\-cmdline=\*(Aqdebug\*(Aq \e \-\-sbat=\*(Aqsbat,1,SBAT Version,sbat,1,https://github\&.com/rhboot/shim/blob/main/SBAT\&.md - uki\&.addon\&.author,1,UKI Addon for System,uki\&.addon\&.author,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html\*(Aq + uki\-addon\&.author,1,UKI Addon for System,uki\-addon\&.author,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html\*(Aq \-\-output=debug\&.cmdline .fi diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/uname.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/uname.1 index eedf99ee..79f42fad 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/uname.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/uname.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNAME "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH UNAME "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME uname \- print system information .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/unexpand.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/unexpand.1 index 10f88ede..17603dce 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/unexpand.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/unexpand.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNEXPAND "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH UNEXPAND "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME unexpand \- convert spaces to tabs .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/uniq.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/uniq.1 index 3e5c45c6..f5ce3d73 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/uniq.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/uniq.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNIQ "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH UNIQ "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME uniq \- report or omit repeated lines .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ output version information and exit A field is a run of blanks (usually spaces and/or TABs), then non\-blank characters. Fields are skipped before chars. .PP -Note: 'uniq' does not detect repeated lines unless they are adjacent. +\&'uniq' does not detect repeated lines unless they are adjacent. You may want to sort the input first, or use 'sort \fB\-u\fR' without 'uniq'. .SH AUTHOR Written by Richard M. Stallman and David MacKenzie. @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/unlink.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/unlink.1 index f92605ee..6634436c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/unlink.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/unlink.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNLINK "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH UNLINK "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME unlink \- call the unlink function to remove the specified file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/userdbctl.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/userdbctl.1 index a5445353..d4a0813f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/userdbctl.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/userdbctl.1 @@ -506,6 +506,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -517,6 +523,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/users.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/users.1 index ed6a8acb..8660cc39 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/users.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/users.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH USERS "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH USERS "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME users \- print the user names of users currently logged in to the current host .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/varlinkctl.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/varlinkctl.1 index 61b4aa3c..15edfba7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/varlinkctl.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/varlinkctl.1 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ varlinkctl \- Introspect with and invoke Varlink services .HP \w'\fBvarlinkctl\fR\ 'u \fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] introspect \fIADDRESS\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR .HP \w'\fBvarlinkctl\fR\ 'u -\fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] call \fIADDRESS\fR \fIMETHOD\fR [\fIPARAMETERS\fR] +\fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] call \fIADDRESS\fR \fIMETHOD\fR [\fIARGUMENTS\fR] .HP \w'\fBvarlinkctl\fR\ 'u \fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] validate\-idl [\fIFILE\fR] .SH "DESCRIPTION" @@ -106,21 +106,21 @@ The following commands are understood: .PP \fBinfo\fR \fIADDRESS\fR .RS 4 -Show brief information about the specified service, including vendor name and list of implemented interfaces\&. Expects a service address in the formats described above\&. +Show brief information about the specified service, including vendor name and list of implemented interfaces\&. Expects a service address in one of the formats described above\&. .sp Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP \fBlist\-interfaces\fR \fIADDRESS\fR .RS 4 -Show list of interfaces implemented by the specified service\&. Expects a service address in the formats described above\&. +Show list of interfaces implemented by the specified service\&. Expects a service address in one of the formats described above\&. .sp Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP \fBintrospect\fR \fIADDRESS\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR .RS 4 -Show interface definition of the specified interface provided by the specified service\&. Expects a service address in the formats described above and a Varlink interface name\&. +Show interface definition of the specified interface provided by the specified service\&. Expects a service address in one of the formats described above and a Varlink interface name\&. .sp Added in version 255\&. .RE diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/vdir.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/vdir.1 index 50de3f56..0fe771a2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/vdir.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/vdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH VDIR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH VDIR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME vdir \- list directory contents .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ list directories themselves, not their contents generate output designed for Emacs' dired mode .TP \fB\-f\fR -list all entries in directory order +do not sort, enable \fB\-aU\fR, disable \fB\-ls\fR \fB\-\-color\fR .TP \fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-classify\fR[=\fI\,WHEN\/\fR] append indicator (one of */=>@|) to entries WHEN @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/wbinfo.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/wbinfo.1 index 4069f5b2..067d8644 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/wbinfo.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/wbinfo.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: wbinfo .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "WBINFO" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "User Commands" +.TH "WBINFO" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "User Commands" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ wbinfo will always return failure\&. .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP \fBwinbindd\fR(8) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/wc.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/wc.1 index fe02c051..d64e5413 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/wc.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/wc.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH WC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH WC "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME wc \- print newline, word, and byte counts for each file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ wc \- print newline, word, and byte counts for each file .\" Add any additional description here .PP Print newline, word, and byte counts for each FILE, and a total line if -more than one FILE is specified. A word is a non\-zero\-length sequence of -printable characters delimited by white space. +more than one FILE is specified. A word is a nonempty sequence of non white +space delimited by white space characters or by start or end of input. .PP With no FILE, or when FILE is \-, read standard input. .PP @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/wget.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/wget.1 index 8c1a5aad..f50edfcd 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/wget.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/wget.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -71,21 +55,21 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "WGET 1" -.TH WGET 1 "2023-05-20" "GNU Wget 1.21.4" "GNU Wget" +.TH WGET 1 2024-05-01 "GNU Wget 1.24.5" "GNU Wget" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME Wget \- The non\-interactive network downloader. -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" -wget [\fIoption\fR]... [\fI\s-1URL\s0\fR]... -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +wget [\fIoption\fR]... [\fIURL\fR]... +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -\&\s-1GNU\s0 Wget is a free utility for non-interactive download of files from -the Web. It supports \s-1HTTP, HTTPS,\s0 and \s-1FTP\s0 protocols, as -well as retrieval through \s-1HTTP\s0 proxies. +GNU Wget is a free utility for non-interactive download of files from +the Web. It supports HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP protocols, as +well as retrieval through HTTP proxies. .PP Wget is non-interactive, meaning that it can work in the background, while the user is not logged on. This allows you to start a retrieval @@ -93,10 +77,10 @@ and disconnect from the system, letting Wget finish the work. By contrast, most of the Web browsers require constant user's presence, which can be a great hindrance when transferring a lot of data. .PP -Wget can follow links in \s-1HTML, XHTML,\s0 and \s-1CSS\s0 pages, to +Wget can follow links in HTML, XHTML, and CSS pages, to create local versions of remote web sites, fully recreating the directory structure of the original site. This is sometimes referred to -as \*(L"recursive downloading.\*(R" While doing that, Wget respects the Robot +as "recursive downloading." While doing that, Wget respects the Robot Exclusion Standard (\fI/robots.txt\fR). Wget can be instructed to convert the links in downloaded files to point at the local files, for offline viewing. @@ -106,11 +90,11 @@ connections; if a download fails due to a network problem, it will keep retrying until the whole file has been retrieved. If the server supports regetting, it will instruct the server to continue the download from where it left off. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" .SS "Option Syntax" .IX Subsection "Option Syntax" -Since Wget uses \s-1GNU\s0 getopt to process command-line arguments, every +Since Wget uses GNU getopt to process command-line arguments, every option has a long form along with the short one. Long options are more convenient to remember, but take time to type. You may freely mix different option styles, or specify options after the command-line @@ -138,7 +122,7 @@ This is completely equivalent to: .PP Since the options can be specified after the arguments, you may terminate them with \fB\-\-\fR. So the following will try to download -\&\s-1URL\s0 \fB\-x\fR, reporting failure to \fIlog\fR: +URL \fB\-x\fR, reporting failure to \fIlog\fR: .PP .Vb 1 \& wget \-o log \-\- \-x @@ -157,9 +141,9 @@ and \fI/~somebody\fR. You can also clear the lists in \fI.wgetrc\fR. .PP Most options that do not accept arguments are \fIboolean\fR options, so named because their state can be captured with a yes-or-no -(\*(L"boolean\*(R") variable. For example, \fB\-\-follow\-ftp\fR tells Wget -to follow \s-1FTP\s0 links from \s-1HTML\s0 files and, on the other hand, -\&\fB\-\-no\-glob\fR tells it not to perform file globbing on \s-1FTP\s0 URLs. A +("boolean") variable. For example, \fB\-\-follow\-ftp\fR tells Wget +to follow FTP links from HTML files and, on the other hand, +\&\fB\-\-no\-glob\fR tells it not to perform file globbing on FTP URLs. A boolean option is either \fIaffirmative\fR or \fInegative\fR (beginning with \fB\-\-no\fR). All such options share several properties. @@ -167,7 +151,7 @@ properties. Unless stated otherwise, it is assumed that the default behavior is the opposite of what the option accomplishes. For example, the documented existence of \fB\-\-follow\-ftp\fR assumes that the default -is to \fInot\fR follow \s-1FTP\s0 links from \s-1HTML\s0 pages. +is to \fInot\fR follow FTP links from HTML pages. .PP Affirmative options can be negated by prepending the \fB\-\-no\-\fR to the option name; negative options can be negated by omitting the @@ -175,29 +159,29 @@ the option name; negative options can be negated by omitting the an affirmative option is to not do something, then why provide a way to explicitly turn it off? But the startup file may in fact change the default. For instance, using \f(CW\*(C`follow_ftp = on\*(C'\fR in -\&\fI.wgetrc\fR makes Wget \fIfollow\fR \s-1FTP\s0 links by default, and +\&\fI.wgetrc\fR makes Wget \fIfollow\fR FTP links by default, and using \fB\-\-no\-follow\-ftp\fR is the only way to restore the factory default from the command line. .SS "Basic Startup Options" .IX Subsection "Basic Startup Options" -.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-V\fR 4 .IX Item "-V" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" .PD Display the version of Wget. -.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-h\fR 4 .IX Item "-h" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" .PD Print a help message describing all of Wget's command-line options. -.IP "\fB\-b\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-b\fR 4 .IX Item "-b" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-background\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-background\fR 4 .IX Item "--background" .PD Go to background immediately after startup. If no output file is @@ -217,7 +201,7 @@ instances of \fB\-e\fR. .IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIlogfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-o logfile" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-output\-file=\fR\fIlogfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-output\-file=\fR\fIlogfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--output-file=logfile" .PD Log all messages to \fIlogfile\fR. The messages are normally reported @@ -225,16 +209,16 @@ to standard error. .IP "\fB\-a\fR \fIlogfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-a logfile" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-append\-output=\fR\fIlogfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-append\-output=\fR\fIlogfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--append-output=logfile" .PD Append to \fIlogfile\fR. This is the same as \fB\-o\fR, only it appends to \fIlogfile\fR instead of overwriting the old log file. If \&\fIlogfile\fR does not exist, a new file is created. -.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-d\fR 4 .IX Item "-d" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-debug\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-debug\fR 4 .IX Item "--debug" .PD Turn on debug output, meaning various information important to the @@ -243,37 +227,37 @@ administrator may have chosen to compile Wget without debug support, in which case \fB\-d\fR will not work. Please note that compiling with debug support is always safe\-\-\-Wget compiled with the debug support will \&\fInot\fR print any debug info unless requested with \fB\-d\fR. -.IP "\fB\-q\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-q\fR 4 .IX Item "-q" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-quiet\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-quiet\fR 4 .IX Item "--quiet" .PD Turn off Wget's output. -.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-v\fR 4 .IX Item "-v" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "--verbose" .PD Turn on verbose output, with all the available data. The default output is verbose. -.IP "\fB\-nv\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-nv\fR 4 .IX Item "-nv" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-verbose" .PD Turn off verbose without being completely quiet (use \fB\-q\fR for that), which means that error messages and basic information still get printed. -.IP "\fB\-\-report\-speed=\fR\fItype\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-report\-speed=\fR\fItype\fR 4 .IX Item "--report-speed=type" Output bandwidth as \fItype\fR. The only accepted value is \fBbits\fR. .IP "\fB\-i\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-i file" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-input\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-input\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--input-file=file" .PD Read URLs from a local or external \fIfile\fR. If \fB\-\fR is @@ -289,122 +273,122 @@ should consist of a series of URLs, one per line. However, if you specify \fB\-\-force\-html\fR, the document will be regarded as \fBhtml\fR. In that case you may have problems with relative links, which you can solve either by adding \f(CW\*(C`<base -href="\f(CIurl\f(CW">\*(C'\fR to the documents or by specifying +href="\fR\f(CIurl\fR\f(CW">\*(C'\fR to the documents or by specifying \&\fB\-\-base=\fR\fIurl\fR on the command line. .Sp If the \fIfile\fR is an external one, the document will be automatically treated as \fBhtml\fR if the Content-Type matches \fBtext/html\fR. Furthermore, the \fIfile\fR's location will be implicitly used as base href if none was specified. -.IP "\fB\-\-input\-metalink=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-input\-metalink=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--input-metalink=file" Downloads files covered in local Metalink \fIfile\fR. Metalink version 3 and 4 are supported. -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-badhash\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-badhash\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-badhash" Keeps downloaded Metalink's files with a bad hash. It appends .badhash to the name of Metalink's files which have a checksum mismatch, except without overwriting existing files. -.IP "\fB\-\-metalink\-over\-http\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-metalink\-over\-http\fR 4 .IX Item "--metalink-over-http" -Issues \s-1HTTP HEAD\s0 request instead of \s-1GET\s0 and extracts Metalink metadata +Issues HTTP HEAD request instead of GET and extracts Metalink metadata from response headers. Then it switches to Metalink download. -If no valid Metalink metadata is found, it falls back to ordinary \s-1HTTP\s0 download. +If no valid Metalink metadata is found, it falls back to ordinary HTTP download. Enables \fBContent-Type: application/metalink4+xml\fR files download/processing. -.IP "\fB\-\-metalink\-index=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-metalink\-index=\fR\fInumber\fR 4 .IX Item "--metalink-index=number" Set the Metalink \fBapplication/metalink4+xml\fR metaurl ordinal -\&\s-1NUMBER.\s0 From 1 to the total number of \*(L"application/metalink4+xml\*(R" +NUMBER. From 1 to the total number of "application/metalink4+xml" available. Specify 0 or \fBinf\fR to choose the first good one. Metaurls, such as those from a \fB\-\-metalink\-over\-http\fR, may have been sorted by priority key's value; keep this in mind to choose the -right \s-1NUMBER.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-\-preferred\-location\fR" 4 +right NUMBER. +.IP \fB\-\-preferred\-location\fR 4 .IX Item "--preferred-location" Set preferred location for Metalink resources. This has effect if multiple resources with same priority are available. -.IP "\fB\-\-xattr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-xattr\fR 4 .IX Item "--xattr" Enable use of file system's extended attributes to save the -original \s-1URL\s0 and the Referer \s-1HTTP\s0 header value if used. +original URL and the Referer HTTP header value if used. .Sp -Be aware that the \s-1URL\s0 might contain private information like +Be aware that the URL might contain private information like access tokens or credentials. -.IP "\fB\-F\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-F\fR 4 .IX Item "-F" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-force\-html\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-force\-html\fR 4 .IX Item "--force-html" .PD -When input is read from a file, force it to be treated as an \s-1HTML\s0 +When input is read from a file, force it to be treated as an HTML file. This enables you to retrieve relative links from existing -\&\s-1HTML\s0 files on your local disk, by adding \f(CW\*(C`<base -href="\f(CIurl\f(CW">\*(C'\fR to \s-1HTML,\s0 or using the \fB\-\-base\fR command-line +HTML files on your local disk, by adding \f(CW\*(C`<base +href="\fR\f(CIurl\fR\f(CW">\*(C'\fR to HTML, or using the \fB\-\-base\fR command-line option. -.IP "\fB\-B\fR \fI\s-1URL\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-B\fR \fIURL\fR" 4 .IX Item "-B URL" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-base=\fR\fI\s-1URL\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-base=\fR\fIURL\fR 4 .IX Item "--base=URL" .PD -Resolves relative links using \fI\s-1URL\s0\fR as the point of reference, -when reading links from an \s-1HTML\s0 file specified via the +Resolves relative links using \fIURL\fR as the point of reference, +when reading links from an HTML file specified via the \&\fB\-i\fR/\fB\-\-input\-file\fR option (together with \&\fB\-\-force\-html\fR, or when the input file was fetched remotely from -a server describing it as \s-1HTML\s0). This is equivalent to the -presence of a \f(CW\*(C`BASE\*(C'\fR tag in the \s-1HTML\s0 input file, with -\&\fI\s-1URL\s0\fR as the value for the \f(CW\*(C`href\*(C'\fR attribute. +a server describing it as HTML). This is equivalent to the +presence of a \f(CW\*(C`BASE\*(C'\fR tag in the HTML input file, with +\&\fIURL\fR as the value for the \f(CW\*(C`href\*(C'\fR attribute. .Sp For instance, if you specify \fBhttp://foo/bar/a.html\fR for -\&\fI\s-1URL\s0\fR, and Wget reads \fB../baz/b.html\fR from the input file, it +\&\fIURL\fR, and Wget reads \fB../baz/b.html\fR from the input file, it would be resolved to \fBhttp://foo/baz/b.html\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-config=\fR\fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-config=\fR\fIFILE\fR 4 .IX Item "--config=FILE" Specify the location of a startup file you wish to use instead of the default one(s). Use \-\-no\-config to disable reading of config files. If both \-\-config and \-\-no\-config are given, \-\-no\-config is ignored. -.IP "\fB\-\-rejected\-log=\fR\fIlogfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-rejected\-log=\fR\fIlogfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--rejected-log=logfile" -Logs all \s-1URL\s0 rejections to \fIlogfile\fR as comma separated values. The values -include the reason of rejection, the \s-1URL\s0 and the parent \s-1URL\s0 it was found in. +Logs all URL rejections to \fIlogfile\fR as comma separated values. The values +include the reason of rejection, the URL and the parent URL it was found in. .SS "Download Options" .IX Subsection "Download Options" -.IP "\fB\-\-bind\-address=\fR\fI\s-1ADDRESS\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-bind\-address=\fR\fIADDRESS\fR 4 .IX Item "--bind-address=ADDRESS" -When making client \s-1TCP/IP\s0 connections, bind to \fI\s-1ADDRESS\s0\fR on -the local machine. \fI\s-1ADDRESS\s0\fR may be specified as a hostname or \s-1IP\s0 +When making client TCP/IP connections, bind to \fIADDRESS\fR on +the local machine. \fIADDRESS\fR may be specified as a hostname or IP address. This option can be useful if your machine is bound to multiple IPs. -.IP "\fB\-\-bind\-dns\-address=\fR\fI\s-1ADDRESS\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-bind\-dns\-address=\fR\fIADDRESS\fR 4 .IX Item "--bind-dns-address=ADDRESS" [libcares only] -This address overrides the route for \s-1DNS\s0 requests. If you ever need to +This address overrides the route for DNS requests. If you ever need to circumvent the standard settings from /etc/resolv.conf, this option together with \fB\-\-dns\-servers\fR is your friend. -\&\fI\s-1ADDRESS\s0\fR must be specified either as IPv4 or IPv6 address. +\&\fIADDRESS\fR must be specified either as IPv4 or IPv6 address. Wget needs to be built with libcares for this option to be available. -.IP "\fB\-\-dns\-servers=\fR\fI\s-1ADDRESSES\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dns\-servers=\fR\fIADDRESSES\fR 4 .IX Item "--dns-servers=ADDRESSES" [libcares only] The given address(es) override the standard nameserver addresses, e.g. as configured in /etc/resolv.conf. -\&\fI\s-1ADDRESSES\s0\fR may be specified either as IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, +\&\fIADDRESSES\fR may be specified either as IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, comma-separated. Wget needs to be built with libcares for this option to be available. .IP "\fB\-t\fR \fInumber\fR" 4 .IX Item "-t number" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-tries=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-tries=\fR\fInumber\fR 4 .IX Item "--tries=number" .PD Set number of tries to \fInumber\fR. Specify 0 or \fBinf\fR for infinite retrying. The default is to retry 20 times, with the exception -of fatal errors like \*(L"connection refused\*(R" or \*(L"not found\*(R" (404), +of fatal errors like "connection refused" or "not found" (404), which are not retried. .IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-O file" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-output\-document=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-output\-document=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--output-document=file" .PD The documents will not be written to the appropriate files, but all @@ -414,7 +398,7 @@ disabling link conversion. (Use \fB./\-\fR to print to a file literally named \fB\-\fR.) .Sp Use of \fB\-O\fR is \fInot\fR intended to mean simply "use the name -\&\fIfile\fR instead of the one in the \s-1URL\s0;" rather, it is +\&\fIfile\fR instead of the one in the URL;" rather, it is analogous to shell redirection: \&\fBwget \-O file http://foo\fR is intended to work like \&\fBwget \-O \- http://foo > file\fR; \fIfile\fR will be truncated @@ -440,10 +424,10 @@ downloading a single document, as in that case it will just convert all relative URIs to external ones; \fB\-k\fR makes no sense for multiple URIs when they're all being downloaded to a single file; \&\fB\-k\fR can be used only when the output is a regular file. -.IP "\fB\-nc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-nc\fR 4 .IX Item "-nc" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-clobber" .PD If a file is downloaded more than once in the same directory, Wget's @@ -482,21 +466,21 @@ if the given output file does not exist. Note that when \fB\-nc\fR is specified, files with the suffixes \&\fB.html\fR or \fB.htm\fR will be loaded from the local disk and parsed as if they had been retrieved from the Web. -.IP "\fB\-\-backups=\fR\fIbackups\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-backups=\fR\fIbackups\fR 4 .IX Item "--backups=backups" Before (over)writing a file, back up an existing file by adding a -\&\fB.1\fR suffix (\fB_1\fR on \s-1VMS\s0) to the file name. Such backup +\&\fB.1\fR suffix (\fB_1\fR on VMS) to the file name. Such backup files are rotated to \fB.2\fR, \fB.3\fR, and so on, up to \&\fIbackups\fR (and lost beyond that). -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-netrc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-netrc\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-netrc" Do not try to obtain credentials from \fI.netrc\fR file. By default \&\fI.netrc\fR file is searched for credentials in case none have been passed on command line and authentication is required. -.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-c\fR 4 .IX Item "-c" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-continue\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-continue\fR 4 .IX Item "--continue" .PD Continue getting a partially-downloaded file. This is useful when you @@ -530,7 +514,7 @@ Beginning with Wget 1.7, if you use \fB\-c\fR on a file which is of equal size as the one on the server, Wget will refuse to download the file and print an explanatory message. The same happens when the file is smaller on the server than locally (presumably because it was changed -on the server since your last download attempt)\-\-\-because \*(L"continuing\*(R" +on the server since your last download attempt)\-\-\-because "continuing" is not meaningful, no download occurs. .Sp On the other side of the coin, while using \fB\-c\fR, any file that's @@ -546,18 +530,18 @@ However, if the file is bigger on the server because it's been with a garbled file. Wget has no way of verifying that the local file is really a valid prefix of the remote file. You need to be especially careful of this when using \fB\-c\fR in conjunction with \fB\-r\fR, -since every file will be considered as an \*(L"incomplete download\*(R" candidate. +since every file will be considered as an "incomplete download" candidate. .Sp Another instance where you'll get a garbled file if you try to use -\&\fB\-c\fR is if you have a lame \s-1HTTP\s0 proxy that inserts a -\&\*(L"transfer interrupted\*(R" string into the local file. In the future a -\&\*(L"rollback\*(R" option may be added to deal with this case. +\&\fB\-c\fR is if you have a lame HTTP proxy that inserts a +"transfer interrupted" string into the local file. In the future a +"rollback" option may be added to deal with this case. .Sp -Note that \fB\-c\fR only works with \s-1FTP\s0 servers and with \s-1HTTP\s0 +Note that \fB\-c\fR only works with FTP servers and with HTTP servers that support the \f(CW\*(C`Range\*(C'\fR header. -.IP "\fB\-\-start\-pos=\fR\fI\s-1OFFSET\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-start\-pos=\fR\fIOFFSET\fR 4 .IX Item "--start-pos=OFFSET" -Start downloading at zero-based position \fI\s-1OFFSET\s0\fR. Offset may be expressed +Start downloading at zero-based position \fIOFFSET\fR. Offset may be expressed in bytes, kilobytes with the `k' suffix, or megabytes with the `m' suffix, etc. .Sp \&\fB\-\-start\-pos\fR has higher precedence over \fB\-\-continue\fR. When @@ -566,17 +550,17 @@ warning then proceed as if \fB\-\-continue\fR was absent. .Sp Server support for continued download is required, otherwise \fB\-\-start\-pos\fR cannot help. See \fB\-c\fR for details. -.IP "\fB\-\-progress=\fR\fItype\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-progress=\fR\fItype\fR 4 .IX Item "--progress=type" Select the type of the progress indicator you wish to use. Legal -indicators are \*(L"dot\*(R" and \*(L"bar\*(R". +indicators are "dot" and "bar". .Sp -The \*(L"bar\*(R" indicator is used by default. It draws an \s-1ASCII\s0 progress -bar graphics (a.k.a \*(L"thermometer\*(R" display) indicating the status of -retrieval. If the output is not a \s-1TTY,\s0 the \*(L"dot\*(R" bar will be used by +The "bar" indicator is used by default. It draws an ASCII progress +bar graphics (a.k.a "thermometer" display) indicating the status of +retrieval. If the output is not a TTY, the "dot" bar will be used by default. .Sp -Use \fB\-\-progress=dot\fR to switch to the \*(L"dot\*(R" display. It traces +Use \fB\-\-progress=dot\fR to switch to the "dot" display. It traces the retrieval by printing dots on the screen, each dot representing a fixed amount of downloaded data. .Sp @@ -589,7 +573,7 @@ When using the dotted retrieval, you may set the \fIstyle\fR by specifying the type as \fBdot:\fR\fIstyle\fR. Different styles assign different meaning to one dot. With the \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR style each dot represents 1K, there are ten dots in a cluster and 50 dots in a line. -The \f(CW\*(C`binary\*(C'\fR style has a more \*(L"computer\*(R"\-like orientation\-\-\-8K +The \f(CW\*(C`binary\*(C'\fR style has a more "computer"\-like orientation\-\-\-8K dots, 16\-dots clusters and 48 dots per line (which makes for 384K lines). The \f(CW\*(C`mega\*(C'\fR style is suitable for downloading large files\-\-\-each dot represents 64K retrieved, there are eight dots in a @@ -601,23 +585,23 @@ cluster, and 32 dots on each line (so each line contains 32M). With \fB\-\-progress=bar\fR, there are currently two possible parameters, \&\fIforce\fR and \fInoscroll\fR. .Sp -When the output is not a \s-1TTY,\s0 the progress bar always falls back to \*(L"dot\*(R", +When the output is not a TTY, the progress bar always falls back to "dot", even if \fB\-\-progress=bar\fR was passed to Wget during invocation. This -behaviour can be overridden and the \*(L"bar\*(R" output forced by using the \*(L"force\*(R" +behaviour can be overridden and the "bar" output forced by using the "force" parameter as \fB\-\-progress=bar:force\fR. .Sp By default, the \fBbar\fR style progress bar scroll the name of the file from left to right for the file being downloaded if the filename exceeds the maximum length allotted for its display. In certain cases, such as with \&\fB\-\-progress=bar:force\fR, one may not want the scrolling filename in the -progress bar. By passing the \*(L"noscroll\*(R" parameter, Wget can be forced to +progress bar. By passing the "noscroll" parameter, Wget can be forced to display as much of the filename as possible without scrolling through it. .Sp Note that you can set the default style using the \f(CW\*(C`progress\*(C'\fR command in \fI.wgetrc\fR. That setting may be overridden from the command line. For example, to force the bar output without scrolling, use \fB\-\-progress=bar:force:noscroll\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-show\-progress\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-show\-progress\fR 4 .IX Item "--show-progress" Force wget to display the progress bar in any verbosity. .Sp @@ -630,18 +614,18 @@ a much cleaner output on the screen. .Sp This option will also force the progress bar to be printed to \fIstderr\fR when used alongside the \fB\-\-output\-file\fR option. -.IP "\fB\-N\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-N\fR 4 .IX Item "-N" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-timestamping\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-timestamping\fR 4 .IX Item "--timestamping" .PD Turn on time-stamping. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-if\-modified\-since\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-if\-modified\-since\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-if-modified-since" -Do not send If-Modified-Since header in \fB\-N\fR mode. Send preliminary \s-1HEAD\s0 +Do not send If-Modified-Since header in \fB\-N\fR mode. Send preliminary HEAD request instead. This has only effect in \fB\-N\fR mode. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-use\-server\-timestamps\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-use\-server\-timestamps\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-use-server-timestamps" Don't set the local file's timestamp by the one on the server. .Sp @@ -651,15 +635,15 @@ match those from the remote file. This allows the use of is sometimes useful to base the local file's timestamp on when it was actually downloaded; for that purpose, the \&\fB\-\-no\-use\-server\-timestamps\fR option has been provided. -.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-S\fR 4 .IX Item "-S" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-server\-response\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-server\-response\fR 4 .IX Item "--server-response" .PD -Print the headers sent by \s-1HTTP\s0 servers and responses sent by -\&\s-1FTP\s0 servers. -.IP "\fB\-\-spider\fR" 4 +Print the headers sent by HTTP servers and responses sent by +FTP servers. +.IP \fB\-\-spider\fR 4 .IX Item "--spider" When invoked with this option, Wget will behave as a Web \fIspider\fR, which means that it will not download the pages, just check that they @@ -674,7 +658,7 @@ functionality of real web spiders. .IP "\fB\-T seconds\fR" 4 .IX Item "-T seconds" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR 4 .IX Item "--timeout=seconds" .PD Set the network timeout to \fIseconds\fR seconds. This is equivalent @@ -692,21 +676,21 @@ All timeout-related options accept decimal values, as well as subsecond values. For example, \fB0.1\fR seconds is a legal (though unwise) choice of timeout. Subsecond timeouts are useful for checking server response times or for testing network latency. -.IP "\fB\-\-dns\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dns\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR 4 .IX Item "--dns-timeout=seconds" -Set the \s-1DNS\s0 lookup timeout to \fIseconds\fR seconds. \s-1DNS\s0 lookups that +Set the DNS lookup timeout to \fIseconds\fR seconds. DNS lookups that don't complete within the specified time will fail. By default, there -is no timeout on \s-1DNS\s0 lookups, other than that implemented by system +is no timeout on DNS lookups, other than that implemented by system libraries. -.IP "\fB\-\-connect\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-connect\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR 4 .IX Item "--connect-timeout=seconds" -Set the connect timeout to \fIseconds\fR seconds. \s-1TCP\s0 connections that +Set the connect timeout to \fIseconds\fR seconds. TCP connections that take longer to establish will be aborted. By default, there is no connect timeout, other than that implemented by system libraries. -.IP "\fB\-\-read\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-read\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR 4 .IX Item "--read-timeout=seconds" Set the read (and write) timeout to \fIseconds\fR seconds. The -\&\*(L"time\*(R" of this timeout refers to \fIidle time\fR: if, at any point in +"time" of this timeout refers to \fIidle time\fR: if, at any point in the download, no data is received for more than the specified number of seconds, reading fails and the download is restarted. This option does not directly affect the duration of the entire download. @@ -714,7 +698,7 @@ does not directly affect the duration of the entire download. Of course, the remote server may choose to terminate the connection sooner than this option requires. The default read timeout is 900 seconds. -.IP "\fB\-\-limit\-rate=\fR\fIamount\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-limit\-rate=\fR\fIamount\fR 4 .IX Item "--limit-rate=amount" Limit the download speed to \fIamount\fR bytes per second. Amount may be expressed in bytes, kilobytes with the \fBk\fR suffix, or megabytes @@ -728,14 +712,14 @@ value. .Sp Note that Wget implements the limiting by sleeping the appropriate amount of time after a network read that took less time than specified -by the rate. Eventually this strategy causes the \s-1TCP\s0 transfer to slow +by the rate. Eventually this strategy causes the TCP transfer to slow down to approximately the specified rate. However, it may take some time for this balance to be achieved, so don't be surprised if limiting the rate doesn't work well with very small files. .IP "\fB\-w\fR \fIseconds\fR" 4 .IX Item "-w seconds" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-wait=\fR\fIseconds\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-wait=\fR\fIseconds\fR 4 .IX Item "--wait=seconds" .PD Wait the specified number of seconds between the retrievals. Use of @@ -749,7 +733,7 @@ destination host is down, so that Wget can wait long enough to reasonably expect the network error to be fixed before the retry. The waiting interval specified by this function is influenced by \&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-random\-wait\*(C'\fR, which see. -.IP "\fB\-\-waitretry=\fR\fIseconds\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-waitretry=\fR\fIseconds\fR 4 .IX Item "--waitretry=seconds" If you don't want Wget to wait between \fIevery\fR retrieval, but only between retries of failed downloads, you can use this option. Wget will @@ -758,7 +742,7 @@ given file, then waiting 2 seconds after the second failure on that file, up to the maximum number of \fIseconds\fR you specify. .Sp By default, Wget will assume a value of 10 seconds. -.IP "\fB\-\-random\-wait\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-random\-wait\fR 4 .IX Item "--random-wait" Some web sites may perform log analysis to identify retrieval programs such as Wget by looking for statistically significant similarities in @@ -776,14 +760,14 @@ addresses. The \fB\-\-random\-wait\fR option was inspired by this ill-advised recommendation to block many unrelated users from a web site due to the actions of one. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-proxy\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-proxy\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-proxy" Don't use proxies, even if the appropriate \f(CW*_proxy\fR environment variable is defined. .IP "\fB\-Q\fR \fIquota\fR" 4 .IX Item "-Q quota" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-quota=\fR\fIquota\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-quota=\fR\fIquota\fR 4 .IX Item "--quota=quota" .PD Specify download quota for automatic retrievals. The value can be @@ -800,31 +784,31 @@ will be aborted after the file that exhausts the quota is completely downloaded. .Sp Setting quota to 0 or to \fBinf\fR unlimits the download quota. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-dns\-cache\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-dns\-cache\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-dns-cache" -Turn off caching of \s-1DNS\s0 lookups. Normally, Wget remembers the \s-1IP\s0 -addresses it looked up from \s-1DNS\s0 so it doesn't have to repeatedly -contact the \s-1DNS\s0 server for the same (typically small) set of hosts it +Turn off caching of DNS lookups. Normally, Wget remembers the IP +addresses it looked up from DNS so it doesn't have to repeatedly +contact the DNS server for the same (typically small) set of hosts it retrieves from. This cache exists in memory only; a new Wget run will -contact \s-1DNS\s0 again. +contact DNS again. .Sp However, it has been reported that in some situations it is not desirable to cache host names, even for the duration of a short-running application like Wget. With this option Wget issues a -new \s-1DNS\s0 lookup (more precisely, a new call to \f(CW\*(C`gethostbyname\*(C'\fR or +new DNS lookup (more precisely, a new call to \f(CW\*(C`gethostbyname\*(C'\fR or \&\f(CW\*(C`getaddrinfo\*(C'\fR) each time it makes a new connection. Please note that this option will \fInot\fR affect caching that might be performed by the resolving library or by an external caching layer, -such as \s-1NSCD.\s0 +such as NSCD. .Sp If you don't understand exactly what this option does, you probably won't need it. -.IP "\fB\-\-restrict\-file\-names=\fR\fImodes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-restrict\-file\-names=\fR\fImodes\fR 4 .IX Item "--restrict-file-names=modes" Change which characters found in remote URLs must be escaped during generation of local filenames. Characters that are \fIrestricted\fR -by this option are escaped, i.e. replaced with \fB\f(CB%HH\fB\fR, where -\&\fB\s-1HH\s0\fR is the hexadecimal number that corresponds to the restricted +by this option are escaped, i.e. replaced with \fR\f(CB%HH\fR\fB\fR, where +\&\fBHH\fR is the hexadecimal number that corresponds to the restricted character. This option may also be used to force all alphabetical cases to be either lower\- or uppercase. .Sp @@ -834,7 +818,7 @@ characters that are typically unprintable. This option is useful for changing these defaults, perhaps because you are downloading to a non-native partition, or because you want to disable escaping of the control characters, or you want to further restrict characters to only -those in the \s-1ASCII\s0 range of values. +those in the ASCII range of values. .Sp The \fImodes\fR are a comma-separated set of text values. The acceptable values are \fBunix\fR, \fBwindows\fR, \fBnocontrol\fR, @@ -845,51 +829,51 @@ override the other), as are \fBlowercase\fR and the set of characters that would be escaped, but rather force local file paths to be converted either to lower\- or uppercase. .Sp -When \*(L"unix\*(R" is specified, Wget escapes the character \fB/\fR and +When "unix" is specified, Wget escapes the character \fB/\fR and the control characters in the ranges 0\-\-31 and 128\-\-159. This is the default on Unix-like operating systems. .Sp -When \*(L"windows\*(R" is given, Wget escapes the characters \fB\e\fR, +When "windows" is given, Wget escapes the characters \fB\e\fR, \&\fB|\fR, \fB/\fR, \fB:\fR, \fB?\fR, \fB"\fR, \fB*\fR, \fB<\fR, \&\fB>\fR, and the control characters in the ranges 0\-\-31 and 128\-\-159. In addition to this, Wget in Windows mode uses \fB+\fR instead of \&\fB:\fR to separate host and port in local file names, and uses \&\fB@\fR instead of \fB?\fR to separate the query portion of the file -name from the rest. Therefore, a \s-1URL\s0 that would be saved as +name from the rest. Therefore, a URL that would be saved as \&\fBwww.xemacs.org:4300/search.pl?input=blah\fR in Unix mode would be saved as \fBwww.xemacs.org+4300/search.pl@input=blah\fR in Windows mode. This mode is the default on Windows. .Sp If you specify \fBnocontrol\fR, then the escaping of the control characters is also switched off. This option may make sense -when you are downloading URLs whose names contain \s-1UTF\-8\s0 characters, on -a system which can save and display filenames in \s-1UTF\-8\s0 (some possible -byte values used in \s-1UTF\-8\s0 byte sequences fall in the range of values -designated by Wget as \*(L"controls\*(R"). +when you are downloading URLs whose names contain UTF\-8 characters, on +a system which can save and display filenames in UTF\-8 (some possible +byte values used in UTF\-8 byte sequences fall in the range of values +designated by Wget as "controls"). .Sp The \fBascii\fR mode is used to specify that any bytes whose values -are outside the range of \s-1ASCII\s0 characters (that is, greater than +are outside the range of ASCII characters (that is, greater than 127) shall be escaped. This can be useful when saving filenames whose encoding does not match the one used locally. -.IP "\fB\-4\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-4\fR 4 .IX Item "-4" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-inet4\-only\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-inet4\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--inet4-only" -.IP "\fB\-6\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-6\fR 4 .IX Item "-6" -.IP "\fB\-\-inet6\-only\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-inet6\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--inet6-only" .PD Force connecting to IPv4 or IPv6 addresses. With \fB\-\-inet4\-only\fR -or \fB\-4\fR, Wget will only connect to IPv4 hosts, ignoring \s-1AAAA\s0 -records in \s-1DNS,\s0 and refusing to connect to IPv6 addresses specified in +or \fB\-4\fR, Wget will only connect to IPv4 hosts, ignoring AAAA +records in DNS, and refusing to connect to IPv6 addresses specified in URLs. Conversely, with \fB\-\-inet6\-only\fR or \fB\-6\fR, Wget will only connect to IPv6 hosts and ignore A records and IPv4 addresses. .Sp Neither options should be needed normally. By default, an IPv6\-aware -Wget will use the address family specified by the host's \s-1DNS\s0 record. -If the \s-1DNS\s0 responds with both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, Wget will try +Wget will use the address family specified by the host's DNS record. +If the DNS responds with both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, Wget will try them in sequence until it finds one it can connect to. (Also see \&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-prefer\-family\*(C'\fR option described below.) .Sp @@ -899,11 +883,11 @@ or to deal with broken network configuration. Only one of \&\fB\-\-inet6\-only\fR and \fB\-\-inet4\-only\fR may be specified at the same time. Neither option is available in Wget compiled without IPv6 support. -.IP "\fB\-\-prefer\-family=none/IPv4/IPv6\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-prefer\-family=none/IPv4/IPv6\fR 4 .IX Item "--prefer-family=none/IPv4/IPv6" When given a choice of several addresses, connect to the addresses with specified address family first. The address order returned by -\&\s-1DNS\s0 is used without change by default. +DNS is used without change by default. .Sp This avoids spurious errors and connect attempts when accessing hosts that resolve to both IPv6 and IPv4 addresses from IPv4 networks. For @@ -912,7 +896,7 @@ example, \fBwww.kame.net\fR resolves to \&\fB203.178.141.194\fR. When the preferred family is \f(CW\*(C`IPv4\*(C'\fR, the IPv4 address is used first; when the preferred family is \f(CW\*(C`IPv6\*(C'\fR, the IPv6 address is used first; if the specified value is \f(CW\*(C`none\*(C'\fR, -the address order returned by \s-1DNS\s0 is used without change. +the address order returned by DNS is used without change. .Sp Unlike \fB\-4\fR and \fB\-6\fR, this option doesn't inhibit access to any address family, it only changes the \fIorder\fR in which the @@ -920,113 +904,113 @@ addresses are accessed. Also note that the reordering performed by this option is \fIstable\fR\-\-\-it doesn't affect order of addresses of the same family. That is, the relative order of all IPv4 addresses and of all IPv6 addresses remains intact in all cases. -.IP "\fB\-\-retry\-connrefused\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-retry\-connrefused\fR 4 .IX Item "--retry-connrefused" -Consider \*(L"connection refused\*(R" a transient error and try again. -Normally Wget gives up on a \s-1URL\s0 when it is unable to connect to the +Consider "connection refused" a transient error and try again. +Normally Wget gives up on a URL when it is unable to connect to the site because failure to connect is taken as a sign that the server is not running at all and that retries would not help. This option is for mirroring unreliable sites whose servers tend to disappear for short periods of time. -.IP "\fB\-\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR 4 .IX Item "--user=user" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR 4 .IX Item "--password=password" .PD Specify the username \fIuser\fR and password \fIpassword\fR for both -\&\s-1FTP\s0 and \s-1HTTP\s0 file retrieval. These parameters can be overridden +FTP and HTTP file retrieval. These parameters can be overridden using the \fB\-\-ftp\-user\fR and \fB\-\-ftp\-password\fR options for -\&\s-1FTP\s0 connections and the \fB\-\-http\-user\fR and \fB\-\-http\-password\fR -options for \s-1HTTP\s0 connections. -.IP "\fB\-\-ask\-password\fR" 4 +FTP connections and the \fB\-\-http\-user\fR and \fB\-\-http\-password\fR +options for HTTP connections. +.IP \fB\-\-ask\-password\fR 4 .IX Item "--ask-password" Prompt for a password for each connection established. Cannot be specified when \fB\-\-password\fR is being used, because they are mutually exclusive. -.IP "\fB\-\-use\-askpass=\fR\fIcommand\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-use\-askpass=\fR\fIcommand\fR 4 .IX Item "--use-askpass=command" Prompt for a user and password using the specified command. If no command is -specified then the command in the environment variable \s-1WGET_ASKPASS\s0 is used. -If \s-1WGET_ASKPASS\s0 is not set then the command in the environment variable -\&\s-1SSH_ASKPASS\s0 is used. +specified then the command in the environment variable WGET_ASKPASS is used. +If WGET_ASKPASS is not set then the command in the environment variable +SSH_ASKPASS is used. .Sp You can set the default command for use-askpass in the \fI.wgetrc\fR. That setting may be overridden from the command line. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-iri\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-iri\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-iri" -Turn off internationalized \s-1URI\s0 (\s-1IRI\s0) support. Use \fB\-\-iri\fR to -turn it on. \s-1IRI\s0 support is activated by default. +Turn off internationalized URI (IRI) support. Use \fB\-\-iri\fR to +turn it on. IRI support is activated by default. .Sp -You can set the default state of \s-1IRI\s0 support using the \f(CW\*(C`iri\*(C'\fR +You can set the default state of IRI support using the \f(CW\*(C`iri\*(C'\fR command in \fI.wgetrc\fR. That setting may be overridden from the command line. -.IP "\fB\-\-local\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-local\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR 4 .IX Item "--local-encoding=encoding" Force Wget to use \fIencoding\fR as the default system encoding. That affects -how Wget converts URLs specified as arguments from locale to \s-1UTF\-8\s0 for -\&\s-1IRI\s0 support. +how Wget converts URLs specified as arguments from locale to UTF\-8 for +IRI support. .Sp -Wget use the function \f(CW\*(C`nl_langinfo()\*(C'\fR and then the \f(CW\*(C`CHARSET\*(C'\fR -environment variable to get the locale. If it fails, \s-1ASCII\s0 is used. +Wget use the function \f(CWnl_langinfo()\fR and then the \f(CW\*(C`CHARSET\*(C'\fR +environment variable to get the locale. If it fails, ASCII is used. .Sp You can set the default local encoding using the \f(CW\*(C`local_encoding\*(C'\fR command in \fI.wgetrc\fR. That setting may be overridden from the command line. -.IP "\fB\-\-remote\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-remote\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR 4 .IX Item "--remote-encoding=encoding" Force Wget to use \fIencoding\fR as the default remote server encoding. That affects how Wget converts URIs found in files from remote encoding -to \s-1UTF\-8\s0 during a recursive fetch. This options is only useful for -\&\s-1IRI\s0 support, for the interpretation of non-ASCII characters. +to UTF\-8 during a recursive fetch. This options is only useful for +IRI support, for the interpretation of non-ASCII characters. .Sp -For \s-1HTTP,\s0 remote encoding can be found in \s-1HTTP\s0 \f(CW\*(C`Content\-Type\*(C'\fR -header and in \s-1HTML\s0 \f(CW\*(C`Content\-Type http\-equiv\*(C'\fR meta tag. +For HTTP, remote encoding can be found in HTTP \f(CW\*(C`Content\-Type\*(C'\fR +header and in HTML \f(CW\*(C`Content\-Type http\-equiv\*(C'\fR meta tag. .Sp You can set the default encoding using the \f(CW\*(C`remoteencoding\*(C'\fR command in \fI.wgetrc\fR. That setting may be overridden from the command line. -.IP "\fB\-\-unlink\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-unlink\fR 4 .IX Item "--unlink" Force Wget to unlink file instead of clobbering existing file. This option is useful for downloading to the directory with hardlinks. .SS "Directory Options" .IX Subsection "Directory Options" -.IP "\fB\-nd\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-nd\fR 4 .IX Item "-nd" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-directories\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-directories\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-directories" .PD Do not create a hierarchy of directories when retrieving recursively. With this option turned on, all files will get saved to the current directory, without clobbering (if a name shows up more than once, the filenames will get extensions \fB.n\fR). -.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-x\fR 4 .IX Item "-x" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-force\-directories\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-force\-directories\fR 4 .IX Item "--force-directories" .PD The opposite of \fB\-nd\fR\-\-\-create a hierarchy of directories, even if one would not have been created otherwise. E.g. \fBwget \-x http://fly.srk.fer.hr/robots.txt\fR will save the downloaded file to \&\fIfly.srk.fer.hr/robots.txt\fR. -.IP "\fB\-nH\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-nH\fR 4 .IX Item "-nH" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-host\-directories\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-host\-directories\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-host-directories" .PD Disable generation of host-prefixed directories. By default, invoking Wget with \fB\-r http://fly.srk.fer.hr/\fR will create a structure of directories beginning with \fIfly.srk.fer.hr/\fR. This option disables such behavior. -.IP "\fB\-\-protocol\-directories\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-protocol\-directories\fR 4 .IX Item "--protocol-directories" Use the protocol name as a directory component of local file names. For example, with this option, \fBwget \-r http://\fR\fIhost\fR will save to \&\fBhttp/\fR\fIhost\fR\fB/...\fR rather than just to \fIhost\fR\fB/...\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-cut\-dirs=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-cut\-dirs=\fR\fInumber\fR 4 .IX Item "--cut-dirs=number" Ignore \fInumber\fR directory components. This is useful for getting a fine-grained control over the directory where recursive retrieval will @@ -1038,7 +1022,7 @@ Take, for example, the directory at \&\fIftp.xemacs.org/pub/xemacs/\fR. While the \fB\-nH\fR option can remove the \fIftp.xemacs.org/\fR part, you are still stuck with \&\fIpub/xemacs\fR. This is where \fB\-\-cut\-dirs\fR comes in handy; it -makes Wget not \*(L"see\*(R" \fInumber\fR remote directory components. Here +makes Wget not "see" \fInumber\fR remote directory components. Here are several examples of how \fB\-\-cut\-dirs\fR option works. .Sp .Vb 4 @@ -1059,39 +1043,39 @@ be placed to \fIxemacs/beta\fR, as one would expect. .IP "\fB\-P\fR \fIprefix\fR" 4 .IX Item "-P prefix" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-directory\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-directory\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR 4 .IX Item "--directory-prefix=prefix" .PD Set directory prefix to \fIprefix\fR. The \fIdirectory prefix\fR is the directory where all other files and subdirectories will be saved to, i.e. the top of the retrieval tree. The default is \fB.\fR (the current directory). -.SS "\s-1HTTP\s0 Options" +.SS "HTTP Options" .IX Subsection "HTTP Options" -.IP "\fB\-\-default\-page=\fR\fIname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-default\-page=\fR\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "--default-page=name" Use \fIname\fR as the default file name when it isn't known (i.e., for URLs that end in a slash), instead of \fIindex.html\fR. -.IP "\fB\-E\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-E\fR 4 .IX Item "-E" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-extension\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-adjust\-extension\fR 4 .IX Item "--adjust-extension" .PD If a file of type \fBapplication/xhtml+xml\fR or \fBtext/html\fR is -downloaded and the \s-1URL\s0 does not end with the regexp +downloaded and the URL does not end with the regexp \&\fB\e.[Hh][Tt][Mm][Ll]?\fR, this option will cause the suffix \fB.html\fR to be appended to the local filename. This is useful, for instance, when you're mirroring a remote site that uses \fB.asp\fR pages, but you want the mirrored pages to be viewable on your stock Apache server. Another -good use for this is when you're downloading CGI-generated materials. A \s-1URL\s0 +good use for this is when you're downloading CGI-generated materials. A URL like \fBhttp://site.com/article.cgi?25\fR will be saved as \&\fIarticle.cgi?25.html\fR. .Sp Note that filenames changed in this way will be re-downloaded every time you re-mirror a site, because Wget can't tell that the local -\&\fI\fIX\fI.html\fR file corresponds to remote \s-1URL\s0 \fIX\fR (since -it doesn't yet know that the \s-1URL\s0 produces output of type +\&\fIX.html\fR file corresponds to remote URL \fIX\fR (since +it doesn't yet know that the URL produces output of type \&\fBtext/html\fR or \fBapplication/xhtml+xml\fR. .Sp As of version 1.12, Wget will also ensure that any downloaded files of @@ -1108,35 +1092,35 @@ and \fB.gz\fR respectively. At some point in the future, this option may well be expanded to include suffixes for other types of content, including content types that are not parsed by Wget. -.IP "\fB\-\-http\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-http\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR 4 .IX Item "--http-user=user" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-http\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-http\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR 4 .IX Item "--http-password=password" .PD Specify the username \fIuser\fR and password \fIpassword\fR on an -\&\s-1HTTP\s0 server. According to the type of the challenge, Wget will +HTTP server. According to the type of the challenge, Wget will encode them using either the \f(CW\*(C`basic\*(C'\fR (insecure), the \f(CW\*(C`digest\*(C'\fR, or the Windows \f(CW\*(C`NTLM\*(C'\fR authentication scheme. .Sp -Another way to specify username and password is in the \s-1URL\s0 itself. Either method reveals your password to anyone who +Another way to specify username and password is in the URL itself. Either method reveals your password to anyone who bothers to run \f(CW\*(C`ps\*(C'\fR. To prevent the passwords from being seen, use the \fB\-\-use\-askpass\fR or store them in \fI.wgetrc\fR or \fI.netrc\fR, and make sure to protect those files from other users with \f(CW\*(C`chmod\*(C'\fR. If the passwords are really important, do not leave them lying in those files either\-\-\-edit the files and delete them after Wget has started the download. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-http\-keep\-alive\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-http\-keep\-alive\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-http-keep-alive" -Turn off the \*(L"keep-alive\*(R" feature for \s-1HTTP\s0 downloads. Normally, Wget +Turn off the "keep-alive" feature for HTTP downloads. Normally, Wget asks the server to keep the connection open so that, when you download more than one document from the same server, they get transferred over -the same \s-1TCP\s0 connection. This saves time and at the same time reduces +the same TCP connection. This saves time and at the same time reduces the load on the server. .Sp This option is useful when, for some reason, persistent (keep-alive) connections don't work for you, for example due to a server bug or due to the inability of server-side scripts to cope with the connections. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-cache\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-cache\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-cache" Disable server-side cache. In this case, Wget will send the remote server appropriate directives (\fBCache-Control: no-cache\fR and @@ -1145,7 +1129,7 @@ rather than returning the cached version. This is especially useful for retrieving and flushing out-of-date documents on proxy servers. .Sp Caching is allowed by default. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-cookies\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-cookies\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-cookies" Disable the use of cookies. Cookies are a mechanism for maintaining server-side state. The server sends the client a cookie using the @@ -1156,13 +1140,13 @@ consider them a breach of privacy. The default is to use cookies; however, \fIstoring\fR cookies is not on by default. .IP "\fB\-\-load\-cookies\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "--load-cookies file" -Load cookies from \fIfile\fR before the first \s-1HTTP\s0 retrieval. +Load cookies from \fIfile\fR before the first HTTP retrieval. \&\fIfile\fR is a textual file in the format originally used by Netscape's \&\fIcookies.txt\fR file. .Sp You will typically use this option when mirroring sites that require that you be logged in to access some or all of their content. The login -process typically works by the web server issuing an \s-1HTTP\s0 cookie +process typically works by the web server issuing an HTTP cookie upon receiving and verifying your credentials. The cookie is then resent by the browser when accessing that part of the site, and so proves your identity. @@ -1184,7 +1168,7 @@ The cookies are in \fI~/.netscape/cookies.txt\fR. Mozilla's cookie file is also named \fIcookies.txt\fR, located somewhere under \fI~/.mozilla\fR, in the directory of your profile. The full path usually ends up looking somewhat like -\&\fI~/.mozilla/default/\fIsome-weird-string\fI/cookies.txt\fR. +\&\fI~/.mozilla/default/some-weird-string/cookies.txt\fR. .ie n .IP """Internet Explorer.""" 4 .el .IP "\f(CWInternet Explorer.\fR" 4 .IX Item "Internet Explorer." @@ -1201,10 +1185,10 @@ cookie file in the Netscape format that Wget expects. .RS 4 .Sp If you cannot use \fB\-\-load\-cookies\fR, there might still be an -alternative. If your browser supports a \*(L"cookie manager\*(R", you can use +alternative. If your browser supports a "cookie manager", you can use it to view the cookies used when accessing the site you're mirroring. Write down the name and value of the cookie, and manually instruct Wget -to send those cookies, bypassing the \*(L"official\*(R" cookie support: +to send those cookies, bypassing the "official" cookie support: .Sp .Vb 1 \& wget \-\-no\-cookies \-\-header "Cookie: <name>=<value>" @@ -1213,9 +1197,9 @@ to send those cookies, bypassing the \*(L"official\*(R" cookie support: .IP "\fB\-\-save\-cookies\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "--save-cookies file" Save cookies to \fIfile\fR before exiting. This will not save cookies -that have expired or that have no expiry time (so-called \*(L"session -cookies\*(R"), but also see \fB\-\-keep\-session\-cookies\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-session\-cookies\fR" 4 +that have expired or that have no expiry time (so-called "session +cookies"), but also see \fB\-\-keep\-session\-cookies\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-session\-cookies\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-session-cookies" When specified, causes \fB\-\-save\-cookies\fR to also save session cookies. Session cookies are normally not saved because they are @@ -1232,9 +1216,9 @@ confuse other browsers. Also note that cookies so loaded will be treated as other session cookies, which means that if you want \&\fB\-\-save\-cookies\fR to preserve them again, you must use \&\fB\-\-keep\-session\-cookies\fR again. -.IP "\fB\-\-ignore\-length\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ignore\-length\fR 4 .IX Item "--ignore-length" -Unfortunately, some \s-1HTTP\s0 servers (\s-1CGI\s0 programs, to be more +Unfortunately, some HTTP servers (CGI programs, to be more precise) send out bogus \f(CW\*(C`Content\-Length\*(C'\fR headers, which makes Wget go wild, as it thinks not all the document was retrieved. You can spot this syndrome if Wget retries getting the same document again and again, @@ -1243,10 +1227,10 @@ the very same byte. .Sp With this option, Wget will ignore the \f(CW\*(C`Content\-Length\*(C'\fR header\-\-\-as if it never existed. -.IP "\fB\-\-header=\fR\fIheader-line\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-header=\fR\fIheader-line\fR 4 .IX Item "--header=header-line" Send \fIheader-line\fR along with the rest of the headers in each -\&\s-1HTTP\s0 request. The supplied header is sent as-is, which means it +HTTP request. The supplied header is sent as-is, which means it must contain name and value separated by colon, and must not contain newlines. .Sp @@ -1272,7 +1256,7 @@ localhost, but to specify \fBfoo.bar\fR in the \f(CW\*(C`Host\*(C'\fR header: .Sp In versions of Wget prior to 1.10 such use of \fB\-\-header\fR caused sending of duplicate headers. -.IP "\fB\-\-compression=\fR\fItype\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compression=\fR\fItype\fR 4 .IX Item "--compression=type" Choose the type of compression to be used. Legal values are \&\fBauto\fR, \fBgzip\fR and \fBnone\fR. @@ -1288,16 +1272,16 @@ the file and will not decompress any server responses. This is the default. .Sp Compression support is currently experimental. In case it is turned on, please report any bugs to \f(CW\*(C`bug\-wget@gnu.org\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-max\-redirect=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-max\-redirect=\fR\fInumber\fR 4 .IX Item "--max-redirect=number" Specifies the maximum number of redirections to follow for a resource. The default is 20, which is usually far more than necessary. However, on those occasions where you want to allow more (or fewer), this is the option to use. -.IP "\fB\-\-proxy\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-proxy\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR 4 .IX Item "--proxy-user=user" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-proxy\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-proxy\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR 4 .IX Item "--proxy-password=password" .PD Specify the username \fIuser\fR and password \fIpassword\fR for @@ -1306,27 +1290,27 @@ authentication on a proxy server. Wget will encode them using the .Sp Security considerations similar to those with \fB\-\-http\-password\fR pertain here as well. -.IP "\fB\-\-referer=\fR\fIurl\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-referer=\fR\fIurl\fR 4 .IX Item "--referer=url" -Include `Referer: \fIurl\fR' header in \s-1HTTP\s0 request. Useful for +Include `Referer: \fIurl\fR' header in HTTP request. Useful for retrieving documents with server-side processing that assume they are always being retrieved by interactive web browsers and only come out properly when Referer is set to one of the pages that point to them. -.IP "\fB\-\-save\-headers\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-save\-headers\fR 4 .IX Item "--save-headers" -Save the headers sent by the \s-1HTTP\s0 server to the file, preceding the +Save the headers sent by the HTTP server to the file, preceding the actual contents, with an empty line as the separator. .IP "\fB\-U\fR \fIagent-string\fR" 4 .IX Item "-U agent-string" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-user\-agent=\fR\fIagent-string\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-user\-agent=\fR\fIagent-string\fR 4 .IX Item "--user-agent=agent-string" .PD -Identify as \fIagent-string\fR to the \s-1HTTP\s0 server. +Identify as \fIagent-string\fR to the HTTP server. .Sp -The \s-1HTTP\s0 protocol allows the clients to identify themselves using a +The HTTP protocol allows the clients to identify themselves using a \&\f(CW\*(C`User\-Agent\*(C'\fR header field. This enables distinguishing the -\&\s-1WWW\s0 software, usually for statistical purposes or for tracing of +WWW software, usually for statistical purposes or for tracing of protocol violations. Wget normally identifies as \&\fBWget/\fR\fIversion\fR, \fIversion\fR being the current version number of Wget. @@ -1341,14 +1325,14 @@ Use of this option is discouraged, unless you really know what you are doing. .Sp Specifying empty user agent with \fB\-\-user\-agent=""\fR instructs Wget -not to send the \f(CW\*(C`User\-Agent\*(C'\fR header in \s-1HTTP\s0 requests. -.IP "\fB\-\-post\-data=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4 +not to send the \f(CW\*(C`User\-Agent\*(C'\fR header in HTTP requests. +.IP \fB\-\-post\-data=\fR\fIstring\fR 4 .IX Item "--post-data=string" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-post\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-post\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--post-file=file" .PD -Use \s-1POST\s0 as the method for all \s-1HTTP\s0 requests and send the specified +Use POST as the method for all HTTP requests and send the specified data in the request body. \fB\-\-post\-data\fR sends \fIstring\fR as data, whereas \fB\-\-post\-file\fR sends the contents of \fIfile\fR. Other than that, they work in exactly the same way. In particular, @@ -1359,39 +1343,39 @@ accepts its content from a file. In particular, \fB\-\-post\-file\fR is \&\fInot\fR for transmitting files as form attachments: those must appear as \f(CW\*(C`key=value\*(C'\fR data (with appropriate percent-coding) just like everything else. Wget does not currently support -\&\f(CW\*(C`multipart/form\-data\*(C'\fR for transmitting \s-1POST\s0 data; only +\&\f(CW\*(C`multipart/form\-data\*(C'\fR for transmitting POST data; only \&\f(CW\*(C`application/x\-www\-form\-urlencoded\*(C'\fR. Only one of \&\fB\-\-post\-data\fR and \fB\-\-post\-file\fR should be specified. .Sp Please note that wget does not require the content to be of the form \&\f(CW\*(C`key1=value1&key2=value2\*(C'\fR, and neither does it test for it. Wget will simply transmit whatever data is provided to it. Most servers however expect -the \s-1POST\s0 data to be in the above format when processing \s-1HTML\s0 Forms. +the POST data to be in the above format when processing HTML Forms. .Sp -When sending a \s-1POST\s0 request using the \fB\-\-post\-file\fR option, Wget treats -the file as a binary file and will send every character in the \s-1POST\s0 request +When sending a POST request using the \fB\-\-post\-file\fR option, Wget treats +the file as a binary file and will send every character in the POST request without stripping trailing newline or formfeed characters. Any other control -characters in the text will also be sent as-is in the \s-1POST\s0 request. +characters in the text will also be sent as-is in the POST request. .Sp -Please be aware that Wget needs to know the size of the \s-1POST\s0 data in +Please be aware that Wget needs to know the size of the POST data in advance. Therefore the argument to \f(CW\*(C`\-\-post\-file\*(C'\fR must be a regular -file; specifying a \s-1FIFO\s0 or something like \fI/dev/stdin\fR won't work. +file; specifying a FIFO or something like \fI/dev/stdin\fR won't work. It's not quite clear how to work around this limitation inherent in -\&\s-1HTTP/1.0.\s0 Although \s-1HTTP/1.1\s0 introduces \fIchunked\fR transfer that +HTTP/1.0. Although HTTP/1.1 introduces \fIchunked\fR transfer that doesn't require knowing the request length in advance, a client can't -use chunked unless it knows it's talking to an \s-1HTTP/1.1\s0 server. And it +use chunked unless it knows it's talking to an HTTP/1.1 server. And it can't know that until it receives a response, which in turn requires the -request to have been completed \*(-- a chicken-and-egg problem. +request to have been completed \-\- a chicken-and-egg problem. .Sp -Note: As of version 1.15 if Wget is redirected after the \s-1POST\s0 request is +Note: As of version 1.15 if Wget is redirected after the POST request is completed, its behaviour will depend on the response code returned by the server. In case of a 301 Moved Permanently, 302 Moved Temporarily or -307 Temporary Redirect, Wget will, in accordance with \s-1RFC2616,\s0 continue -to send a \s-1POST\s0 request. +307 Temporary Redirect, Wget will, in accordance with RFC2616, continue +to send a POST request. In case a server wants the client to change the Request method upon redirection, it should send a 303 See Other response code. .Sp -This example shows how to log in to a server using \s-1POST\s0 and then proceed to +This example shows how to log in to a server using POST and then proceed to download the desired pages, presumably only accessible to authorized users: .Sp @@ -1411,16 +1395,16 @@ the above will not work because \fB\-\-save\-cookies\fR will not save them (and neither will browsers) and the \fIcookies.txt\fR file will be empty. In that case use \fB\-\-keep\-session\-cookies\fR along with \&\fB\-\-save\-cookies\fR to force saving of session cookies. -.IP "\fB\-\-method=\fR\fIHTTP-Method\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-method=\fR\fIHTTP-Method\fR 4 .IX Item "--method=HTTP-Method" -For the purpose of RESTful scripting, Wget allows sending of other \s-1HTTP\s0 Methods +For the purpose of RESTful scripting, Wget allows sending of other HTTP Methods without the need to explicitly set them using \fB\-\-header=Header\-Line\fR. -Wget will use whatever string is passed to it after \fB\-\-method\fR as the \s-1HTTP\s0 +Wget will use whatever string is passed to it after \fB\-\-method\fR as the HTTP Method to the server. -.IP "\fB\-\-body\-data=\fR\fIData-String\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-body\-data=\fR\fIData-String\fR 4 .IX Item "--body-data=Data-String" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-body\-file=\fR\fIData-File\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-body\-file=\fR\fIData-File\fR 4 .IX Item "--body-file=Data-File" .PD Must be set when additional data needs to be sent to the server along with the @@ -1433,60 +1417,60 @@ Wget does not currently support \f(CW\*(C`multipart/form\-data\*(C'\fR for trans only \f(CW\*(C`application/x\-www\-form\-urlencoded\*(C'\fR. In the future, this may be changed so that wget sends the \fB\-\-body\-file\fR as a complete file instead of sending its contents to the server. Please be aware that Wget needs to know the contents of -\&\s-1BODY\s0 Data in advance, and hence the argument to \fB\-\-body\-file\fR should be a +BODY Data in advance, and hence the argument to \fB\-\-body\-file\fR should be a regular file. See \fB\-\-post\-file\fR for a more detailed explanation. Only one of \fB\-\-body\-data\fR and \fB\-\-body\-file\fR should be specified. .Sp If Wget is redirected after the request is completed, Wget will -suspend the current method and send a \s-1GET\s0 request till the redirection +suspend the current method and send a GET request till the redirection is completed. This is true for all redirection response codes except 307 Temporary Redirect which is used to explicitly specify that the request method should \fInot\fR change. Another exception is when the method is set to \f(CW\*(C`POST\*(C'\fR, in which case the redirection rules specified under \fB\-\-post\-data\fR are followed. -.IP "\fB\-\-content\-disposition\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-content\-disposition\fR 4 .IX Item "--content-disposition" If this is set to on, experimental (not fully-functional) support for \&\f(CW\*(C`Content\-Disposition\*(C'\fR headers is enabled. This can currently result in extra round-trips to the server for a \f(CW\*(C`HEAD\*(C'\fR request, and is known to suffer from a few bugs, which is why it is not currently enabled by default. .Sp -This option is useful for some file-downloading \s-1CGI\s0 programs that use +This option is useful for some file-downloading CGI programs that use \&\f(CW\*(C`Content\-Disposition\*(C'\fR headers to describe what the name of a downloaded file should be. .Sp When combined with \fB\-\-metalink\-over\-http\fR and \fB\-\-trust\-server\-names\fR, a \fBContent-Type: application/metalink4+xml\fR file is named using the \&\f(CW\*(C`Content\-Disposition\*(C'\fR filename field, if available. -.IP "\fB\-\-content\-on\-error\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-content\-on\-error\fR 4 .IX Item "--content-on-error" If this is set to on, wget will not skip the content when the server responds with a http status code that indicates error. -.IP "\fB\-\-trust\-server\-names\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-trust\-server\-names\fR 4 .IX Item "--trust-server-names" If this is set, on a redirect, the local file name will be based -on the redirection \s-1URL.\s0 By default the local file name is based on -the original \s-1URL.\s0 When doing recursive retrieving this can be helpful +on the redirection URL. By default the local file name is based on +the original URL. When doing recursive retrieving this can be helpful because in many web sites redirected URLs correspond to an underlying file structure, while link URLs do not. -.IP "\fB\-\-auth\-no\-challenge\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-auth\-no\-challenge\fR 4 .IX Item "--auth-no-challenge" -If this option is given, Wget will send Basic \s-1HTTP\s0 authentication +If this option is given, Wget will send Basic HTTP authentication information (plaintext username and password) for all requests, just like Wget 1.10.2 and prior did by default. .Sp Use of this option is not recommended, and is intended only to support -some few obscure servers, which never send \s-1HTTP\s0 authentication +some few obscure servers, which never send HTTP authentication challenges, but accept unsolicited auth info, say, in addition to form-based authentication. -.IP "\fB\-\-retry\-on\-host\-error\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-retry\-on\-host\-error\fR 4 .IX Item "--retry-on-host-error" -Consider host errors, such as \*(L"Temporary failure in name resolution\*(R", +Consider host errors, such as "Temporary failure in name resolution", as non-fatal, transient errors. -.IP "\fB\-\-retry\-on\-http\-error=\fR\fIcode[,code,...]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-retry\-on\-http\-error=\fR\fIcode[,code,...]\fR 4 .IX Item "--retry-on-http-error=code[,code,...]" -Consider given \s-1HTTP\s0 response codes as non-fatal, transient errors. -Supply a comma-separated list of 3\-digit \s-1HTTP\s0 response codes as +Consider given HTTP response codes as non-fatal, transient errors. +Supply a comma-separated list of 3\-digit HTTP response codes as argument. Useful to work around special circumstances where retries are required, but the server responds with an error code normally not retried by Wget. Such errors might be 503 (Service Unavailable) and @@ -1498,60 +1482,60 @@ Using this option is intended to support special use cases only and is generally not recommended, as it can force retries even in cases where the server is actually trying to decrease its load. Please use wisely and only if you know what you are doing. -.SS "\s-1HTTPS\s0 (\s-1SSL/TLS\s0) Options" +.SS "HTTPS (SSL/TLS) Options" .IX Subsection "HTTPS (SSL/TLS) Options" -To support encrypted \s-1HTTP\s0 (\s-1HTTPS\s0) downloads, Wget must be compiled -with an external \s-1SSL\s0 library. The current default is GnuTLS. -In addition, Wget also supports \s-1HSTS\s0 (\s-1HTTP\s0 Strict Transport Security). -If Wget is compiled without \s-1SSL\s0 support, none of these options are available. -.IP "\fB\-\-secure\-protocol=\fR\fIprotocol\fR" 4 +To support encrypted HTTP (HTTPS) downloads, Wget must be compiled +with an external SSL library. The current default is GnuTLS. +In addition, Wget also supports HSTS (HTTP Strict Transport Security). +If Wget is compiled without SSL support, none of these options are available. +.IP \fB\-\-secure\-protocol=\fR\fIprotocol\fR 4 .IX Item "--secure-protocol=protocol" Choose the secure protocol to be used. Legal values are \fBauto\fR, \&\fBSSLv2\fR, \fBSSLv3\fR, \fBTLSv1\fR, \fBTLSv1_1\fR, \fBTLSv1_2\fR, -\&\fBTLSv1_3\fR and \fB\s-1PFS\s0\fR. If \fBauto\fR is used, the \s-1SSL\s0 library is +\&\fBTLSv1_3\fR and \fBPFS\fR. If \fBauto\fR is used, the SSL library is given the liberty of choosing the appropriate protocol automatically, which is achieved by sending a TLSv1 greeting. This is the default. .Sp Specifying \fBSSLv2\fR, \fBSSLv3\fR, \fBTLSv1\fR, \fBTLSv1_1\fR, \&\fBTLSv1_2\fR or \fBTLSv1_3\fR forces the use of the corresponding -protocol. This is useful when talking to old and buggy \s-1SSL\s0 server -implementations that make it hard for the underlying \s-1SSL\s0 library to choose +protocol. This is useful when talking to old and buggy SSL server +implementations that make it hard for the underlying SSL library to choose the correct protocol version. Fortunately, such servers are quite rare. .Sp -Specifying \fB\s-1PFS\s0\fR enforces the use of the so-called Perfect Forward -Security cipher suites. In short, \s-1PFS\s0 adds security by creating a one-time -key for each \s-1SSL\s0 connection. It has a bit more \s-1CPU\s0 impact on client and server. -We use known to be secure ciphers (e.g. no \s-1MD4\s0) and the \s-1TLS\s0 protocol. This mode -also explicitly excludes non-PFS key exchange methods, such as \s-1RSA.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-\-https\-only\fR" 4 +Specifying \fBPFS\fR enforces the use of the so-called Perfect Forward +Security cipher suites. In short, PFS adds security by creating a one-time +key for each SSL connection. It has a bit more CPU impact on client and server. +We use known to be secure ciphers (e.g. no MD4) and the TLS protocol. This mode +also explicitly excludes non-PFS key exchange methods, such as RSA. +.IP \fB\-\-https\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--https-only" -When in recursive mode, only \s-1HTTPS\s0 links are followed. -.IP "\fB\-\-ciphers\fR" 4 +When in recursive mode, only HTTPS links are followed. +.IP \fB\-\-ciphers\fR 4 .IX Item "--ciphers" Set the cipher list string. Typically this string sets the -cipher suites and other \s-1SSL/TLS\s0 options that the user wish should be used, in a +cipher suites and other SSL/TLS options that the user wish should be used, in a set order of preference (GnuTLS calls it 'priority string'). This string -will be fed verbatim to the \s-1SSL/TLS\s0 engine (OpenSSL or GnuTLS) and hence +will be fed verbatim to the SSL/TLS engine (OpenSSL or GnuTLS) and hence its format and syntax is dependent on that. Wget will not process or manipulate it in any way. Refer to the OpenSSL or GnuTLS documentation for more information. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-check\-certificate\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-check\-certificate\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-check-certificate" Don't check the server certificate against the available certificate -authorities. Also don't require the \s-1URL\s0 host name to match the common +authorities. Also don't require the URL host name to match the common name presented by the certificate. .Sp As of Wget 1.10, the default is to verify the server's certificate -against the recognized certificate authorities, breaking the \s-1SSL\s0 +against the recognized certificate authorities, breaking the SSL handshake and aborting the download if the verification fails. Although this provides more secure downloads, it does break interoperability with some sites that worked with previous Wget versions, particularly those using self-signed, expired, or otherwise -invalid certificates. This option forces an \*(L"insecure\*(R" mode of +invalid certificates. This option forces an "insecure" mode of operation that turns the certificate verification errors into warnings and allows you to proceed. .Sp -If you encounter \*(L"certificate verification\*(R" errors or ones saying -that \*(L"common name doesn't match requested host name\*(R", you can use +If you encounter "certificate verification" errors or ones saying +that "common name doesn't match requested host name", you can use this option to bypass the verification and proceed with the download. \&\fIOnly use this option if you are otherwise convinced of the site's authenticity, or if you really don't care about the validity of @@ -1563,207 +1547,207 @@ If you are really sure of not desiring any certificate verification, you can specify \-\-check\-certificate=quiet to tell wget to not print any warning about invalid certificates, albeit in most cases this is the wrong thing to do. -.IP "\fB\-\-certificate=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-certificate=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--certificate=file" Use the client certificate stored in \fIfile\fR. This is needed for servers that are configured to require certificates from the clients that connect to them. Normally a certificate is not required and this switch is optional. -.IP "\fB\-\-certificate\-type=\fR\fItype\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-certificate\-type=\fR\fItype\fR 4 .IX Item "--certificate-type=type" Specify the type of the client certificate. Legal values are -\&\fB\s-1PEM\s0\fR (assumed by default) and \fB\s-1DER\s0\fR, also known as -\&\fB\s-1ASN1\s0\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-private\-key=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +\&\fBPEM\fR (assumed by default) and \fBDER\fR, also known as +\&\fBASN1\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-private\-key=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--private-key=file" Read the private key from \fIfile\fR. This allows you to provide the private key in a file separate from the certificate. -.IP "\fB\-\-private\-key\-type=\fR\fItype\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-private\-key\-type=\fR\fItype\fR 4 .IX Item "--private-key-type=type" -Specify the type of the private key. Accepted values are \fB\s-1PEM\s0\fR -(the default) and \fB\s-1DER\s0\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-ca\-certificate=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +Specify the type of the private key. Accepted values are \fBPEM\fR +(the default) and \fBDER\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-ca\-certificate=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--ca-certificate=file" Use \fIfile\fR as the file with the bundle of certificate authorities -(\*(L"\s-1CA\*(R"\s0) to verify the peers. The certificates must be in \s-1PEM\s0 format. +("CA") to verify the peers. The certificates must be in PEM format. .Sp -Without this option Wget looks for \s-1CA\s0 certificates at the +Without this option Wget looks for CA certificates at the system-specified locations, chosen at OpenSSL installation time. -.IP "\fB\-\-ca\-directory=\fR\fIdirectory\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ca\-directory=\fR\fIdirectory\fR 4 .IX Item "--ca-directory=directory" -Specifies directory containing \s-1CA\s0 certificates in \s-1PEM\s0 format. Each -file contains one \s-1CA\s0 certificate, and the file name is based on a hash +Specifies directory containing CA certificates in PEM format. Each +file contains one CA certificate, and the file name is based on a hash value derived from the certificate. This is achieved by processing a certificate directory with the \f(CW\*(C`c_rehash\*(C'\fR utility supplied with OpenSSL. Using \fB\-\-ca\-directory\fR is more efficient than \&\fB\-\-ca\-certificate\fR when many certificates are installed because it allows Wget to fetch certificates on demand. .Sp -Without this option Wget looks for \s-1CA\s0 certificates at the +Without this option Wget looks for CA certificates at the system-specified locations, chosen at OpenSSL installation time. -.IP "\fB\-\-crl\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-crl\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--crl-file=file" -Specifies a \s-1CRL\s0 file in \fIfile\fR. This is needed for certificates +Specifies a CRL file in \fIfile\fR. This is needed for certificates that have been revocated by the CAs. -.IP "\fB\-\-pinnedpubkey=file/hashes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-pinnedpubkey=file/hashes\fR 4 .IX Item "--pinnedpubkey=file/hashes" Tells wget to use the specified public key file (or hashes) to verify the peer. -This can be a path to a file which contains a single public key in \s-1PEM\s0 or \s-1DER\s0 -format, or any number of base64 encoded sha256 hashes preceded by \*(L"sha256//\*(R" -and separated by \*(L";\*(R" +This can be a path to a file which contains a single public key in PEM or DER +format, or any number of base64 encoded sha256 hashes preceded by "sha256//" +and separated by ";" .Sp -When negotiating a \s-1TLS\s0 or \s-1SSL\s0 connection, the server sends a certificate +When negotiating a TLS or SSL connection, the server sends a certificate indicating its identity. A public key is extracted from this certificate and if it does not exactly match the public key(s) provided to this option, wget will abort the connection before sending or receiving any data. -.IP "\fB\-\-random\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-random\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--random-file=file" [OpenSSL and LibreSSL only] Use \fIfile\fR as the source of random data for seeding the pseudo-random number generator on systems without \fI/dev/urandom\fR. .Sp -On such systems the \s-1SSL\s0 library needs an external source of randomness -to initialize. Randomness may be provided by \s-1EGD\s0 (see +On such systems the SSL library needs an external source of randomness +to initialize. Randomness may be provided by EGD (see \&\fB\-\-egd\-file\fR below) or read from an external source specified by the user. If this option is not specified, Wget looks for random data -in \f(CW$RANDFILE\fR or, if that is unset, in \fI\f(CI$HOME\fI/.rnd\fR. +in \f(CW$RANDFILE\fR or, if that is unset, in \fR\f(CI$HOME\fR\fI/.rnd\fR. .Sp -If you're getting the \*(L"Could not seed OpenSSL \s-1PRNG\s0; disabling \s-1SSL.\*(R"\s0 +If you're getting the "Could not seed OpenSSL PRNG; disabling SSL." error, you should provide random data using some of the methods described above. -.IP "\fB\-\-egd\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-egd\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--egd-file=file" [OpenSSL only] -Use \fIfile\fR as the \s-1EGD\s0 socket. \s-1EGD\s0 stands for \fIEntropy +Use \fIfile\fR as the EGD socket. EGD stands for \fIEntropy Gathering Daemon\fR, a user-space program that collects data from various unpredictable system sources and makes it available to other -programs that might need it. Encryption software, such as the \s-1SSL\s0 +programs that might need it. Encryption software, such as the SSL library, needs sources of non-repeating randomness to seed the random number generator used to produce cryptographically strong keys. .Sp OpenSSL allows the user to specify his own source of entropy using the \&\f(CW\*(C`RAND_FILE\*(C'\fR environment variable. If this variable is unset, or if the specified file does not produce enough randomness, OpenSSL will -read random data from \s-1EGD\s0 socket specified using this option. +read random data from EGD socket specified using this option. .Sp If this option is not specified (and the equivalent startup command is -not used), \s-1EGD\s0 is never contacted. \s-1EGD\s0 is not needed on modern Unix +not used), EGD is never contacted. EGD is not needed on modern Unix systems that support \fI/dev/urandom\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-hsts\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-hsts\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-hsts" -Wget supports \s-1HSTS\s0 (\s-1HTTP\s0 Strict Transport Security, \s-1RFC 6797\s0) by default. -Use \fB\-\-no\-hsts\fR to make Wget act as a non-HSTS-compliant \s-1UA.\s0 As a +Wget supports HSTS (HTTP Strict Transport Security, RFC 6797) by default. +Use \fB\-\-no\-hsts\fR to make Wget act as a non-HSTS-compliant UA. As a consequence, Wget would ignore all the \f(CW\*(C`Strict\-Transport\-Security\*(C'\fR -headers, and would not enforce any existing \s-1HSTS\s0 policy. -.IP "\fB\-\-hsts\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +headers, and would not enforce any existing HSTS policy. +.IP \fB\-\-hsts\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--hsts-file=file" -By default, Wget stores its \s-1HSTS\s0 database in \fI~/.wget\-hsts\fR. +By default, Wget stores its HSTS database in \fI~/.wget\-hsts\fR. You can use \fB\-\-hsts\-file\fR to override this. Wget will use -the supplied file as the \s-1HSTS\s0 database. Such file must conform to the -correct \s-1HSTS\s0 database format used by Wget. If Wget cannot parse the provided +the supplied file as the HSTS database. Such file must conform to the +correct HSTS database format used by Wget. If Wget cannot parse the provided file, the behaviour is unspecified. .Sp -The Wget's \s-1HSTS\s0 database is a plain text file. Each line contains an \s-1HSTS\s0 entry +The Wget's HSTS database is a plain text file. Each line contains an HSTS entry (ie. a site that has issued a \f(CW\*(C`Strict\-Transport\-Security\*(C'\fR header and that -therefore has specified a concrete \s-1HSTS\s0 policy to be applied). Lines starting with +therefore has specified a concrete HSTS policy to be applied). Lines starting with a dash (\f(CW\*(C`#\*(C'\fR) are ignored by Wget. Please note that in spite of this convenient -human-readability hand-hacking the \s-1HSTS\s0 database is generally not a good idea. +human-readability hand-hacking the HSTS database is generally not a good idea. .Sp -An \s-1HSTS\s0 entry line consists of several fields separated by one or more whitespace: +An HSTS entry line consists of several fields separated by one or more whitespace: .Sp \&\f(CW\*(C`<hostname> SP [<port>] SP <include subdomains> SP <created> SP <max\-age>\*(C'\fR .Sp The \fIhostname\fR and \fIport\fR fields indicate the hostname and port to which -the given \s-1HSTS\s0 policy applies. The \fIport\fR field may be zero, and it will, in +the given HSTS policy applies. The \fIport\fR field may be zero, and it will, in most of the cases. That means that the port number will not be taken into account -when deciding whether such \s-1HSTS\s0 policy should be applied on a given request (only +when deciding whether such HSTS policy should be applied on a given request (only the hostname will be evaluated). When \fIport\fR is different to zero, both the -target hostname and the port will be evaluated and the \s-1HSTS\s0 policy will only be applied +target hostname and the port will be evaluated and the HSTS policy will only be applied if both of them match. This feature has been included for testing/development purposes only. -The Wget testsuite (in \fItestenv/\fR) creates \s-1HSTS\s0 databases with explicit ports -with the purpose of ensuring Wget's correct behaviour. Applying \s-1HSTS\s0 policies to ports -other than the default ones is discouraged by \s-1RFC 6797\s0 (see Appendix B \*(L"Differences -between \s-1HSTS\s0 Policy and Same-Origin Policy\*(R"). Thus, this functionality should not be used +The Wget testsuite (in \fItestenv/\fR) creates HSTS databases with explicit ports +with the purpose of ensuring Wget's correct behaviour. Applying HSTS policies to ports +other than the default ones is discouraged by RFC 6797 (see Appendix B "Differences +between HSTS Policy and Same-Origin Policy"). Thus, this functionality should not be used in production environments and \fIport\fR will typically be zero. The last three fields do what they are expected to. The field \fIinclude_subdomains\fR can either be \f(CW1\fR or \f(CW0\fR and it signals whether the subdomains of the target domain should be -part of the given \s-1HSTS\s0 policy as well. The \fIcreated\fR and \fImax-age\fR fields +part of the given HSTS policy as well. The \fIcreated\fR and \fImax-age\fR fields hold the timestamp values of when such entry was created (first seen by Wget) and the -HSTS-defined value 'max\-age', which states how long should that \s-1HSTS\s0 policy remain active, +HSTS-defined value 'max\-age', which states how long should that HSTS policy remain active, measured in seconds elapsed since the timestamp stored in \fIcreated\fR. Once that time -has passed, that \s-1HSTS\s0 policy will no longer be valid and will eventually be removed +has passed, that HSTS policy will no longer be valid and will eventually be removed from the database. .Sp -If you supply your own \s-1HSTS\s0 database via \fB\-\-hsts\-file\fR, be aware that Wget -may modify the provided file if any change occurs between the \s-1HSTS\s0 policies +If you supply your own HSTS database via \fB\-\-hsts\-file\fR, be aware that Wget +may modify the provided file if any change occurs between the HSTS policies requested by the remote servers and those in the file. When Wget exits, -it effectively updates the \s-1HSTS\s0 database by rewriting the database file with the new entries. +it effectively updates the HSTS database by rewriting the database file with the new entries. .Sp -If the supplied file does not exist, Wget will create one. This file will contain the new \s-1HSTS\s0 -entries. If no \s-1HSTS\s0 entries were generated (no \f(CW\*(C`Strict\-Transport\-Security\*(C'\fR headers +If the supplied file does not exist, Wget will create one. This file will contain the new HSTS +entries. If no HSTS entries were generated (no \f(CW\*(C`Strict\-Transport\-Security\*(C'\fR headers were sent by any of the servers) then no file will be created, not even an empty one. This behaviour applies to the default database file (\fI~/.wget\-hsts\fR) as well: it will not be -created until some server enforces an \s-1HSTS\s0 policy. +created until some server enforces an HSTS policy. .Sp Care is taken not to override possible changes made by other Wget processes at -the same time over the \s-1HSTS\s0 database. Before dumping the updated \s-1HSTS\s0 entries +the same time over the HSTS database. Before dumping the updated HSTS entries on the file, Wget will re-read it and merge the changes. .Sp -Using a custom \s-1HSTS\s0 database and/or modifying an existing one is discouraged. +Using a custom HSTS database and/or modifying an existing one is discouraged. For more information about the potential security threats arose from such practice, -see section 14 \*(L"Security Considerations\*(R" of \s-1RFC 6797,\s0 specially section 14.9 -\&\*(L"Creative Manipulation of \s-1HSTS\s0 Policy Store\*(R". -.IP "\fB\-\-warc\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +see section 14 "Security Considerations" of RFC 6797, specially section 14.9 +"Creative Manipulation of HSTS Policy Store". +.IP \fB\-\-warc\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--warc-file=file" -Use \fIfile\fR as the destination \s-1WARC\s0 file. -.IP "\fB\-\-warc\-header=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4 +Use \fIfile\fR as the destination WARC file. +.IP \fB\-\-warc\-header=\fR\fIstring\fR 4 .IX Item "--warc-header=string" Use \fIstring\fR into as the warcinfo record. -.IP "\fB\-\-warc\-max\-size=\fR\fIsize\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-warc\-max\-size=\fR\fIsize\fR 4 .IX Item "--warc-max-size=size" -Set the maximum size of the \s-1WARC\s0 files to \fIsize\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-warc\-cdx\fR" 4 +Set the maximum size of the WARC files to \fIsize\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-warc\-cdx\fR 4 .IX Item "--warc-cdx" -Write \s-1CDX\s0 index files. -.IP "\fB\-\-warc\-dedup=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +Write CDX index files. +.IP \fB\-\-warc\-dedup=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--warc-dedup=file" -Do not store records listed in this \s-1CDX\s0 file. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warc\-compression\fR" 4 +Do not store records listed in this CDX file. +.IP \fB\-\-no\-warc\-compression\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-warc-compression" -Do not compress \s-1WARC\s0 files with \s-1GZIP.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warc\-digests\fR" 4 +Do not compress WARC files with GZIP. +.IP \fB\-\-no\-warc\-digests\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-warc-digests" -Do not calculate \s-1SHA1\s0 digests. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warc\-keep\-log\fR" 4 +Do not calculate SHA1 digests. +.IP \fB\-\-no\-warc\-keep\-log\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-warc-keep-log" -Do not store the log file in a \s-1WARC\s0 record. -.IP "\fB\-\-warc\-tempdir=\fR\fIdir\fR" 4 +Do not store the log file in a WARC record. +.IP \fB\-\-warc\-tempdir=\fR\fIdir\fR 4 .IX Item "--warc-tempdir=dir" -Specify the location for temporary files created by the \s-1WARC\s0 writer. -.SS "\s-1FTP\s0 Options" +Specify the location for temporary files created by the WARC writer. +.SS "FTP Options" .IX Subsection "FTP Options" -.IP "\fB\-\-ftp\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ftp\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR 4 .IX Item "--ftp-user=user" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-ftp\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ftp\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR 4 .IX Item "--ftp-password=password" .PD Specify the username \fIuser\fR and password \fIpassword\fR on an -\&\s-1FTP\s0 server. Without this, or the corresponding startup option, +FTP server. Without this, or the corresponding startup option, the password defaults to \fB\-wget@\fR, normally used for anonymous -\&\s-1FTP.\s0 +FTP. .Sp -Another way to specify username and password is in the \s-1URL\s0 itself. Either method reveals your password to anyone who +Another way to specify username and password is in the URL itself. Either method reveals your password to anyone who bothers to run \f(CW\*(C`ps\*(C'\fR. To prevent the passwords from being seen, store them in \fI.wgetrc\fR or \fI.netrc\fR, and make sure to protect those files from other users with \f(CW\*(C`chmod\*(C'\fR. If the passwords are really important, do not leave them lying in those files either\-\-\-edit the files and delete them after Wget has started the download. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-remove\-listing\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-remove\-listing\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-remove-listing" -Don't remove the temporary \fI.listing\fR files generated by \s-1FTP\s0 +Don't remove the temporary \fI.listing\fR files generated by FTP retrievals. Normally, these files contain the raw directory listings -received from \s-1FTP\s0 servers. Not removing them can be useful for +received from FTP servers. Not removing them can be useful for debugging purposes, or when you want to be able to easily check on the contents of remote server directories (e.g. to verify that a mirror you're running is complete). @@ -1776,16 +1760,16 @@ the options used, either Wget will refuse to write to \fI.listing\fR, making the globbing/recursion/time\-stamping operation fail, or the symbolic link will be deleted and replaced with the actual \&\fI.listing\fR file, or the listing will be written to a -\&\fI.listing.\fInumber\fI\fR file. +\&\fI.listing.number\fR file. .Sp Even though this situation isn't a problem, though, \f(CW\*(C`root\*(C'\fR should never run Wget in a non-trusted user's directory. A user could do something as simple as linking \fIindex.html\fR to \fI/etc/passwd\fR and asking \f(CW\*(C`root\*(C'\fR to run Wget with \fB\-N\fR or \fB\-r\fR so the file will be overwritten. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-glob\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-glob\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-glob" -Turn off \s-1FTP\s0 globbing. Globbing refers to the use of shell-like +Turn off FTP globbing. Globbing refers to the use of shell-like special characters (\fIwildcards\fR), like \fB*\fR, \fB?\fR, \fB[\fR and \fB]\fR to retrieve more than one file from the same directory at once, like: @@ -1794,32 +1778,32 @@ once, like: \& wget ftp://gnjilux.srk.fer.hr/*.msg .Ve .Sp -By default, globbing will be turned on if the \s-1URL\s0 contains a +By default, globbing will be turned on if the URL contains a globbing character. This option may be used to turn globbing on or off permanently. .Sp -You may have to quote the \s-1URL\s0 to protect it from being expanded by +You may have to quote the URL to protect it from being expanded by your shell. Globbing makes Wget look for a directory listing, which is -system-specific. This is why it currently works only with Unix \s-1FTP\s0 +system-specific. This is why it currently works only with Unix FTP servers (and the ones emulating Unix \f(CW\*(C`ls\*(C'\fR output). -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-passive\-ftp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-passive\-ftp\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-passive-ftp" -Disable the use of the \fIpassive\fR \s-1FTP\s0 transfer mode. Passive \s-1FTP\s0 +Disable the use of the \fIpassive\fR FTP transfer mode. Passive FTP mandates that the client connect to the server to establish the data connection rather than the other way around. .Sp If the machine is connected to the Internet directly, both passive and -active \s-1FTP\s0 should work equally well. Behind most firewall and \s-1NAT\s0 -configurations passive \s-1FTP\s0 has a better chance of working. However, -in some rare firewall configurations, active \s-1FTP\s0 actually works when -passive \s-1FTP\s0 doesn't. If you suspect this to be the case, use this +active FTP should work equally well. Behind most firewall and NAT +configurations passive FTP has a better chance of working. However, +in some rare firewall configurations, active FTP actually works when +passive FTP doesn't. If you suspect this to be the case, use this option, or set \f(CW\*(C`passive_ftp=off\*(C'\fR in your init file. -.IP "\fB\-\-preserve\-permissions\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-preserve\-permissions\fR 4 .IX Item "--preserve-permissions" Preserve remote file permissions instead of permissions set by umask. -.IP "\fB\-\-retr\-symlinks\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-retr\-symlinks\fR 4 .IX Item "--retr-symlinks" -By default, when retrieving \s-1FTP\s0 directories recursively and a symbolic link +By default, when retrieving FTP directories recursively and a symbolic link is encountered, the symbolic link is traversed and the pointed-to files are retrieved. Currently, Wget does not traverse symbolic links to directories to download them recursively, though this feature may be added in the future. @@ -1828,7 +1812,7 @@ When \fB\-\-retr\-symlinks=no\fR is specified, the linked-to file is not downloaded. Instead, a matching symbolic link is created on the local file system. The pointed-to file will not be retrieved unless this recursive retrieval would have encountered it separately and downloaded it anyway. This -option poses a security risk where a malicious \s-1FTP\s0 Server may cause Wget to +option poses a security risk where a malicious FTP Server may cause Wget to write to files outside of the intended directories through a specially crafted \&.LISTING file. .Sp @@ -1836,60 +1820,60 @@ Note that when retrieving a file (not a directory) because it was specified on the command-line, rather than because it was recursed to, this option has no effect. Symbolic links are always traversed in this case. -.SS "\s-1FTPS\s0 Options" +.SS "FTPS Options" .IX Subsection "FTPS Options" -.IP "\fB\-\-ftps\-implicit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ftps\-implicit\fR 4 .IX Item "--ftps-implicit" -This option tells Wget to use \s-1FTPS\s0 implicitly. Implicit \s-1FTPS\s0 consists of initializing -\&\s-1SSL/TLS\s0 from the very beginning of the control connection. This option does not send -an \f(CW\*(C`AUTH TLS\*(C'\fR command: it assumes the server speaks \s-1FTPS\s0 and directly starts an -\&\s-1SSL/TLS\s0 connection. If the attempt is successful, the session continues just like -regular \s-1FTPS\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`PBSZ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`PROT\*(C'\fR are sent, etc.). -Implicit \s-1FTPS\s0 is no longer a requirement for \s-1FTPS\s0 implementations, and thus +This option tells Wget to use FTPS implicitly. Implicit FTPS consists of initializing +SSL/TLS from the very beginning of the control connection. This option does not send +an \f(CW\*(C`AUTH TLS\*(C'\fR command: it assumes the server speaks FTPS and directly starts an +SSL/TLS connection. If the attempt is successful, the session continues just like +regular FTPS (\f(CW\*(C`PBSZ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`PROT\*(C'\fR are sent, etc.). +Implicit FTPS is no longer a requirement for FTPS implementations, and thus many servers may not support it. If \fB\-\-ftps\-implicit\fR is passed and no explicit -port number specified, the default port for implicit \s-1FTPS, 990,\s0 will be used, instead -of the default port for the \*(L"normal\*(R" (explicit) \s-1FTPS\s0 which is the same as that of \s-1FTP, -21.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-ftps\-resume\-ssl\fR" 4 +port number specified, the default port for implicit FTPS, 990, will be used, instead +of the default port for the "normal" (explicit) FTPS which is the same as that of FTP, +21. +.IP \fB\-\-no\-ftps\-resume\-ssl\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-ftps-resume-ssl" -Do not resume the \s-1SSL/TLS\s0 session in the data channel. When starting a data connection, -Wget tries to resume the \s-1SSL/TLS\s0 session previously started in the control connection. -\&\s-1SSL/TLS\s0 session resumption avoids performing an entirely new handshake by reusing -the \s-1SSL/TLS\s0 parameters of a previous session. Typically, the \s-1FTPS\s0 servers want it that way, +Do not resume the SSL/TLS session in the data channel. When starting a data connection, +Wget tries to resume the SSL/TLS session previously started in the control connection. +SSL/TLS session resumption avoids performing an entirely new handshake by reusing +the SSL/TLS parameters of a previous session. Typically, the FTPS servers want it that way, so Wget does this by default. Under rare circumstances however, one might want to -start an entirely new \s-1SSL/TLS\s0 session in every data connection. +start an entirely new SSL/TLS session in every data connection. This is what \fB\-\-no\-ftps\-resume\-ssl\fR is for. -.IP "\fB\-\-ftps\-clear\-data\-connection\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ftps\-clear\-data\-connection\fR 4 .IX Item "--ftps-clear-data-connection" All the data connections will be in plain text. Only the control connection will be -under \s-1SSL/TLS.\s0 Wget will send a \f(CW\*(C`PROT C\*(C'\fR command to achieve this, which must be +under SSL/TLS. Wget will send a \f(CW\*(C`PROT C\*(C'\fR command to achieve this, which must be approved by the server. -.IP "\fB\-\-ftps\-fallback\-to\-ftp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ftps\-fallback\-to\-ftp\fR 4 .IX Item "--ftps-fallback-to-ftp" -Fall back to \s-1FTP\s0 if \s-1FTPS\s0 is not supported by the target server. For security reasons, +Fall back to FTP if FTPS is not supported by the target server. For security reasons, this option is not asserted by default. The default behaviour is to exit with an error. If a server does not successfully reply to the initial \f(CW\*(C`AUTH TLS\*(C'\fR command, or in the -case of implicit \s-1FTPS,\s0 if the initial \s-1SSL/TLS\s0 connection attempt is rejected, it is -considered that such server does not support \s-1FTPS.\s0 +case of implicit FTPS, if the initial SSL/TLS connection attempt is rejected, it is +considered that such server does not support FTPS. .SS "Recursive Retrieval Options" .IX Subsection "Recursive Retrieval Options" -.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-r\fR 4 .IX Item "-r" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-recursive\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-recursive\fR 4 .IX Item "--recursive" .PD Turn on recursive retrieving. The default maximum depth is 5. .IP "\fB\-l\fR \fIdepth\fR" 4 .IX Item "-l depth" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-level=\fR\fIdepth\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-level=\fR\fIdepth\fR 4 .IX Item "--level=depth" .PD Set the maximum number of subdirectories that Wget will recurse into to \fIdepth\fR. In order to prevent one from accidentally downloading very large websites when using recursion this is limited to a depth of 5 by default, i.e., it will traverse at most 5 directories deep -starting from the provided \s-1URL.\s0 +starting from the provided URL. Set \fB\-l 0\fR or \fB\-l inf\fR for infinite recursion depth. .Sp .Vb 1 @@ -1898,10 +1882,10 @@ Set \fB\-l 0\fR or \fB\-l inf\fR for infinite recursion depth. .Sp Ideally, one would expect this to download just \fI1.html\fR. but unfortunately this is not the case, because \fB\-l 0\fR is equivalent to -\&\fB\-l inf\fR\-\-\-that is, infinite recursion. To download a single \s-1HTML\s0 +\&\fB\-l inf\fR\-\-\-that is, infinite recursion. To download a single HTML page (or a handful of them), specify them all on the command line and leave away \fB\-r\fR -and \fB\-l\fR. To download the essential items to view a single \s-1HTML\s0 page, see \fBpage requisites\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-delete\-after\fR" 4 +and \fB\-l\fR. To download the essential items to view a single HTML page, see \fBpage requisites\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-delete\-after\fR 4 .IX Item "--delete-after" This option tells Wget to delete every single file it downloads, \&\fIafter\fR having done so. It is useful for pre-fetching popular @@ -1915,14 +1899,14 @@ The \fB\-r\fR option is to retrieve recursively, and \fB\-nd\fR to not create directories. .Sp Note that \fB\-\-delete\-after\fR deletes files on the local machine. It -does not issue the \fB\s-1DELE\s0\fR command to remote \s-1FTP\s0 sites, for +does not issue the \fBDELE\fR command to remote FTP sites, for instance. Also note that when \fB\-\-delete\-after\fR is specified, \&\fB\-\-convert\-links\fR is ignored, so \fB.orig\fR files are simply not created in the first place. -.IP "\fB\-k\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-k\fR 4 .IX Item "-k" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-convert\-links\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-convert\-links\fR 4 .IX Item "--convert-links" .PD After the download is complete, convert the links in the document to @@ -1933,7 +1917,7 @@ content, etc. .Sp Each link will be changed in one of the two ways: .RS 4 -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 The links to files that have been downloaded by Wget will be changed to refer to the file they point to as a relative link. .Sp @@ -1941,14 +1925,14 @@ Example: if the downloaded file \fI/foo/doc.html\fR links to \&\fI/bar/img.gif\fR, also downloaded, then the link in \fIdoc.html\fR will be modified to point to \fB../bar/img.gif\fR. This kind of transformation works reliably for arbitrary combinations of directories. -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 The links to files that have not been downloaded by Wget will be changed to include host name and absolute path of the location they point to. .Sp Example: if the downloaded file \fI/foo/doc.html\fR links to \&\fI/bar/img.gif\fR (or to \fI../bar/img.gif\fR), then the link in \&\fIdoc.html\fR will be modified to point to -\&\fIhttp://\fIhostname\fI/bar/img.gif\fR. +\&\fIhttp://hostname/bar/img.gif\fR. .RE .RS 4 .Sp @@ -1963,11 +1947,11 @@ Note that only at the end of the download can Wget know which links have been downloaded. Because of that, the work done by \fB\-k\fR will be performed at the end of all the downloads. .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-convert\-file\-only\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-convert\-file\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--convert-file-only" This option converts only the filename part of the URLs, leaving the rest of the URLs untouched. This filename part is sometimes referred to as the -\&\*(L"basename\*(R", although we avoid that term here in order not to cause confusion. +"basename", although we avoid that term here in order not to cause confusion. .Sp It works particularly well in conjunction with \fB\-\-adjust\-extension\fR, although this coupling is not enforced. It proves useful to populate Internet caches @@ -1977,42 +1961,42 @@ Example: if some link points to \fI//foo.com/bar.cgi?xyz\fR with \&\fB\-\-adjust\-extension\fR asserted and its local destination is intended to be \&\fI./foo.com/bar.cgi?xyz.css\fR, then the link would be converted to \&\fI//foo.com/bar.cgi?xyz.css\fR. Note that only the filename part has been -modified. The rest of the \s-1URL\s0 has been left untouched, including the net path +modified. The rest of the URL has been left untouched, including the net path (\f(CW\*(C`//\*(C'\fR) which would otherwise be processed by Wget and converted to the effective scheme (ie. \f(CW\*(C`http://\*(C'\fR). -.IP "\fB\-K\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-K\fR 4 .IX Item "-K" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-backup\-converted\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-backup\-converted\fR 4 .IX Item "--backup-converted" .PD When converting a file, back up the original version with a \fB.orig\fR suffix. Affects the behavior of \fB\-N\fR. -.IP "\fB\-m\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-m\fR 4 .IX Item "-m" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-mirror\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-mirror\fR 4 .IX Item "--mirror" .PD Turn on options suitable for mirroring. This option turns on recursion -and time-stamping, sets infinite recursion depth and keeps \s-1FTP\s0 +and time-stamping, sets infinite recursion depth and keeps FTP directory listings. It is currently equivalent to \&\fB\-r \-N \-l inf \-\-no\-remove\-listing\fR. -.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-p\fR 4 .IX Item "-p" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-page\-requisites\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-page\-requisites\fR 4 .IX Item "--page-requisites" .PD This option causes Wget to download all the files that are necessary to -properly display a given \s-1HTML\s0 page. This includes such things as +properly display a given HTML page. This includes such things as inlined images, sounds, and referenced stylesheets. .Sp -Ordinarily, when downloading a single \s-1HTML\s0 page, any requisite documents +Ordinarily, when downloading a single HTML page, any requisite documents that may be needed to display it properly are not downloaded. Using \&\fB\-r\fR together with \fB\-l\fR can help, but since Wget does not ordinarily distinguish between external and inlined documents, one is -generally left with \*(L"leaf documents\*(R" that are missing their +generally left with "leaf documents" that are missing their requisites. .Sp For instance, say document \fI1.html\fR contains an \f(CW\*(C`<IMG>\*(C'\fR tag @@ -2053,9 +2037,9 @@ to be downloaded. One might think that: .Sp would download just \fI1.html\fR and \fI1.gif\fR, but unfortunately this is not the case, because \fB\-l 0\fR is equivalent to -\&\fB\-l inf\fR\-\-\-that is, infinite recursion. To download a single \s-1HTML\s0 +\&\fB\-l inf\fR\-\-\-that is, infinite recursion. To download a single HTML page (or a handful of them, all specified on the command-line or in a -\&\fB\-i\fR \s-1URL\s0 input file) and its (or their) requisites, simply leave off +\&\fB\-i\fR URL input file) and its (or their) requisites, simply leave off \&\fB\-r\fR and \fB\-l\fR: .Sp .Vb 1 @@ -2074,23 +2058,23 @@ likes to use a few options in addition to \fB\-p\fR: .Ve .Sp To finish off this topic, it's worth knowing that Wget's idea of an -external document link is any \s-1URL\s0 specified in an \f(CW\*(C`<A>\*(C'\fR tag, an +external document link is any URL specified in an \f(CW\*(C`<A>\*(C'\fR tag, an \&\f(CW\*(C`<AREA>\*(C'\fR tag, or a \f(CW\*(C`<LINK>\*(C'\fR tag other than \f(CW\*(C`<LINK REL="stylesheet">\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-strict\-comments\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strict\-comments\fR 4 .IX Item "--strict-comments" -Turn on strict parsing of \s-1HTML\s0 comments. The default is to terminate +Turn on strict parsing of HTML comments. The default is to terminate comments at the first occurrence of \fB\-\->\fR. .Sp -According to specifications, \s-1HTML\s0 comments are expressed as \s-1SGML\s0 +According to specifications, HTML comments are expressed as SGML \&\fIdeclarations\fR. Declaration is special markup that begins with \&\fB<!\fR and ends with \fB>\fR, such as \fB<!DOCTYPE ...>\fR, that -may contain comments between a pair of \fB\-\-\fR delimiters. \s-1HTML\s0 -comments are \*(L"empty declarations\*(R", \s-1SGML\s0 declarations without any +may contain comments between a pair of \fB\-\-\fR delimiters. HTML +comments are "empty declarations", SGML declarations without any non-comment text. Therefore, \fB<!\-\-foo\-\->\fR is a valid comment, and -so is \fB<!\-\-one\*(-- \-\-two\-\->\fR, but \fB<!\-\-1\-\-2\-\->\fR is not. +so is \fB<!\-\-one\-\- \-\-two\-\->\fR, but \fB<!\-\-1\-\-2\-\->\fR is not. .Sp -On the other hand, most \s-1HTML\s0 writers don't perceive comments as anything +On the other hand, most HTML writers don't perceive comments as anything other than text delimited with \fB<!\-\-\fR and \fB\-\->\fR, which is not quite the same. For example, something like \fB<!\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\->\fR works as a valid comment as long as the number of dashes is a multiple @@ -2104,7 +2088,7 @@ Until version 1.9, Wget interpreted comments strictly, which resulted in missing links in many web pages that displayed fine in browsers, but had the misfortune of containing non-compliant comments. Beginning with version 1.9, Wget has joined the ranks of clients that implements -\&\*(L"naive\*(R" comments, terminating each comment at the first occurrence of +"naive" comments, terminating each comment at the first occurrence of \&\fB\-\->\fR. .Sp If, for whatever reason, you want strict comment parsing, use this @@ -2123,14 +2107,14 @@ any of the wildcard characters, \fB*\fR, \fB?\fR, \fB[\fR or \&\fB]\fR, appear in an element of \fIacclist\fR or \fIrejlist\fR, it will be treated as a pattern, rather than a suffix. In this case, you have to enclose the pattern into quotes to prevent -your shell from expanding it, like in \fB\-A \*(L"*.mp3\*(R"\fR or \fB\-A '*.mp3'\fR. +your shell from expanding it, like in \fB\-A "*.mp3"\fR or \fB\-A '*.mp3'\fR. .IP "\fB\-\-accept\-regex\fR \fIurlregex\fR" 4 .IX Item "--accept-regex urlregex" .PD 0 .IP "\fB\-\-reject\-regex\fR \fIurlregex\fR" 4 .IX Item "--reject-regex urlregex" .PD -Specify a regular expression to accept or reject the complete \s-1URL.\s0 +Specify a regular expression to accept or reject the complete URL. .IP "\fB\-\-regex\-type\fR \fIregextype\fR" 4 .IX Item "--regex-type regextype" Specify the regular expression type. Possible types are \fBposix\fR or @@ -2139,7 +2123,7 @@ compiled with libpcre support. .IP "\fB\-D\fR \fIdomain-list\fR" 4 .IX Item "-D domain-list" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-domains=\fR\fIdomain-list\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-domains=\fR\fIdomain-list\fR 4 .IX Item "--domains=domain-list" .PD Set domains to be followed. \fIdomain-list\fR is a comma-separated list @@ -2147,21 +2131,21 @@ of domains. Note that it does \fInot\fR turn on \fB\-H\fR. .IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-domains\fR \fIdomain-list\fR" 4 .IX Item "--exclude-domains domain-list" Specify the domains that are \fInot\fR to be followed. -.IP "\fB\-\-follow\-ftp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-follow\-ftp\fR 4 .IX Item "--follow-ftp" -Follow \s-1FTP\s0 links from \s-1HTML\s0 documents. Without this option, -Wget will ignore all the \s-1FTP\s0 links. -.IP "\fB\-\-follow\-tags=\fR\fIlist\fR" 4 +Follow FTP links from HTML documents. Without this option, +Wget will ignore all the FTP links. +.IP \fB\-\-follow\-tags=\fR\fIlist\fR 4 .IX Item "--follow-tags=list" -Wget has an internal table of \s-1HTML\s0 tag / attribute pairs that it +Wget has an internal table of HTML tag / attribute pairs that it considers when looking for linked documents during a recursive retrieval. If a user wants only a subset of those tags to be considered, however, he or she should be specify such tags in a comma-separated \fIlist\fR with this option. -.IP "\fB\-\-ignore\-tags=\fR\fIlist\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ignore\-tags=\fR\fIlist\fR 4 .IX Item "--ignore-tags=list" This is the opposite of the \fB\-\-follow\-tags\fR option. To skip -certain \s-1HTML\s0 tags when recursively looking for documents to download, +certain HTML tags when recursively looking for documents to download, specify them in a comma-separated \fIlist\fR. .Sp In the past, this option was the best bet for downloading a single page @@ -2177,26 +2161,26 @@ specifying tags to ignore was not enough. One can't just tell Wget to ignore \f(CW\*(C`<LINK>\*(C'\fR, because then stylesheets will not be downloaded. Now the best bet for downloading a single page and its requisites is the dedicated \fB\-\-page\-requisites\fR option. -.IP "\fB\-\-ignore\-case\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ignore\-case\fR 4 .IX Item "--ignore-case" Ignore case when matching files and directories. This influences the behavior of \-R, \-A, \-I, and \-X options, as well as globbing -implemented when downloading from \s-1FTP\s0 sites. For example, with this -option, \fB\-A \*(L"*.txt\*(R"\fR will match \fBfile1.txt\fR, but also +implemented when downloading from FTP sites. For example, with this +option, \fB\-A "*.txt"\fR will match \fBfile1.txt\fR, but also \&\fBfile2.TXT\fR, \fBfile3.TxT\fR, and so on. The quotes in the example are to prevent the shell from expanding the pattern. -.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-H\fR 4 .IX Item "-H" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-span\-hosts\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-span\-hosts\fR 4 .IX Item "--span-hosts" .PD Enable spanning across hosts when doing recursive retrieving. -.IP "\fB\-L\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-L\fR 4 .IX Item "-L" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-relative\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-relative\fR 4 .IX Item "--relative" .PD Follow relative links only. Useful for retrieving a specific home page @@ -2204,7 +2188,7 @@ without any distractions, not even those from the same hosts. .IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIlist\fR" 4 .IX Item "-I list" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-include\-directories=\fR\fIlist\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-include\-directories=\fR\fIlist\fR 4 .IX Item "--include-directories=list" .PD Specify a comma-separated list of directories you wish to follow when @@ -2213,84 +2197,84 @@ of \fIlist\fR may contain wildcards. .IP "\fB\-X\fR \fIlist\fR" 4 .IX Item "-X list" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-directories=\fR\fIlist\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-exclude\-directories=\fR\fIlist\fR 4 .IX Item "--exclude-directories=list" .PD Specify a comma-separated list of directories you wish to exclude from download. Elements of \&\fIlist\fR may contain wildcards. -.IP "\fB\-np\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-np\fR 4 .IX Item "-np" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-parent\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-parent\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-parent" .PD Do not ever ascend to the parent directory when retrieving recursively. This is a useful option, since it guarantees that only the files \&\fIbelow\fR a certain hierarchy will be downloaded. -.SH "ENVIRONMENT" +.SH ENVIRONMENT .IX Header "ENVIRONMENT" -Wget supports proxies for both \s-1HTTP\s0 and \s-1FTP\s0 retrievals. The +Wget supports proxies for both HTTP and FTP retrievals. The standard way to specify proxy location, which Wget recognizes, is using the following environment variables: -.IP "\fBhttp_proxy\fR" 4 +.IP \fBhttp_proxy\fR 4 .IX Item "http_proxy" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBhttps_proxy\fR" 4 +.IP \fBhttps_proxy\fR 4 .IX Item "https_proxy" .PD If set, the \fBhttp_proxy\fR and \fBhttps_proxy\fR variables should -contain the URLs of the proxies for \s-1HTTP\s0 and \s-1HTTPS\s0 +contain the URLs of the proxies for HTTP and HTTPS connections respectively. -.IP "\fBftp_proxy\fR" 4 +.IP \fBftp_proxy\fR 4 .IX Item "ftp_proxy" -This variable should contain the \s-1URL\s0 of the proxy for \s-1FTP\s0 +This variable should contain the URL of the proxy for FTP connections. It is quite common that \fBhttp_proxy\fR and -\&\fBftp_proxy\fR are set to the same \s-1URL.\s0 -.IP "\fBno_proxy\fR" 4 +\&\fBftp_proxy\fR are set to the same URL. +.IP \fBno_proxy\fR 4 .IX Item "no_proxy" This variable should contain a comma-separated list of domain extensions proxy should \fInot\fR be used for. For instance, if the value of \&\fBno_proxy\fR is \fB.mit.edu\fR, proxy will not be used to retrieve -documents from \s-1MIT.\s0 +documents from MIT. .SH "EXIT STATUS" .IX Header "EXIT STATUS" Wget may return one of several error codes if it encounters problems. -.ie n .IP "0" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW0\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 0 4 +.el .IP \f(CW0\fR 4 .IX Item "0" No problems occurred. -.ie n .IP "1" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW1\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 1 4 +.el .IP \f(CW1\fR 4 .IX Item "1" Generic error code. -.ie n .IP "2" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW2\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 2 4 +.el .IP \f(CW2\fR 4 .IX Item "2" Parse error\-\-\-for instance, when parsing command-line options, the \&\fB.wgetrc\fR or \fB.netrc\fR... -.ie n .IP "3" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW3\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 3 4 +.el .IP \f(CW3\fR 4 .IX Item "3" File I/O error. -.ie n .IP "4" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW4\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 4 4 +.el .IP \f(CW4\fR 4 .IX Item "4" Network failure. -.ie n .IP "5" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW5\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 5 4 +.el .IP \f(CW5\fR 4 .IX Item "5" -\&\s-1SSL\s0 verification failure. -.ie n .IP "6" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW6\fR" 4 +SSL verification failure. +.ie n .IP 6 4 +.el .IP \f(CW6\fR 4 .IX Item "6" Username/password authentication failure. -.ie n .IP "7" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW7\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 7 4 +.el .IP \f(CW7\fR 4 .IX Item "7" Protocol errors. -.ie n .IP "8" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW8\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 8 4 +.el .IP \f(CW8\fR 4 .IX Item "8" Server issued an error response. .PP @@ -2303,17 +2287,17 @@ unhelpful and inconsistent. Recursive downloads would virtually always return 0 (success), regardless of any issues encountered, and non-recursive fetches only returned the status corresponding to the most recently-attempted download. -.SH "FILES" +.SH FILES .IX Header "FILES" -.IP "\fB/usr/local/etc/wgetrc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB/usr/local/etc/wgetrc\fR 4 .IX Item "/usr/local/etc/wgetrc" Default location of the \fIglobal\fR startup file. -.IP "\fB.wgetrc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB.wgetrc\fR 4 .IX Item ".wgetrc" User startup file. -.SH "BUGS" +.SH BUGS .IX Header "BUGS" -You are welcome to submit bug reports via the \s-1GNU\s0 Wget bug tracker (see +You are welcome to submit bug reports via the GNU Wget bug tracker (see <\fBhttps://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?func=additem&group=wget\fR>) or to our mailing list <\fBbug\-wget@gnu.org\fR>. .PP @@ -2322,13 +2306,13 @@ get more info (how to subscribe, list archives, ...). .PP Before actually submitting a bug report, please try to follow a few simple guidelines. -.IP "1." 4 +.IP 1. 4 Please try to ascertain that the behavior you see really is a bug. If Wget crashes, it's a bug. If Wget does not behave as documented, it's a bug. If things work strange, but you are not sure about the way they are supposed to work, it might well be a bug, but you might want to double-check the documentation and the mailing lists. -.IP "2." 4 +.IP 2. 4 Try to repeat the bug in as simple circumstances as possible. E.g. if Wget crashes while downloading \fBwget \-rl0 \-kKE \-t5 \-\-no\-proxy http://example.com \-o /tmp/log\fR, you should try to see if the crash is @@ -2342,7 +2326,7 @@ a bad idea. Instead, you should first try to see if the bug repeats with \fI.wgetrc\fR moved out of the way. Only if it turns out that \&\fI.wgetrc\fR settings affect the bug, mail me the relevant parts of the file. -.IP "3." 4 +.IP 3. 4 Please start Wget with \fB\-d\fR option and send us the resulting output (or relevant parts thereof). If Wget was compiled without debug support, recompile it\-\-\-it is \fImuch\fR easier to trace bugs @@ -2355,34 +2339,34 @@ but the log \fIwill\fR contain a fairly complete transcript of Wget's communication with the server, which may include passwords and pieces of downloaded data. Since the bug address is publicly archived, you may assume that all bug reports are visible to the public. -.IP "4." 4 +.IP 4. 4 If Wget has crashed, try to run it in a debugger, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`gdb \`which wget\` core\*(C'\fR and type \f(CW\*(C`where\*(C'\fR to get the backtrace. This may not work if the system administrator has disabled core files, but it is safe to try. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" -This is \fBnot\fR the complete manual for \s-1GNU\s0 Wget. +This is \fBnot\fR the complete manual for GNU Wget. For more complete information, including more detailed explanations of some of the options, and a number of commands available -for use with \fI.wgetrc\fR files and the \fB\-e\fR option, see the \s-1GNU\s0 +for use with \fI.wgetrc\fR files and the \fB\-e\fR option, see the GNU Info entry for \fIwget\fR. .PP -Also see \fBwget2\fR\|(1), the updated version of \s-1GNU\s0 Wget with even better -support for recursive downloading and modern protocols like \s-1HTTP/2.\s0 -.SH "AUTHOR" +Also see \fBwget2\fR\|(1), the updated version of GNU Wget with even better +support for recursive downloading and modern protocols like HTTP/2. +.SH AUTHOR .IX Header "AUTHOR" Originally written by Hrvoje Nikšić <hniksic@xemacs.org>. Currently maintained by Darshit Shah <darnir@gnu.org> and Tim Rühsen <tim.ruehsen@gmx.de>. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1996\-\-2011, 2015, 2018\-\-2023 Free Software +Copyright (c) 1996\-\-2011, 2015, 2018\-\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled -\&\*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +"GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/who.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/who.1 index e3699fcf..b0b2cac5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/who.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/who.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH WHO "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH WHO "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME who \- show who is logged on .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/whoami.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/whoami.1 index 424cb266..89d932fb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/whoami.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/whoami.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH WHOAMI "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH WHOAMI "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME whoami \- print effective user name .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/wspsearch.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/wspsearch.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..030d5da8 --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/wspsearch.1 @@ -0,0 +1,540 @@ +'\" t +.\" Title: wspsearch +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 +.\" Manual: User Commands +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 +.\" Language: English +.\" +.TH "WSPSEARCH" "1" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "User Commands" +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * Define some portability stuff +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 +.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq +.el .ds Aq ' +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * set default formatting +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" disable hyphenation +.nh +.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) +.ad l +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.SH "NAME" +wspsearch \- Run Windows Search Protocol searches against a SMB server +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.HP \w'\ 'u +wspsearch {//server/share} [\-\-limit=results] [\-\-search=phrase] [\-\-kind=KIND] [\-\-query=QUERY] [\-?|\-\-help] [\-\-usage] [\-d|\-\-debuglevel=DEBUGLEVEL] [\-\-debug\-stdout] [\-s|\-\-configfile=CONFIGFILE] [\-\-option=name=value] [\-l|\-\-log\-basename=LOGFILEBASE] [\-\-leak\-report] [\-\-leak\-report\-full] [\-R|\-\-name\-resolve=NAME\-RESOLVE\-ORDER] [\-O|\-\-socket\-options=SOCKETOPTIONS] [\-m|\-\-max\-protocol=MAXPROTOCOL] [\-n|\-\-netbiosname=NETBIOSNAME] [\-\-netbios\-scope=SCOPE] [\-W|\-\-workgroup=WORKGROUP] [\-\-realm=REALM] [\-U|\-\-user=[DOMAIN/]USERNAME[%PASSWORD]] [\-N|\-\-no\-pass] [\-\-password=STRING] [\-\-pw\-nt\-hash] [\-A|\-\-authentication\-file=FILE] [\-P|\-\-machine\-pass] [\-\-simple\-bind\-dn=DN] [\-\-use\-kerberos=desired|required|off] [\-\-use\-krb5\-ccache=CCACHE] [\-\-use\-winbind\-ccache] [\-\-client\-protection=sign|encrypt|off] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP +This tool is part of the +\fBsamba\fR(1) +suite\&. +.PP +wspsearch is a simple utility to run Windows Search Protocol searches against a SMB server that has the WSP service enabled\&. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.PP +server +.RS 4 +The SMB server name or IP address to connect to\&. +.RE +.PP +sharename +.RS 4 +The name of a share on the server\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-query +.RS 4 +A query specified in simplified AQS\-like (Advanced query syntax)\&. +.sp +Basic (AQS) syntax is supported (See +\fISEE ALSO\fR)\&. A query consists of a sequence of queries connected by AND, OR and NOT boolean operators\&. The query elements are essentially restrictions defined by a property\&. There are some limitations on the operators supported and some types of properties like enumerated ranges are not supported at all\&. Additionally syntactically range values are not delimited as specified by AQS (ranges are instead specified as value\-value)\&. Some special cases that you see in the windows search UI (for example sizes like \*(Aqtiny\*(Aq, \*(Aqsmall\*(Aq, \*(Aqlarge\*(Aq etc\&.) are exceptions which are handled more or less as keywords\&. See +\fIEXAMPLES\fR\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-search=phrase +.RS 4 +A simple phrase that is searched across the index +.RE +.PP +\-\-kind=KIND +.RS 4 +kind one of; +.RS +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fICalendar\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fICommunication\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIContact\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIDocument\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIEmail\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIFeed\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIFolder\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIGame\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIInstantMessage\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIJournal\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIMovie\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIMusic\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fILink\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fINote\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIPicture\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIProgram\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIRecordedTV\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fISearchFolder\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fITask\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIVideo\fR +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIWebHistory\fR +.RE +.sp +.RE +.RE +.PP +\-\-limit +.RS 4 +A limit on the number of results returned, by default there is a limit of 500 results, a limit of 0 indicates no limit and all results will be returned\&. +.RE +.PP +\-?|\-\-help +.RS 4 +Print a summary of command line options\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-usage +.RS 4 +Display brief usage message\&. +.RE +.PP +\-d|\-\-debuglevel=DEBUGLEVEL +.RS 4 +\fIlevel\fR +is an integer from 0 to 10\&. The default value if this parameter is not specified is 1 for client applications\&. +.sp +The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the server\&. At level 0, only critical errors and serious warnings will be logged\&. Level 1 is a reasonable level for day\-to\-day running \- it generates a small amount of information about operations carried out\&. +.sp +Levels above 1 will generate considerable amounts of log data, and should only be used when investigating a problem\&. Levels above 3 are designed for use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic\&. +.sp +Note that specifying this parameter here will override the +\m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[] +parameter in the +/etc/samba/smb\&.conf +file\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-debug\-stdout +.RS 4 +This will redirect debug output to STDOUT\&. By default all clients are logging to STDERR\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-configfile=<configuration file> +.RS 4 +The file specified contains the configuration details required by the client\&. The information in this file can be general for client and server or only provide client specific like options such as +\m[blue]\fBclient smb encrypt\fR\m[]\&. See +/etc/samba/smb\&.conf +for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-option=<name>=<value> +.RS 4 +Set the +\fBsmb.conf\fR(5) +option "<name>" to value "<value>" from the command line\&. This overrides compiled\-in defaults and options read from the configuration file\&. If a name or a value includes a space, wrap whole \-\-option=name=value into quotes\&. +.RE +.PP +\-l|\-\-log\-basename=logdirectory +.RS 4 +Base directory name for log/debug files\&. The extension +\fB"\&.progname"\fR +will be appended (e\&.g\&. log\&.smbclient, log\&.smbd, etc\&.\&.\&.)\&. The log file is never removed by the client\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-leak\-report +.RS 4 +Enable talloc leak reporting on exit\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-leak\-report\-full +.RS 4 +Enable full talloc leak reporting on exit\&. +.RE +.PP +\-V|\-\-version +.RS 4 +Prints the program version number\&. +.RE +.PP +\-U|\-\-user=[DOMAIN\e]USERNAME[%PASSWORD] +.RS 4 +Sets the SMB username or username and password\&. +.sp +If %PASSWORD is not specified, the user will be prompted\&. The client will first check the +\fBUSER\fR +environment variable (which is also permitted to also contain the password separated by a %), then the +\fBLOGNAME\fR +variable (which is not permitted to contain a password) and if either exists, the value is used\&. If these environmental variables are not found, the username found in a Kerberos Credentials cache may be used\&. +.sp +A third option is to use a credentials file which contains the plaintext of the username and password\&. This option is mainly provided for scripts where the admin does not wish to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment variables\&. If this method is used, make certain that the permissions on the file restrict access from unwanted users\&. See the +\fI\-A\fR +for more details\&. +.sp +Be cautious about including passwords in scripts or passing user\-supplied values onto the command line\&. For security it is better to let the Samba client tool ask for the password if needed, or obtain the password once with +kinit\&. +.sp +While Samba will attempt to scrub the password from the process title (as seen in ps), this is after startup and so is subject to a race\&. +.RE +.PP +\-N|\-\-no\-pass +.RS 4 +If specified, this parameter suppresses the normal password prompt from the client to the user\&. This is useful when accessing a service that does not require a password\&. +.sp +Unless a password is specified on the command line or this parameter is specified, the client will request a password\&. +.sp +If a password is specified on the command line and this option is also defined the password on the command line will be silently ignored and no password will be used\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-password +.RS 4 +Specify the password on the commandline\&. +.sp +Be cautious about including passwords in scripts or passing user\-supplied values onto the command line\&. For security it is better to let the Samba client tool ask for the password if needed, or obtain the password once with +kinit\&. +.sp +If \-\-password is not specified, the tool will check the +\fBPASSWD\fR +environment variable, followed by +\fBPASSWD_FD\fR +which is expected to contain an open file descriptor (FD) number\&. +.sp +Finally it will check +\fBPASSWD_FILE\fR +(containing a file path to be opened)\&. The file should only contain the password\&. Make certain that the permissions on the file restrict access from unwanted users! +.sp +While Samba will attempt to scrub the password from the process title (as seen in ps), this is after startup and so is subject to a race\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-pw\-nt\-hash +.RS 4 +The supplied password is the NT hash\&. +.RE +.PP +\-A|\-\-authentication\-file=filename +.RS 4 +This option allows you to specify a file from which to read the username and password used in the connection\&. The format of the file is: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf + username = <value> + password = <value> + domain = <value> + +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.sp +Make certain that the permissions on the file restrict access from unwanted users! +.RE +.PP +\-P|\-\-machine\-pass +.RS 4 +Use stored machine account password\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-simple\-bind\-dn=DN +.RS 4 +DN to use for a simple bind\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-use\-kerberos=desired|required|off +.RS 4 +This parameter determines whether Samba client tools will try to authenticate using Kerberos\&. For Kerberos authentication you need to use dns names instead of IP addresses when connecting to a service\&. +.sp +Note that specifying this parameter here will override the +\m[blue]\fBclient use kerberos\fR\m[] +parameter in the +/etc/samba/smb\&.conf +file\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-use\-krb5\-ccache=CCACHE +.RS 4 +Specifies the credential cache location for Kerberos authentication\&. +.sp +This will set \-\-use\-kerberos=required too\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-use\-winbind\-ccache +.RS 4 +Try to use the credential cache by winbind\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-client\-protection=sign|encrypt|off +.RS 4 +Sets the connection protection the client tool should use\&. +.sp +Note that specifying this parameter here will override the +\m[blue]\fBclient protection\fR\m[] +parameter in the +/etc/samba/smb\&.conf +file\&. +.sp +In case you need more fine grained control you can use: +\-\-option=clientsmbencrypt=OPTION, +\-\-option=clientipcsigning=OPTION, +\-\-option=clientsigning=OPTION\&. +.RE +.SH "EXAMPLES" +.PP +Search using a basic phrase: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf + \*(Aqwspsearch \-Usomeuser%password //server/share \-\-phrase="cats"\*(Aq + +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.PP +Search using an AQS like query for a picture whose name starts with p403 or p404: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf + \*(Aqwspsearch \-Usomeuser%password //server/share \-\-query="ALL:$<p403 OR ALL:$<p404 AND System\&.Kind:picture"\*(Aq + +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.PP +Adanced Query Syntax +https://learn\&.microsoft\&.com/en\-gb/windows/win32/search/\-search\-3x\-advancedquerysyntax +.SH "VERSION" +.PP +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. +.SH "AUTHOR" +.PP +The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&. +.PP +The wspsearch manpage was written by Noel Power\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/xgettext.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/xgettext.1 index e2d7cb78..4a5d8d87 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/xgettext.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/xgettext.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH XGETTEXT "1" "September 2023" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.2" "User Commands" +.TH XGETTEXT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME xgettext \- extract gettext strings from source .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/xload.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/xload.1 index b7a11120..23143bc1 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/xload.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/xload.1 @@ -1,13 +1,14 @@ .\" -.TH XLOAD 1 "xload 1.1.4" "X Version 11" +.TH XLOAD 1 "xload 1.2.0" "X Version 11" .SH NAME xload \- system load average display for X .SH SYNOPSIS -\fBxload\fP [-\fItoolkitoption\fP ...] [-scale \fIinteger\fP] [-update \fIseconds\fP] -.br - [-hl \fIcolor\fP] [-highlight \fIcolor\fP] [-remote \fIhost\fP] -.br - [-jumpscroll \fIpixels\fP] [-label \fIstring\fP] [-nolabel] [-lights] +.nf +\fBxload\fP [-\fItoolkitoption\fP ...] [-scale \fIinteger\fP] [-update \fIseconds\fP] + [-hl \fIcolor\fP] [-highlight \fIcolor\fP] [-remote \fIhost\fP] + [-jumpscroll \fIpixels\fP] [-label \fIstring\fP] [-nolabel] [-lights] + [-help|-version] +.fi .SH DESCRIPTION The .I xload @@ -57,6 +58,12 @@ is 1 second. The default is 10. .TP 8 .B \-remote \fIhost\fP This option tells \fIxload\fP to display the load of \fIhost\fP instead of \fIlocalhost\fP. \fIXload\fP gets the information from the \fIrwhod\fP database and consequently requires \fIrwhod\fP to be executing both on \fIlocalhost\fP and \fIhost\fP. +.TP 8 +.B \-help +This option specifies that \fIxload\fP should print a usage message and exit. +.TP 8 +.B \-version +This option specifies that \fIxload\fP should print version info and exit. .SH RESOURCES In addition to the resources available to each of the widgets used by \fIxload\fP there is one resource defined by the application itself. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/xrefresh.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/xrefresh.1 index 548a71be..ba2fd5c6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/xrefresh.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/xrefresh.1 @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from The Open Group. .\" -.TH XREFRESH 1 "xrefresh 1.0.7" "X Version 11" +.TH XREFRESH 1 "xrefresh 1.1.0" "X Version 11" .SH NAME xrefresh - refresh all or part of an X screen .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/yes.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/yes.1 index 84be3fd6..3d670faa 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/yes.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/yes.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH YES "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH YES "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME yes \- output a string repeatedly until killed .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/zstd.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/zstd.1 index 383d9947..2b5a9851 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/zstd.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/zstd.1 @@ -1,381 +1,566 @@ -.TH "ZSTD" "1" "March 2023" "zstd 1.5.5" "User Commands" +. +.TH "ZSTD" "1" "March 2024" "zstd 1.5.6" "User Commands" +. .SH "NAME" \fBzstd\fR \- zstd, zstdmt, unzstd, zstdcat \- Compress or decompress \.zst files +. .SH "SYNOPSIS" -.TS -allbox; -\fBzstd\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] [\- \fIINPUT\-FILE\fR] [\-o \fIOUTPUT\-FILE\fR] -.TE +\fBzstd\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] [\-|\fIINPUT\-FILE\fR] [\-o \fIOUTPUT\-FILE\fR] +. .P \fBzstdmt\fR is equivalent to \fBzstd \-T0\fR +. .P \fBunzstd\fR is equivalent to \fBzstd \-d\fR +. .P \fBzstdcat\fR is equivalent to \fBzstd \-dcf\fR +. .SH "DESCRIPTION" -\fBzstd\fR is a fast lossless compression algorithm and data compression tool, with command line syntax similar to \fBgzip\fR(1) and \fBxz\fR(1)\. It is based on the \fBLZ77\fR family, with further FSE & huff0 entropy stages\. \fBzstd\fR offers highly configurable compression speed, from fast modes at > 200 MB/s per core, to strong modes with excellent compression ratios\. It also features a very fast decoder, with speeds > 500 MB/s per core\. +\fBzstd\fR is a fast lossless compression algorithm and data compression tool, with command line syntax similar to \fBgzip\fR(1) and \fBxz\fR(1)\. It is based on the \fBLZ77\fR family, with further FSE & huff0 entropy stages\. \fBzstd\fR offers highly configurable compression speed, from fast modes at > 200 MB/s per core, to strong modes with excellent compression ratios\. It also features a very fast decoder, with speeds > 500 MB/s per core, which remains roughly stable at all compression settings\. +. .P -\fBzstd\fR command line syntax is generally similar to gzip, but features the following differences: -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +\fBzstd\fR command line syntax is generally similar to gzip, but features the following few differences: +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 Source files are preserved by default\. It\'s possible to remove them automatically by using the \fB\-\-rm\fR command\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 When compressing a single file, \fBzstd\fR displays progress notifications and result summary by default\. Use \fB\-q\fR to turn them off\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fBzstd\fR displays a short help page when command line is an error\. Use \fB\-q\fR to turn it off\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fBzstd\fR does not accept input from console, though it does accept \fBstdin\fR when it\'s not the console\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fBzstd\fR does not store the input\'s filename or attributes, only its contents\. +. .IP "" 0 +. .P \fBzstd\fR processes each \fIfile\fR according to the selected operation mode\. If no \fIfiles\fR are given or \fIfile\fR is \fB\-\fR, \fBzstd\fR reads from standard input and writes the processed data to standard output\. \fBzstd\fR will refuse to write compressed data to standard output if it is a terminal: it will display an error message and skip the file\. Similarly, \fBzstd\fR will refuse to read compressed data from standard input if it is a terminal\. +. .P Unless \fB\-\-stdout\fR or \fB\-o\fR is specified, \fIfiles\fR are written to a new file whose name is derived from the source \fIfile\fR name: -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 When compressing, the suffix \fB\.zst\fR is appended to the source filename to get the target filename\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 When decompressing, the \fB\.zst\fR suffix is removed from the source filename to get the target filename +. .IP "" 0 +. .SS "Concatenation with \.zst Files" It is possible to concatenate multiple \fB\.zst\fR files\. \fBzstd\fR will decompress such agglomerated file as if it was a single \fB\.zst\fR file\. +. .SH "OPTIONS" +. .SS "Integer Suffixes and Special Values" In most places where an integer argument is expected, an optional suffix is supported to easily indicate large integers\. There must be no space between the integer and the suffix\. +. .TP \fBKiB\fR -Multiply the integer by 1,024 (2\e^10)\. \fBKi\fR, \fBK\fR, and \fBKB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBKiB\fR\. +Multiply the integer by 1,024 (2^10)\. \fBKi\fR, \fBK\fR, and \fBKB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBKiB\fR\. +. .TP \fBMiB\fR -Multiply the integer by 1,048,576 (2\e^20)\. \fBMi\fR, \fBM\fR, and \fBMB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBMiB\fR\. +Multiply the integer by 1,048,576 (2^20)\. \fBMi\fR, \fBM\fR, and \fBMB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBMiB\fR\. +. .SS "Operation Mode" If multiple operation mode options are given, the last one takes effect\. +. .TP \fB\-z\fR, \fB\-\-compress\fR Compress\. This is the default operation mode when no operation mode option is specified and no other operation mode is implied from the command name (for example, \fBunzstd\fR implies \fB\-\-decompress\fR)\. +. .TP \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-decompress\fR, \fB\-\-uncompress\fR Decompress\. +. .TP \fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-test\fR Test the integrity of compressed \fIfiles\fR\. This option is equivalent to \fB\-\-decompress \-\-stdout > /dev/null\fR, decompressed data is discarded and checksummed for errors\. No files are created or removed\. +. .TP \fB\-b#\fR Benchmark file(s) using compression level \fI#\fR\. See \fIBENCHMARK\fR below for a description of this operation\. +. .TP \fB\-\-train FILES\fR Use \fIFILES\fR as a training set to create a dictionary\. The training set should contain a lot of small files (> 100)\. See \fIDICTIONARY BUILDER\fR below for a description of this operation\. +. .TP \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-list\fR Display information related to a zstd compressed file, such as size, ratio, and checksum\. Some of these fields may not be available\. This command\'s output can be augmented with the \fB\-v\fR modifier\. +. .SS "Operation Modifiers" -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-#\fR: selects \fB#\fR compression level [1\-19] (default: 3) -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-#\fR: selects \fB#\fR compression level [1\-19] (default: 3)\. Higher compression levels \fIgenerally\fR produce higher compression ratio at the expense of speed and memory\. A rough rule of thumb is that compression speed is expected to be divided by 2 every 2 levels\. Technically, each level is mapped to a set of advanced parameters (that can also be modified individually, see below)\. Because the compressor\'s behavior highly depends on the content to compress, there\'s no guarantee of a smooth progression from one level to another\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-ultra\fR: unlocks high compression levels 20+ (maximum 22), using a lot more memory\. Note that decompression will also require more memory when using these levels\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-fast[=#]\fR: switch to ultra\-fast compression levels\. If \fB=#\fR is not present, it defaults to \fB1\fR\. The higher the value, the faster the compression speed, at the cost of some compression ratio\. This setting overwrites compression level if one was set previously\. Similarly, if a compression level is set after \fB\-\-fast\fR, it overrides it\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-T#\fR, \fB\-\-threads=#\fR: Compress using \fB#\fR working threads (default: 1)\. If \fB#\fR is 0, attempt to detect and use the number of physical CPU cores\. In all cases, the nb of threads is capped to \fBZSTDMT_NBWORKERS_MAX\fR, which is either 64 in 32\-bit mode, or 256 for 64\-bit environments\. This modifier does nothing if \fBzstd\fR is compiled without multithread support\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR: Use a single thread for both I/O and compression\. As compression is serialized with I/O, this can be slightly slower\. Single\-thread mode features significantly lower memory usage, which can be useful for systems with limited amount of memory, such as 32\-bit systems\. +. .IP Note 1: this mode is the only available one when multithread support is disabled\. +. .IP Note 2: this mode is different from \fB\-T1\fR, which spawns 1 compression thread in parallel with I/O\. Final compressed result is also slightly different from \fB\-T1\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-auto\-threads={physical,logical} (default: physical)\fR: When using a default amount of threads via \fB\-T0\fR, choose the default based on the number of detected physical or logical cores\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-adapt[=min=#,max=#]\fR: \fBzstd\fR will dynamically adapt compression level to perceived I/O conditions\. Compression level adaptation can be observed live by using command \fB\-v\fR\. Adaptation can be constrained between supplied \fBmin\fR and \fBmax\fR levels\. The feature works when combined with multi\-threading and \fB\-\-long\fR mode\. It does not work with \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR\. It sets window size to 8 MiB by default (can be changed manually, see \fBwlog\fR)\. Due to the chaotic nature of dynamic adaptation, compressed result is not reproducible\. +. .IP \fINote\fR: at the time of this writing, \fB\-\-adapt\fR can remain stuck at low speed when combined with multiple worker threads (>=2)\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-long[=#]\fR: enables long distance matching with \fB#\fR \fBwindowLog\fR, if \fB#\fR is not present it defaults to \fB27\fR\. This increases the window size (\fBwindowLog\fR) and memory usage for both the compressor and decompressor\. This setting is designed to improve the compression ratio for files with long matches at a large distance\. +. .IP Note: If \fBwindowLog\fR is set to larger than 27, \fB\-\-long=windowLog\fR or \fB\-\-memory=windowSize\fR needs to be passed to the decompressor\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-D DICT\fR: use \fBDICT\fR as Dictionary to compress or decompress FILE(s) -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-patch\-from FILE\fR: Specify the file to be used as a reference point for zstd\'s diff engine\. This is effectively dictionary compression with some convenient parameter selection, namely that \fIwindowSize\fR > \fIsrcSize\fR\. +. .IP Note: cannot use both this and \fB\-D\fR together\. +. .IP Note: \fB\-\-long\fR mode will be automatically activated if \fIchainLog\fR < \fIfileLog\fR (\fIfileLog\fR being the \fIwindowLog\fR required to cover the whole file)\. You can also manually force it\. +. .IP Note: for all levels, you can use \fB\-\-patch\-from\fR in \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR mode to improve compression ratio at the cost of speed\. +. .IP Note: for level 19, you can get increased compression ratio at the cost of speed by specifying \fB\-\-zstd=targetLength=\fR to be something large (i\.e\. 4096), and by setting a large \fB\-\-zstd=chainLog=\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-rsyncable\fR: \fBzstd\fR will periodically synchronize the compression state to make the compressed file more rsync\-friendly\. There is a negligible impact to compression ratio, and a potential impact to compression speed, perceptible at higher speeds, for example when combining \fB\-\-rsyncable\fR with many parallel worker threads\. This feature does not work with \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR\. You probably don\'t want to use it with long range mode, since it will decrease the effectiveness of the synchronization points, but your mileage may vary\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-[no\-]check\fR: add integrity check computed from uncompressed data (default: enabled) -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-[no\-]content\-size\fR: enable / disable whether or not the original size of the file is placed in the header of the compressed file\. The default option is \fB\-\-content\-size\fR (meaning that the original size will be placed in the header)\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-no\-dictID\fR: do not store dictionary ID within frame header (dictionary compression)\. The decoder will have to rely on implicit knowledge about which dictionary to use, it won\'t be able to check if it\'s correct\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-M#\fR, \fB\-\-memory=#\fR: Set a memory usage limit\. By default, \fBzstd\fR uses 128 MiB for decompression as the maximum amount of memory the decompressor is allowed to use, but you can override this manually if need be in either direction (i\.e\. you can increase or decrease it)\. +. .IP This is also used during compression when using with \fB\-\-patch\-from=\fR\. In this case, this parameter overrides that maximum size allowed for a dictionary\. (128 MiB)\. +. .IP Additionally, this can be used to limit memory for dictionary training\. This parameter overrides the default limit of 2 GiB\. zstd will load training samples up to the memory limit and ignore the rest\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-stream\-size=#\fR: Sets the pledged source size of input coming from a stream\. This value must be exact, as it will be included in the produced frame header\. Incorrect stream sizes will cause an error\. This information will be used to better optimize compression parameters, resulting in better and potentially faster compression, especially for smaller source sizes\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-size\-hint=#\fR: When handling input from a stream, \fBzstd\fR must guess how large the source size will be when optimizing compression parameters\. If the stream size is relatively small, this guess may be a poor one, resulting in a higher compression ratio than expected\. This feature allows for controlling the guess when needed\. Exact guesses result in better compression ratios\. Overestimates result in slightly degraded compression ratios, while underestimates may result in significant degradation\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-o FILE\fR: save result into \fBFILE\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-\-target\-compressed\-block\-size=#\fR: Attempt to produce compressed blocks of approximately this size\. This will split larger blocks in order to approach this target\. This feature is notably useful for improved latency, when the receiver can leverage receiving early incomplete data\. This parameter defines a loose target: compressed blocks will target this size "on average", but individual blocks can still be larger or smaller\. Enabling this feature can decrease compression speed by up to ~10% at level 1\. Higher levels will see smaller relative speed regression, becoming invisible at higher settings\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR: disable input and output checks\. Allows overwriting existing files, input from console, output to stdout, operating on links, block devices, etc\. During decompression and when the output destination is stdout, pass\-through unrecognized formats as\-is\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-stdout\fR: write to standard output (even if it is the console); keep original files unchanged\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-stdout\fR: write to standard output (even if it is the console); keep original files (disable \fB\-\-rm\fR)\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-o FILE\fR: save result into \fBFILE\fR\. Note that this operation is in conflict with \fB\-c\fR\. If both operations are present on the command line, the last expressed one wins\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-[no\-]sparse\fR: enable / disable sparse FS support, to make files with many zeroes smaller on disk\. Creating sparse files may save disk space and speed up decompression by reducing the amount of disk I/O\. default: enabled when output is into a file, and disabled when output is stdout\. This setting overrides default and can force sparse mode over stdout\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-[no\-]pass\-through\fR enable / disable passing through uncompressed files as\-is\. During decompression when pass\-through is enabled, unrecognized formats will be copied as\-is from the input to the output\. By default, pass\-through will occur when the output destination is stdout and the force (\fB\-f\fR) option is set\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-rm\fR: remove source file(s) after successful compression or decompression\. This command is silently ignored if output is \fBstdout\fR\. If used in combination with \fB\-o\fR, triggers a confirmation prompt (which can be silenced with \fB\-f\fR), as this is a destructive operation\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-k\fR, \fB\-\-keep\fR: keep source file(s) after successful compression or decompression\. This is the default behavior\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-r\fR: operate recursively on directories\. It selects all files in the named directory and all its subdirectories\. This can be useful both to reduce command line typing, and to circumvent shell expansion limitations, when there are a lot of files and naming breaks the maximum size of a command line\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-filelist FILE\fR read a list of files to process as content from \fBFILE\fR\. Format is compatible with \fBls\fR output, with one file per line\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-output\-dir\-flat DIR\fR: resulting files are stored into target \fBDIR\fR directory, instead of same directory as origin file\. Be aware that this command can introduce name collision issues, if multiple files, from different directories, end up having the same name\. Collision resolution ensures first file with a given name will be present in \fBDIR\fR, while in combination with \fB\-f\fR, the last file will be present instead\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-output\-dir\-mirror DIR\fR: similar to \fB\-\-output\-dir\-flat\fR, the output files are stored underneath target \fBDIR\fR directory, but this option will replicate input directory hierarchy into output \fBDIR\fR\. +. .IP If input directory contains "\.\.", the files in this directory will be ignored\. If input directory is an absolute directory (i\.e\. "/var/tmp/abc"), it will be stored into the "output\-dir/var/tmp/abc"\. If there are multiple input files or directories, name collision resolution will follow the same rules as \fB\-\-output\-dir\-flat\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-format=FORMAT\fR: compress and decompress in other formats\. If compiled with support, zstd can compress to or decompress from other compression algorithm formats\. Possibly available options are \fBzstd\fR, \fBgzip\fR, \fBxz\fR, \fBlzma\fR, and \fBlz4\fR\. If no such format is provided, \fBzstd\fR is the default\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-h\fR/\fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR: display help/long help and exit -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR: display version number and exit\. Advanced: \fB\-vV\fR also displays supported formats\. \fB\-vvV\fR also displays POSIX support\. \fB\-q\fR will only display the version number, suitable for machine reading\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR: display version number and immediately exit\. note that, since it exits, flags specified after \fB\-V\fR are effectively ignored\. Advanced: \fB\-vV\fR also displays supported formats\. \fB\-vvV\fR also displays POSIX support\. \fB\-qV\fR will only display the version number, suitable for machine reading\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR: verbose mode, display more information -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR: suppress warnings, interactivity, and notifications\. specify twice to suppress errors too\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-no\-progress\fR: do not display the progress bar, but keep all other messages\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-show\-default\-cparams\fR: shows the default compression parameters that will be used for a particular input file, based on the provided compression level and the input size\. If the provided file is not a regular file (e\.g\. a pipe), this flag will output the parameters used for inputs of unknown size\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-\-exclude\-compressed\fR: only compress files that are not already compressed\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-\fR: All arguments after \fB\-\-\fR are treated as files +. .IP "" 0 +. .SS "gzip Operation Modifiers" When invoked via a \fBgzip\fR symlink, \fBzstd\fR will support further options that intend to mimic the \fBgzip\fR behavior: +. .TP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-no\-name\fR do not store the original filename and timestamps when compressing a file\. This is the default behavior and hence a no\-op\. +. .TP \fB\-\-best\fR alias to the option \fB\-9\fR\. +. .SS "Environment Variables" -Employing environment variables to set parameters has security implications\. Therefore, this avenue is intentionally limited\. Only \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR and \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR are currently supported\. They set the compression level and number of threads to use during compression, respectively\. +Employing environment variables to set parameters has security implications\. Therefore, this avenue is intentionally limited\. Only \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR and \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR are currently supported\. They set the default compression level and number of threads to use during compression, respectively\. +. .P \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR can be used to set the level between 1 and 19 (the "normal" range)\. If the value of \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR is not a valid integer, it will be ignored with a warning message\. \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR just replaces the default compression level (\fB3\fR)\. +. .P -\fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR can be used to set the number of threads \fBzstd\fR will attempt to use during compression\. If the value of \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR is not a valid unsigned integer, it will be ignored with a warning message\. \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR has a default value of (\fB1\fR), and is capped at ZSTDMT_NBWORKERS_MAX==200\. \fBzstd\fR must be compiled with multithread support for this to have any effect\. +\fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR can be used to set the number of threads \fBzstd\fR will attempt to use during compression\. If the value of \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR is not a valid unsigned integer, it will be ignored with a warning message\. \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR has a default value of (\fB1\fR), and is capped at ZSTDMT_NBWORKERS_MAX==200\. \fBzstd\fR must be compiled with multithread support for this variable to have any effect\. +. .P They can both be overridden by corresponding command line arguments: \fB\-#\fR for compression level and \fB\-T#\fR for number of compression threads\. -.SH "DICTIONARY BUILDER" -\fBzstd\fR offers \fIdictionary\fR compression, which greatly improves efficiency on small files and messages\. It\'s possible to train \fBzstd\fR with a set of samples, the result of which is saved into a file called a \fBdictionary\fR\. Then, during compression and decompression, reference the same dictionary, using command \fB\-D dictionaryFileName\fR\. Compression of small files similar to the sample set will be greatly improved\. -.TP -\fB\-\-train FILEs\fR -Use FILEs as training set to create a dictionary\. The training set should ideally contain a lot of samples (> 100), and weight typically 100x the target dictionary size (for example, ~10 MB for a 100 KB dictionary)\. \fB\-\-train\fR can be combined with \fB\-r\fR to indicate a directory rather than listing all the files, which can be useful to circumvent shell expansion limits\. -.IP -Since dictionary compression is mostly effective for small files, the expectation is that the training set will only contain small files\. In the case where some samples happen to be large, only the first 128 KiB of these samples will be used for training\. -.IP -\fB\-\-train\fR supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support (default)\. Additional advanced parameters can be specified with \fB\-\-train\-fastcover\fR\. The legacy dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-legacy\fR\. The slower cover dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-cover\fR\. Default \fB\-\-train\fR is equivalent to \fB\-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,steps=4\fR\. -.TP -\fB\-o FILE\fR -Dictionary saved into \fBFILE\fR (default name: dictionary)\. -.TP -\fB\-\-maxdict=#\fR -Limit dictionary to specified size (default: 112640 bytes)\. As usual, quantities are expressed in bytes by default, and it\'s possible to employ suffixes (like \fBKB\fR or \fBMB\fR) to specify larger values\. -.TP -\fB\-#\fR -Use \fB#\fR compression level during training (optional)\. Will generate statistics more tuned for selected compression level, resulting in a \fIsmall\fR compression ratio improvement for this level\. -.TP -\fB\-B#\fR -Split input files into blocks of size # (default: no split) -.TP -\fB\-M#\fR, \fB\-\-memory=#\fR -Limit the amount of sample data loaded for training (default: 2 GB)\. Note that the default (2 GB) is also the maximum\. This parameter can be useful in situations where the training set size is not well controlled and could be potentially very large\. Since speed of the training process is directly correlated to the size of the training sample set, a smaller sample set leads to faster training\. -.IP -In situations where the training set is larger than maximum memory, the CLI will randomly select samples among the available ones, up to the maximum allowed memory budget\. This is meant to improve dictionary relevance by mitigating the potential impact of clustering, such as selecting only files from the beginning of a list sorted by modification date, or sorted by alphabetical order\. The randomization process is deterministic, so training of the same list of files with the same parameters will lead to the creation of the same dictionary\. -.TP -\fB\-\-dictID=#\fR -A dictionary ID is a locally unique ID\. The decoder will use this value to verify it is using the right dictionary\. By default, zstd will create a 4\-bytes random number ID\. It\'s possible to provide an explicit number ID instead\. It\'s up to the dictionary manager to not assign twice the same ID to 2 different dictionaries\. Note that short numbers have an advantage: an ID < 256 will only need 1 byte in the compressed frame header, and an ID < 65536 will only need 2 bytes\. This compares favorably to 4 bytes default\. -.IP -Note that RFC8878 reserves IDs less than 32768 and greater than or equal to 2\e^31, so they should not be used in public\. -.TP -\fB\-\-train\-cover[=k#,d=#,steps=#,split=#,shrink[=#]]\fR -Select parameters for the default dictionary builder algorithm named cover\. If \fId\fR is not specified, then it tries \fId\fR = 6 and \fId\fR = 8\. If \fIk\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsteps\fR values in the range [50, 2000]\. If \fIsteps\fR is not specified, then the default value of 40 is used\. If \fIsplit\fR is not specified or split <= 0, then the default value of 100 is used\. Requires that \fId\fR <= \fIk\fR\. If \fIshrink\fR flag is not used, then the default value for \fIshrinkDict\fR of 0 is used\. If \fIshrink\fR is not specified, then the default value for \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression\fR of 1 is used\. -.IP -Selects segments of size \fIk\fR with highest score to put in the dictionary\. The score of a segment is computed by the sum of the frequencies of all the subsegments of size \fId\fR\. Generally \fId\fR should be in the range [6, 8], occasionally up to 16, but the algorithm will run faster with d <= \fI8\fR\. Good values for \fIk\fR vary widely based on the input data, but a safe range is [2 * \fId\fR, 2000]\. If \fIsplit\fR is 100, all input samples are used for both training and testing to find optimal \fId\fR and \fIk\fR to build dictionary\. Supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support\. Having \fIshrink\fR enabled takes a truncated dictionary of minimum size and doubles in size until compression ratio of the truncated dictionary is at most \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression%\fR worse than the compression ratio of the largest dictionary\. -.IP -Examples: -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,d=8 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=d=8,steps=500 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,split=60 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink=2 FILEs\fR -.TP -\fB\-\-train\-fastcover[=k#,d=#,f=#,steps=#,split=#,accel=#]\fR -Same as cover but with extra parameters \fIf\fR and \fIaccel\fR and different default value of split If \fIsplit\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsplit\fR = 75\. If \fIf\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIf\fR = 20\. Requires that 0 < \fIf\fR < 32\. If \fIaccel\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIaccel\fR = 1\. Requires that 0 < \fIaccel\fR <= 10\. Requires that \fId\fR = 6 or \fId\fR = 8\. -.IP -\fIf\fR is log of size of array that keeps track of frequency of subsegments of size \fId\fR\. The subsegment is hashed to an index in the range [0,2^\fIf\fR \- 1]\. It is possible that 2 different subsegments are hashed to the same index, and they are considered as the same subsegment when computing frequency\. Using a higher \fIf\fR reduces collision but takes longer\. -.IP -Examples: -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,f=15,accel=2 FILEs\fR -.TP -\fB\-\-train\-legacy[=selectivity=#]\fR -Use legacy dictionary builder algorithm with the given dictionary \fIselectivity\fR (default: 9)\. The smaller the \fIselectivity\fR value, the denser the dictionary, improving its efficiency but reducing its achievable maximum size\. \fB\-\-train\-legacy=s=#\fR is also accepted\. -.IP -Examples: -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy=selectivity=8 FILEs\fR -.SH "BENCHMARK" -.TP -\fB\-b#\fR -benchmark file(s) using compression level # -.TP -\fB\-e#\fR -benchmark file(s) using multiple compression levels, from \fB\-b#\fR to \fB\-e#\fR (inclusive) -.TP -\fB\-i#\fR -minimum evaluation time, in seconds (default: 3s), benchmark mode only -.TP -\fB\-B#\fR, \fB\-\-block\-size=#\fR -cut file(s) into independent chunks of size # (default: no chunking) -.TP -\fB\-\-priority=rt\fR -set process priority to real\-time -.P -\fBOutput Format:\fR CompressionLevel#Filename: InputSize \-> OutputSize (CompressionRatio), CompressionSpeed, DecompressionSpeed -.P -\fBMethodology:\fR For both compression and decompression speed, the entire input is compressed/decompressed in\-memory to measure speed\. A run lasts at least 1 sec, so when files are small, they are compressed/decompressed several times per run, in order to improve measurement accuracy\. +. .SH "ADVANCED COMPRESSION OPTIONS" -### \-B#: Specify the size of each compression job\. This parameter is only available when multi\-threading is enabled\. Each compression job is run in parallel, so this value indirectly impacts the nb of active threads\. Default job size varies depending on compression level (generally \fB4 * windowSize\fR)\. \fB\-B#\fR makes it possible to manually select a custom size\. Note that job size must respect a minimum value which is enforced transparently\. This minimum is either 512 KB, or \fBoverlapSize\fR, whichever is largest\. Different job sizes will lead to non\-identical compressed frames\. +\fBzstd\fR provides 22 predefined regular compression levels plus the fast levels\. A compression level is translated internally into multiple advanced parameters that control the behavior of the compressor (one can observe the result of this translation with \fB\-\-show\-default\-cparams\fR)\. These advanced parameters can be overridden using advanced compression options\. +. .SS "\-\-zstd[=options]:" -\fBzstd\fR provides 22 predefined regular compression levels plus the fast levels\. This compression level is translated internally into a number of specific parameters that actually control the behavior of the compressor\. (You can see the result of this translation with \fB\-\-show\-default\-cparams\fR\.) These specific parameters can be overridden with advanced compression options\. The \fIoptions\fR are provided as a comma\-separated list\. You may specify only the options you want to change and the rest will be taken from the selected or default compression level\. The list of available \fIoptions\fR: +The \fIoptions\fR are provided as a comma\-separated list\. You may specify only the options you want to change and the rest will be taken from the selected or default compression level\. The list of available \fIoptions\fR: +. .TP \fBstrategy\fR=\fIstrat\fR, \fBstrat\fR=\fIstrat\fR Specify a strategy used by a match finder\. +. .IP There are 9 strategies numbered from 1 to 9, from fastest to strongest: 1=\fBZSTD_fast\fR, 2=\fBZSTD_dfast\fR, 3=\fBZSTD_greedy\fR, 4=\fBZSTD_lazy\fR, 5=\fBZSTD_lazy2\fR, 6=\fBZSTD_btlazy2\fR, 7=\fBZSTD_btopt\fR, 8=\fBZSTD_btultra\fR, 9=\fBZSTD_btultra2\fR\. +. .TP \fBwindowLog\fR=\fIwlog\fR, \fBwlog\fR=\fIwlog\fR Specify the maximum number of bits for a match distance\. +. .IP The higher number of increases the chance to find a match which usually improves compression ratio\. It also increases memory requirements for the compressor and decompressor\. The minimum \fIwlog\fR is 10 (1 KiB) and the maximum is 30 (1 GiB) on 32\-bit platforms and 31 (2 GiB) on 64\-bit platforms\. +. .IP Note: If \fBwindowLog\fR is set to larger than 27, \fB\-\-long=windowLog\fR or \fB\-\-memory=windowSize\fR needs to be passed to the decompressor\. +. .TP \fBhashLog\fR=\fIhlog\fR, \fBhlog\fR=\fIhlog\fR Specify the maximum number of bits for a hash table\. +. .IP Bigger hash tables cause fewer collisions which usually makes compression faster, but requires more memory during compression\. +. .IP The minimum \fIhlog\fR is 6 (64 entries / 256 B) and the maximum is 30 (1B entries / 4 GiB)\. +. .TP \fBchainLog\fR=\fIclog\fR, \fBclog\fR=\fIclog\fR Specify the maximum number of bits for the secondary search structure, whose form depends on the selected \fBstrategy\fR\. +. .IP Higher numbers of bits increases the chance to find a match which usually improves compression ratio\. It also slows down compression speed and increases memory requirements for compression\. This option is ignored for the \fBZSTD_fast\fR \fBstrategy\fR, which only has the primary hash table\. +. .IP The minimum \fIclog\fR is 6 (64 entries / 256 B) and the maximum is 29 (512M entries / 2 GiB) on 32\-bit platforms and 30 (1B entries / 4 GiB) on 64\-bit platforms\. +. .TP \fBsearchLog\fR=\fIslog\fR, \fBslog\fR=\fIslog\fR Specify the maximum number of searches in a hash chain or a binary tree using logarithmic scale\. +. .IP More searches increases the chance to find a match which usually increases compression ratio but decreases compression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIslog\fR is 1 and the maximum is \'windowLog\' \- 1\. +. .TP \fBminMatch\fR=\fImml\fR, \fBmml\fR=\fImml\fR Specify the minimum searched length of a match in a hash table\. +. .IP Larger search lengths usually decrease compression ratio but improve decompression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fImml\fR is 3 and the maximum is 7\. +. .TP \fBtargetLength\fR=\fItlen\fR, \fBtlen\fR=\fItlen\fR The impact of this field vary depending on selected strategy\. +. .IP For \fBZSTD_btopt\fR, \fBZSTD_btultra\fR and \fBZSTD_btultra2\fR, it specifies the minimum match length that causes match finder to stop searching\. A larger \fBtargetLength\fR usually improves compression ratio but decreases compression speed\. +. .IP For \fBZSTD_fast\fR, it triggers ultra\-fast mode when > 0\. The value represents the amount of data skipped between match sampling\. Impact is reversed: a larger \fBtargetLength\fR increases compression speed but decreases compression ratio\. +. .IP For all other strategies, this field has no impact\. +. .IP The minimum \fItlen\fR is 0 and the maximum is 128 KiB\. +. .TP \fBoverlapLog\fR=\fIovlog\fR, \fBovlog\fR=\fIovlog\fR Determine \fBoverlapSize\fR, amount of data reloaded from previous job\. This parameter is only available when multithreading is enabled\. Reloading more data improves compression ratio, but decreases speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIovlog\fR is 0, and the maximum is 9\. 1 means "no overlap", hence completely independent jobs\. 9 means "full overlap", meaning up to \fBwindowSize\fR is reloaded from previous job\. Reducing \fIovlog\fR by 1 reduces the reloaded amount by a factor 2\. For example, 8 means "windowSize/2", and 6 means "windowSize/8"\. Value 0 is special and means "default": \fIovlog\fR is automatically determined by \fBzstd\fR\. In which case, \fIovlog\fR will range from 6 to 9, depending on selected \fIstrat\fR\. +. .TP \fBldmHashLog\fR=\fIlhlog\fR, \fBlhlog\fR=\fIlhlog\fR Specify the maximum size for a hash table used for long distance matching\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Bigger hash tables usually improve compression ratio at the expense of more memory during compression and a decrease in compression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIlhlog\fR is 6 and the maximum is 30 (default: 20)\. +. .TP \fBldmMinMatch\fR=\fIlmml\fR, \fBlmml\fR=\fIlmml\fR Specify the minimum searched length of a match for long distance matching\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Larger/very small values usually decrease compression ratio\. +. .IP The minimum \fIlmml\fR is 4 and the maximum is 4096 (default: 64)\. +. .TP \fBldmBucketSizeLog\fR=\fIlblog\fR, \fBlblog\fR=\fIlblog\fR Specify the size of each bucket for the hash table used for long distance matching\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Larger bucket sizes improve collision resolution but decrease compression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIlblog\fR is 1 and the maximum is 8 (default: 3)\. +. .TP \fBldmHashRateLog\fR=\fIlhrlog\fR, \fBlhrlog\fR=\fIlhrlog\fR Specify the frequency of inserting entries into the long distance matching hash table\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Larger values will improve compression speed\. Deviating far from the default value will likely result in a decrease in compression ratio\. +. .IP The default value is \fBwlog \- lhlog\fR\. +. .SS "Example" The following parameters sets advanced compression options to something similar to predefined level 19 for files bigger than 256 KB: +. .P \fB\-\-zstd\fR=wlog=23,clog=23,hlog=22,slog=6,mml=3,tlen=48,strat=6 +. +.SS "\-B#:" +Specify the size of each compression job\. This parameter is only available when multi\-threading is enabled\. Each compression job is run in parallel, so this value indirectly impacts the nb of active threads\. Default job size varies depending on compression level (generally \fB4 * windowSize\fR)\. \fB\-B#\fR makes it possible to manually select a custom size\. Note that job size must respect a minimum value which is enforced transparently\. This minimum is either 512 KB, or \fBoverlapSize\fR, whichever is largest\. Different job sizes will lead to non\-identical compressed frames\. +. +.SH "DICTIONARY BUILDER" +\fBzstd\fR offers \fIdictionary\fR compression, which greatly improves efficiency on small files and messages\. It\'s possible to train \fBzstd\fR with a set of samples, the result of which is saved into a file called a \fBdictionary\fR\. Then, during compression and decompression, reference the same dictionary, using command \fB\-D dictionaryFileName\fR\. Compression of small files similar to the sample set will be greatly improved\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train FILEs\fR +Use FILEs as training set to create a dictionary\. The training set should ideally contain a lot of samples (> 100), and weight typically 100x the target dictionary size (for example, ~10 MB for a 100 KB dictionary)\. \fB\-\-train\fR can be combined with \fB\-r\fR to indicate a directory rather than listing all the files, which can be useful to circumvent shell expansion limits\. +. +.IP +Since dictionary compression is mostly effective for small files, the expectation is that the training set will only contain small files\. In the case where some samples happen to be large, only the first 128 KiB of these samples will be used for training\. +. +.IP +\fB\-\-train\fR supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support (default)\. Additional advanced parameters can be specified with \fB\-\-train\-fastcover\fR\. The legacy dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-legacy\fR\. The slower cover dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-cover\fR\. Default \fB\-\-train\fR is equivalent to \fB\-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,steps=4\fR\. +. +.TP +\fB\-o FILE\fR +Dictionary saved into \fBFILE\fR (default name: dictionary)\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-maxdict=#\fR +Limit dictionary to specified size (default: 112640 bytes)\. As usual, quantities are expressed in bytes by default, and it\'s possible to employ suffixes (like \fBKB\fR or \fBMB\fR) to specify larger values\. +. +.TP +\fB\-#\fR +Use \fB#\fR compression level during training (optional)\. Will generate statistics more tuned for selected compression level, resulting in a \fIsmall\fR compression ratio improvement for this level\. +. +.TP +\fB\-B#\fR +Split input files into blocks of size # (default: no split) +. +.TP +\fB\-M#\fR, \fB\-\-memory=#\fR +Limit the amount of sample data loaded for training (default: 2 GB)\. Note that the default (2 GB) is also the maximum\. This parameter can be useful in situations where the training set size is not well controlled and could be potentially very large\. Since speed of the training process is directly correlated to the size of the training sample set, a smaller sample set leads to faster training\. +. +.IP +In situations where the training set is larger than maximum memory, the CLI will randomly select samples among the available ones, up to the maximum allowed memory budget\. This is meant to improve dictionary relevance by mitigating the potential impact of clustering, such as selecting only files from the beginning of a list sorted by modification date, or sorted by alphabetical order\. The randomization process is deterministic, so training of the same list of files with the same parameters will lead to the creation of the same dictionary\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-dictID=#\fR +A dictionary ID is a locally unique ID\. The decoder will use this value to verify it is using the right dictionary\. By default, zstd will create a 4\-bytes random number ID\. It\'s possible to provide an explicit number ID instead\. It\'s up to the dictionary manager to not assign twice the same ID to 2 different dictionaries\. Note that short numbers have an advantage: an ID < 256 will only need 1 byte in the compressed frame header, and an ID < 65536 will only need 2 bytes\. This compares favorably to 4 bytes default\. +. +.IP +Note that RFC8878 reserves IDs less than 32768 and greater than or equal to 2^31, so they should not be used in public\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train\-cover[=k#,d=#,steps=#,split=#,shrink[=#]]\fR +Select parameters for the default dictionary builder algorithm named cover\. If \fId\fR is not specified, then it tries \fId\fR = 6 and \fId\fR = 8\. If \fIk\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsteps\fR values in the range [50, 2000]\. If \fIsteps\fR is not specified, then the default value of 40 is used\. If \fIsplit\fR is not specified or split <= 0, then the default value of 100 is used\. Requires that \fId\fR <= \fIk\fR\. If \fIshrink\fR flag is not used, then the default value for \fIshrinkDict\fR of 0 is used\. If \fIshrink\fR is not specified, then the default value for \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression\fR of 1 is used\. +. +.IP +Selects segments of size \fIk\fR with highest score to put in the dictionary\. The score of a segment is computed by the sum of the frequencies of all the subsegments of size \fId\fR\. Generally \fId\fR should be in the range [6, 8], occasionally up to 16, but the algorithm will run faster with d <= \fI8\fR\. Good values for \fIk\fR vary widely based on the input data, but a safe range is [2 * \fId\fR, 2000]\. If \fIsplit\fR is 100, all input samples are used for both training and testing to find optimal \fId\fR and \fIk\fR to build dictionary\. Supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support\. Having \fIshrink\fR enabled takes a truncated dictionary of minimum size and doubles in size until compression ratio of the truncated dictionary is at most \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression%\fR worse than the compression ratio of the largest dictionary\. +. +.IP +Examples: +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,d=8 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=d=8,steps=500 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,split=60 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink=2 FILEs\fR +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train\-fastcover[=k#,d=#,f=#,steps=#,split=#,accel=#]\fR +Same as cover but with extra parameters \fIf\fR and \fIaccel\fR and different default value of split If \fIsplit\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsplit\fR = 75\. If \fIf\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIf\fR = 20\. Requires that 0 < \fIf\fR < 32\. If \fIaccel\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIaccel\fR = 1\. Requires that 0 < \fIaccel\fR <= 10\. Requires that \fId\fR = 6 or \fId\fR = 8\. +. +.IP +\fIf\fR is log of size of array that keeps track of frequency of subsegments of size \fId\fR\. The subsegment is hashed to an index in the range [0,2^\fIf\fR \- 1]\. It is possible that 2 different subsegments are hashed to the same index, and they are considered as the same subsegment when computing frequency\. Using a higher \fIf\fR reduces collision but takes longer\. +. +.IP +Examples: +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,f=15,accel=2 FILEs\fR +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train\-legacy[=selectivity=#]\fR +Use legacy dictionary builder algorithm with the given dictionary \fIselectivity\fR (default: 9)\. The smaller the \fIselectivity\fR value, the denser the dictionary, improving its efficiency but reducing its achievable maximum size\. \fB\-\-train\-legacy=s=#\fR is also accepted\. +. +.IP +Examples: +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy=selectivity=8 FILEs\fR +. +.SH "BENCHMARK" +The \fBzstd\fR CLI provides a benchmarking mode that can be used to easily find suitable compression parameters, or alternatively to benchmark a computer\'s performance\. Note that the results are highly dependent on the content being compressed\. +. +.TP +\fB\-b#\fR +benchmark file(s) using compression level # +. +.TP +\fB\-e#\fR +benchmark file(s) using multiple compression levels, from \fB\-b#\fR to \fB\-e#\fR (inclusive) +. +.TP +\fB\-d\fR +benchmark decompression speed only (requires providing an already zstd\-compressed content) +. +.TP +\fB\-i#\fR +minimum evaluation time, in seconds (default: 3s), benchmark mode only +. +.TP +\fB\-B#\fR, \fB\-\-block\-size=#\fR +cut file(s) into independent chunks of size # (default: no chunking) +. +.TP +\fB\-\-priority=rt\fR +set process priority to real\-time (Windows) +. +.P +\fBOutput Format:\fR CompressionLevel#Filename: InputSize \-> OutputSize (CompressionRatio), CompressionSpeed, DecompressionSpeed +. +.P +\fBMethodology:\fR For both compression and decompression speed, the entire input is compressed/decompressed in\-memory to measure speed\. A run lasts at least 1 sec, so when files are small, they are compressed/decompressed several times per run, in order to improve measurement accuracy\. +. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fBzstdgrep\fR(1), \fBzstdless\fR(1), \fBgzip\fR(1), \fBxz\fR(1) +. .P The \fIzstandard\fR format is specified in Y\. Collet, "Zstandard Compression and the \'application/zstd\' Media Type", https://www\.ietf\.org/rfc/rfc8878\.txt, Internet RFC 8878 (February 2021)\. +. .SH "BUGS" Report bugs at: https://github\.com/facebook/zstd/issues +. .SH "AUTHOR" Yann Collet diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/zstdgrep.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/zstdgrep.1 index 1204e5bb..d7fda583 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/zstdgrep.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/zstdgrep.1 @@ -1,17 +1,26 @@ -.TH "ZSTDGREP" "1" "March 2023" "zstd 1.5.5" "User Commands" +. +.TH "ZSTDGREP" "1" "March 2024" "zstd 1.5.6" "User Commands" +. .SH "NAME" \fBzstdgrep\fR \- print lines matching a pattern in zstandard\-compressed files +. .SH "SYNOPSIS" -\fBzstdgrep\fR [\fIgrep\-flags\fR] [\-\-] \fIpattern\fR [\fIfiles\fR \|\.\|\.\|\.] +\fBzstdgrep\fR [\fIgrep\-flags\fR] [\-\-] \fIpattern\fR [\fIfiles\fR \.\.\.] +. .SH "DESCRIPTION" \fBzstdgrep\fR runs \fBgrep\fR(1) on files, or \fBstdin\fR if no files argument is given, after decompressing them with \fBzstdcat\fR(1)\. +. .P The \fIgrep\-flags\fR and \fIpattern\fR arguments are passed on to \fBgrep\fR(1)\. If an \fB\-e\fR flag is found in the \fIgrep\-flags\fR, \fBzstdgrep\fR will not look for a \fIpattern\fR argument\. +. .P Note that modern \fBgrep\fR alternatives such as \fBripgrep\fR (\fBrg\fR(1)) support \fBzstd\fR\-compressed files out of the box, and can prove better alternatives than \fBzstdgrep\fR notably for unsupported complex pattern searches\. Note though that such alternatives may also feature some minor command line differences\. +. .SH "EXIT STATUS" In case of missing arguments or missing pattern, 1 will be returned, otherwise 0\. +. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fBzstd\fR(1) +. .SH "AUTHORS" Thomas Klausner \fIwiz@NetBSD\.org\fR diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man1/zstdless.1 b/upstream/archlinux/man1/zstdless.1 index bc019b26..7dd65f8f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man1/zstdless.1 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man1/zstdless.1 @@ -1,9 +1,14 @@ -.TH "ZSTDLESS" "1" "March 2023" "zstd 1.5.5" "User Commands" +. +.TH "ZSTDLESS" "1" "March 2024" "zstd 1.5.6" "User Commands" +. .SH "NAME" \fBzstdless\fR \- view zstandard\-compressed files +. .SH "SYNOPSIS" -\fBzstdless\fR [\fIflags\fR] [\fIfile\fR \|\.\|\.\|\.] +\fBzstdless\fR [\fIflags\fR] [\fIfile\fR \.\.\.] +. .SH "DESCRIPTION" \fBzstdless\fR runs \fBless\fR(1) on files or stdin, if no \fIfile\fR argument is given, after decompressing them with \fBzstdcat\fR(1)\. +. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fBzstd\fR(1) |